UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
☑ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024
OR
☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from_______________ to ________________
Commission file number: 001-37763
TURNING POINT BRANDS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
| Delaware |
20-0709285 |
| (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
|
|
|
| 5201 Interchange Way, Louisville, KY |
40229 |
| (Address of principal executive offices) |
(Zip Code) |
(502) 778-4421
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report: not applicable
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
| Title of each class |
Trading Symbol(s) |
Name of each exchange on which registered |
| Common Stock, $0.01 par value |
TPB |
New York Stock Exchange |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. ☑ Yes ☐ No
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. ☐ Yes ☑ No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. ☑ Yes ☐ No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). ☑ Yes ☐ No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
| Large accelerated filer |
☐ |
|
Accelerated filer |
☑ |
|
| Non-accelerated filer |
☐ |
|
Smaller reporting company |
☐ |
|
| Emerging growth company |
☐ |
|
|
|
|
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☑
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). ☐ Yes ☑ No
As of June 30, 2024, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $484 million based on such closing sale price of the common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange.
At February 28, 2025, there were 17,747,117 shares outstanding of the registrant’s voting common stock, par value $0.01 per share.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its 2025 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and will be filed within 120 days of the registrant’s fiscal year end.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
Page No. |
| PART I |
|
|
| ITEM 1. |
||
| ITEM 1A. |
||
| ITEM 1B. |
||
| ITEM 1C. |
||
| ITEM 2. |
||
| ITEM 3. |
||
| ITEM 4. |
||
|
|
|
|
| PART II |
|
|
| ITEM 5. |
||
| ITEM 6. |
||
| ITEM 7. |
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
|
|
|
|
|
| ITEM 7A. |
||
| ITEM 8. |
||
| ITEM 9. |
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure |
|
| ITEM 9A. |
||
| ITEM 9B. |
||
| ITEM 9C. |
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections |
|
|
|
|
|
| PART III |
|
|
| ITEM 10. |
||
| ITEM 11. |
||
| ITEM 12. |
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters |
|
| ITEM 13. |
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence |
|
| ITEM 14. |
||
|
|
|
|
| PART IV |
|
|
| ITEM 15. |
||
| ITEM 16. |
||
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
This annual report on Form 10-K (this “Annual Report”) contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws. Forward-looking statements may generally be identified using words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan” and “will” or, in each case, their negative, or other variations or comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements include all matters that are not historical facts. By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that may or may not occur in the future. Some, but not all, of these risks are described under Item 1A “Risk Factors” and elsewhere throughout this Annual Report. As a result, actual events may differ materially from those expressed in or suggested by the forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement made by us in this Annual Report on Form 10-K speaks only as of the date hereof. New risks and uncertainties come up from time to time, and it is impossible for us to predict these events or how they may affect it. We have no obligation, and do not intend, to update any forward-looking statements after the date hereof, except as required by federal securities laws.
PART I
Overview
Turning Point Brands, Inc. (the “Company,” “we,” “our,” or “us”) is a leading manufacturer, marketer and distributor of branded consumer products. We sell a wide range of products to adult consumers consisting of staple products with our iconic brands Zig-Zag® and Stoker’s® to fulfill evolving consumer preferences. Among other markets, we compete in the alternative smoking accessories and Other Tobacco Products (“OTP”) industries. The alternative smoking accessories market is a dynamic market experiencing robust secular growth driven by cannabinoid legalization in the U.S. and Canada, and positively evolving consumer perception and acceptance in North America. The OTP industry, which consists of non-cigarette tobacco products, exhibited low-single-digit consumer unit annualized declines during the full year period ended 2024 as reported by Management Science Associates, Inc. (“MSAi”) a third-party analytics and information company. Our segments are led by our core proprietary and iconic brands: Zig-Zag® in the Zig-Zag products segment, and Stoker’s® along with FRE®, Beech-Nut® and Trophy® in the Stoker’s products segment. Our businesses generate solid cash flow which we use to invest in our business, finance acquisitions, increase brand support, expand our distribution infrastructure, and strengthen our capital position. We currently ship to approximately 900 distributors with an additional 600 secondary, indirect wholesalers in the U.S. that carry and sell our products. Under the leadership of a senior management team with extensive experience in the consumer products, alternative smoking accessories and tobacco industries, we have grown and diversified our business through new product launches, category expansions, and acquisitions while concurrently improving operational efficiency.
We believe there are meaningful opportunities to grow through investing in organic growth, acquisitions and joint ventures across all product categories. As of December 31, 2024, our products were available in approximately 200,000 U.S. retail locations which, with the addition of retail stores in Canada, brings our total North American retail presence to an estimated 220,000 points of distribution. Our sales team targets widespread distribution to all traditional retail channels, including convenience stores, and we have a growing e-commerce business.
Discontinued Operations
On January 2, 2025, the Company contributed 100% of its interest in South Beach Brands LLC (“SBB”), the subsidiary that owned and operated the Company’s Creative Distribution Solutions (“CDS”) reportable segment, to General Wireless Operations, Inc. (“GWO”) in exchange for 49% of the issued and outstanding GWO common stock. GWO is a joint venture between the Company and Standard General, LP entered into in December 2018. CDS markets and distributes liquid nicotine and ancillary products without tobacco and/or nicotine primarily through non-traditional retail and B2C online platforms, and includes widely recognized names such as Vapor Beast® and VaporFi®
The assets and liabilities associated with the CDS segment have been classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2024 and its financial results are classified as discontinued operations and reported separately for all periods presented herein. With the classification of the CDS reportable segment to discontinued operations, the Company now has two reportable segments, which are reflected herein. Unless otherwise noted, the description of business in this Annual Report on Form 10-K relates solely to the continuing operations, comprised of the Zig-Zag and Stoker’s segments.
Products
Zig-Zag Products
In our Zig-Zag products (“Zig-Zag”) segment, we principally market and distribute (i) rolling papers, tubes, and related products; (ii) finished cigars and make-your-own (“MYO”) cigar wraps; and (iii) other accessories. In addition, we have a majority stake in Turning Point Brands Canada Inc. ("Turning Point Brands Canada"), a specialty marketing and distribution firm focused on building brands in the Canadian cannabis accessories, tobacco and alternative products categories. The strength of the Zig-Zag® brand drives our leadership position in both the rolling papers and MYO cigar wrap markets. Zig-Zag® is the #1 premium and #1 overall rolling paper in the U.S. with approximately 33% total market share according to MSAi.1 Management estimates that Zig-Zag® is also the #1 brand in the promising Canadian market. Rolling paper operations are aided by our sourcing relationship with Republic Technology International SAS (“RTI”). See “Distribution and Supply Agreements” below for our discussion of the Zig-Zag® distribution agreement.
In MYO cigar wraps, the Zig-Zag® brand remains the market leader and continues to innovate in novel ways through additional product introductions. For instance, we introduced Zig-Zag® ‘Rillo sized wraps, which are similar in size to cigarillos, the most popular and fastest growing type of machine-made cigars. In June 2020, we purchased certain assets from our long-term commercial partner Durfort Holdings S.R.L (‘‘Durfort’’) which included the co-ownership in the intellectual property rights for all of our MYO Homogenized Tobacco Leaf (“HTL”) cigar wraps products. In connection with the transaction, we entered into an exclusive Master Distribution Agreement to market and sell the original Blunt Wrap® cigar wraps within the U.S. which was effective October 9, 2020. In late 2021, we extended our MYO cigar wraps offering with entries into the growing hemp wraps and natural leaf wraps markets.
In July 2019, to extend our reach in Canada, we made a minority investment in Turning Point Brands Canada that we increased to a 65% ownership stake by July 2021. Our majority ownership stake leverages Turning Point Brands Canada’s significant expertise in marketing and distributing cannabis accessories and tobacco products throughout Canada. The remainder of Turning Point Brands Canada is owned by its management.
1 Brand ranking and market share percentages obtained from MSAi for the 52-week period ended December 28, 2024.
In July 2021, we acquired certain assets of Unitabac, LLC (“Unitabac”), a marketer of mass-market cigars. In the acquisition, we acquired a robust portfolio of cigarillo products and all related intellectual property, including Cigarillo Non-Tip (NT) HTL products and Rolled Leaf and Natural Leaf Cigarillo products that we are using to re-introduce the Zig-Zag® brand into a large and growing cigarillo market.
We have continued to reposition the business with growth initiatives focused on new product introductions and new channel expansions that are better aligned with the growing market trends. As a result of those initiatives, we have been successful in changing the growth profile of our Zig-Zag Products segment.
Stoker’s Products
In our Stoker’s products (“Stoker’s”) segment, we (i) manufacture and market moist snuff tobacco (“MST”), (ii) contract for and market FRE®, our modern oral product and (iii) contract for and market loose-leaf chewing tobacco products. Stoker’s® is our focus brand in both MST and chewing tobacco. In MST, Stoker’s® remains among the fastest growing brands and holds a 11.2% share in the stores with distribution and a 7.4% share of the total U.S. MST non-pouch market. Stoker’s® is a pioneer in the MST industry.1 It was first to introduce the large 12 oz. tub packaging format and is manufactured using a proprietary process that we believe results in a superior product. Starting in 2015, we extended the Stoker’s® MST franchise to include traditional 1.2 oz. cans to broaden retail availability. Our proprietary manufacturing process is conducted at our Dresden, Tennessee plant and packaged in both our Dresden, Tennessee and Louisville, Kentucky facilities.
Stoker’s® chewing tobacco has grown its market share considerably over the last several years becoming the largest brand family in the industry and is presently the #1 discount and #1 overall brand in the industry, with approximately a 32.3% market share.1 Our status in the chewing tobacco market is further strengthened by Beech-Nut®, the #3 premium brand and #7 overall, as well as Trophy®, Durango® and the five Wind River Brands. Collectively, the Company is the #1 marketer of chewing tobacco with approximately 37.2% market share.1 Our chewing tobacco operations are facilitated through our long-standing relationship with Swedish Match (a division of Philip Morris International Inc.), the manufacturer of our loose-leaf chewing tobaccos.
In 2023, the Company expanded its rollout of modern oral nicotine products with FRE® white nicotine pouches. Modern oral nicotine products are currently one of the fastest growing categories within the nicotine space. In September 2024, one of the Company's wholly-owned subsidiaries acquired a 50% stake in ALP Supply Co., LLC (“ALP”). ALP is a joint venture established with Last Country Ventures, LLC for the purpose of selling and distributing tobacco-free white pouch nicotine products in 3, 6 and 9 mg strengths. Pursuant to the joint venture agreement, the Company's subsidiary is responsible for selling products to ALP and providing warehousing and shipping services on its behalf.
Competitive Strengths
We believe our competitive strengths include the following:
Large, Leading Brands with Significant Scale
We have built a portfolio of leading brands with significant scale that are well recognized by consumers, retailers, and wholesalers. Our Zig-Zag® and Stoker’s® brands are each well established and date back 145 and 84 years, respectively.
| • |
Zig-Zag® is the #1 premium and #1 overall rolling paper brand in the U.S., with significant distribution in Canada as well. Zig-Zag® is also the #1 MYO cigar wrap brand in the U.S., as measured by MSAi.1 We acquired North American rolling papers distribution rights for Zig-Zag® in 1997. More importantly, we own the Zig-Zag® tobacco trademark in the U.S. which we leverage for our MYO cigar wraps product. Approximately 42% of our total 2024 Zig-Zag® branded net sales are under our own Zig-Zag® marks rather than those we license from RTI under the Distribution and Licensing Agreements described below. |
| • |
Stoker’s® is among the fastest growing MST brands in the industry and is the #1 loose-leaf chewing tobacco brand.1 We manufacture Stoker’s® MST using only 100% American leaf, utilizing a proprietary process to produce what we believe is a superior product. |
1 Brand rankings and market share percentages obtained from MSAi for the 52-week period ended December 28, 2024.
Zig-Zag® is an iconic brand and has strong, enduring brand recognition among a wide audience of consumers. The Stoker’s® brand is seen as an innovator in both the moist snuff and loose-leaf chewing tobacco markets.
Exposure to Growing Cannabinoid Consumption Trends
We believe that the cannabinoid market will continue to grow over the coming years as cannabinoid use becomes increasingly accepted by the U.S. public. Our product offerings, particularly those in our Zig-Zag Products segment, are ideally positioned to benefit from continued growth in consumer consumption.
The legal cannabis market in the U.S. is projected to grow from approximately $32 billion in 2024 to approximately $46 billion by 2028 according to a June 2024 report of BDSA, a market research firm focused on the legal cannabis market. With flower being the leading form factor for cannabis consumption among consumers, we believe our product offerings provide us with significant opportunity to expand the number of retail channels we reach. A recent Gallup poll showed nearly seven in ten Americans now support legalizing cannabis nationwide, approximately twice the amount as twenty years ago. As of the end of 2024, 24 U.S. states and the District of Columbia had legalized cannabis for adult recreational use and a majority of states now have comprehensive public medical cannabis programs.
Successful Track Record of New Product Launches and Category Expansions
We have successfully launched new products and entered new product categories by leveraging the strength of our brands and methodically targeting markets which we believe have significant growth potential:
| • |
In 2009, we extended the Zig-Zag® tobacco brand into the MYO cigar wraps market and captured a 50% market share within the first two years. We are now a market share leader for MYO cigar wraps with approximately a 48% share of the cigar wraps category and 71% of the share of the HTL cigar wraps sub-category. 1 We believe our success was driven by the Zig-Zag® tobacco branding, which we feel is widely understood by consumers to represent a favorable, customizable experience ideally suited to MYO products. In late 2021, we extended our Zig-Zag® MYO cigar wraps offering with entries into the growing hemp wraps and natural leaf wraps markets. |
| • |
We extended the Zig-Zag® brand into hemp rolling papers in 2018 and followed that with the launch of paper cones in 2019 with both products quickly establishing leading positions in their respective categories. |
| • |
We leveraged the proud legacy and value of the Stoker’s® brand to introduce a 12 oz. MST tub, a size that was not offered by any other market participant at the time of introduction. Stoker’s® MST has been among the fastest growing moist snuff brands in the industry in terms of pounds sold. While competitors have since introduced larger format tub packaging, the early entry and differentiation of the Stoker’s® product have firmly established us as the market leader with over 56% of the tub market as of 2024. In 2015, we introduced Stoker’s® MST in 1.2 oz. cans to further expand retail penetration, particularly in convenience stores. |
| • | In late 2023, we expanded our oral nicotine offering to include FRE®, a white pouch nicotine product, with a national rollout started in 2024 during which we expanded SKU assortments to include additional nicotine strengths. |
|
| • | In late 2024, we entered into a joint venture with ALP, which launched an ALP white pouch nicotine product. |
|
| • |
We have also had success in acquiring, partnering with and integrating new products and product lines, including Cigarillos, with the acquisition of Unitabac. |
We strategically target product categories that we believe demonstrate significant growth potential and for which the value of our brands is likely to have a meaningful impact. We believe that our track record and existing portfolio of brands provide growth advantages as we continue to evaluate opportunities to extend our product lines and expand into new categories.
Extensive Distribution Network and Data Driven Sales Organization
We have taken important steps to enhance our selling and distribution network and consumer marketing capabilities that allow us to grow our business while keeping our capital expenditure requirements relatively low. We have long-standing relationships in the core convenience store channel and wholesale distribution network with access to more than 220,000 retail outlets in North America. We are also increasing brand presence through non-traditional channels including headshops, dispensaries, and B2B e-commerce and are expanding our sales team dedicated to these channels. We have added brand dedicated platforms including ZigZag.com to facilitate our e-commerce brand presence and are selling our products on Amazon and other e-commerce sites.
1 Brand ranking and market share percentages obtained from MSAi for the 52-week period ended December 28, 2024.
We service our customer base with an experienced sales and marketing organization of approximately 200 professionals who possess in-depth knowledge of the OTP market. We extensively use data supported by leading technology, enabling our salesforce to analyze changing trends and effectively identify evolving consumer preferences at the store level and respond efficiently. We subscribe to a sales tracking system provided by MSAi that measures OTP product shipments by all market participants, on a weekly basis, from approximately 600 wholesalers to over 265,000 traditional retail stores in the U.S. This system enables us to understand share and volume trends across multiple categories at the store level, allowing us to allocate field salesforce coverage to the highest opportunity stores, thereby enhancing the value of new store placements and sales activity. Within our Stoker’s segment, we continue to see a positive correlation between the frequency of store calls by our salesforce and our retail market share.
Asset-light Business Model that Generates Resilient Free Cash Flow
We have a lean, asset-light manufacturing and sourcing model which leverages outsourced supplier relationships and requires low capital expenditures. We believe our asset-light model provides marketplace flexibility, allows us to achieve favorable margins and generates high free cash flow conversion.
As part of our asset-light operating model, we built long-standing and extensive relationships with leading, high-quality producers from whom we source products including loose-leaf chewing tobacco and cigarette paper, among others.
By outsourcing the production of certain products to a select group of suppliers with whom we have strong relationships, we are able to maintain low overhead costs and minimal capital expenditures. Our supplier relationships allow us to increase the breadth of our product offerings and quickly enter new markets as management is able to focus on brand building and innovation. In 2024, approximately 75% of our net sales were derived from outsourced production operations and our capital expenditures have ranged between $4.7 million and $7.7 million per year over the previous five years.
The stability of our cash flows is enhanced by the resilience of our Zig-Zag Products and Stoker’s Products business segments which we believe have recession-resistant end-markets. These products are primarily staples that are small ticket purchases for repeat consumers. In addition, we believe the secular shift to the value category in the Stoker’s Products segment will benefit the long-term resilience of our brands.
We do not outsource our MST production as a result of our proprietary manufacturing processes which are substantively different than those of our competitors.
Expertise to Succeed in Dynamic Regulatory Environments
We operate in a highly regulated environment involving many different government agencies. In 2009, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) was given jurisdiction over cigarettes and smokeless tobacco, which expanded in 2016 to include cigars and all other tobacco products. This was further expanded in 2022 to cover non-tobacco nicotine products. We believe we have a competitive advantage due to our management team’s experience navigating the relevant regulatory environment. We have increased our investments in teams of professionals including regulatory lawyers, scientists and quality assurance processes to ensure we maintain a competitive advantage in this area.
The FDA has implemented a premarket review process, referred to as the PMTA, or the Premarket Tobacco Application process, which requires all tobacco products introduced or changed since 2007 to submit an application to the FDA and receive marketing authorization prior to entering the market. For products already on the market when these requirements became effective, the FDA required applications for those products to be on file by certain dates depending on whether the products were originally regulated under the Family Smoking Prevention Tobacco Control Act (“TCA”), whether they were later “deemed” tobacco products, or whether they contain non-tobacco nicotine and were not otherwise exempt from the TCA. The PMTA process is a very expensive and resource-intensive process and there are currently hundreds of competitors in the market but very few have the capability or the resources to get their products successfully through this process. In the years since, the FDA has rejected millions of applications.
To date, we have spent approximately $30.0 million in order to file and supplement applications covering a broad portfolio of noncombustible products, including novel oral nicotine products. By developing and submitting for FDA marketing authorization a deep suite of noncombustible products and leveraging our distribution platform, we believe that we have the opportunity to grow as consumers look toward potentially lower-risk product offerings. We believe this is a transformational event for the industry with potential for us to realize substantial benefits over time as the FDA accelerates enforcement thereby, creating significant barriers for new entrants as well as significant difficulties for existing companies who may not have the infrastructure needed to comply with these regulatory requirements. See “Risks Related to Legal, Tax and Regulatory Matters” under Item 1A “Risk Factors” for additional information.
In addition, we have been building and expanding an alternative logistics infrastructure across the U.S. to comply with the Prevent All Cigarette Trafficking Act (“PACT Act”) which was recently extended to prohibit the use of the U.S. Postal Service to mail e-cigarette and related products directly to consumers and requires other common carriers to obtain adult signature on delivery.
Experienced Management Team
With extensive experience in consumer products, alternative smoking accessories and tobacco markets, our senior management team has enabled us to grow and diversify our business while improving operational efficiency. Members of management have previous experience at other leading tobacco companies. Given the professional experience of our senior management team, we are able to analyze risks and opportunities from a variety of perspectives. Our senior leadership has embraced a collaborative culture which leverages experience, analytical rigor and creativity to assess opportunities and deliver products that satisfy consumers’ demands. Our management team also brings a proven track record of patient and selective capital deployment into value-enhancing transactions.
Growth Strategies
We are focused on building sustainable margins, expanding the availability of our products, developing innovative new products and enhancing overall operating efficiencies with the goal of improving margins and cash flow. We adopted the following strategies to drive growth in our business and build stockholder value:
Grow Share of Existing Product Lines, Domestically and Internationally
We intend to remain a consumer centered organization with an innovative view and understanding of the alternative smoking accessories and OTP markets. We believe we have strong tailwinds for growth within our existing product lines. Within our Zig-Zag products segment, we are benefitting from secular growth trends in the industry, driving market share gains in our traditional convenience store channel and expanding our presence into non-traditional channels including headshops, dispensaries and e-commerce. Within our Stoker’s products segment, there is ample runway to gain market share driven by same store sales growth and further distribution gains as Stoker’s® MST continues to be one of the fastest growing brands in the category.
In 2024, less than 10% of our revenues were generated outside of the U.S. We believe international sales represent a meaningful growth opportunity. Having established a strong infrastructure and negotiated relationships across multiple segments and products, we are pursuing an international growth strategy to broaden sales and strengthen margins. We further invested in growth in Canada in 2021 by increasing our ownership in Turning Point Brands Canada to 65%. Our goals include expanding our presence in the worldwide OTP industry on a targeted basis. For example, we are expanding Zig-Zag®’s retail penetration and product assortment in Canada and selling our Stoker’s® MST products in South America, Europe, Asia and Africa.
Expand into Adjacent Categories through Innovation and New Partnerships
We continually evaluate opportunities to expand into adjacent product categories by leveraging our current portfolio and distribution platform, as well as by forming new partnerships. We believe there are meaningful opportunities for growth within the alternative smoking accessories. We maintain a robust product pipeline and plan to strategically introduce new products in attractive, growing markets, both domestically and internationally, with specific focus on our papers and MYO wraps businesses. The strength of the Zig-Zag® brand provides a highly-leverageable platform to expand our portfolio with complementary products such as our launch and expansion of hemp papers, paper cones, hemp wraps and natural leaf wraps. As we have done successfully in the past, we will leverage our existing sales infrastructure to drive distribution of new products and are investing to expand our e-commerce distribution capabilities.
We have identified a number of new opportunities and we intend to leverage our existing brands and partnerships to continue the process of commercializing winning products that satisfy consumer needs.
Accelerate Growth Through National Distribution Network
Our business is built around a powerful sales and distribution infrastructure that currently reaches an estimated 220,000 retail outlets in North America. We have a strong presence in independent convenience stores and now service most of the leading chain accounts. Through our e-commerce platforms we have alternative avenues through which we sell third-party products and an increasing amount of our proprietary products. This strategy allows new products to be tested with lower risk before we incorporate them into our wider brick and mortar distribution system.
Combining our different platforms, we have an expansive multi-channel distribution infrastructure that gives us a competitive advantage when we introduce new products or acquire companies that we can integrate into our network. We believe our experienced salesforce, expansive distribution network and leading market analytics put us in a strong position to swiftly execute new product launches in response to evolving consumer and market preferences.
Strategically Pursue Acquisitions
We believe there are meaningful acquisition opportunities in our fragmented markets. We regularly evaluate acquisition opportunities across our industries. In evaluating acquisition opportunities, our focus is on identifying acquisitions that would leverage our distribution platform, regulatory infrastructure and product offerings or enable category expansion in areas with high growth potential to drive profit generation.
The vast majority of our 2024 U.S. gross profit was derived from sales of products currently regulated by the FDA Center for Tobacco Products. We have significant experience in complying with the FDA regulatory regime with a compliance infrastructure composed of legal and scientific professionals. We believe many smaller manufacturers currently lack this infrastructure, which is necessary for complying with the broad scope of FDA regulations. We believe our regulatory compliance infrastructure, combined with our skilled management and strong distribution platform, position us to act as a consolidator within the OTP industry.
We have a strong track record of enhancing our OTP business with strategic and accretive acquisitions. The Company itself was built through acquisitions that were subsequently grown through distribution gains, market share growth and brand extensions into new product categories. This is a playbook that we have drawn on over time with a consistent track record of success. We acquired the U.S. and Canadian rolling papers distribution rights for Zig-Zag® in 1997 and extended our product offerings including our entry into the MYO cigar wraps category in 2009. In 2003, we acquired the Stoker’s® brand. We have since built the brand to the #1 position in the chewing tobacco industry while successfully leveraging the brand’s value through our MST expansion where it remains among the fastest growing MST brands. Our investment in Turning Point Brands Canada in 2019 is accelerating Zig-Zag®’s growth through alternative channel penetration. In 2020, we acquired certain assets from Durfort, including co-ownership of the intellectual property rights for our MYO cigar wraps products. The transaction increased our share of the economics in a MYO cigar wraps business that was benefitting from secular growth tailwinds and gave us access to a complimentary product in Blunt Wrap® through an exclusive distribution agreement. Our investment in 2021 in Old Pal Holding Company, LLC (“Old Pal”) gives us increased exposure to the large and growing cannabinoid market. In 2021, we also acquired certain assets from Unitabac, providing a platform to re-enter the large and growing cigarillo category.
Raw Materials, Product Supply, and Inventory Management
We source our products through a series of longstanding, highly valued relationships which allow us to conduct our business on an asset-light, distribution-focused basis.
The components of inventories were as follows (in thousands):
| December 31, |
December 31, |
|||||||
| 2024 |
2023 |
|||||||
| Raw materials and work in process |
$ | 7,699 | $ | 5,201 | ||||
| Leaf tobacco |
35,622 | 34,894 | ||||||
| Finished goods - Zig-Zag products |
38,042 | 41,783 | ||||||
| Finished goods - Stoker’s products |
12,966 | 8,109 | ||||||
| Other |
1,924 | 1,711 | ||||||
| Inventories |
$ | 96,253 | $ | 91,698 | ||||
Zig-Zag® Products
Pursuant to the Zig-Zag® distribution agreements, we are required to purchase from RTI all cigarette papers, cigarette tubes and cigarette injecting machines that we sell, subject to RTI fulfilling its obligations under the Zig-Zag® distribution agreements. See “Distribution and Supply Agreements” below for a discussion of the Zig-Zag® distribution agreements. If RTI is unable or unwilling to perform its obligations or ceases its cigarette paper manufacturing operations, in each case, as set forth in the Distribution Agreements, we may seek third-party suppliers and continue the use of the Zig-Zag® trademark to market these products. To ensure we have a steady supply of premium cigarette paper products, as well as cigarette tubes and injectors, RTI is required to maintain, at its expense, a two-month supply of inventory in a bonded, public warehouse in the U.S.
We obtain our MYO cigar wraps from our supplier in the Dominican Republic. We also obtain our Zig-Zag® branded cigar products from the Dominican Republic.
Stoker’s Products
We produce our moist snuff and loose-leaf chewing tobaccos from air-cured and fire-cured leaf tobacco, respectively. We utilize recognized suppliers that generally maintain 12- to 24-month supplies of our various types of tobacco at their facilities. We do not believe we are dependent on any single country or supplier source for tobacco. We generally maintain up to a two-month supply of finished, moist snuff and loose-leaf chewing tobacco on hand. This supply is maintained at our Louisville, Kentucky, facility and in two regional public warehouses to facilitate distribution. In December 2023, a third-party warehouse that stores our tobacco was damaged by a tornado, leading to a loss of some of our leaf tobacco inventory. We believe the losses will be fully covered by insurance and, in light of alternative supply opportunities and our distribution schedule, the loss of the tobacco has not impacted our ability to meet the demand for our products. See Item 1A. “Risk Factors – Our business may be damaged by events outside of our or our suppliers’ control, such as the impact of epidemics or pandemics, political upheavals, or natural disasters.”
We also utilize a variety of suppliers for the sourcing of additives used in our smokeless products and for the supply of our packaging materials. Thus, we believe we are not dependent on a single supplier for these products. There are no current U.S. federal regulations that restrict tobacco flavor additives in smokeless products. The additives that we use are food-grade, generally accepted ingredients.
All of our moist snuff products are manufactured at our facility in Dresden, Tennessee. Packaging occurs at the Dresden, Tennessee, location in addition to the facility in Louisville, Kentucky. All of our loose-leaf chewing tobacco production is fulfilled through our agreement with Swedish Match. See “Distribution and Supply Agreements” below for our discussion of the Swedish Match Manufacturing Agreement.
Distribution and Supply Agreements
The Zig-Zag Distribution and License Agreements
In 1992, we entered into two long-term exclusive distribution agreements with respect to sales of Zig-Zag® cigarette papers, cigarette tubes, and cigarette injector machines in the U.S. and Canada (collectively, the “Distribution Agreements”). The Distribution Agreements had an initial twenty-year term, which automatically renews for successive twenty-year terms unless terminated in accordance with the terms of the Distribution Agreements. The Distribution Agreements renewed for their second twenty-year term in November 2012.
Under the Distribution Agreements, we are required to purchase cigarette papers, cigarette tubes, and cigarette injector machines from the licensor; however, our licensor must provide us with sufficient quantities consistent with specific order-to-delivery timelines outlined in the Distribution Agreements. Our product supply is further protected by additional safeguards, including the right to seek third-party suppliers in certain circumstances and a two-month safety stock inventory to be kept in the U.S. at the licensor’s expense. The Distribution Agreements also provide shared responsibility for duties, insurance, shipping, and taxes. The import duties and taxes in the U.S. and Canada are our responsibility, while the licensor is responsible for insurance, export duties, and shipping costs.
Each of the Distribution Agreements contains customary termination provisions, including failure to meet performance obligations, the assignment of the agreement or the consummation of a change of control, in each case, without consent of the licensor, upon certain material breaches, including our agreement not to promote, directly or indirectly, cigarette paper or cigarette paper booklets of a competitor, or upon our bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, or other similar event. The licensor also may terminate the Distribution Agreements if a competitor acquires a significant amount of our common stock or if one of our significant stockholders acquires a significant amount of one of our competitors. In the event of a termination, we have agreed that for a period of five years after the termination we will not engage, directly or indirectly, in the manufacturing, selling, distributing, marketing, or otherwise promoting, in the U.S. and Canada, of cigarette paper or cigarette paper booklets of a competitor without consent. There are certain de minimis exceptions to these provisions. For further details, see Item 1A. “Risk Factors – We depend on a small number of key third-party suppliers and producers for our products.”
The Distribution Agreements and the License Agreements were initially entered into with Bolloré S.A. (“Bolloré”). In November 2020, Bolloré assigned the Distribution Agreements and the License Agreements to RTI. For a number of years, RTI has been the outsourced manufacturer of cigarette papers, cigarette tubes, cigarette injector machines and certain other products bearing the Zig-Zag® name.
Swedish Match Manufacturing Agreement
In 2008, we entered into a manufacturing and distribution agreement with Swedish Match whereby Swedish Match became the exclusive manufacturer of our loose-leaf chewing tobacco. Under the agreement, production of our loose-leaf chewing tobacco products was completely transitioned to Swedish Match’s plant located in Owensboro, Kentucky, in 2009. We source all of the tobacco Swedish Match uses to manufacture our products along with certain proprietary flavorings and retain all marketing, design, formula, and trademark rights over our loose-leaf products. We also have the right to approve all product modifications and are solely responsible for decisions related to package design and branding of the loose-leaf tobacco produced for us. Responsibilities related to process control, manufacturing activities, and inventory management with respect to our loose-leaf products are allocated between us and Swedish Match as specified in the agreement. We also have rights to monitor production and quality control processes on an ongoing basis.
The agreement had an initial ten-year term and will automatically be renewed for five successive ten-year terms unless either party provides at least 180 days’ notice prior to a renewal term of its intent to terminate the agreement, or unless otherwise terminated by mutual agreement of the parties in accordance with the provisions of the agreement. If a notice of non-renewal is delivered, the contract will expire two years after the date on which the agreement would have otherwise been renewed. The terms allow the agreement to be assumed by a buyer, terminated for uncured material breach, or terminated by us subject to a buyout. We also hold a right of first refusal to acquire the manufacturing plant as well as Swedish Match’s chewing tobacco unit. The agreement was automatically renewed for the first of five 10-year renewal periods in September 2018.
Production and Quality Control
We primarily outsource our manufacturing and production processes and focus on packaging, marketing, and distribution. We currently manufacture less than 25% of our products as measured by net sales. Our in-house manufacturing operations are principally limited to (i) the manufacturing of our moist snuff products, which occurs at our facility in Dresden, Tennessee; and (ii) the packaging of our moist snuff products at our facilities in Dresden, Tennessee and Louisville, Kentucky. Our MST products are processed in-house, rather than outsourced, as a result of our proprietary manufacturing processes which are substantively different than those of our competitors.
We use proprietary production processes and techniques, including strict quality controls. Our quality control group routinely tests the quality of the tobacco, flavorings, application of flavorings, premium cigarette papers, tubes and injectors, cigars, MYO cigar wraps, liquid nicotine products, and packaging materials. We utilize sophisticated quality controls to test and closely monitor the quality of our products. The high quality of our tobacco products is largely the result of using high-grade tobacco leaf and food-grade flavorings and, on an ongoing basis, analyzing the tobacco cut, flavorings, and moisture content together with strict specifications for sourced products.
Given the importance of contract manufacturing to our business, our quality control group ensures that established, written procedures and standards are adhered to by each of our contract manufacturers. Responsibilities related to process control, manufacturing activities, quality control, and inventory management with respect to our loose-leaf products are allocated between us and Swedish Match under the manufacturing agreement.
Sales and Marketing
We have grown the size and capacity of our salesforce and intend to continue strengthening the organization to advance our ability to deepen and broaden the retail availability of our products and brands.
As of December 31, 2024, we had a nationwide sales and marketing organization of approximately 200 professionals. Our sales and marketing group focuses on priority markets and sales channels and seeks to operate with a high level of efficiency. In 2024, our Zig-Zag and Stoker’s Products sales and marketing efforts enabled our products to reach an estimated 220,000 retail outlets in North America and over 900 direct wholesale customers with an additional 600 secondary, indirect wholesalers in the U.S.
Our Zig-Zag and Stoker’s Products sales efforts are focused on wholesale distributors and retail merchants in the independent and chain convenience store, tobacco outlet, food store, mass merchandising, drug store, and non-traditional retail channels. For Zig-Zag Products, we have also developed a growing e-commerce business along with a sales team focused on serving alternative channels such as headshops and dispensaries. We have expanded, and intend to continue to expand, the sales of our products into previously underdeveloped geographic markets and retail channels. In 2024, we derived more than 90% of our net sales from sales in the U.S., with the remainder primarily from sales in Canada.
We subscribe to a sales tracking system from MSAi that records all traditional OTP product shipments (ours as well as those of our competitors) from approximately 600 wholesalers to over 265,000 traditional retail stores in the U.S. This system enables us to understand individual product share and volume trends across multiple categories down to the individual retail store level, allowing us to allocate field salesforce coverage to the highest opportunity stores. Additionally, the ability to select from a range of parameters and to achieve this level of granularity means we can analyze marketplace trends in a timely manner and swiftly evolve our business planning to meet market opportunities.
We employ marketing activities to grow awareness, trial, and sales including selective trade advertising to expand wholesale availability, point-of-sale advertising and merchandising and permanent and temporary displays to improve consumer visibility, and social media. We comply with all regulations relating to the marketing of tobacco products, such as directing marketing efforts to adult consumers, and are committed to full legal compliance in the sales and marketing of our products. To date, we have neither relied upon, nor conducted, any substantial advertising in consumer media for our tobacco products.
For the year ended December 31, 2024, we had one customer that accounted for 10.2% of our net sales. We did not have any customer that accounted for 10% or more of our net sales for the years ended December 31, 2023 or 2022. Our customers use an open purchase order system to buy our products and are not obligated to do so pursuant to ongoing contractual obligations. We perform periodic credit evaluations of our customers and generally do not require collateral on trade receivables. Historically, we have not experienced material credit losses.
Competition
Many of our competitors are better capitalized than we are and have greater resources, financial and otherwise. We believe our ability to effectively compete and maintain strong market positions in our principal product lines are due to the high recognition of our brand names, the perceived quality of each of our products, and the efforts of our sales, marketing, and distribution teams. We compete against “big tobacco,” including Altria Group, Inc.; British American Tobacco p.l.c.; Swedish Match; Swisher International, Inc.; and manufacturers including U.K. based Imperial Brands, PLC, across our segments. “Big tobacco” has substantial resources and a customer base that has historically demonstrated loyalty to their brands.
Competition in the OTP market is based upon not only brand quality and positioning but also on price, packaging, promotion, and retail availability and visibility. Given the decreasing prevalence of cigarette consumption, the “big tobacco” companies continue to demonstrate an increased interest and participation in a number of OTP markets.
Zig-Zag Products
Our principal competitors for premium rolling paper sales are Republic Tobacco, L.P. and HBI International. Our major competitors in MYO cigar wraps are Good Times USA, LLC and New Image Global, Inc. We believe MYO cigar wrap products are used interchangeably with both rolling papers and finished cigar products by many consumers.
Stoker’s Products
Our four principal competitors in the moist snuff category are Swedish Match, the American Snuff Company, LLC (a unit of British American Tobacco p.l.c.), Swisher International Group, Inc. and U.S. Smokeless Tobacco Company (a division of Altria Group, Inc.). In the loose-leaf chewing tobacco market, our three principal competitors are Swedish Match, the American Snuff Company, LLC, and Swisher International Group, Inc. We believe moist snuff products are used interchangeably with loose-leaf products by many consumers. For modern oral nicotine products, our four principal competitors are Swedish Match, Modoral Brands Inc. (a unit of British American Tobacco p.l.c.), Swisher International Group, Inc. and Helix Innovations, LLC (a division of Altria Group, Inc.).
Patents, Trademarks, and Trade Secrets
We have numerous registered trademarks relating to our products, including: Beech-Nut®, Trophy®, Havana Blossom®, Durango®, Stoker’s®, Tequila Sunrise®, Fred’s Choice®, Old Hillside®, Our Pride®, Red Cap®, Tennessee Chew®, Big Mountain®, Springfield Standard®, Snake River® and FRE®. The registered trademarks, which are significant to our business, expire periodically and are renewable for additional 10-year terms upon expiration. Flavor and blend formula trade secrets relating to our tobacco products, which are key assets of our businesses, are maintained under strict secrecy.
The Zig-Zag® trade dress trademark for premium cigarette papers and related products are owned by RTI and have been exclusively licensed to us in the U.S. and Canada. We own the Zig-Zag® trademark with respect to its use in connection with products made with tobacco including, without limitation, cigarettes, cigars and MYO cigar wraps in the U.S.
Research and Development and Quality Assurance
We have a research and development and quality assurance function that tests raw materials and finished products in order to maintain a high level of product quality and consistency. Research and development largely bases its new product development efforts on our high-tech data systems. We spent approximately $1.3 million, $0.6 million, and $0.6 million dollars on research and development and quality control efforts for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.
Human Capital
As of December 31, 2024, we employed 310 full-time and part-time employees. None of our employees are represented by unions. We believe we have a positive relationship with our employees.
We believe that our success is driven by our employees. Our human capital strategy, which is developed and overseen by our Chief People Officer (“CPO”), focuses on the health and safety of our employees, development and retention of current employees, and talent attraction. The Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and CPO regularly update the board of directors and its committees on human capital management, as well as the implementation of new initiatives.
Health and Safety: Our health and safety programs are designed to address applicable regulations as well as the specific hazards and work environments of each of our facilities. We regularly conduct safety reviews and training at each of our locations to ensure compliance with applicable regulations and all policies and procedures. We maintain safety committees that meet regularly to discuss and address any potential issues in our warehouse and manufacturing facilities. In addition, we conduct quarterly Motor Vehicle Safety training and annual Motor Vehicle Records checks for those assigned to company vehicles or who are daily drivers. We utilize a number of metrics to assess the performance of our health and safety policies, procedures and initiatives, including lost workdays and any recordable or reportable incidents.
Employee Engagement: We are dedicated to enhancing employee engagement through initiatives that foster connection, transparency, and well-being. Our quarterly town halls provide a forum for leadership to share business updates, recognize achievements, and address employee questions, reinforcing our commitment to communication and alignment. Additionally, our wellness challenges encourage employees to prioritize their physical and mental health, fostering a culture of well-being and teamwork. These efforts reflect our commitment to creating a workplace where employees feel informed, supported, and empowered to succeed.
Training and Talent Development: We provide technical and leadership training to employees at both the officer and non-officer levels. In 2025, the Company will be launching a Training and Development program, which will consist of online and in person training and development tools used by management and employees. We believe effective training and development for our employees is essential to maintain the strength and profitability of the Company, generally, and each brand, specifically. The Company posts its openings internally to allow current employees to apply. In 2024, we had 38 internal promotions within the organization.
Retaining Talent: During the year ended December 31, 2024, our employee voluntary turnover rate was 16.6%. To retain our employees, we believe it is critical to continually focus on ensuring employees are highly engaged and feel valued. We address these retention efforts in a number of ways from formal surveys and quarterly business updates to regular informal discussions with employees that enable us to listen to, understand and address their concerns.
Employee Benefits: We offer comprehensive benefit programs to our employees that provides them with, among other things, medical, dental, and vision healthcare; 401(k) matching contributions; paid parental leave; tuition assistance; paid holidays; and paid vacation time, paid wellbeing time and other competitive ancillary benefits.
Engaging in our Communities
We believe that focusing on our consumers and customers, while proactively and productively addressing the environment, our employees, our community, and society at large, is the key to driving value for all stakeholders. Our operating principles focus on winning with accountability, integrity, and responsibility. We believe that we will maximize shareholder returns by implementing strategies and establishing goals to address public health concerns and display responsible behaviors to suppliers, customers, members of the organization and most of all to our consumers. Our Nominating and Governance Committee manages oversight of these efforts. As discussed below, our initiatives are led by our Nominating and Governance Executive Committee, as well as subordinate committees that focus on specific initiatives.
Public Health
One key aspect of our program is our distinct focus on our role in public health. We market and sell products intended for adult use only, many containing nicotine. As a result, public health plays a central role in all our product initiatives. We believe in, and work diligently to apply, harm reduction principles to all our products, from development through distribution and marketing. Our vision is built upon the idea that adult consumers, when presented with responsibly marketed and high-quality options, will, in large part, prefer products with a lower risk profile than others. This idea of moving adult consumers down the continuum of risk is a key driver of our future for sustainable growth. We intend to accomplish this by developing low-risk alternatives according to good product stewardship and manufacturing principles in order to increase adult consumer availability of and access to high-quality products that deliver satisfaction but at a lower risk to the user. We will continue to focus our research and development, scientific, policy, and product resources to increase the number of consumers choosing products that are lower risk.
In September 2020 and again in May 2022, we submitted to the FDA PMTA covering several noncombustible products, including novel oral nicotine products. This is an important and necessary step to allow us to offer adult consumers an extensive portfolio of products that serve as alternatives to combustible cigarettes and satisfy a wide variety of consumer preferences. The filings provide detailed scientific data that we believe demonstrates that the products are “appropriate for the protection of public health,” as required by law. Studies to support the applications were performed and included pharmacokinetics studies, a likelihood of use study, and a patterns of use study, in addition to a toxicological review. We also provided a detailed marketing plan to illustrate how we will continue to prevent youth exposure to the products. See “Risks Related to Legal, Tax and Regulatory Matters” under Item 1A “Risk Factors” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Prevention of Youth Access
Our vision is a world where only adult consumers purchase and use products that are not intended for youth. As a seller of products intended for adult-use only, society demands a higher burden of responsibility from us, and we are committed to proactively preventing the underage appeal of and access to those products. We are dedicated to the responsible marketing of our adult use products and are fully committed to complying with all applicable laws and regulations governing them. We target marketing activities to both male and female current nicotine, cannabinoid, and other active consumers that are 21 years of age and older. The marketing of our adult use products does not include content directed toward minors, including child-oriented images or other themes where such imagery is reasonably understood to resonate with minors. We plan to continue to engage in appropriately targeted marketing activity, consistent with all legal requirements, industry standards, and best practices.
Preventing youth access and use of our adult-use products is a key to our continued success. All of our adult-use products are intended to be sold to and used by adults 21 years of age and older, and we are proactive in implementing programs to prevent youth access. For our own online retail (B2C) sales, we display our policies related to age to purchase, battery safety, and shipping restrictions. Additionally, we verify B2B customers using business licenses in order to further prevent bulk sales to consumers, which we believe contributes to social sourcing by youth.
Corporate Governance and Community Leadership
Good corporate governance is critical to our operating principles of winning with accountability, integrity, and responsibility. Acting with accountability, integrity and responsibility is at the core of our business conduct policy. We train all employees on our business conduct policies. We have established meaningful measures for our governance program and our targets and actions will allow us to achieve our goals in this area.
We focus our efforts on fostering a supportive and safe work environment for our team. Our efforts are evidenced through programs like our veterans and women focused business inclusion groups. Our goal is to provide an injury-free workplace where every employee has a safe work environment and feels empowered to speak up. We regularly monitor and provide training as part of our safety program and have active safety committees at each of our sites dedicated to implementing best practices.
Being good stewards of the planet will support our business success. Our major areas of focus are lowering vehicle emissions produced by our fleet, incorporating energy savings initiatives at our facilities, reducing water consumption in our operations, and increasing our recycling efforts. Within each of these categories we are concentrating on developing and measuring progress with an aim to define metrics against which we can track our efforts In 2024, we continued to integrate these principles into our business practices.
Our Nominating and Governance committees report to the Nominating and Governance Executive Committee, comprised of the President and CEO, CFO, and General Counsel, who in turn work with the Board’s Nominating and Governance Committee to enhance and execute our core principles. The following committees report to the Nominating and Governance Executive Committee:
| • |
The Environmental Committee provides a platform to enhance and track the progress of our environmental practices within our business units. The committee is charged with recommending, implementing, and monitoring best practices in the areas of carbon emissions, waste, water conservation, and biodiversity within our business units. In 2024, the Company continued to make substantial investments around reducing energy consumption and environmental waste in our manufacturing operations. Additionally, we have reduced our total fleet mileage through innovative dispatch and scheduling procedures. |
| • |
The Social Committee provides a platform to help us become the employer of choice. The committee is charged with recommending and implementing best practices in health and safety, Talent Development and Retention, and Community Engagement. |
| • |
The Policies Committee provides a platform to review our governance practices and implement new or updated policies as our needs evolve. The committee is responsible for recommending and implementing appropriate best practices in business ethics, political engagement, supply chain processes, and cybersecurity. The committee is also responsible for recommending and implementing best practices in public health, responsible marketing, and youth access prevention. In 2024, the Policies Committee introduced several new policies, particularly aimed at cybersecurity, and held training sessions with our marketing teams related to prevention of youth appeal. |
Further information related to our efforts can be found on our website.
Available Information
More information about Turning Point Brands is available on the Company’s website at www.turningpointbrands.com. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) maintains a website at https://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. On the investor relations portion of our website, www.turningpointbrands.com/investor-relations, we provide a link to our electronic filings with the SEC, including our Annual Report on Form 10-K, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, our current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to these reports. We make all such filings available free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after filing. The information found on our website is not part of this or any other report we file with or furnish to the SEC.
The risk factors summarized and detailed below could materially harm our business, operating results and/or financial condition, impair our future prospects and/or cause the price of our common stock to decline. These are not all of the risks we face and other factors not presently known to us or that we currently believe are immaterial may also affect our business if they occur. Material risks that may affect our business, operating results and financial condition include, but are not necessarily limited to, those relating to:
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
| • |
declining sales of tobacco products and expected continuing decline of sales in the tobacco industry overall; |
| • |
our dependence on a small number of third-party suppliers and producers; |
| • |
the possibility that we will be unable to identify or contract with new suppliers or producers in the event of a supply or product disruption, as well as other supply chain concerns, including delays in product shipments and increases in freight cost; |
| • |
the possibility that our licenses to use certain brands or trademarks will be terminated, challenged or restricted; |
| • |
failure to maintain consumer brand recognition and loyalty of our customers and in anticipating and responding to changes in consumer preferences and purchase behavior; |
| • |
our reliance on relationships with several large retailers and national chains for distribution of our products; |
| • |
intense competition and our ability to compete effectively; |
| • |
competition from illicit sources and the damage caused by illicit products to our brand equity; |
| • |
contamination of our tobacco supply or products; |
| • |
uncertainty and continued evolution of the markets for our products; |
| • |
complications with the design or implementation of our new enterprise resource planning system could adversely impact our business and operations; |
|
| • | recalls of our products; |
Risks Related to Legal, Tax and Regulatory Matters
| • |
substantial and increasing regulation and changes in FDA enforcement priorities; |
| • |
regulation or marketing denials of our products by the FDA, which has broad regulatory powers; |
| • |
many of our products contain nicotine, which is considered to be a highly addictive substance; |
| • |
requirement to maintain compliance with master settlement agreement escrow account; |
| • |
possible significant increases in federal, state and local municipal tobacco- and nicotine-related taxes; |
| • |
our products are marketed pursuant to a policy of FDA enforcement priorities which could change, and our products could become subject to increased regulatory burdens by the FDA; |
| • |
our products are subject to developing and unpredictable regulation, such as court actions that impact obligations; |
| • |
increase in tax of our products could adversely affect our business; |
| • |
sensitivity of end-customers to increased sales taxes and economic conditions, including as a result of inflation and other declines in purchasing power; |
| • |
possible increasing international control and regulation; |
| • |
failure to comply with environmental, health and safety regulations; |
| • |
imposition of significant tariffs on imports into the U.S.; |
| • |
the scientific community’s lack of information regarding the long-term health effects of certain substances contained in some of our products; |
| • |
significant product liability litigation; |
Risks Related to Financial Results, Finances and Capital Structure
| • |
our amount of indebtedness; |
| • | our credit rating and ability to access well-functioning capital markets; | |
| • |
the terms of our indebtedness, which may restrict our current and future operations; |
| • |
our ability to establish and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting; |
| • |
identification of material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, which, if not remediated appropriately or timely, could result in loss of investor confidence and adversely impact our stock price; |
Risks Related to our Common Stock
| • |
our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as Delaware law and certain regulations, could discourage or prohibit acquisition bids or merger proposals, which may adversely affect the market price of our common stock; |
| • |
our certificate of incorporation limits the ownership of our common stock by individuals and entities that are Restricted Investors (as defined in our Certificate of Incorporation). These restrictions may affect the liquidity of our common stock and may result in Restricted Investors being required to sell or redeem their shares at a loss or relinquish their voting, dividend and distribution rights; |
| • |
future sales of our common stock in the public market could reduce our stock price, and any additional capital raised by us through the sale of equity or convertible securities may dilute your ownership in us; |
| • |
we may issue preferred stock whose terms could adversely affect the voting power or value of our common stock; |
General Risks
| • |
our business may be damaged by events outside of our or our suppliers’ control, such as the impact of epidemics or pandemics, political upheavals, or natural disasters; |
| • |
adverse impact of climate change and legal and regulatory requirements related to climate change and environmental sustainability; |
| • |
our reliance on information technology; |
| • |
cybersecurity and privacy breaches, including due to artificial intelligence; |
| • |
failure to manage our growth; |
| • |
failure to successfully identify, negotiate and complete suitable acquisition opportunities, integrate our acquisitions or otherwise be unable to benefit from pursuing acquisitions; |
| • |
fluctuations in our results; |
| • |
exchange rate fluctuations; |
| • |
adverse U.S. and global economic conditions; |
| • |
departure of key management personnel or our inability to attract and retain talent; |
| • |
infringement on or misappropriation of our intellectual property; |
| • |
third-party claims that we infringe on their intellectual property; and |
| • | impairment of intangible assets, including trademarks and goodwill |
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
Sales of tobacco products are generally expected to continue to decline.
As a result of restrictions on advertising and promotions, increases in regulation and excise taxes, health concerns, a decline in the social acceptability of tobacco and tobacco-related products, increased pressure from anti-tobacco groups, and other factors, the overall U.S. market for tobacco products has generally been declining in terms of volume of sales and is expected to continue to decline. These factors have intensified over time, especially as it relates to regulation. While OTP products have been more resilient than cigarettes as measured by MSAi, the expectation is that all categories will continue to decline. Our tobacco products comprised approximately 47% of our total 2024 net sales and, while some of our sales volume declines have been offset by higher prices or by increased sales in other product categories, there can be no assurance that these price increases or increased sales can be sustained, especially in an environment of increased regulation, product characteristic restrictions, and taxation and changes in consumer spending habits.
We depend on a small number of key third-party suppliers and producers for our products.
Our operations are largely dependent on a small number of key suppliers and producers to supply or manufacture our products pursuant to long-term contracts. In 2024, our two most important suppliers and producers were: (i) Swedish Match, which produces all of our loose-leaf chewing tobacco in the U.S.; and (ii) RTI, which provides us with exclusive access to the Zig-Zag® cigarette paper and related accessories in the U.S. and Canada. See Item 1 – “Business – Distribution and Supply Agreements.” Many of our suppliers compete with us in one or more product categories. For example, we have a supply agreement with Swedish Match to manufacture our loose-leaf chewing tobacco, and Swedish Match also manufactures its own brand of loose-leaf chewing tobacco, which it sells in the same channels as we do.
All of our loose-leaf tobacco products are manufactured for us by Swedish Match pursuant to a ten-year renewable agreement, which we entered into in 2008. The agreement will automatically be renewed for five successive ten-year terms unless either party provides at least 180 days’ notice prior to a renewal term of its intent to terminate the agreement or unless otherwise terminated in accordance with the provisions of the agreement. If a notice of non-renewal is delivered, the contract will expire two years after the date on which the agreement would have otherwise been renewed. Under this agreement, we retain the rights to all marketing, distribution and trademarks over the loose-leaf brands that we own or license. The agreement renewed for an additional ten-year term in 2018. We share responsibilities with Swedish Match related to process control, manufacturing activities, quality control and inventory management with respect to our loose-leaf products. We rely on the performance by Swedish Match of its obligations under the agreement for the production of our loose-leaf tobacco products. Any significant disruption in Swedish Match’s manufacturing capabilities or our relationship with Swedish Match, a deterioration in Swedish Match’s financial condition or an industry-wide change in business practices with respect to loose-leaf tobacco products could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. We entered into these agreements when Swedish Match was an independent company, but it has since been acquired by Phillip Morris International. While Swedish Match continues to honor all obligations to us and has indicated that it will continue to do so in the future, relationship dynamics may change over time in light of its new owners.
All of our Zig-Zag® premium cigarette papers, cigarette tubes and injectors are sourced from RTI, pursuant to the Distribution Agreements. The Distribution Agreements were initially entered into with Bolloré. In November 2020, Bolloré sold its rights to its trademarks for the Zig-Zag® brand name in the U.S. and Canada to RTI and, in connection with the sale, assigned the Distribution Agreements and the License Agreements to RTI. RTI is an affiliate of one of our competitors. The Distribution Agreements were most recently renewed in 2012, with pricing terms subject to renegotiation every five years, the most recent of which occurred in 2022.
Pursuant to agreements with certain suppliers, we have agreed to store tobacco inventory purchased on our behalf and generally maintain a 12- to 24-month supply of our various tobacco products at their facilities. We cannot guarantee our supply of these products will be adequate to meet the demands of our customers. Further, a major fire, violent weather conditions or other disasters that affect us or any of our key suppliers or producers, including RTI or Swedish Match, as well as those of our other suppliers and vendors, could have a material adverse effect on our operations. For example, in December 2023, a third-party warehouse in Tennessee used to store some of the Company’s leaf tobacco incurred significant tornado damage including damage to the Company’s leaf tobacco. Although we have insurance coverage for these events, including Company’s stock throughput insurance, a prolonged interruption in our operations, as well as those of our producers, suppliers or vendors could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. In addition, we do not know whether we will be able to renew any or all of our agreements on a timely basis, on terms satisfactory to us, or at all.
Any disruptions in our relationships with RTI, Swedish Match or any other significant supplier, a failure to renew any of our agreements or an inability or unwillingness by any supplier to produce sufficient quantities of our products in a timely manner and our failure to find a replacement supplier would have a significant impact on our ability to continue distributing the same volume and quality of products and maintain our market share, even if the disruption were temporary. Such impact could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We may be unable to identify or contract with new suppliers or producers in the event of a disruption to our supply of products.
In order to continue selling our products in the event of a disruption to our supply, we would have to identify new suppliers or producers that would be required to satisfy significant regulatory requirements. Only a limited number of suppliers or producers (if any) may have the ability to produce our products at the volumes we need, and it could be costly or time-consuming to locate and approve such alternative sources. Moreover, it may be difficult or costly to find suppliers to produce small volumes of our new products in the event we are looking only to supplement current supply as suppliers may impose minimum order requirements. In addition, we may be unable to negotiate pricing or other terms with our existing or new suppliers as favorable as those we currently enjoy. Even if we were able to successfully identify new suppliers and contract with them on favorable terms, these new suppliers would also be subject to stringent regulatory approval procedures that could result in prolonged disruptions to our sourcing and distribution processes.
Furthermore, there is no guarantee that a new third-party supplier could accurately replicate the production process and taste profile of our existing products. We cannot guarantee that a failure to adequately replace our existing suppliers would not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our licenses to use certain brands and trademarks may be terminated or not renewed.
We are reliant upon brand recognition in the OTP markets in which we compete as the OTP industry is characterized by a high degree of brand loyalty and a reluctance to switch to new or unrecognizable brands on the part of consumers. Some of the brands and trademarks under which our products are sold are licensed to us for a fixed period of time in respect of specified markets, such as our Distribution and License Agreements for use of the Zig-Zag® name and associated trademarks in connection with certain of our cigarette papers and related products. See Item 1 – “Business - Distribution and Supply Agreements” for a discussion of these agreements and their major provisions.
We have a number of License Agreements with RTI. The first of these governs licensing, sourcing and the use of the Zig-Zag® name with respect to cigarette papers, cigarette tubes, and cigarette injector machines, the second governs licensing, sourcing and the use of the Zig-Zag® name with respect to e-cigarettes, vaporizers, and e-liquids, and the third governs the licensing, sourcing and use of the Zig-Zag trademark on paper cones. In 2024, we generated approximately $192.4 million in net sales of Zig-Zag® products, of which approximately $131.6 million was generated from products sold through the License Agreements. In the event that one or more of these License Agreements are not renewed, the terms of the agreements bind us under a five-year non-compete clause, under which we cannot engage in direct or indirect manufacturing, selling, distributing or otherwise promoting cigarette papers of a competitor to Zig-Zag® without RTI’s consent, except in limited instances. We do not know whether we will renew these agreements on a timely basis, on terms satisfactory to us or at all. As a result of these restrictions, if our License Agreements with respect to the Zig-Zag® trademark are terminated, we may not be able to access the markets with recognizable brands that would be positioned to compete in these segments.
In the event that any license to use a brand or trademark in our portfolio is terminated or is not renewed after the end of its term, there is no guarantee we will be able to find a suitable replacement, or if a replacement is found, that it will be on favorable terms. Any loss in our brand-name appeal to our existing customers as a result of the lapse or termination of our licenses could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
We may not be successful in maintaining the consumer brand recognition and consumer loyalty to our products or in anticipating and responding to changes in consumer preferences and purchase behavior.
We compete in a market that relies on innovation and the ability to react to evolving consumer preferences. The alternative smoking accessories and tobacco industries in general, and the OTP industry, in particular, are subject to changing consumer trends, demands and preferences. Therefore, products once favored may over time become disfavored by consumers or no longer perceived as the best option. Consumers in the OTP market have demonstrated a high degree of brand loyalty, but producers must continue to adapt their products in order to maintain their status among these customers as the market evolves. The Zig-Zag® brand has strong brand recognition among smokers, and our continued success depends in part on our ability to continue to differentiate the brand names that we own or license and maintain similarly high levels of recognition with target consumers. Trends within the alternative smoking accessories and OTP industries change often. Our failure to anticipate, identify or react to changes in these trends could, among other things, lead to reduced demand for our products. Factors that may affect consumer perception of our products include health trends and attention to health concerns associated with tobacco and other products we sell, price-sensitivity in the presence of competitors’ products or substitute products, as well as celebrity and other endorsements. For example, we have witnessed a shift in consumer purchases from chewing tobacco to moist snuff due to its increased affordability. Along with our biggest competitors in the chewing tobacco market, which also produce moist snuff, we have been able to shift priorities and adapt to this change. A failure to react to similar trends in the future could enable our competitors to grow or establish their brands’ market shares in these categories before we have a chance to respond.
Consumer perceptions of tobacco-based products are likely to continue to shift, and our success depends, in part, on our ability to anticipate these shifting tastes and the rapidity with which the markets in which we compete will evolve in response to these changes on a timely and affordable basis. If we are unable to respond effectively and efficiently to changing consumer preferences, including by broadening our product portfolios across price-points and categories and by bringing to market new and innovative products that appeal to adult consumers, the demand for our products may decline, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Regulations may be enacted in the future, particularly in light of increasing restrictions on the form and content of the marketing of tobacco products, that would make it more difficult to appeal to our consumers and to leverage existing recognition of the brands that we own or license. Furthermore, even if we are able to continue to distinguish our products, there can be no assurance that the sales, marketing and distribution efforts of our competitors will not be successful in persuading consumers of our products to switch to their products. Many of our competitors have greater access to resources than we do, which better positions them to conduct market research in relation to branding strategies or costly marketing campaigns. Any loss of consumer brand loyalty to our products or reduction of our ability to effectively brand our products in a recognizable way will have a material effect on our ability to continue to sell our products and maintain our market share, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our distribution efforts rely in part on our ability to leverage relationships with large retailers and national chains.
Our distribution efforts rely in part on our ability to leverage relationships with large retailers and national chains to sell and promote our products, which is dependent upon the strength of the brand names that we own or license and our salesforce effectiveness. In order to maintain these relationships, we must continue to supply products that will bring steady business to these retailers and national chains. We may not be able to sustain these relationships or establish other relationships with such entities, which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to execute our branding strategies, our ability to access the end-user markets with our products and our ability to maintain our relationships with the producers of our products. For example, our inability to meet benchmarking provisions in contracts or maintain and leverage our retail relationships on a scale sufficient to make us an attractive distributor would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, there are factors beyond our control that may prevent us from leveraging existing relationships, such as industry consolidation.
If we are unable to develop and sustain relationships with large retailers and national chains, or we are unable to leverage those relationships due to factors such as a decline in the role of brick-and-mortar retailers in North America, our capacity to maintain and grow brand and product recognition and increase sales volume will be significantly undermined. In such an event, we may ultimately be forced to pursue and rely on local and more fragmented sales channels, which will have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We face intense competition and may fail to compete effectively.
We are subject to significant competition across our segments and compete against companies in all segments that have access to significant resources in terms of technology, relationships with suppliers and distributors and access to cash flow and financial markets.
The OTP industry is characterized by brand recognition and loyalty, with product quality, price, marketing and packaging constituting the primary methods of competition. Substantial marketing support, merchandising display, competitive pricing and other financial incentives generally are required to introduce a new brand and to improve and maintain a brand’s market position. Our principal competitors are “big tobacco,” which includes Altria Group, Inc. and British American Tobacco p.l.c., as well as Swedish Match, Swisher International and manufacturers of electronic cigarettes, including U.K.-based Imperial Brands PLC. These competitors are significantly larger than us and aggressively seek to limit the distribution or sale of other companies’ products, at both wholesale and retail levels. For example, certain competitors have entered into agreements limiting retail-merchandising displays of other companies’ products or imposing minimum prices for OTP products, thereby limiting their competitors’ ability to offer discounted products.
In addition, the tobacco industry is experiencing a trend toward industry consolidation, most recently evidenced by the November 2022 acquisition of Swedish Match AB by Philip Morris International Inc., the December 2018 investment in Juul Labs by Altria, the July 2017 acquisition of Reynolds American, Inc. by British American Tobacco p.l.c. and the June 2015 acquisition of Lorillard, Inc. by Reynolds American, Inc. Additional industry consolidation could result in a more competitive environment if our competitors are able to increase their combined resources, enhance their access to national distribution networks or become acquired by established companies with greater resources than ours. Any inability to compete due to our smaller scale as the industry continues to consolidate and be dominated by “big tobacco” could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
There can be no assurance that our products will be able to compete successfully against “big tobacco” or any of our other competitors, some of which have far greater resources, capital, experience, market penetration, sales and distribution channels than us.
The competitive environment and our competitive position are also significantly influenced by economic conditions, the state of consumer confidence, competitors’ introduction of low-priced products or innovative products, higher taxes, higher absolute prices and larger gaps between price categories, reliance on competitors for certain raw materials and product regulation that diminishes the consumer’s ability to differentiate tobacco products. Due to the impact of these factors, as well as higher state and local excise taxes and the increased market share of deep discount brands, the tobacco industry has become increasingly price competitive. As we seek to adapt to the price competitive environment, our competitors that are better capitalized may be able to sustain price discounts for long periods of time by spreading the loss across their expansive portfolios, with which we are not positioned to compete.
We also expect our competitors to continue to improve their technology infrastructure, including with the use of artificial intelligence (“AI”) and machine learning solutions, to interact with clients, suppliers and other third-parties to sell their products, utilize (and even monetize) their data and support and grow their client base. Our ability to innovate our own technology infrastructure and integrate new technology solutions into our existing infrastructure will affect our ability to compete.
Competition from illicit sources may have an adverse effect on our overall sales volume, restricting the ability to increase selling prices and damaging brand equity.
Illicit trade and tobacco trafficking in the form of counterfeit products, smuggled genuine products and locally manufactured products on which applicable taxes or regulatory requirements are evaded represent a significant and growing threat to the legitimate tobacco industry. Factors such as increasing tax regimes, regulatory restrictions, and compliance requirements have resulted in more consumers switching to illegal, cheaper tobacco products and providing greater rewards for smugglers. We expect that this trend will continue and even accelerate if additional regulatory requirements make it more difficult or expensive to obtain genuine products. Illicit trade can have an adverse effect on our overall sales volume, restrict the ability to increase selling prices, damage brand equity and may lead to commoditization of our products.
We have continued to see increases in the sale of illicit or unauthorized tobacco and nicotine products, which the FDA and other agencies have had limited success in combating. If we are unable to compete against these products, our sales volumes may be negatively materially impacted until the implementation of stronger enforcement activity.
Although we combat counterfeiting of our products by engaging in certain tactics, such as requiring all sales force personnel to randomly collect our products from retailers in order to be reviewed for authenticity and using a private investigation firm to help perform surveillance of retailers we suspect are selling counterfeit products, no assurance can be given that we will be able to detect or stop sales of all counterfeit products. In addition, we have in the past and will continue to bring suits against retailers and distributors that sell certain counterfeit products. While we have been successful in securing financial recoveries from and helping to obtain criminal convictions of counterfeiters in the past, no assurance can be given that we will be successful in any such suits or that such suits will be successful in stopping other retailers or distributors from selling counterfeit products. Even if we are successful, such suits could consume a significant amount of management’s time and could also result in significant expenses to the Company. Any failure to track and prevent counterfeiting of our products could have a material adverse effect on our ability to maintain or effectively compete for the products we distribute under our brand names, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
Contamination of, or damage to, our products could adversely impact sales volume, market share and profitability.
Our market position may be affected through the contamination of our tobacco supply or products during the manufacturing process or at different points in the entire supply chain. We keep significant amounts of inventory of our products in warehouses and it is possible that this inventory could become contaminated or damaged during the storage period. For example, in December 2023, a third-party warehouse in Tennessee used to store some of the Company’s leaf tobacco incurred significant tornado damage including damage to all the Company’s leaf tobacco stored in that warehouse. Although we have alternative sources of tobacco to ensure we meet all demand, if another event were to occur we may not have sufficient supply. In addition, our suppliers generally keep significant amounts of our inventory on hand and it is probable that such inventory could become contaminated or damaged even prior to arrival at our premises. If contamination or damage of our inventory or packaged products occurs, whether as a result of a failure in quality control by us or by one of our suppliers, we may incur significant costs in replacing the inventory and recalling products. We may be unable to meet customer demand and may lose customers who purchase alternative brands or products. In addition, consumers may lose confidence in the affected product.
Under the terms of our contracts, we impose requirements on our major suppliers to maintain quality and comply with product specifications and requirements and on our third-party co-manufacturer to comply with all federal, state and local laws. These third-party suppliers and co-manufacturers, however, may not continue to produce products that are consistent with our standards or that are in compliance with applicable laws, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to identify instances in which our third-party suppliers or co-manufacturers fail to comply with our standards or applicable laws.
A loss of sales volume from a contamination event may also affect our ability to supply our current customers and, in turn, recapture their business in the event they are forced to switch products or brands, even if on a temporary basis. We may also be subject to legal action as a result of a contamination, which could result in negative publicity and affect our sales. During this time, our competitors may benefit from an increased market share that could be difficult and costly to regain. Such a contamination event could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
The market for certain of our products is subject to a great deal of uncertainty and is still evolving.
Novel nicotine and cannabinoid products, having been introduced to the market over the past fifteen years, are at a relatively early stage of development compared to “traditional” tobacco products and represent the core components of a market that is evolving rapidly, highly regulated and characterized by a number of market participants. Rapid growth in the use of, and the interest in, these products is recent and may not continue on a lasting basis. The long-term demand trends and market acceptance for these products are subject to a high level of uncertainty. Therefore, we are subject to all of the business risks associated with a new enterprise in an evolving market. Continued evolution, uncertainty and the resulting increased risk of failure of our new and existing product offerings in this market could have a material adverse effect on our ability to build and maintain market share and on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Further, there can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to effectively compete in the novel nicotine and cannabinoid products marketplace.
Complications with the design or implementation of our new enterprise resource planning system could adversely impact our business and operations.
We rely extensively on information systems and technology to manage our business and summarize operating results. We are currently engaged in the implementation of a new enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system, which is part of the remediation efforts for our material weakness in internal controls over financial reporting discussed below. This ERP system will replace our existing operating and financial systems. The ERP system is designed to accurately maintain the Company’s financial records, enhance operational functionality and provide timely information to the Company’s management team related to the operation of the business. The ERP system implementation process requires the investment of significant personnel and financial resources. We may not be able to successfully implement the ERP without experiencing delays, increased costs and other difficulties. If we are unable to successfully design and implement the new ERP system as planned, or successfully update or integrate our systems when necessary, our financial positions, results of operations and cash flows could be negatively impacted.
We could decide, or be required to, recall products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
We could decide, or laws or regulations could require us, to recall products due to the failure to meet quality standards or specifications, suspected or confirmed and deliberate or unintentional product contamination, or other product adulteration, misbranding or tampering. A product recall or a product liability or other claim (even if unsuccessful or without merit) could have negative economic consequences and also generate negative publicity about us and our products. In addition, if another company recalls or experiences negative publicity related to a product in a category in which we compete, adult tobacco consumers might reduce their overall consumption of products in the category. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
We may encounter difficulties or liabilities arising from investments in joint ventures, acquisitions or divestitures.
We have made substantial investments acquisitions, joint ventures and strategic initiatives and we expect that we will continue to do so in the foreseeable future. For instance, in January 2025, we contributed our interest in our former CDS segment to GWO, an entity owned by us and affiliates of Standard General, L.P., and now have a 49% interest in GWO. We are continually evaluating acquisitions, divestitures and strategic investments that are significant to our business both in the United States and in Canada. However, these activities involve numerous risks. Key challenges include the difficulty of identifying suitable acquisition targets, negotiating acquisitions on favorable terms, retaining essential customers, employees, and contracts, and successfully integrating new businesses without significant disruptions. Additionally, there may be unforeseen costs associated with integration, liabilities that exceed expectations, or operating results that fall short of projections. There is also a risk that anticipated synergies and value may not materialize as expected. For example, we recently entered into a joint venture with ALP to further our presence in the modern oral nicotine space. While we are optimistic about its potential success, we recognize the possibility of encountering difficulties, including strategic differences that could impact performance lead to business losses.
Furthermore, any acquisitions, joint ventures and strategic investments and associated integration activities demand significant time and attention from our management team and other key personnel, which can divert resources from other priorities. There can be no assurance that any acquisitions, joint ventures and strategic investments will be successfully integrated into our operations, that competition for attractive opportunities will not intensify or that we will be able to complete such acquisitions, joint ventures and strategic investments on acceptable terms and conditions. The costs and challenges associated with unsuccessful acquisition, joint venture or strategic investment efforts may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Additionally, in connection with any acquisitions or divestitures, we may become subject to contingent liabilities or legal claims, including but not limited to third party liability and other tort claims; claims for breach of contract; employment-related claims; environmental, health and safety regulatory actions and liabilities; permitting, regulatory or other legal compliance issues; or tax liabilities. If we become subject to any of these liabilities or claims, and they are not adequately covered by insurance or an enforceable indemnity or similar agreement from a creditworthy counterparty, we may be responsible for significant out-of-pocket expenditures. These liabilities, if they materialize, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Risks Related to Legal, Tax and Regulatory Matters
We are subject to substantial and increasing regulation.
The tobacco industry has been under public scrutiny for over 50 years. Industry critics include special interest groups, the U.S. Surgeon General and many legislators and regulators at the local, state and federal levels. A wide variety of federal, state, and local laws limit the advertising, sale and use of tobacco, and these laws have proliferated in recent years. For instance, on May 4, 2022, the FDA proposed two tobacco products standards related to combusted tobacco products: (1) a ban on menthol as a characterizing flavor of cigarettes; and (2) a ban on all characterizing flavors (including menthol) in cigars, and in May 2023, the FDA proposed additional requirements for tobacco product manufacturing practice regarding the manufacture, design, packing and storage of tobacco products. Together with changing public attitudes towards tobacco consumption, the constant expansion of regulations has been a major cause of the overall decline in the consumption of tobacco products since the early 1970s. These regulations relate to, among other things, the importation of tobacco products and shipping throughout the U.S. market, increases in the minimum age to purchase tobacco products, imposition of taxes, sampling and advertising bans or restrictions, flavor bans or restrictions, ingredient and constituent disclosure requirements and media campaigns and restrictions on where consumers may use tobacco products. Additional restrictions may be adopted or agreed to in the future. These limitations may make it difficult for us to maintain the value of any brand.
The trend toward increasing regulation of the tobacco industry experienced over the last few decades is likely to differ between the various U.S. states and Canadian provinces in which we currently conduct the majority of our business. Extensive and inconsistent regulation by multiple states and at different governmental levels could prove to be particularly disruptive to our business as we may be unable to accommodate such regulations in a cost-effective manner that allows us to continue to compete in an economically viable way. Regulations are often introduced without industry input and have significantly contributed to reduced industry sales volumes and increased illicit trade.
In 1986, federal legislation was enacted regulating smokeless tobacco products (including dry and moist snuff and chewing tobacco) by, among other things, requiring health warnings on smokeless tobacco packages and prohibiting the advertising of smokeless tobacco products on media subject to the jurisdiction of the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”). Since 1986, other proposals have been made at the federal, state and local levels for additional regulation of tobacco products. It is likely that additional proposals will be made in the coming years. For example, the PACT Act initially prohibited the use of the U.S. Postal Service to mail cigarette and smokeless tobacco products and also amended the Jenkins Act, which established cigarette sales reporting requirements for state excise tax collection, to require individuals and businesses that make interstate sales of certain cigarette or smokeless tobacco to comply with state tax laws. The PACT Act was later extended to also cover e-cigarette and related products. See Item 1A - "Many of our products have not obtained premarket authorization from the FDA and are currently marketed pursuant to a policy of FDA enforcement priorities, which could change. There could be a material adverse impact on our business development efforts if the FDA determines that our products are not subject to this compliance policy, or if our products become subject to increased regulatory enforcement burdens imposed by the FDA and other regulatory or legislative bodies" below for further details. Additional federal or state regulation relating to the manufacture, sale, distribution, advertising, labeling, mandatory ingredients disclosure and nicotine yield information disclosure of tobacco products could reduce sales, increase costs, and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
On June 22, 2009, the Family Smoking Prevention and Tobacco Control Act (the “Tobacco Control Act”) granted the FDA regulatory authority over tobacco products. The Tobacco Control Act also amended the Federal Cigarette Labeling and Advertising Act, which governs how cigarettes can be advertised and marketed, as well as the Comprehensive Smokeless Tobacco Health Education Act, which governs how smokeless tobacco can be advertised and marketed. In addition to the FDA and FCC, we are subject to regulation by numerous other federal agencies, including the Federal Trade Commission, the Department of Justice, the Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau , the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, the U.S. Department of Agriculture (“USDA”), the Consumer Product Safety Commission , the U.S. Customs and Border Protection and the U.S. Center for Disease Control and Prevention’s Office on Smoking and Health. There have also been adverse legislative and political decisions and other unfavorable developments for the tobacco industry concerning cigarette smoking and the tobacco industry generally, which we believe have received widespread public attention. The FDA has, and other governmental entities have, expressed concerns about the use of flavors in tobacco products and an interest in significant regulation of such use, up to and including bans in certain products. There can be no assurance as to the ultimate content, timing or effect of any regulation of tobacco products by governmental bodies, nor can there be any assurance that potential corresponding declines in demand resulting from negative media attention would not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Any such regulation has the potential to increase costs and have a material adverse effect on our business, ability to compete, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
However, the recent change in the U.S. presidential administration, along with the overturning of the Chevron doctrine, which previously granted judicial deference to regulatory agencies, has increased uncertainty in the regulatory and legislative processes. As a result, we cannot predict whether challenges to existing agency regulations will increase or how lower courts will interpret this decision in relation to other regulatory schemes without further clarification from the U.S. Supreme Court. This could have significant consequences on tobacco regulations, tobacco advertisement and marketing, tax laws, consumer protection, environmental regulations and other regulatory areas with which we must comply. Any of these regulation changes could negatively affect how we conduct our business and market our offerings and increase our regulatory compliance or tax expense, which could, in turn, have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results or operation. Furthermore, new policy approaches may have the effect of harming our business regardless of whether that is the intent and may also affect our ability to operate as we have in the past.
Our products are regulated by the FDA, which has broad regulatory powers.
The vast majority of our 2024 U.S. net sales are derived from the sale of products that are currently regulated by the FDA. The Tobacco Control Act grants the FDA broad regulatory authority over the design, manufacture, sale, marketing and packaging of tobacco products. Among the regulatory powers conferred to the FDA under the Tobacco Control Act is the authority to impose tobacco product standards that are appropriate for the protection of the public health, require manufacturers to obtain FDA review and authorization for the marketing of certain new or modified tobacco products and impose various additional restrictions. Such restrictions may include requiring reduction or elimination of the use of particular constituents or components, requiring product testing, or addressing other aspects of tobacco product construction, constituents, properties or labeling.
Specifically, the Tobacco Control Act (i) increases the number of health warnings required on cigarette and smokeless tobacco products, increases the size of warnings on packaging and in advertising, requires the FDA to develop graphic warnings for cigarette packages, and grants the FDA authority to require new warnings, (ii) imposes restrictions on the sale and distribution of tobacco products, including significant restrictions on tobacco product advertising and promotion as well as the use of brand and trade names, (iii) bans the use of “light,” “mild,” “low” or similar descriptors on tobacco products, (iv) bans the use of “characterizing flavors” in cigarettes other than tobacco or menthol, (v) requires manufacturers to report ingredients and harmful constituents and requires the FDA to disclose certain constituent information to the public, (vi) authorizes the FDA to require the reduction of nicotine and the potential reduction or elimination of other constituents or additives, including menthol, (vii) establishes resource-intensive pre-market and “substantial equivalence” review pathways for tobacco products that are considered new, (viii) gives the FDA broad authority to deny product applications thereby preventing the sale or distribution of the product subject to the application (and requiring such product to be removed from the market, if applicable), and (ix) requires tobacco product manufacturers (and certain other entities) to register with the FDA.
The FDA charges user fees based on the USDA unit calculations pro-rated to the annualized FDA congressionally allocated budget. These fees only apply to certain products currently regulated by the FDA, which include our core products (other than cigarette paper products), but we may in the future be required to pay such fees on more of our products, and we cannot accurately predict which additional products may be subject to such fees or the magnitude of such fees, which could become significant. A change in which products are subject to these fees may also impact the amount of fees payable by us (or to which we are subject) due to the reallocation of fees across new product categories.
Although the Tobacco Control Act prohibits the FDA from issuing regulations banning all cigarettes, all smokeless tobacco products, all little cigars, all cigars other than little cigars, all pipe tobacco, or all roll-your-own tobacco, or requiring the reduction of nicotine yields of a tobacco product to zero, it is likely that regulations with the FDA promulgated pursuant to the Tobacco Control Act could nonetheless result in a decrease in sales of these products in the U.S. We believe that such regulation could adversely affect our ability to compete against our larger competitors, who may be able to more quickly and cost-effectively comply with these new rules and regulations. Our ability to gain efficient and timely market clearance for new tobacco products, or even to keep existing products on the market, could also be affected by FDA rules, regulations and enforcement policies. Some of our currently marketed products that are subject to FDA regulation will require marketing authorizations from the FDA for us to continue marketing them (e.g., pre-market or substantial equivalence marketing authorizations, as applicable to the product), which we cannot guarantee we will be able to obtain. In addition, as a result of the U.S. Supreme Court’s decision to overturn the Chevron doctrine, it will become increasingly difficult to determine which new laws will apply to our business and when, as there will likely be an increase in legal challenges to new regulations. Failure to comply with new or existing tobacco laws under which the FDA imposes regulatory requirements could result in significant financial penalties and government investigations of us. To the extent we are unable to respond to, or comply with, new FDA regulations it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
Many of our products contain nicotine, which is considered to be a highly addictive substance.
Many of our products contain nicotine, a chemical that is considered to be highly addictive. The Tobacco Control Act empowers the FDA to regulate the amount of nicotine found in tobacco products, but not to require the reduction of nicotine yields of a tobacco product to zero. Any FDA regulation, whether of nicotine levels or other product attributes, may require us to reformulate, recall and/or discontinue certain of the products we may sell from time to time, which may have a material adverse effect on our ability to market our products and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We are required to maintain cash amounts within an escrow account in order to be compliant with a settlement agreement between us and certain U.S. states and territories.
In November 1998, the major U.S. cigarette manufacturers entered into the Master Settlement Agreement (“MSA”) and the Smokeless Tobacco Master Settlement Agreement (“STMSA”) with 46 U.S. states and certain U.S. territories and possessions. Pursuant to the MSA and subsequent states’ statutes, a “cigarette manufacturer” (which is defined to also include a manufacturer of roll your own (“RYO”)/MYO cigarette tobacco) has the option of either becoming a signatory to the MSA, or, as we have elected, operating as a non-participating manufacturer (“NPM”) by funding and maintaining an escrow account, with sub-accounts on behalf of each settling state. These NPM escrow accounts are governed by states’ escrow and complementary statutes that are generally monitored by the Office of the State Attorney General. The statutes require NPM companies to deposit, on an annual basis, into qualified banks’ escrow funds based on the number of cigarettes or cigarette equivalents, which is measured by pounds of RYO/MYO tobacco sold. NPM companies are, within specified limits, entitled to direct the investment of the escrowed funds and withdraw any interest or appreciation, but cannot withdraw the principal for twenty-five years from the year of each annual deposit, except to withdraw funds deposited pursuant to an individual state’s escrow statute to pay a final judgment to that state’s plaintiffs in the event of such a final judgment. The investment vehicles available to us are specified in the state escrow agreements and are limited to low-risk government securities.
Various states have enacted or proposed complementary legislation intended to curb the activity of certain manufacturers and importers of cigarettes or MYO tobacco that are selling into MSA states without signing the MSA or who have failed to properly establish and fund a qualifying escrow account. We believe we have been fully compliant with all applicable laws, regulations, and statutes, although compliance-related issues may, from time to time, be disruptive to our business, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Future changes to the MSA, such as legislation that extends the MSA to products to which it does not currently apply or legislation that limits the ability of companies to receive unused escrow funds after 25 years, may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. For example, Oregon recently passed a law that would create new fees on NPM companies for future sales of cigarettes. Despite the amounts maintained and funded to the escrow account, compliance with the funding requirements for the escrow account does not necessarily prevent future federal and/or state regulations with respect to the OTP industry from having a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Increases in tobacco-related taxes have been proposed or enacted and are likely to continue to be proposed or enacted in numerous jurisdictions.
Tobacco products, premium cigarette papers and tubes have long been subject to substantial federal, state and local excise taxes. Such taxes have frequently been increased or proposed to be increased, in some cases significantly, to fund various legislative initiatives or further disincentivize tobacco usage. Since 1986, smokeless products have been subject to federal excise tax. Federally, smokeless products are taxed by weight (in pounds or fractional parts thereof) manufactured or imported.
Since the State Children’s Health Insurance Program (“S-CHIP”) reauthorization in early 2009, which utilizes, among other things, taxes on tobacco products to fund health insurance coverage for children, the federal excise tax increases adopted have been substantial and have materially reduced sales in the RYO/MYO cigarette smoking products market, and also caused volume declines in other markets. Although the RYO/MYO cigarette smoking tobacco and related products market had been one of the fastest growing markets in the tobacco industry in the five years prior to 2009, the reauthorization of S-CHIP increased the federal excise tax on RYO tobacco from $1.10 to $24.78 per pound, and materially reduced the MYO cigarette smoking tobacco market in the U.S. There have not been any increases enacted since 2009, but bills are introduced regularly, which, if enacted into law, could result in an increase in federal excise and other tobacco-related taxes. We cannot guarantee that we will not be subject to further increases, nor whether any such increases will affect prices in a way that further deters consumers from purchasing our products and/or affects our net revenues in a way that renders us unable to compete effectively.
In addition to federal excise taxes, every state and certain city and county governments have imposed substantial excise taxes on sales of tobacco products, and many have raised or proposed to raise excise taxes in recent years. Approximately one-half of the states tax MST on a weight-based versus ad valorem system of taxation. Additional states may consider adopting such revised tax structures as well. Tax increases, depending on their parameters, may result in consumers switching between tobacco products or may depress overall tobacco consumption, which is likely to result in declines in overall sales volumes.
Any future enactment of increases in federal or state excise taxes on our tobacco products or rulings that certain of our products should be categorized differently for excise tax purposes could adversely affect demand for our products and may result in consumers switching between tobacco products or a depression in overall tobacco consumption, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Many of our products have not obtained premarket authorization from the FDA and are currently marketed pursuant to a policy of FDA enforcement priorities, which could change. There could be a material adverse impact on our business development efforts if the FDA determines that our products are not subject to this compliance policy, or if our products become subject to increased regulatory enforcement burdens imposed by the FDA and other regulatory or legislative bodies.
Effective August 8, 2016, FDA’s regulatory authority under the Tobacco Control Act was extended to all remaining tobacco-derived products, including: (i) cigars and their components or parts (such as cigar tobacco); (ii) pipe tobacco; (iii) hookah products; or (iv) any other tobacco product “newly deemed” by the FDA. These deeming regulations apply to all products made or derived from tobacco intended for human consumption, but excluding accessories of tobacco products (such as lighters). Subsequently, on April 14, 2022, the FDA Center for Tobacco Products also obtained jurisdiction over non-tobacco nicotine products (“NTN Products”), including synthetic nicotine. That law subjects NTN Products to the same requirements as tobacco-derived products.
The deeming regulations require us to (i) register with the FDA and report product and ingredient listings; (ii) market newly deemed products only after FDA review and approval; (iii) only make direct and implied claims of reduced risk if the FDA approves after finding that scientific evidence supports the claim and that marketing the product will benefit public health as a whole; (iv) refrain from distributing free samples; (v) implement minimum age and identification restrictions to prevent sales to individuals under age 18; (vi) develop an approved warning plan and include prescribed health warnings on packaging and advertisements; and (vii) refrain from selling the products in vending machines, unless the machine is located in a facility that never admits youth. Newly deemed tobacco products are also subject to the other requirements of the Tobacco Control Act, such as that they not be adulterated or misbranded. The FDA could in the future promulgate good manufacturing practice regulations for these and our other products, and indeed has indicated it intends to do so, which could have a material adverse impact on our ability and the cost to manufacture our products.
Marketing authorizations will be necessary in order for us to continue our distribution of certain of our cigar and other novel nicotine products, such as our nicotine pouches. The FDA has announced various compliance policies whereby it does not intend to prioritize enforcement for lack of premarket authorization against newly-deemed products, provided that such tobacco products were marketed as of August 8, 2016; are not marketed in certain manners likely to be attractive to youth; and for which premarket applications were timely submitted. As a result of recent litigation and subsequent FDA Guidance, marketing applications for newly-deemed products were required to have been submitted no later than September 9, 2020, with the exception of our “preexisting” products (products in commerce as of February 15, 2007) which are already authorized. Under the FDA’s compliance policy, such products could remain on the market until September 9, 2021, unless the FDA makes an adverse determination prior to that date. Subsequent to September 9, 2021, the FDA indicated its enforcement priority is those applicants who have received negative action on their application, such as a Marketing Denial Order (“MDO”) or Refuse to File notification and who continue to illegally sell those unauthorized products, as well as products for which manufacturers failed to submit a marketing application. Further, NTN Product manufacturers were required to file a PMTA by May 14, 2022, in order to continue selling products currently on the market. NTN Products subject of a timely-filed PMTA, and not in receipt of a negative action, were allowed to remain on the market until July 13, 2022, at which time these products became subject to enforcement, similar to tobacco-derived products remaining under review.
In September 2020, we submitted applications on a timely basis for the appropriate authorizations for our products that are deemed products under the 2016 deeming regulations, not otherwise grandfathered. We believe that these products satisfy the criteria for current marketing pursuant to the FDA’s compliance policy. For our NTN Products, we filed several PMTAs by May 14, 2022. There can be no guarantee that the FDA will authorize these products, and the FDA may bring an enforcement action against our products for lack of premarket authorization and/or deny our premarket applications in the meantime. If the FDA were to issue additional MDOs that remained in effect it could have an adverse impact on our business.
We also have certain previously regulated tobacco products which the FDA removed from review but remain subject to “provisional” substantial equivalence submissions made on March 22, 2011; however, the FDA has the discretion to reinitiate review of these products. We cannot predict whether regulators, including the FDA, will permit the marketing or sale of any particular products or whether they will impose a burdensome regulatory framework on such products. In addition, the FDA could, for a variety of reasons, determine that products on the market but pending FDA review of the associated PMTA, or those that have previously received authorization are not appropriate for the public health, and the FDA could require such products be taken off the market. We also cannot predict whether or to what extent the FDA will take enforcement actions against manufacturers and products that violate the law. If the FDA establishes regulatory processes that we are unable or unwilling to comply with, our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects could be adversely affected.
The anticipated costs of complying with future FDA regulations will be dependent on the rules issued and implemented by the FDA, the timing and clarity of any new rules or guidance documents accompanying these rules, the reliability and simplicity (or complexity) of the electronic systems utilized by the FDA for information and reports to be submitted, and the details required by FDA for such information and reports with respect to each regulated product. Failure to comply with existing or new FDA regulatory requirements could result in significant financial penalties and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and ability to market and sell our products. Compliance and related costs could be substantial and could significantly increase the costs of operating in our product categories.
In addition, failure to comply with the Tobacco Control Act and with FDA regulatory requirements could result in litigation, criminal convictions or significant financial penalties and could impair our ability to market and sell certain of our products. At present, we are not able to predict whether the Tobacco Control Act will impact our products to a greater degree than competitors in the industry, which would affect our competitive position.
Furthermore, in addition to the FDA, federal, state and local government entities have also proposed or effectuated restrictions related to our products. For example, the PACT Act has now been amended to apply to products not originally intended to be covered, which has impacts at the federal and state levels. These requirements are in addition to any increased regulation of internet sales that may be in effect or passed legislatively at the federal, state, or local levels, or promulgated via rulemaking by a government agency. Increased regulation of additives in tobacco products through federal, state, or local governments may also adversely affect our products. Some states have also adopted or are considering adopting laws that create a “registry” of products allowed to be sold by licensed distributors and retailers. Certain of our products may not meet the criteria to be added to or remain on these registries, which may discourage or prevent licensed distributors and retailers from selling such products. The application of these types of restrictions, and of any new laws or regulations which may be adopted in the future, to these products could result in additional expenses and require us to change our advertising and labeling, and methods of marketing and distribution of our products, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. The present regulatory landscape has made it even harder to predict whether there will be increased challenges to how the FDA and other government entities regulate the manner of marketing and sale of our products. The unpredictability could also negatively affect our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
Our distribution to our wholesalers and retailers is dependent on the demands of their customers who are sensitive to increased taxes and economic conditions affecting their disposable income.
Consumer purchases of tobacco products are historically affected by economic conditions, such as changes in employment, salary and wage levels, the availability of consumer credit, inflation, interest rates, fuel prices, sales taxes, and the level of consumer confidence in prevailing and future economic conditions. Discretionary consumer purchases, such as of OTP, may decline during recessionary periods or at other times when disposable income is lower, and taxes may be higher. In 2022, the U.S. and other developed countries experienced significantly heightened inflationary pressures related to the policies implemented during the coronavirus pandemic and the ensuing economic recovery, causing disruptions in demand, supply chains and labor markets. While the global inflation rate began to ease somewhat in 2023 and 2024 as a result of central bank policy tightening, core inflation remains persistent and downward pressure on consumer purchasing power remains. While the decline in consumer purchasing power has not as of yet, led to a decrease in sales of our products, continued economic pressures in our target consumer market could lead to a decrease in discretionary purchases which could have a material adverse impact on our business results of operations and financial conditions.
In addition, some states have begun collecting taxes on internet sales. These taxes apply to our online sales of FRE products into those states and may result in reduced demand from the independent wholesalers who may not be able to absorb the increased taxes or successfully pass them onto the end-user without experiencing reduced demand. Further, as a result of recent court decisions related to the taxability of internet purchases, states are now able to impose sales tax on internet purchases made from out-of-state sellers, even if the seller does not have a physical presence in the taxing state. Consequently, additional states are likely to seek or have begun to impose sales tax on our online sales. The requirement to collect, track and remit taxes may require us to increase our prices, which may affect demand for our products or conversely reduce our net profit margin, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We may be subject to increasing international control and regulation.
The World Health Organization’s Framework Convention on Tobacco Control (“FCTC”) is the first international public health treaty that establishes a global agenda to reduce initiation of tobacco use and regulate tobacco in an effort to encourage tobacco cessation. Over 180 governments worldwide have ratified the FCTC. The FCTC has led to increased efforts to reduce the supply and demand of tobacco products and to encourage governments to further regulate the tobacco industry. These efforts have, over time, expanded to focus broadly on consumer products containing nicotine, such as vapor products. The tobacco industry expects significant regulatory developments to take place over the next few years, driven principally by the FCTC. Regulatory initiatives that have been proposed, introduced or enacted include:
| • |
the levying of substantial and increasing tax and duty charges; |
| • |
restrictions or bans on advertising, marketing and sponsorship; |
| • |
the display of larger health warnings, graphic health warnings and other labeling requirements; |
| • |
restrictions on packaging design, including the use of colors and generic packaging; |
| • |
restrictions or bans on the display of tobacco product packaging at the point of sale, and restrictions or bans on cigarette vending machines; |
| • |
requirements regarding testing, disclosure and performance standards for tar, nicotine, carbon monoxide and other smoke constituents levels; |
| • |
requirements regarding testing, disclosure and use of tobacco product ingredients; |
| • |
increased restrictions on smoking in public and workplaces and, in some instances, in private places and outdoors; |
| • |
elimination of duty-free allowances for travelers; and |
| • |
encouraging litigation against tobacco companies. |
If the U.S. becomes a signatory to the FCTC and/or national laws are enacted in the U.S. that reflect the major elements of the FCTC, our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected.
As part of our strategy, we have begun to expand our business into key international locations, such as introducing our moist snuff tobacco products in South America. International expansion may subject us to additional international regulation, either by the countries that are the object of the strategic expansion or through international regulatory regimes, such as the FCTC, to which those countries may be signatories. While we are primarily engaged in business activities in the United States, we engage in certain international business activities that are subject to various U.S. and foreign laws and regulations, such as foreign privacy laws, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) and other laws prohibiting bribery and corruption. On February 10, 2025, the President issued an executive order directing a pause in enforcement of the FCPA for an initial 180-day period while new enforcement guidelines are created. While the scope and substance of the forthcoming new FCPA enforcement guidelines remains unclear, the executive order by itself is not expected to produce a significant or lasting change in the FCPA compliance environment. As such, although we have a compliance system designed to prevent and detect violations of applicable law, no system can provide assurance that it will always protect against improper actions by employees, joint venture partners, investees or third parties. Violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations could result in reputational harm, legal challenges and significant penalties and other costs.
To the extent our existing or future products become subject to international regulatory regimes that we are unable to comply with or fail to comply with, they may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
Our failure to comply with certain environmental, health and safety regulations could adversely affect our business.
The storage, distribution and transportation of some of the products that we sell are subject to a variety of federal and state environmental regulations. In addition, our manufacturing facilities are similarly subject to federal, state and local environmental laws. We are also subject to operational, health and safety laws and regulations. Our failure to comply with these laws and regulations could cause a disruption in our business, an inability to maintain our manufacturing resources, and additional and potentially significant remedial costs and damages, fines, sanctions or other legal consequences that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
Imposition of significant tariffs on imports into the U.S. could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We are required to purchase all our cigarette papers, cigarette tubes and cigarette injector machines under the Distribution Agreements from the supplier in France. Additionally, a substantial portion of the Creative Distribution Solutions joint venture’s products are sourced from China. In 2018, the U.S. imposed significant additional tariffs on certain goods imported from outside the U.S. by executive administrative action, and these tariffs remain in place. These additional tariffs apply to a significant portion of the Creative Distribution Solutions joint venture’s products and may result in increased prices for its customers and in turn, reduced demand where customers are unable to absorb the increased prices or successfully pass them onto the end-user. If the U.S. were to impose additional tariffs on goods we import, it is likely to make it more costly for us to import goods from other countries. As a result, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
While the President and his administration have taken steps to impose tariffs on a number of countries, most notably Canada, Mexico and China, there is little visibility into how U.S. trade policies will be affected by these actions. For instance, tariffs initially placed on goods from Mexico and Canada were immediately paused for further consideration. While we do not anticipate any impact on our business from these tariffs as we do not import any raw materials or finished goods from Canada, Mexico or China, we cannot predict whether the current administration may impose additional tariffs on goods imported from other countries, such as those in the European Union. If the U.S. were to impose additional tariffs on goods we import, it is likely to make it more costly for us to import goods from other countries. While the future administrations may have a desire to repeal some or all of these tariffs, no assurance can be given that they will do so. As a result, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
The scientific community has not yet studied extensively the long-term health effects of certain substances contained in some of the products we previously sold and some products sold by joint ventures in which we have invested.
Electronic cigarettes, vaporizers and modern oral nicotine/white pouch products were recently developed and therefore the scientific community has not had a sufficient period of time to study the long-term health effects of their use. Currently, there is no way of knowing whether these products are safe for their intended use. If the scientific community were to determine conclusively that use of any or all of these products poses long-term health risks, market demand for these products and their use could materially decline. Such a determination could also lead to litigation and significant regulation. Loss of demand for our product, product liability claims and increased regulation stemming from unfavorable scientific studies on these products could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We are subject to significant product liability litigation.
The tobacco industry has experienced, and continues to experience, significant product liability litigation. Most tobacco liability lawsuits have been brought against manufacturers and sellers of cigarettes by individual plaintiffs, often participating on a class-action basis, for injuries allegedly caused by cigarette smoking or by exposure to cigarette smoke. However, several lawsuits have also been brought against manufacturers and sellers of smokeless products for injuries to health allegedly caused by use of smokeless products. Litigation is subject to significant uncertainty, and there could be adverse developments in pending or future cases. An unfavorable outcome or settlement of pending litigation could encourage the commencement of additional litigation. In addition to the risks to our business, results of operations and financial condition resulting from adverse results in any such action, ongoing litigation may divert management’s attention and resources, which could have an impact on our business and operations. There can be no assurance that we will not sustain losses in connection with such lawsuits and that such losses will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
In addition to current and potential future claims related to our core tobacco products, we are subject to several lawsuits alleging personal injuries resulting from malfunctioning vaporizer devices and may be subject to claims in the future relating to our other Creative Distribution Solutions products. We are still evaluating these claims and the potential defenses to them. As a result of their relative novelty, electronic cigarette and vaporizer product manufacturers and sellers have only recently become subject to litigation. We may see increasing litigation over Creative Distribution Solutions products or the regulation of our products, as the regulatory regimes surrounding these products develop. For a description of current material litigation to which we or our subsidiaries are a party, see Item 3 “Legal Proceedings” and Note 19 “Contingencies” in Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, for additional information.
As a result, we may face substantial costs due to increased product liability litigation relating to new regulations or other potential defects associated with the products we ship, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
Risks Related to Financial Results, Finances and Capital Structure
We have a substantial amount of indebtedness that could affect our financial condition.
In February 2025, we issued $300.0 million of our 7.625% senior secured notes due 2032 (the “2032 Notes”), the proceeds of which were used to repay our existing 5.625% senior secured notes due 2026. The 2032 Notes are senior secured obligations of the Company and guarantors and currently comprise all of our outstanding debt. We have the ability to borrow up to $75.0 million under our new asset-backed revolving credit facility entered into in November 2023 (the “2023 ABL Facility”), subject to borrowing base compliance, under which only letters of credit of $2.3 million were outstanding as of December 31, 2024. The 2023 ABL Facility bears interest at a floating rate. If we cannot generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service our debt, we may need to further refinance our debt, dispose of assets or issue equity to obtain necessary funds. We do not know whether we will be able to do any of this on a timely basis or on terms satisfactory to us or at all.
Our substantial amount of indebtedness could limit our ability to:
| • |
obtain necessary additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures or other purposes in the future; |
| • |
plan for, or react to, changes in our business and the industries in which we operate; |
| • |
make future acquisitions or pursue other business opportunities; |
| • |
react in an extended economic downturn; |
| • |
pay dividends; and |
| • |
repurchase stock. |
Our credit rating and ability to access well-functioning capital markets are important to our ability to secure future debt financing on acceptable terms.
Our access to capital markets and the terms of such access depend on multiple factors including the condition of the capital markets, our operating performance and our credit ratings. These ratings are based on a number of factors including their assessment of our financial strength and financial policies. Our borrowing costs will be dependent to some extent on the rating assigned to our debt. However, there can be no assurance that any particular rating assigned to us will remain in effect for any given period of time or that a rating will not be changed or withdrawn by a rating agency if, in that rating agency’s judgment, future circumstances relating to the basis of the rating so warrant. Incurrence of additional debt by us could adversely affect our credit rating. Any disruptions or turmoil in the capital markets or any downgrade of our credit rating could adversely affect our cost of funds, liquidity, competitive position and access to capital markets, which could materially and adversely affect our business operations, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, downgrading the credit rating of our debt securities or placing us on a watch list for possible future downgrading would likely have an adverse effect on the market price of our securities.
The terms of the agreement governing our indebtedness may restrict our current and future operations, which would adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and to manage our operations.
The indenture governing the 2026 Notes and our 2023 ABL Facility each contain, and any future indebtedness of ours would likely contain, a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us, including restrictions on our ability to, among other things
| • |
incur additional debt, disqualified stock and preferred stock; |
| • |
pay dividends and make other restricted payments; |
| • |
create liens; |
| • |
make investments and acquisitions; |
| • |
engage in sales of assets and subsidiary stock; |
| • |
enter into sale-leaseback transactions; |
| • |
enter into transactions with affiliates; and |
| • |
transfer all or substantially all of our assets or enter into merger or consolidation transactions. |
Our 2023 ABL Facility also requires us to maintain certain financial ratios under certain limited circumstances. A failure by us to comply with the covenants or financial ratios in our debt instruments could result in an event of default under the facility, which could adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and manage our operations. In the event of any default under our debt instruments, the lenders under the facility could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under such instruments to be due and payable and require us to apply all of our available cash to repay these amounts. If the indebtedness under one of our debt instruments were to be accelerated, it could cause an event of default and/or a cross-acceleration of our obligations under our other debt instruments and there can be no assurance that our assets would be sufficient to repay this indebtedness in full, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. Even though the Federal Reserve cut interest rates by 100 basis points in 2024, it remains more expensive for us to borrow under the floating rate in our 2023 ABL Facility than it was historically for us to borrow under our previous revolving credit facility.
If we fail to establish and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting, our operating results and our ability to operate our business could be harmed.
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires that we establish and maintain internal control over financial reporting, and we are also required to establish disclosure controls and procedures under applicable SEC rules. An effective internal control environment is necessary to enable us to produce reliable financial reports and is an important component of our efforts to prevent and detect financial reporting errors and fraud. Management is required to provide an annual assessment on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and our independent registered public accounting firm is required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Our and our auditor’s testing may reveal deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses and render our internal control over financial reporting ineffective. In 2021, management concluded that we had two material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. As noted below, management concluded, during this year’s assessment, that we had one material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, which is a material weakness that remains in existence from 2022 which the Company is continuing to remediate. No assurance can be given that we won’t discover additional material weaknesses in the future. We have incurred and we expect to continue to incur substantial accounting and auditing expense and expend significant management time in complying with the requirements of Section 404, including the requirement to have such controls tested by our independent registered public accounting firm. While an effective internal control environment is necessary to enable us to produce reliable financial statements and is an important component of our efforts to prevent and detect financial reporting errors and fraud, disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting are generally not capable of preventing or detecting all financial reporting errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well-designed and operated, is designed to reduce rather than eliminate the risk of material misstatements in our financial statements. There are inherent limitations on the effectiveness of internal controls, including collusion, management override and failure in human judgment. A control system can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance of achieving the desired control objectives and the design of a control system must reflect the fact that resource constraints exist.
If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identify deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses:
| • |
our reputation may be adversely affected and our business and operating results could be harmed; |
| • |
the market price of our stock could decline; |
| • |
we could fail to meet our financial reporting obligations; and |
| • |
we could be subject to litigation and/or investigations or sanctions by the SEC, the New York Stock Exchange or other regulatory authorities. |
We identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting which, if not remediated appropriately or in a timely manner, could result in loss of investor confidence and adversely impact our stock price.
A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
Management previously identified a material weakness in internal control related to ineffective information technology general controls (“ITGCs”) in the areas of user access and program change-management over certain information technology systems that support the Company’s financial reporting processes. See Part II, Item 9A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.
While we have implemented controls that we believe will remediate the material weakness in 2025, the material weakness remains unremediated as of December 31, 2024, primarily due to the need to finalize testing of the controls and, as a result, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 2024. Our remediation measures have and will continue to result in additional technology, new personnel, the creation of training programs and other expenses. If we are unable to remediate the material weakness, or are otherwise unable to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting or disclosure controls and procedures, our ability to record, process and report financial information accurately, and to prepare financial statements within required time periods, could be adversely affected, which could subject us to litigation or investigations requiring management resources and payment of legal and other expenses, negatively affect investor confidence in our financial statements and in turn, adversely impact our stock price.
Risks Related to our Common Stock
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as Delaware law and certain regulations, could discourage or prohibit acquisition bids or merger proposals, which may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
Our certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval. If our board of directors elects to issue preferred stock, it could be more difficult for a third party to acquire us. In addition, some provisions of our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and applicable law could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us, even if the change of control would be beneficial to our stockholders, including:
| • |
limitations on the removal of directors; |
| • |
limitations on the ability of our stockholders to call special meetings; |
| • |
limitations on stockholder action by written consent; |
| • |
establishing advance notice provisions for stockholder proposals and nominations for elections to the board of directors to be acted upon at meetings of stockholders; and |
| • |
limitations on the ability of our stockholders to fill vacant directorships or amend the number of directors constituting our board of directors. |
Our certificate of incorporation limits the ownership of our common stock by individuals and entities that are Restricted Investors. These restrictions may affect the liquidity of our common stock and may result in Restricted Investors being required to sell or redeem their shares at a loss or relinquish their voting, dividend and distribution rights.
For so long as we or one of our subsidiaries is party to any of the Distribution Agreements, our certificate of incorporation will limit the ownership of our common stock by any “Restricted Investor” to 14.9% of our outstanding common stock and shares convertible or exchangeable therefor (including our non-voting common stock) (the “Permitted Percentage”). A “Restricted Investor” is defined as: (i) any entity that directly or indirectly manufactures, sells, markets, distributes or otherwise promotes cigarette paper booklets, filter tubes, injector machines or filter tips in the U.S., the District of Columbia, the territories, possessions and military bases of the U.S. and the Dominion of Canada (a “RTI Competitor”), (ii) any entity that owns more than a 20% equity interest in any RTI Competitor, or (iii) any person who serves as a director or officer of, or any entity that has the right to appoint an officer or director of, any RTI Competitor or of any entity that owns more than a 20% equity interest in any RTI Competitor (each, a “Restricted Investor”). Our certificate of incorporation further provides that any issuance or transfer of shares to a Restricted Investor in excess of the Permitted Percentage will be ineffective as against us and that neither we nor our transfer agent will register the issuance or transfer of shares or be required to recognize the transferee or owner as a holder of our common stock for any purpose except to exercise our remedies described below. Any shares in excess of the Permitted Percentage in the hands of a Restricted Investor will not have any voting or dividend rights and are subject to redemption by us in our discretion. The liquidity or market value of the shares of our common stock may be adversely impacted by such transfer restrictions.
As a result of the above provisions, a proposed transferee of our common stock that is a Restricted Investor may not receive any return on its investment in shares it purchases or owns, as the case may be, and it may sustain a loss. We are entitled to redeem all or any portion of such shares acquired by a Restricted Investor in excess of the Permitted Percentage (“Excess Shares”) at a redemption price based on a fair market value formula that is set forth in our certificate of incorporation, which may be paid in any form, including cash or promissory notes, at our discretion. Excess Shares not yet redeemed will not be accorded any voting, dividend or distribution rights while they constitute Excess Shares. As a result of these provisions, a stockholder who is a Restricted Investor may be required to sell its shares of our common stock at an undesirable time or price and may not receive any return on its investment in such shares. However, we may not be able to redeem Excess Shares for cash because our operations may not have generated sufficient excess cash flow to fund the redemption and we may incur additional indebtedness to fund all or a portion of such redemption, in which case our financial condition may be materially weakened.
Our certificate of incorporation permits us to require that owners of any shares of our common stock provide certification of their status as a Restricted Investor. In the event that a person does not submit such documentation, our certificate of incorporation provides us with certain remedies, including the suspension of the payment of dividends and distributions with respect to shares held by such person and deposit of any such dividends and distributions into an escrow account. As a result of non-compliance with these provisions, an owner of the shares of our common stock may lose significant rights associated with those shares.
Although our certificate of incorporation contains the above provisions intended to assure compliance with the restrictions on ownership of our common stock by Restricted Investors, we may not be successful in monitoring or enforcing the provisions. A failure to enforce or otherwise maintain compliance could lead RTI to exercise its termination rights under the agreements, which would have a material and adverse effect on the Company’s financial position and its results of operations.
In addition to the risks described above, the foregoing restrictions could delay, defer or prevent a transaction or change in control that might involve a premium price for our common stock or that might otherwise be in the best interest of our stockholders.
Future sales of our common stock in the public market could reduce our stock price, and any additional capital raised by us through the sale of equity or convertible securities may dilute our stockholders.
We may sell additional shares of common stock in public or private offerings and may also sell securities convertible to common stock. We may also be required to issue common stock at the exercise or vesting of certain of our incentive equity awards of which 616,270 shares remain outstanding and unvested. Further, on December 13, 2024, the Company entered into an at-the-market offering program (the “ATM Program”) with B. Riley Securities Inc. and Barclays Capital Inc. The Company may sell up to $100.0 million of common stock under the ATM Program. See Note 14, “Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt,” of our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further discussion.
We cannot predict the size of future issuances of our common stock or securities convertible into common stock or the effect, if any, that future issuances and sales of shares of our common stock will have on the market price of our common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock (including shares issued in connection with an acquisition), or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock.
We may issue preferred stock whose terms could adversely affect the voting power or value of our common stock.
Our certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue, without the approval of our stockholders, one or more classes or series of preferred stock having such designations, preferences, limitations and relative rights, including preferences over our common stock respecting dividends and distributions, as our board of directors may determine. The terms of one or more classes or series of preferred stock could adversely impact the voting power or value of our common stock. For example, we might grant holders of preferred stock the right to elect some number of our directors in all events or on the happening of specified events or the right to veto specified transactions. Similarly, the repurchase or redemption rights or liquidation preferences we might assign to holders of preferred stock could affect the residual value of the common stock.
General Risks
Our business may be damaged by events outside of our or our suppliers’ control, such as the impact of epidemics, political upheavals, or natural disasters.
We have manufacturing operations in Tennessee and Kentucky. Additionally, we have critical suppliers of raw materials and finished products in other regions of the U.S. and in other countries. Events may impact our ability to manufacture products or prevent critical suppliers from performing their obligations to us, through no fault of any party. Examples of such events could include the effect of epidemics; political upheavals including violent changes in government, regional conflicts, such as the war in Ukraine, and the reaction of the governments throughout the world to those conflicts such as the implementation of sanctions, widespread labor unrest, or breakdowns in civil order; and natural disasters, such as hurricanes, tornados, earthquakes or floods. In December 2023, a third-party warehouse in Tennessee used to store some of the Company’s leaf tobacco incurred significant tornado damage including damage to the Company’s leaf tobacco, which resulted in us recording a $15.2 million inventory reserve related to our leaf tobacco inventory. If such events were to occur or reoccur and disrupt our manufacturing capabilities or supply arrangements, there can be no assurance that we could quickly remedy the impact and there could be a material adverse impact on our business, financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.
Additionally, current macroeconomic conditions including high inflation, high gas prices and unpredictable interest rates have caused and may continue to cause delays to supply chain and commercial markets, which limit access to, and increase the cost of, raw materials and services. Furthermore, challenging economic conditions can create the risk that our suppliers, distributors, logistics providers or other third-party partners suffer financial or operational difficulties, which may impact their ability to provide us with or distribute finished product or raw materials and services in a timely manner or at all. If we are unable to compensate for supply shortages or elevated commodity and other costs through sustained price increases, cost efficiencies, such as in manufacturing and distribution, or otherwise manage the exposure through sourcing strategies, the limited use of commodity hedging contracts or through other initiatives, any such delays or distribution challenges could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
Climate change and legal and regulatory requirements related to climate change and environmental sustainability may have an adverse impact on our business and results of operations.
Our operations may be impacted by adverse weather patterns or other natural disasters, such as hurricanes, earthquakes, floods, fires, and tornadoes. While we seek to mitigate our business risks associated with climate change by seeking business partners, including within our supply chain, that are committed to operating in ways that protect the environment or mitigate environmental impacts, we recognize that there are inherent climate-related risks wherever business is conducted. Our operations may be vulnerable to the adverse effects of climate change, which are predicted to increase the frequency and severity of weather events and other natural cycles such as wildfires and droughts. For instance, if a hurricane or tornado were to shut down, damage or destroy one of our facilities or warehouses, as occurred in December of 2023, our operations could be severely impacted. See “—Our business may be damaged by events outside of our or our suppliers’ control, such as the impact of epidemics, political upheavals, or natural disasters” above. Such events have the potential to disrupt our operations, cause manufacturing facility closures, disrupt the business of our third-party suppliers and impact our customers, all of which may cause us to suffer losses and additional costs to maintain or resume operations.
In addition, legal and regulatory requirements have been adopted that are intended to reduce or mitigate environmental issues and may relate to, among other things, greenhouse gas emissions, alternative energy policy, single-use plastics and additional disclosure obligations with respect to climate change and environmental sustainability matters. This additional regulation could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition by increasing our compliance and manufacturing costs and negatively impacting our reputation if we are unable to, or are perceived not to, satisfy such requirements.
Reliance on information technology means a significant disruption could affect our communications and operations.
We increasingly rely on information technology systems for our internal communications, controls, reporting and relations with customers and suppliers and information technology is becoming a significantly important tool for our sales staff. Our marketing and distribution strategy are dependent upon our ability to closely monitor consumer and market trends on a highly specified level, for which we are reliant on our highly sophisticated data tracking systems, which are susceptible to disruption or failure. In addition, our reliance on information technology exposes us to cyber-security risks, which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete. We expect our use of data to increase, including through the use of analytics, and the continued use of AI and machine learning solutions. In engaging in these data-related activities, we rely on our own technology systems and software, and those of third-party vendors. These data-related activities are vulnerable to potential disruption or failure.
Security and privacy breaches, including increasingly prevalent and sophisticated cyberattacks, may expose us to liability, cause us to lose customers or may disrupt our relationships and ongoing transactions with other entities with whom we contract throughout our supply chain. The failure of our information systems to function as intended, or the penetration by outside parties’ intent on disrupting business processes, could result in significant costs, loss of revenue, assets or personal or other sensitive data and reputational harm.
Additionally, in connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, management identified a material weakness in internal control related to ineffective ITGCs in the areas of user access and program change-management over certain information technology systems that support the Company’s financial reporting processes. See Part II, Item 9A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information. In the event we are unable to remediate the material weakness, or are otherwise unable to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting or disclosure controls and procedures, our ability to record, process and report financial information accurately, and to prepare financial statements within required time periods, could be adversely affected, which could subject us to litigation or investigations requiring management resources and payment of legal and other expenses, negatively affect investor confidence in our financial statements and, in turn, adversely impact our stock price.
Security and privacy breaches may expose us to liability and cause us to lose customers.
Federal and state laws require us to safeguard our wholesalers’, retailers’ and consumers’ financial information, including credit card information. Although we have established security procedures to protect against identity theft and the theft of our customers’ financial information, our security and testing measures may not prevent security breaches. We have been in the past and may again in the future be subject to cyberattacks, including attacks that have resulted in the theft of customer financial information, such as credit card information; however, no cyberattack on our systems to date has resulted in material liability for us. Companies have been increasingly subject to a wide variety of cybersecurity attacks, hacking, phishing, malware, ransomware and other attempts to gain unauthorized access to systems or data. These attacks have become increasingly sophisticated over time and may be conducted or “sponsored” by nation states with significant resources. The rapid evolution and increased adoption of AI technology and other evolving technology may also increase the prevalence and impact of cyber-attacks and might also intensify our cybersecurity risk.
We cannot guarantee that a future breach would not result in material liability or otherwise harm our business. In the event of any such breach, we may be required to notify governmental authorities or consumers under breach disclosure laws, indemnify consumers or other third parties for losses resulting from the breach, and expend resources investigating and remediating any vulnerabilities that contributed to the occurrence of the breach. Typically, we rely on encryption and authentication technology licensed from third parties to enhance transmission security of confidential information in relation to financial and other sensitive information that we have on file. Advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography, inadequate facility security or other developments may result in a compromise or breach of the technology used by us to protect customer data. Any compromise of our security, even a security breach that does not result in a material liability, could harm our reputation and therefore, our business and financial condition. In addition, a party who is able to circumvent our security measures or exploit inadequacies in our security measures, could, among other effects, misappropriate proprietary information (including trade secrets), cause interruptions in our operations or expose customers and other entities with which we interact to computer viruses or other disruptions. Actual or perceived vulnerabilities may lead to claims against us. While we maintain cyber errors and omissions ("E&O") insurance that covers certain cyber risks, our insurance coverage may be insufficient to cover all claims or losses. To the extent the measures we have taken prove to be insufficient or inadequate, we may become subject to litigation or administrative sanctions, which could result in significant fines, penalties or damages and harm to our reputation.
We may fail to manage our growth.
We have expanded over our history and intend to grow in the future. We acquired the Stoker’s® brand in 2003 and have continued to develop it through the introduction of new products, such as moist snuff. In 2024, we accelerated our national roll-out and expanded manufacturing of our white nicotine pouch brand FRE and on behalf of our joint venture, ALP Supply Co, LLC (“ALP”), furthering our entry into the modern oral nicotine space. The acquisition of certain tobacco assets and distribution rights from Durfort and BluntWrap USA secured long-term control of our Zig-Zag MYO cigar wrap products and provided us access to a portfolio of tobacco products with significant strategic value, and the acquisition of certain tobacco assets from Unitabac expanded our capabilities in the growing cigar market. However, any future growth will place additional demands on our resources, and we cannot be sure we will be able to manage our growth effectively. If we are unable to manage our growth while maintaining the quality of our products and profit margins, or if new systems that we implement to assist in managing our growth do not produce the expected benefits, our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected. We may not be able to support, financially or otherwise, future growth, or hire, train, motivate and manage the required personnel. Our failure to manage growth effectively could also limit our ability to achieve our goals as they relate to streamlined sales, marketing and distribution operations and the ability to achieve certain financial metrics.
We may fail to successfully identify, negotiate, and complete suitable investment or acquisition opportunities, integrate our acquisitions or otherwise be unable to benefit from pursuing acquisitions.
We believe there are meaningful opportunities to grow through acquisitions and joint ventures across all OTP and adjacent product categories and we expect to continue a strategy of selectively identifying and acquiring businesses with complementary products. For instance, in 2024, we entered the ALP joint venture to expand our product offering in the modern oral space. We may be unable to identify, negotiate, and complete suitable acquisition opportunities on reasonable terms in the future. There can be no assurance that any business acquired by us will be successfully integrated with our operations or prove to be profitable to us. We may incur future liabilities related to acquisitions. Should any of the following problems, or others, occur as a result of our acquisition strategy, the impact could be material:
| • |
difficulties integrating personnel from acquired entities and other corporate cultures into our business; |
| • |
difficulties integrating information systems; |
| • |
the potential loss of key employees of acquired companies; |
| • |
the assumption of liabilities and exposure to undisclosed or unknown liabilities of acquired companies; or |
| • |
the diversion of management attention from existing operations |
We are subject to fluctuations in our results that make it difficult to track trends and develop strategies in the short-term.
In response to competitor actions and pricing pressures, we have engaged in significant use of promotional and sales incentives. We regularly review the results of our promotional spending activities and adjust our promotional spending programs in an effort to maintain our competitive position. Accordingly, unit sales volume and sales promotion costs in any period are not necessarily indicative of sales and costs that may be realized in subsequent periods. Additionally, promotional activity significantly increases net sales in the month in which it is initiated, and net sales are adversely impacted in the month after a promotion. Accordingly, based upon the timing of our marketing and promotional initiatives, we have and may continue to experience significant variability in our results, which could affect our ability to formulate strategies that allow us to maintain our market presence across volatile periods. If our fluctuations obscure our ability to track important trends in our key markets, it may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We are subject to the risks of exchange rate fluctuations.
Currency movements and suppliers’ price increases relating to premium cigarette papers and cigarette tubes are the primary factors affecting our cost of sales. These products are purchased under the Distribution Agreements and the License Agreements, and we make payments in euros. Thus, we bear certain foreign exchange rate risk for certain of our inventory purchases. In addition, as part of our strategy, we have begun strategic international expansions. As a result, we may be more sensitive to the risks of exchange rate fluctuations. To manage this risk, we sometimes utilize short-term forward currency contracts to purchase euros for our inventory purchases. We have a foreign exchange currency policy which governs our hedging of risk. While we engage in hedging transactions from time to time, no assurance can be made that we will be successful in eliminating currency exchange risks or that changes in currency rates will not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Adverse U.S. and global economic conditions could negatively impact our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
Our business and operations are sensitive to global economic conditions. These conditions include interest rates, energy costs, inflation, recession, fluctuations in debt and equity capital markets and the general condition of the U.S. and world economy. A material decline in the economic conditions affecting consumers, which causes a reduction in disposable income for the average consumer, may change consumption patterns, and may result in a reduction in spending on OTP or a switch to cheaper products or products obtained through illicit channels. Although the high rates of inflation experienced over the past three years in the United States and other countries in which we operate began to ease somewhat in 2023 and 2024, core inflation remains persistent. As a result, inflation has had, and may continue to have, a negative impact on the purchasing power of consumers. Material inflation may also lead to significant increases in property, E&O and other insurance premiums which could affect our results of operations and liquidity and may also result in us self-insuring if the premiums become uneconomical.
We currently self-insure a portion of our risk through our captive insurance company. To the extent that our captive insurance company is unable to bear that risk, we may be required to fund additional capital to our captive insurance company or we may be required to bear that loss.
The departure of key management personnel and the failure to attract and retain talent could adversely affect our operations.
Our success depends upon the continued contributions of our senior management. Our ability to implement our strategy of attracting and retaining the best talent may be impaired by the decreasing social acceptance of tobacco usage. The tobacco industry competes for talent with the consumer products industry and other companies that enjoy greater societal acceptance. As a result, we may be unable to attract and retain the best talent, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our intellectual property rights may be infringed or misappropriated.
We currently rely on trademark and other intellectual property rights to establish and protect our products, including the brand names and logos we own or license. Third parties have in the past infringed on and misappropriated and may in the future infringe or misappropriate, these trademarks and our other intellectual property rights. Our ability to maintain and further build brand recognition is dependent on the continued and exclusive use of these trademarks, service marks and other proprietary intellectual property rights, including the names and logos we own or license. Despite our attempts to ensure these intellectual property rights are protected, third parties may take actions that could materially and adversely affect our rights or the value of this intellectual property. Any enforcement concerning our intellectual property rights, whether successful or unsuccessful, could result in substantial costs to us and diversions of our resources. Expenses related to protecting and enforcing our intellectual property rights, the loss or compromise of any of these rights or the loss of revenues as a result of infringement or misappropriation could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition, and may prevent the brands we own or license from growing or maintaining market share.
Third parties may claim that we infringe or misappropriate their intellectual property rights.
Competitors in the tobacco, liquid nicotine and other markets in which we operate may claim that we infringe on or misappropriate their intellectual property rights. Such claims, whether or not meritorious, may result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources, injunctions against us and/or the payment of damages. Further, our distribution businesses distribute third-party product brands with those suppliers’ branding and imagery. If that branding or imagery is alleged by other parties to infringe or otherwise violate intellectual property rights, we could be drawn into such litigation.
We may be required to write down intangible assets, including trademarks and goodwill, due to impairment, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial position.
We periodically calculate the fair value of our reporting units and intangible assets to test for impairment. This calculation may be affected by several factors, including general macroeconomic conditions, government actions, including FDA regulatory actions and inaction, changes in category growth (decline) rates as a result of changing adult consumer preferences, success of planned new product expansions, competitive activity, unfavorable outcomes with respect to litigation proceedings, including actions brought against us alleging patent infringement, and income and excise taxes. Certain events also can trigger an immediate review of intangible assets. If an impairment is determined to exist, we will incur impairment losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial position.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
None
We rely on our technology infrastructure and information systems for our internal communications, controls, reporting and relations with customers and suppliers, to utilize our data, and to bill, collect, and make payments. Our technology infrastructure and information systems also support and form the foundation for our accounting and finance systems and form an integral part of our disclosure and accounting control environment. Our internally developed system and processes, as well as those systems and processes provided by third-party vendors, may be susceptible to damage or interruption from cybersecurity threats, which include any unauthorized access to our information systems that may result in adverse effects on the confidentiality, integrity, or availability of such systems or the related information. Potential cybersecurity threats include terrorist or hacker attacks, the introduction of malicious computer viruses, ransomware, falsification of banking and other information, insider risk, or other security breaches. Such attacks have become more and more sophisticated over time, especially as threat actors have become increasingly well-funded by, or themselves include, governmental actors with significant means. We expect that sophistication of cyber-threats will continue to evolve as threat actors increase their use of AI and machine-learning technologies.
Our Board of Directors oversees our enterprise risk management process and our Audit Committee of the Board has direct oversight of our management of cybersecurity risks. Under the direction and supervision of our Chief Financial Officer, we conduct an annual comprehensive enterprise risk assessment, which includes details of our management of enterprise-wide risk topics, such as those related to cybersecurity risks. The Board of Directors receives the full results of the annual enterprise risk assessment, including an evaluation of cybersecurity risks presented, a detailed description of the actions we have taken to mitigate these risks. Our Cybersecurity Steering Committee reviews the results of any enterprise risk assessment with management on a bimonthly basis and with the Board of Directors quarterly or when risks are identified. Management provides a comprehensive update to the Audit Committee of the Board on cybersecurity threats and risk mitigation at least annually, and more frequently as relevant.
Our Head of IT, reporting to our Chief Financial Officer, has principal responsibility for assessing and managing cybersecurity risks and threats, implementing the activities and systems necessary to address such risks and threats and preparing updates for the Board of Directors. Our Head of IT has over 20 years of IT experience, including over 10 years experience in cybersecurity, data security and regulatory compliance. Our Security Leader reports to our Head of IT and is responsible for the operation of our cybersecurity program and management of our cybersecurity team. Our Security Leader has 20 years of IT experience.
We have adopted the National Institute of Standards and Technology Cybersecurity Framework and the Center for Internet Security Critical Security Controls to continually evaluate and enhance our cybersecurity. Activities include mandatory quarterly online training for all employees, technical security controls, enhanced data protection, the maintenance of backup and protective systems, policy review and implementation, the evaluation and retention of cybersecurity insurance, periodic assessments of third-party service providers to assess cyber preparedness of key vendors, and running simulated cybersecurity drills, including vulnerability scanning, penetration testing and disaster recovery exercises, throughout our organization. These cybersecurity drills are performed both in-house and by a third-party service provider. We use automated tools that monitor, detect, and prevent cybersecurity risks and have a security operations center that operates 24 hours a day to alert us to any potential cybersecurity threats. Our Cybersecurity Steering Committee also has effected comprehensive incident response plans that outline the appropriate communication flow and response for certain categories of potential cybersecurity incidents. The Cybersecurity Steering Committee escalates events, including to the Chief Financial Officer, Audit Committee and Board of Directors, as relevant, according to pre-defined criteria.
If we were to experience a cybersecurity incident, our Security Leader would inform the Cybersecurity Steering Committee, which would then evaluate and assess the materiality of the incident to the Company and the impact of the incident on the Company’s information technology infrastructure and data integrity, and determine whether the incident should be reported to the Audit Committee of the Board in advance of the next regular cybersecurity update. The Cybersecurity Steering Committee, with the assistance and input of the Audit Committee of the Board, has established a set of predefined criteria that it uses to make such determinations. Once a cybersecurity incident has been reported to the Audit Committee of the Board, the Audit Committee of the Board, with the input of the Cybersecurity Steering Committee, will determine how to address it.
We engage subject matter experts such as consultants and auditors to assist us in establishing processes to assess, identify, and manage potential and actual cybersecurity threats, to actively monitor our systems internally using widely accepted digital applications, processes, and controls, and to provide forensic assistance to facilitate system recovery in the case of an incident. The Cybersecurity Steering Committee oversees and establishes the parameters of our engagement with these experts to ensure we obtain supplement assistance needed in this area, if any.
If we were to experience a cybersecurity incident, we may suffer interruptions in service, loss of assets or data, or reduced functionality. Security breaches of our systems which allow inappropriate access to or inadvertent transfer of information and misappropriation or unauthorized disclosure of confidential information, belonging to us or to our employees, providers, suppliers, customers or insurance companies could result in our suffering significant financial and reputational damage. Though we take steps to ensure our products and software are secure, a cyber-attack could result in the loss or compromise of our or our employees’, suppliers’ and customers’ critical data. If a supplier or customer alleges that a cyber-attack causes or contributes to a loss or compromise of critical data, whether or not caused by us, we could face harm to our reputation and financial condition and incur regulatory repercussions. See Item 1A “Risk Factors – Security and privacy breaches may expose us to liability and cause us to lose customers”. A cybersecurity incident could materially harm our reputation and financial condition and cause us to incur legal liability and increased costs when responding to such events.
As of December 31, 2024, we operated manufacturing, distribution, office, and warehouse space in the U.S., all of which is leased with the exception of our Dresden, Tennessee manufacturing facility, which is owned. To provide a cost-efficient supply of products to our customers, we maintain centralized management of internal manufacturing and nationwide distribution facilities. Our two manufacturing and distribution facilities located in Louisville, Kentucky and Shepherdsville, Kentucky are used by both our segments. Our third manufacturing and distribution facility located in Dresden, Tennessee is used by our Stoker’s Product segment. We believe our facilities are adequate for our current and anticipated future use.
For a description of our material pending legal proceedings, see Note 19, “Contingencies” in Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Also see Item 1A “Risk Factors - We are subject to significant product liability litigation” for additional details.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.
Information about our Executive Officers
Listed below are the executive officers of the Company. Our executive officers are appointed by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. There are no family relationships between any of the executive officers, and there is no arrangement or understanding between any executive officer and any other person pursuant to which the executive officer was selected.
Graham Purdy, age 53, has served as our President and CEO since October 2022. Prior to October 2022, Mr. Purdy served as Chief Operating Officer since November 2019 after serving as President of our New Ventures Division since December 2017. Mr. Purdy joined the Company in 2004 and has held various leadership positions since that time. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Purdy spent 7 years at Philip Morris, USA where he served in senior sales and sales management positions. Mr. Purdy holds a Bachelor of Arts from California State University, Chico.
David Glazek, age 47, was appointed Executive Chair of the Board in January 2023. Mr. Glazek served as a director of our Company since November 2012, and as our Lead Independent Director from January 2018 until October 2022, and as our non-executive Chair since September 2019. Mr. Glazek was a Partner and Portfolio Manager of Standard General L.P. from 2008 to 2023, and an investment banker at Lazard Frères & Co. from 2000 to 2003 and from 2006 to 2008. He also worked at the Blackstone Group. Throughout his career he has served on numerous public and private company boards of directors. In addition, he is an Adjunct Professor at Columbia Business School. Mr. Glazek holds a Bachelor of Arts from the University of Michigan and a J.D. from Columbia Law School.
Andrew Flynn, age 49, joined the Company as our Chief Financial Officer in April 2024. Mr. Flynn previously served as the CFO of Connected Cannabis Co. from September 2021 until March 2024. Prior to joining Connected, from June 2019 until September 2021, Mr. Flynn served in various positions at Juul Labs, including as Senior Vice President. Earlier in his career, Mr. Flynn served as Vice President of Finance at James Hardie Building Products, and Vice President of Finance at Arrow Electronics. Mr. Flynn holds a BS from Indiana University and an MBA from the University of Colorado, Denver.
Brittani N. Cushman, age 40, has been our Senior Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary since November 2020 and has served in various roles in our legal department since joining the Company in October 2014, most recently serving as Senior Vice President of External Affairs. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Cushman spent five years at Xcaliber International, Ltd., L.L.C., where she was most recently the General Counsel, responsible for all legal affairs. Ms. Cushman holds a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration, magna cum laude, in business management from the University of Tulsa and a J.D. from Washington and Lee University School of Law.
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Market Information
The principal stock exchange on which Turning Point Brands, Inc.’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, (the “Common Stock”) is listed is the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TPB.” At February 28, 2025, there were 133 holders of record of the Company’s Common Stock. The last reported sales price of the Company’s Common Stock on February 28, 2025 was $70.30.
Dividends. We have a history of paying cash dividends. Future dividend amounts will be considered after reviewing financial results and capital needs and will be declared at the discretion of our Board of Directors.
Equity Compensation Plan Information. For certain information concerning securities authorized for issuance under the Company’s equity compensation plans, see “Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder matters,” which notes that the information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024.
Performance graph. The graph below compares the cumulative total shareholder return of our common stock for the last five years with the cumulative total return for the same period of the Russell 3000 Index and the S&P Small Cap 600 Consumer Staples Index. The information presented assumes the investment of $100 in common stock and each of the indices as of the market close on December 31, 2019 and the reinvestment of all dividends on a quarterly basis.
Issuer purchases of equity securities.
On February 25, 2020, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a $50.0 million share repurchase program, which is intended for opportunistic execution based upon a variety of factors including market dynamics. On October 25, 2021, the Board of Directors increased the approved share repurchase program by $30.7 million, and by an additional $24.6 million on February 24, 2022. On November 6, 2024, the Board of Directors of the Company increased the Company’s share repurchase authorization by $77.9 million to an aggregate amount of $100.0 million. This share repurchase program has no expiration date and is subject to the ongoing discretion of the Board of Directors. All repurchases to date under our stock repurchase programs have been made through open market transactions, but in the future, we may also purchase shares through privately negotiated transactions or 10b5-1 repurchase plans.
The following table includes information regarding purchases of our common stock made by us during the three months ended December 31, 2024 in connection with the repurchase program described above:
| Maximum Number |
||||||||||||||||
| (or Approximate |
||||||||||||||||
| Total Number of |
Dollar Value) |
|||||||||||||||
| Shares Purchased |
of Shares that |
|||||||||||||||
| Total Number |
Average |
as Part of Publicly |
May Yet Be |
|||||||||||||
| of Shares |
Price Paid |
Announced Plans |
Purchased Under the |
|||||||||||||
| Period |
Purchased (1) |
per Share |
or Programs |
Plans or Programs |
||||||||||||
| October 1 to October 31 |
21,072 | $ | 41.83 | 21,072 | $ | 22,147,035 | ||||||||||
| November 1 to November 30 |
512 | $ | 62.30 | - | $ | 100,000,000 | ||||||||||
| December 1 to December 31 |
2,542 | $ | 60.10 | - | $ | 100,000,000 | ||||||||||
| Total |
24,126 | 21,072 | ||||||||||||||
| (1) The total number of shares purchased includes shares withheld by the Company in an amount equal to the statutory withholding taxes for holders who vested in stock-based awards, which totaled 512 shares in November and 2,542 shares in December. Shares withheld by the Company to cover statutory withholdings taxes are repurchased pursuant to the applicable plan and not the authorization under the share repurchase program. |
Item 6. Selected Financial Data Item 7.
Reserved
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following discussion is intended to help the reader understand the results of operations and financial condition of the Company. The discussion is provided as a supplement to, and should be read in conjunction with our historical consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes, which are included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and incorporated herein by reference. In addition, this discussion includes forward-looking statements subject to risks and uncertainties that may result in actual results differing from statements we make. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Factors that could cause actual results to differ include those risks and uncertainties discussed in Item 1A “Risk Factors.”
The following discussion relates to the audited financial statements of Turning Point Brands, Inc., included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In this discussion, unless the context requires otherwise, references to “the Company” “we,” “our,” or “us” refer to Turning Point Brands, Inc., and its consolidated subsidiaries. References to “TPB” refer to Turning Point Brands, Inc., without any of its subsidiaries. We were incorporated in 2004 under the name North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. On November 4, 2015, we changed our name to Turning Point Brands, Inc. Many of the amounts and percentages in this discussion have been rounded for convenience of presentation.
Overview
Turning Point Brands, Inc. is a leading manufacturer, marketer and distributor of branded consumer products. We sell a wide range of products to adult consumers consisting of staple products with our iconic brands Zig-Zag® and Stoker’s® and our next-generation products to fulfill evolving consumer preferences. Among other markets, we compete in the alternative smoking accessories and Other Tobacco Products (“OTP”) industries. The alternative smoking accessories market is a dynamic market experiencing robust secular growth driven by cannabinoid legalization in the U.S. and Canada and positively evolving consumer perception and acceptance in North America. The OTP industry, which consists of non-cigarette tobacco products, exhibited low-single-digit consumer unit annualized growth over the four-year period ended 2024 as reported by Management Science Associates, Inc. a third-party analytics and information company. Our segments are led by our core proprietary and iconic brands: Zig-Zag® in the Zig-Zag products segment and Stoker’s® along with FRE®, Beech-Nut® and Trophy® in the Stoker’s products segment. Our businesses generate solid cash flow which we use to invest in our business, finance acquisitions, increase brand support, expand our distribution infrastructure, and strengthen our capital position. We currently ship to approximately 900 distributors with an additional 600 secondary, indirect wholesalers in the U.S. that carry and sell our products. Under the leadership of a senior management team with extensive experience in the consumer products, alternative smoking accessories and tobacco industries, we have grown and diversified our business through new product launches, category expansions and acquisitions while concurrently improving operational efficiency.
We believe there are meaningful opportunities to expand through investing in organic growth via acquisitions and joint ventures across all product categories. Our products are currently available in approximately 200,000 U.S. retail locations, which, with the addition of retail stores in Canada, bring our total North American retail presence to an estimated 220,000 points of distribution. Our sales team targets widespread distribution to all traditional retail channels, including convenience stores, and we have a growing e-commerce business.
Recent Developments
Contribution of Creative Distribution Solutions
On January 2, 2025, the Company contributed 100% of its interest in South Beach Brands LLC (“SBB”), the subsidiary that owns and operates the Company’s former Creative Distribution Solutions (“CDS”) reportable segment, to General Wireless Operations, Inc. (“GWO”). GWO is a joint venture between the Company and Standard General, LP entered into in December 2018, the primary operations of which will be related to the CDS business. The divestiture of the CDS business represents a strategic shift of operations and allows the Company to focus resources on its Zig-Zag and Stoker's product segments. The assets and liabilities associated with the CDS business have been classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2024, and the CDS operations have been classified as discontinued operations and reported separately for all periods presented in this annual report of Form 10-K.
The Company holds a 49% minority interest in GWO and will account for its investment in GWO under the equity method. Refer to Note 3, "Assets and Liabilities Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations" and Note 24, "Subsequent Events" in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further discussion regarding the divestiture.
Senior Secured Notes Offering
In February 2025, we issued $300.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our 7.625% senior secured notes due 2032 (the “2032 Notes”) at a price of 100%, the proceeds of which were used to repay in full the $250 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 5.625% senior secured notes due 2026 (the “2026 Notes”). The 2026 Notes were originally issued in 2021. The 2032 Notes are guaranteed by certain of the Company’s wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries but not the borrower under the Company’s ABL facility. The 2023 Notes are senior secured obligations of the Company and guarantors secured on a first lien basis by all assets of the Company and guarantors, subject to customary exclusions.
We operate in two segments: Zig-Zag products and Stoker’s products segments. In our Zig-Zag products segment, we principally market and distribute (i) rolling papers, tubes, and related products; (ii) finished cigars and make-your-own (“MYO”) cigar wraps; and (iii) lighters and other accessories. In addition, we have a majority stake in Turning Point Brands Canada which is a specialty marketing and distribution firm focused on building brands in the Canadian cannabis accessories, tobacco and alternative products categories. In our Stoker’s products segment, we (i) manufacture and market moist snuff tobacco (“MST”) and (ii) contract for and market FRE®, our modern oral product; and (iii) contract for and market loose-leaf chewing tobacco products.
Our portfolio of brands includes some of the most widely recognized names in the alternative smoking accessories and OTP industries such as Zig-Zag® and Stoker’s®. The following table sets forth the market share and category rank of our core products and demonstrates their industry positions within measured distribution channels:
| Brand |
Product |
TPB Segment |
Market Share(1) |
Category Rank(1) |
||||
| Zig-Zag® |
Cigarette Papers |
Zig-Zag Products |
32.8 | % | #1 premium, #1 overall |
|||
| Zig-Zag® |
MYO Cigar Wraps |
Zig-Zag Products |
47.8 | % | #1 overall |
|||
| Stoker’s® |
Moist Snuff |
Stoker’s Products |
7.4 | % | #2 discount, #5 overall |
|||
| Stoker’s® |
Chewing Tobacco |
Stoker’s Products |
32.3 | % | #1 discount, #1 overall |
|||
| (1) |
Market share and category rank data for all products are derived from MSAi data for the 52 week period ended December 28, 2024. |
We subscribe to a sales tracking system from MSAi that records all OTP product shipments (ours as well as those of our competitors) from approximately 600 wholesalers to over 265,000 traditional retail stores in the U.S. This system enables us to understand individual product share and volume trends across multiple categories down to the individual retail store level, allowing us to allocate field salesforce coverage to the highest opportunity stores. Our sales and marketing group of approximately 200 professionals utilize the MSAi system to efficiently target markets and sales channels with the highest sales potential.
Our core Zig-Zag products and Stoker’s products segments primarily generate revenues from the sale of our products to wholesale distributors who, in turn, resell the products to retail operations. Our net sales, which include federal excise taxes, consist of gross sales net of cash discounts, returns, and selling and marketing allowances.
We rely on long-standing relationships with high-quality, established manufacturers to provide the majority of our produced products. Approximately 70% of our production, as measured by net sales, is outsourced to suppliers. The remaining production consists primarily of our moist snuff tobacco operations located in Dresden, Tennessee and Louisville, Kentucky. Our principal operating expenses include the cost of raw materials used to manufacture the limited number of our products which we produce in-house; the cost of finished products, which are generally purchased goods; federal excise taxes; legal expenses; and compensation expenses, including benefits and costs of salaried personnel.
Key Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations
We consider the following to be the key factors affecting our results of operations:
| • |
Our ability to further penetrate markets with our existing products; |
| • |
Our ability to introduce new products and product lines that complement our core business; |
| • |
Decreasing interest in some tobacco products among consumers; |
| • |
Price sensitivity in our end-markets; |
| • |
Marketing and promotional initiatives, which cause variability in our results; |
| • |
Cost related to increasing regulation of promotional and advertising activities; |
| • |
General economic conditions, including consumer access to disposable income and other conditions affecting purchasing power such as inflation and the interest rate environment; |
| • |
Labor and production costs; |
| • |
Cost of complying with regulation, including the “deeming regulation”, as well as the unpredictable nature of the regulatory regimes; |
| • |
Changes to U.S. trade policies; | |
| • |
Counterfeit and other illegal products in our end-markets; |
| • |
Currency fluctuations; |
| • |
Our ability to identify attractive acquisition opportunities; and |
| • |
Our ability to successfully integrate acquisitions. |
Results of Operations
Summary
The table and discussion set forth below relates to our consolidated results of continuing operations for the years ended:
| (in thousands) |
For the years ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||
| 2024 |
2023 |
% Change |
2022 |
% Change |
||||||||||||||||
| Consolidated Results of Operations Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Net sales |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Zig-Zag products |
$ | 192,394 | $ | 180,455 | 6.6 | % | $ | 190,403 | -5.2 | % | ||||||||||
| Stoker’s products |
168,266 | 144,609 | 16.4 | % | 130,826 | 10.5 | % | |||||||||||||
| Total net sales |
360,660 | 325,064 | 11.0 | % | 321,229 | 1.2 | % | |||||||||||||
| Cost of sales |
159,095 | 142,122 | 11.9 | % | 143,399 | -0.9 | % | |||||||||||||
| Gross profit |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Zig-Zag products |
106,585 | 101,055 | 5.5 | % | 106,576 | -5.2 | % | |||||||||||||
| Stoker’s products |
94,980 | 81,887 | 16.0 | % | 71,254 | 14.9 | % | |||||||||||||
| Total gross profit |
201,565 | 182,942 | 10.2 | % | 177,830 | 2.9 | % | |||||||||||||
| Selling, general, and administrative expenses |
122,407 | 104,327 | 17.3 | % | 103,822 | 0.5 | % | |||||||||||||
| Other operating income |
(1,674 | ) | (4,345 | ) | -61.5 | % | - | NM | ||||||||||||
| Operating income |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Zig-Zag products |
66,697 | 68,280 | -2.3 | % | 73,342 | -6.9 | % | |||||||||||||
| Stoker's products |
68,272 | 62,208 | 9.7 | % | 53,331 | 16.6 | % | |||||||||||||
| Total segment operating income |
134,969 | 130,488 | 3.4 | % | 126,673 | 3.0 | % | |||||||||||||
| Corporate unallocated |
(54,137 | ) | (47,528 | ) | 13.9 | % | (52,665 | ) | -9.8 | % | ||||||||||
| Total operating income |
80,832 | 82,960 | -2.6 | % | 74,008 | 12.1 | % | |||||||||||||
| Interest expense, net |
13,983 | 14,645 | -4.5 | % | 19,524 | -25.0 | % | |||||||||||||
| Investment loss |
1,893 | 11,914 | -84.1 | % | 13,303 | -10.4 | % | |||||||||||||
| Other income |
- | (4,000 | ) | -100.0 | % | - | NM | |||||||||||||
| Gain on extinguishment of debt |
- | (1,664 | ) | -100.0 | % | (885 | ) | 88.0 | % | |||||||||||
| Income from continuing operations before income taxes |
64,956 | 62,065 | 4.7 | % | 42,066 | 47.5 | % | |||||||||||||
| Income tax expense |
16,929 | 23,999 | -29.5 | % | 10,980 | 118.6 | % | |||||||||||||
| Consolidated net income from continuing operations |
48,027 | 38,066 | 26.2 | % | 31,086 | 22.5 | % | |||||||||||||
| Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest |
701 | (681 | ) | -202.9 | % | (484 | ) | 40.7 | % | |||||||||||
| Net income from continuing operations attributable to Turning Point Brands, Inc. |
$ | 47,326 | $ | 38,747 | 22.1 | % | $ | 31,570 | 22.7 | % | ||||||||||
Comparison of Year Ended December 31, 2024, to Year Ended December 31, 2023
Net Sales: For the year ended December 31, 2024, consolidated net sales increased $35.6 million, or 11.0%, compared to the prior year period, driven by increases in net sales across both segments.
For the year ended December 31, 2024, net sales in the Zig-Zag products segment increased $11.9 million, or 6.6%, compared to the prior year period. The increase in net sales was driven primarily by $11.5 million of growth in papers, wraps and accessories, as well as $5.6 million of growth in cigars. This growth was partially offset by declines of $5.0 million in our Clipper lighter business.
For the year ended December 31, 2024, net sales in the Stoker’s products segment increased $23.7 million, or 16.4%, compared to the prior year period. For the year ended December 31, 2024, sales volume of Stoker’s products increased 6.8% as compared with the prior year period contributing $9.9 million to the increase, and price/product mix increased 9.6% which contributed $13.8 million to the increase. The increase in net sales was driven primarily by $19.0 million of growth in modern oral products while the remaining growth is attributable to MST and loose-leaf chewing tobacco.
Gross Profit: For the year ended December 31, 2024, consolidated gross profit increased $18.6 million, or 10.2%, compared to the prior year period. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales decreased to 55.9% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2024, from 56.3% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2023. The overall decrease in gross profit margin was driven primarily by increased sales in modern oral in the Stoker’s products segment and cigars in the Zig-Zag products segment which generates lower margins than other product categories.
For the year ended December 31, 2024, gross profit in the Zig-Zag products segment increased $5.5 million, or 5.5%, compared to the prior year period. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales decreased to 55.4% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2024, from 56.0% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2023, driven primarily by growth in net sales of cigar products which generate lower margins than other products in the segment.
For the year ended December 31, 2024, gross profit in the Stoker’s products segment increased $13.1 million, or 16.0%, compared to the prior year period. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales decreased to 56.4% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2024 from 56.6% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2023, driven primarily by the growth in net sales of modern oral products which generate lower margins than other products in the segment.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses: For the year ended December 31, 2024, selling, general and administrative expenses increased $18.1 million, or 17.3%, compared to the prior year period. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2024, included $7.2 million of stock options, restricted stock and incentives expense, $4.6 million of expense related to corporate restructuring, $3.6 million of expense related to PMTA, $2.1 million related to transaction costs and $0.9 million of expense related to the implementation of the new ERP and CRM systems. Corporate restructuring expense increased in 2024 compared to the prior year period primarily due to a voluntary early retirement program offered to employees in October 2024. This program offered early retirement benefits to employees meeting certain criteria. Agreements with employees were finalized in the fourth quarter of 2024 and the Company booked a $2.7 million reserve for estimated future payments. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2023, included $6.6 million of stock options, restricted stock and incentives expense, $2.1 million of expense related to PMTA, $0.6 million of expense related to the implementation of the new ERP and CRM systems, $0.2 million of expense related to corporate restructuring and $0.2 million related to transaction costs.
Other Operating Income: For the year ended December 31, 2024, other operating income decreased $2.7 million compared to the prior year period due to a federal excise tax refund of $1.7 million received in 2024 compared to a $4.3 million federal excise tax refund received in 2023.
Operating Income: For the year ended December 31, 2024, consolidated operating income decreased $2.1 million, or 2.6%, compared to the prior year period. Operating income as a percentage of net sales decreased to 22.4% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2024 from 25.5% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to an increase in unallocated corporate expenses, as discussed below, driven by increases in restructuring costs related to a voluntary early retirement program, stock compensation and transaction costs.
For the year ended December 31, 2024, operating income in the Zig-Zag products segment decreased $1.6 million, or 2.3%, compared to the prior year period. Operating income as a percentage of net sales decreased to 34.7% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2024 from 37.8% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to a federal excise tax refund of $1.7 million received in 2024 which increased operating income, compared to a $4.3 million federal excise tax refund received in 2023, along with increased selling and marketing costs in 2024.
For the year ended December 31, 2024, operating income in the Stoker’s products segment increased $6.1 million, or 9.7%, compared to the prior year period. Operating income as a percentage of net sales decreased to 40.6% of net sales for the year December 31, 2024 from 43.0% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to increased sales and marketing costs to support the sales growth in modern oral.
Included in consolidated operating income are costs of the Company which are not assigned to one of the two reportable segments and includes: (i) corporate overhead expense, including executive management, finance, legal and information technology salaries and professional services, such as audit, external legal costs and information technology services; as well as (ii) costs related to the FDA premarket tobacco product application. For the year ended December 31, 2024, unallocated costs were $54.1 million compared to $47.5 million in the prior year period, an increase of $6.6 million or 13.9%, primarily driven by increases of $4.4 million in restructuring expense, $1.9 million in transaction costs, $1.5 million related to PMTA and $0.7 million in stock compensation expense.
Interest Expense, net: For the year ended December 31, 2024, interest expense, net decreased $0.7 million compared to the prior year period as a result of the maturity of the Convertible Senior Notes in 2024 and increased interest income on cash as a result of higher interest rates on cash deposits.
Investment Loss: For the year ended December 31, 2024, investment loss decreased to $1.9 million compared to $11.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The change is primarily the result of impairment charges recognized on our investments in Bomani for $1.8 million and Old Pal for $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to impairment charges recognized on our investments in Docklight for $8.7 million, Wild Hempettes for $2.2 million and Old Pal for $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2023.
Other Income: For the year ended December 31, 2024, other income was zero compared to $4.0 million in the prior year as a result of a $4.0 million gain related to a legal settlement.
Gain on Extinguishment of Debt: For the year ended December 31, 2024, gain on extinguishment of debt was zero compared to $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, as a result of the repurchase of $44.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our Convertible Senior Notes at a discount in 2023.
Income Tax Expense: The Company’s income tax expense was $16.9 million, or 26.1% of income from continuing operations before income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2024. The Company's income tax expense was $24.0 million, or 38.7% of income from continuing operations before income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2023 and included $6.4 million of valuation allowance for the deferred tax asset related to unrealized loss on investments and $1.7 million valuation allowance for foreign net operating losses.
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Non-Controlling Interest: Net income attributable to non-controlling interest was $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to a net loss of $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2023.
Net Income from Continuing Operations Attributable to Turning Point Brands, Inc.: Due to the factors described above, net income from continuing operations attributable to Turning Point Brands, Inc. for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, was $47.3 million and $38.7 million, respectively.
Comparison of Year Ended December 31, 2023, to Year Ended December 31, 2022
Net Sales: For the year ended December 31, 2023, consolidated net sales increased $3.8 million, or 1.2%, compared to the prior year period, driven by an increase in the Stoker’s products segment.
For the year ended December 31, 2023, net sales in the Zig-Zag products segment decreased $9.9 million, or 5.2%, compared to the prior year period. The decrease in net sales was driven by declines in the U.S. rolling papers and wraps businesses which were impacted by a reduction of trade inventory, partially offset by growth in our Clipper products. Additionally, the discontinuation of an unprofitable product line negatively impacted Canadian sales by $4.9 million against the previous year.
For the year ended December 31, 2023, net sales in the Stoker’s products segment increased $13.8 million, or 10.5%, compared to the prior year period. For the year ended December 31, 2023, Stoker’s products volume increased 4.2% and price/mix increased 6.3%. The increase in net sales was driven primarily by double-digit growth of Stoker’s® MST. MST represented 68% of Stoker’s products revenue in 2023, up from 66% for the same period in 2022.
Gross Profit: For the year ended December 31, 2023, consolidated gross profit increased $5.1 million, or 2.9%, compared to the prior year period. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales increased to 56.3% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2023, from 55.4% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2022. The overall increase in gross profit margin was driven primarily by increased margins in the Stoker’s products segment.
For the year ended December 31, 2023, gross profit in the Zig-Zag products segment decreased $5.5 million, or 5.2%, compared to the prior year period. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales remained unchanged at 56.0% of net sales for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
For the year ended December 31, 2023, gross profit in the Stoker’s products segment increased $10.6 million, or 14.9%, compared to the prior year period. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales increased to 56.6% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2023, from 54.5% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2022, as a result of strong incremental margin contribution of MST.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses: For the year ended December 31, 2023, selling, general, and administrative expenses increased $0.5 million, or 0.5% compared to the prior year period. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2023, included $6.6 million of stock options, restricted stock and incentives expense, $2.1 million of expense related to PMTA, $0.6 million of expense related to the implementation of the new ERP and CRM systems, $0.2 million of expense related to corporate restructuring and $0.2 million related to transaction costs. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2022, included $5.3 million of stock options, restricted stock and incentives expense, $4.6 million of expense related to PMTA, $3.3 million of expense related to corporate restructuring, $2.0 million of expense related to the implementation of the new ERP and CRM systems and $0.8 million related to transaction costs.
Other Operating Income: For the year ended December 31, 2023, other operating income was $4.3 million, resulting from a federal excise tax refund and a $15.2 million gain related to insurance, partially offset by a $15.2 million reduction in inventory due to storm damage. For the year ended December 31, 2022, there was no other operating (income) expense.
Operating Income: For the year ended December 31, 2023, consolidated operating income increased $9.0 million, or 12.1%, compared to the prior year period. Operating income as a percentage of net sales increased to 25.5% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2023, from 23.0% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to increased margins in the Stokers products segment partially offset by decreases in unallocated corporate expenses.
For the year ended December 31, 2023, operating income in the Zig-Zag products segment decreased $5.1 million, or 6.9%, compared to the prior year period. Operating income as a percentage of net sales decreased to 37.8% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2023, from 38.5% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily driven by decreased gross profits in U.S. papers and wraps.
For the year ended December 31, 2023, operating income in the Stoker’s products segment increased $8.9 million, or 16.6%, compared to the prior year period. Operating income as a percentage of net sales increased to 43.0% of net sales for the year December 31, 2023, from 40.8% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily driven by higher net sales of MST.
Included in consolidated operating income are costs of the Company which are not assigned to one of the two reportable segments and includes: (i) corporate overhead expense, including executive management, finance, legal and information technology salaries, and professional services, such as audit, external legal costs and information technology services, as well as (ii) costs related to the FDA premarket tobacco product application. For the year ended December 31, 2023, unallocated costs were $47.5 million compared to $52.7 million in the prior year period, a decrease of $5.1 million or 9.8%, primarily driven by decreases of $3.1 million of restructuring expense and $2.5 million of expense related to PMTA.
Interest Expense, net: For the year ended December 31, 2023, interest expense, net decreased $4.9 million compared to the prior year period primarily as a result of the repurchases of $44.0 million and $10.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Convertible Senior Notes in 2023 and 2022, respectively, and increased interest income on cash as a result of rising interest rates.
Investment Loss: For the year ended December 31, 2023, investment loss decreased to $11.9 million compared to $13.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The change is primarily a result of the 2023 impairment charges recognized on our investments in Docklight, Wild Hempettes and Old Pal of $8.7 million, $2.3 million and $1.3 million, respectively, in 2023, compared to impairment charges of $7.9 million, $4.3 million and $1.4 million in 2022 related to our investments in Dosist, Real Brands and Old Pal, respectively.
Other Income: For the year ended December 31, 2023, other income was $4.0 million compared to zero in the prior year period as a result of a $4.0 million gain related to a legal settlement.
Gain on Extinguishment of Debt: For the year ended December 31, 2023, gain on extinguishment of debt was $1.7 million compared to $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, as a result of the repurchase of $44.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our Convertible Senior Notes at a discount. For the year ended December 31, 2022, gain on extinguishment of debt resulted from the repurchase of $10.0 million in aggregate principal of our Convertible Senior Notes at a discount.
Income Tax Expense: The Company’s income tax expense was $24.0 million, or 38.7% of income before income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2023, and included $6.4 million of valuation allowance for the deferred tax asset related to unrealized loss on investments and $1.7 million valuation allowance for foreign net operating losses. The Company's income tax expense was $11.0 million, or 26.1% of income before income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2022.
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Non-Controlling Interest: Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest was $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to a $0.5 million loss for the year ended December 31, 2022.
Net Income from Continuing Operations Attributable to Turning Point Brands, Inc.: Due to the factors described above, net income attributable to Turning Point Brands, Inc. for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, was $38.7 million and $31.6 million, respectively.
Loss from Discontinued Operations, net of tax
On January 2, 2025, the Company contributed 100% of its interest in SBB, the subsidiary that owns and operates the Company’s CDS segment, to GWO in exchange for 49% of the issued and outstanding GWO common stock on a fully-diluted basis. GWO is a joint venture between the Company and Standard General, LP entered into in December 2018. The assets and liabilities associated with the CDS business have been classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2024, and its financial results are classified as discontinued operations and reported separately for all periods presented herein. Upon meeting the criteria for held for sale classification, the Company recorded a non-cash charge of $8.8 million with an equivalent valuation allowance against net assets held for sale to reduce the carrying value of the disposal group to fair value.
As of December 2024, total assets and liabilities associated with the CDS segment classified as held for sale were $15.3 million and $2.0 million, respectively. As of December 2023, total assets and liabilities associated with the CDS segment classified as held for sale were $27.0 million and $2.2 million, respectively.
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax for the years ended December 31 are as follows:
| (in thousands) |
For the years ended December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2024 |
2023 |
2022 |
||||||||||
| Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax |
$ | (7,517 | ) | $ | (285 | ) | $ | (19,929 | ) | |||
Comparison of Year Ended December 31, 2024, to Year Ended December 31, 2023
For the year ended December 31, 2024, net loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, increased $7.2 million compared to the prior year period. The loss is primarily due to lower net sales of $21.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to prior year and a $8.8 million non-cash charge recognized in discontinued operations in 2024 to reduce the carrying value of the disposal group to its fair value.
Comparison of Year Ended December 31, 2023, to Year Ended December 31, 2022
For the year ended December 31, 2023, net loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, decreased $19.6 million compared to the prior year period. The decreased in loss for the year ended December 31, 2023 is primarily due to a goodwill impairment charge of $27.6 million recognized for the year ended December 31, 2022 to reduce the carrying value of the CDS segment goodwill balance to zero.
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA
To supplement our financial information presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or U.S. GAAP, we use non-U.S. GAAP financial measures including EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA. We believe Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to management and investors regarding certain financial and business trends relating to our financial condition and results of operations. Adjusted EBITDA is used by management to compare our performance to that of prior periods for trend analyses and planning purposes and is presented to our Board of Directors. We believe that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are appropriate measures of operating performance because they eliminate the impact of expenses that do not relate to operating performance. In addition, our debt instruments contain covenants which use Adjusted EBITDA calculations.
We define “EBITDA” as net income before interest expense, gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt, income tax expense, depreciation, and amortization. We define “Adjusted EBITDA” as net income before interest expense, gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt, income tax expense, depreciation, amortization, other non-cash items, and other items we do not consider the ordinary course in our evaluation of ongoing operating performance noted in the reconciliation below. Among other items that we adjust Adjusted EBITDA for is FDA PMTA expense. The Company believes it is appropriate to adjust for this spend as the costs are incurred in connection with what we view as a non-traditional regulatory process that requires applications be submitted for covered products that are already on the market. As a result, Company’s management believes it is most appropriate to assess the performance of the Company’s business – the sale of our various products - without regard to these costs and believes that adjusting for these costs provides investors and the public markets with the most meaningful metrics to assess performance of the business.
Non-U.S. GAAP measures should not be considered a substitute for, or superior to, financial measures calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA excludes significant expenses required to be recorded in our financial statements by U.S. GAAP and is subject to inherent limitations. Other companies in our industry may calculate this non-U.S. GAAP measure differently than we do or may not calculate it at all, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure. The tables below provide reconciliations between net income and Adjusted EBITDA.
| (in thousands) |
Years ended December 31, |
|||||||||||
| 2024 |
2023 |
2022 |
||||||||||
| Net income attributable to Turning Point Brands, Inc. |
$ | 39,809 | $ | 38,462 | $ | 11,641 | ||||||
| Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax |
7,517 | 285 | 19,929 | |||||||||
| Add: |
||||||||||||
| Interest expense, net |
13,983 | 14,645 | 19,524 | |||||||||
| Gain on extinguishment of debt |
- | (1,664 | ) | (885 | ) | |||||||
| Income tax expense |
16,929 | 23,999 | 10,980 | |||||||||
| Depreciation expense |
3,329 | 2,780 | 2,859 | |||||||||
| Amortization expense |
2,333 | 1,338 | 525 | |||||||||
| EBITDA |
$ | 83,900 | $ | 79,845 | $ | 64,573 | ||||||
| Components of Adjusted EBITDA |
||||||||||||
| Corporate restructuring (a) |
4,634 | 199 | 3,329 | |||||||||
| ERP/CRM (b) |
993 | 552 | 1,962 | |||||||||
| Stock based compensation (c) |
7,243 | 6,561 | 5,273 | |||||||||
| Transactional expenses and strategic initiatives (d) |
2,107 | 165 | 801 | |||||||||
| FDA PMTA (e) |
3,592 | 2,098 | 4,554 | |||||||||
| Non-cash asset impairment (f) |
2,722 | 12,177 | 13,570 | |||||||||
| FET Refund (g) |
(1,674 | ) | (4,345 | ) | - | |||||||
| Legal settlement (h) |
- | (4,000 | ) | - | ||||||||
| Mark-to-market loss on Canadian inter-company note (i) |
942 | - | - | |||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 104,459 | $ | 93,252 | $ | 94,062 | ||||||
| (a) |
Represents costs associated with corporate restructuring, including severance and early retirement. |
| (b) |
Represents cost associated with scoping and mobilization of new ERP and CRM systems and cost of duplicative ERP licenses. |
| (c) |
Represents non-cash stock options, restricted stock, PSRUs, etc. |
| (d) |
Represents the fees incurred for transaction expenses. |
| (e) |
Represents costs associated with applications related to FDA premarket tobacco product application (“PMTA”). The PMTA regime requires the Company to submit an application to the FDA to receive marketing authorization to continue to sell certain of its product lines with continued sales permitted during the pendency of the applications. The application is a onetime resource-intensive process for each covered product line; however, due to the nature of the implementation process for those product lines already in the market, applications can take multiple years to complete rather than the typical one-time submission. The Company currently has only two product lines currently subject to the PMTA process, having utilized other regulatory pathway options available for our other product lines. The Company does not expect to submit additional PMTA applications for any new product lines after the submission for the remaining two are complete. |
| (f) |
Represents impairment of goodwill, intangible and investment assets. |
| (g) |
Represents a federal excise tax refund included in other operating income. |
| (h) |
Represents other income from litigation settlement. |
| (i) | Represents a mark-to-market loss attributable to foreign exchange fluctuation. |
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our principal uses for cash are working capital, debt service and capital expenditures. As of December 31, 2024, we had $46.2 million cash on hand, excluding CDS segment cash of $2.8 million, ($116.7 million, excluding CDS segment cash of $1.2 million, as of December 31, 2023) and have up to $57.4 million of availability under the 2023 ABL Facility. After giving effect to the issuance of the 2032 Notes and redemption of the 2026 Notes in February 2025, our cash on hand would have been $90.2 million as of December 31, 2024 and borrowing availability under the ABL would have remained the same. We have no borrowings outstanding under our ABL as of December 31, 2024. Our Convertible Senior Notes matured on July 15, 2024 and were retired with cash.
Our adjusted working capital, excluding CDS segment assets and liabilities held for sale, which we define as current assets less cash and current liabilities, increased $57.3 million compared to the prior year end. The increase in working capital was primarily a result of a $58.3 million decrease in current liabilities due to the July 15, 2024 maturity of our Convertible Senior Notes which were retired with cash on that date. With our strong cash balance, free cash flow generation and borrowing availability under the 2023 ABL Facility, we expect to have ample liquidity to satisfy our operating cash requirements for the foreseeable future.
| As of |
||||||||
| (in thousands) |
December 31, |
December 31, |
||||||
| 2024 |
2023 |
|||||||
| Current assets |
$ | 140,577 | $ | 138,637 | ||||
| Current liabilities |
42,771 | 98,140 | ||||||
| Adjusted working capital |
$ | 97,806 | $ | 40,497 | ||||
For the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, we invested $4.6 million and $5.7 million, respectively, in capital expenditures. We had restricted assets of $30.7 million and $33.6 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Restricted assets consist of escrow deposits under the MSA and insurance deposits. On the 25th anniversary of each annual deposit, we are entitled to receive reimbursement of the principal amount of escrow remaining for that year. See “Master Settlement Agreement” below for details.
Cash Flows from Continuing Operations
Our cash flows from continuing operations as reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows are summarized as follows:
| (in thousands) |
For the years ended December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2024 |
2023 |
2022 |
||||||||||
| Cash provided by (used in) |
||||||||||||
| Operating activities |
$ | 60,958 | $ | 56,240 | $ | 21,298 | ||||||
| Investing activities |
$ | (10,509 | ) | $ | (5,906 | ) | $ | (18,969 | ) | |||
| Financing activities |
$ | (128,284 | ) | $ | (49,505 | ) | $ | (43,303 | ) | |||
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
For the year ended December 31, 2024, net cash provided by operating activities was $61.0 million, an increase of $4.7 million compared to the prior year period, primarily due to an increase in net income, net of non-cash items of $12.6 million and a favorable change in other assets of $3.1 million, partially offset by a $11.0 million unfavorable change in working capital. The primary drivers of non-cash items were a $9.5 million decrease in loss on investments compared to the prior year period and a $6.5 million decrease in deferred tax expense, partially offset by increases of $1.6 million in depreciation and other amortization expense and a $1.7 million decrease in gains on extinguishment of debt compared to the prior year period.
For the year ended December 31, 2023, net cash provided by operating activities was $56.2 million, an increase of $34.9 million compared to the prior year period, primarily due to an increase in the change in working capital of $35.2 million (net of inventory reserve), partially offset by a decrease in the change in other assets of $5.3 million. The increase in working capital was primarily driven by an increase in the change in inventories of $40.0 million related to the timing of changes in inventory.
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
For the year ended December 31, 2024, net cash used in investing activities was $10.5 million, an increase of $4.6 million compared to the prior year period, primarily due to the net purchase of an additional $5.4 million in investments by our captive insurance subsidiary.
For the year ended December 31, 2023, net cash used in investing activities was $5.9 million, a decrease of $13.1 million compared to the prior year period, primarily due to a $10.2 million decrease in purchases of investments in our MSA escrow account.
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
For the year ended December 31, 2024, net cash used in financing activities was $128.3 million, an increase of $78.8 million compared to the prior year period, primarily due to a $118.5 million cash payment for retirement of the Convertible Senior Notes and $5.1 million of cash used for the repurchase of common stock during the period in 2024, partially offset by $41.8 million in repurchases of Convertible Senior Notes that occurred during the same period in 2023.
For the year ended December 31, 2023, net cash used in financing activities was $49.5 million, an increase of $6.2 million compared to the prior year period, primarily due to $41.8 million in repurchases of Convertible Senior Notes during the period, partially offset by a decrease in repurchases of common stock of $29.2 million during 2023.
Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations
The cash flows of the discontinued operations are reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and are summarized below.
| (in thousands) |
For the years ended December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2024 |
2023 |
2022 |
||||||||||
| Cash provided by |
||||||||||||
| Operating activities |
$ | 6,104 | $ | 10,641 | $ | 8,975 | ||||||
| Investing activities |
$ | - | $ | - | $ | 176 | ||||||
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
For the year ended December 31, 2024, net cash provided by operating activities was $6.1 million, a decrease of $4.5 million compared to the prior year period, primarily due to an unfavorable $5.8 million change in working capital.
For the year ended December 31, 2023, net cash provided by operating activities was $10.6 million, an increase of $1.7 million compared to the prior year period, primarily due to a $9.2 million favorable change in working capital, reduced by a $7.5 million decrease in net loss, net of non-cash items.
Long-Term Debt
Notes payable and long-term debt consisted of the following at December 31, 2024 and 2023, in order of preference:
| December 31, | December 31, | |||||||
| 2024 |
2023 |
|||||||
| 2026 Notes |
$ | 250,000 | $ | 250,000 | ||||
| Convertible Senior Notes |
- | 118,541 | ||||||
| Gross notes payable and long-term debt |
250,000 | 368,541 | ||||||
| Less deferred financing costs |
(1,396 | ) | (3,183 | ) | ||||
| Less current maturities |
- | (58,294 | ) | |||||
| Notes payable and long-term debt |
$ | 248,604 | $ | 307,064 | ||||
Senior Secured Notes
On February 11, 2021, we closed a private offering of $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 5.625% senior secured notes due 2026 (the “2026 Notes”). The 2026 Notes incurred interest at a rate of 5.625%. Interest on the 2026 Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing on August 15, 2021.We used the proceeds from the offering (i) to repay all obligations under and terminate the 2018 First Lien Credit Facility, (ii) to pay related fees, costs and expenses and (iii) for general corporate purposes.
Obligations under the 2026 Notes were guaranteed by the Company’s existing and future wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries (the “Guarantors”) that guarantee any credit facility (as defined in the indenture governing the 2026 Notes or the “2026 Notes Indenture”) or capital markets debt securities of the Company or Guarantors in excess of $15.0 million. The 2026 Notes and the related guarantees are secured by first-priority liens on substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Guarantors, subject to certain exceptions. We were in compliance with all covenants under the 2026 Notes as of December 31, 2024.
In February 2025, we redeemed the 2026 Notes with the proceeds from the offering of the 2032 Notes.
We incurred debt issuance costs attributable to the issuance of the 2026 Notes of $6.4 million which are amortized to interest expense using the straight-line method over the expected life of the 2026 Notes.
2032 Notes
In February 2025, the Company closed a private offering of $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of 7.625% senior secured notes due to mature on March 15, 2032 (the “2032 Notes”). Interest on the 2032 Notes is payable semi-annually on March 15 and September 15 of each year, commencing on September 15, 2025. The Company used the proceeds from the offering (i) to repay all obligations under and terminate the 2026 Notes, (ii) to pay related fees, costs, and expenses and (iii) for general corporate purposes. The 2032 Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior secured basis, jointly and severally, by each current wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiary of the Company that guaranteed the 2026 Notes. The 2032 Notes and the related guarantees are secured by first-priority liens on substantially all of the assets of the Company and the guarantors, subject to certain exceptions. Proceeds from the offering were approximately $294.0 million.
The 2032 Notes Indenture contains covenants that, among other things, restrict the ability of the Company and its restricted subsidiaries to: (i) grant or incur liens; (ii) incur, assume or guarantee additional indebtedness; (iii) sell or otherwise dispose of assets, including capital stock of subsidiaries; (iv) make certain investments; (v) pay dividends, make distributions or redeem or repurchase capital stock; (vi) engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and (vii) consolidate or merge with or into, or sell substantially all of our assets to another entity. These covenants are subject to a number of several limitations and exceptions set forth in the 2032 Notes Indenture. For instance, the Company is generally permitted to make restricted payments, including the payment of dividends to shareholders, provided that, at the time of payment, or as a result of payment, the Company is not in default on its debt covenants; however, there are earnings and market capitalization requirements that if not met could limit the aggregate amount of quarterly dividends payable during a fiscal year. The 2032 Notes Indenture provides for customary events of default.
2023 ABL Facility
On November 7, 2023, TPB Specialty Finance, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (the “ABL Borrower”), entered into a new $75.0 million asset-backed revolving credit facility (the “2023 ABL Facility”), with the several lenders thereunder, and Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent (the “Administrative Agent”) and as collateral agent (the “Collateral Agent”) and First-Citizens Bank & Trust Company as additional collateral agent (the “Additional Collateral Agent”). Under the 2023 ABL Facility, the ABL Borrower may draw up to $75.0 million under Revolving Credit Loans and Last In Last Out (“LILO”) Loans. The 2023 ABL Facility includes a $40.0 million accordion feature. In connection with the 2023 ABL Facility, certain existing inventory was contributed to the ABL Borrower. The 2023 ABL Facility is secured on a first priority basis (subject to customary exceptions) by all assets of the ABL Borrower.
The 2023 ABL Facility contains customary borrowing conditions including a borrowing base equal to the sum of (a) the lesser of (1) 85% of the lower of (A) the market value (on a first in first out basis) of the sum of eligible inventory, plus eligible in-transit inventory of the ABL Borrower and (B) 85% of the cost of the sum of eligible inventory, plus eligible in-transit inventory of the ABL Borrower and (2) 85% of the net orderly liquidation value (“NOLV”) percentage of the lower of (1)(A) or (1)(B); plus (b) 85% of the face value of all eligible accounts of the ABL Borrower minus (c) the amount of all eligible reserves. The 2023 ABL Facility also includes a LILO borrowing base equal to the sum of (a) the lesser of: (1) 10% of the lower of (A) the market value (on a first in first out basis) of the sum of eligible inventory, plus eligible in-transit inventory of the ABL Borrower and (B) the cost of the sum of eligible inventory, plus eligible in-transit inventory and (2) 10% of the NOLV percentage of the lower of (1)(A) or (1)(B); plus (b) 10% of the face amount of eligible account; minus (c) the amount of all eligible reserves.
Amounts borrowed under the 2023 ABL Facility are subject to an interest rate margin per annum equal to (a) from and after the closing date until the last day of the first full fiscal quarter ended after the closing date, (i) 1.25% per annum, in the case base rate loans, and (ii) 2.25% per annum, in the case of revolving credit loans that are SOFR Loans, (b)(i) 2.25% per annum, in the case of LILO loans that are base rate loans, and (ii) 3.25% per annum, in the case of LILO loans that are SOFR loans, (c) on the first day of each fiscal quarter, the applicable interest rate margins will be determined from the pricing grid below based upon the historical excess availability for the most recent fiscal quarter ended immediately prior to the relevant date, as calculated by the Administrative Agent.
| Applicable Margin |
Applicable Margin |
||||||||
| Level |
Historical Excess Availability |
for SOFR Loans |
or Base Rate Loans |
||||||
| I |
Greater than or equal to 66.66% |
1.75 | % | 0.75 | % | ||||
| II |
Less than 66.66%, but greater than or equal to 33.33% |
2.00 | % | 1.00 | % | ||||
| III |
Less than 33.33% |
2.25 | % | 1.25 | % | ||||
The 2023 ABL Facility also requires the Company and its restricted subsidiaries to maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio of at least 1.00 to 1.00 as of the end of any four consecutive fiscal quarters if excess availability is less than the greater of (a) 12.5% of the line cap and (b) $9.4 million, at any time and continuing until excess availability is equal to or exceeds the greater of (i) 12.5% of the line and (ii) $9.4 million for thirty (30) consecutive calendar days with the $9.4 million level automatically increased in proportion to the amount of any increase in the aggregate revolving credit commitments thereunder in connection with any incremental facility.
The 2023 ABL Facility will mature on the earlier of (x) November 7, 2027 and (y) the date that is 91 days prior to the maturity date of any material debt of the ABL Borrower or the Company or any of its restricted subsidiaries (subject to customary extensions agreed by the lenders thereunder); provided that clause (y) will not apply to the extent that on any applicable date of determination (on any date prior to the date set forth in clause (y)), (A) the sum of (x) cash that is held in escrow for the repayment of such material debt pursuant to arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (y) cash that is held in accounts with the Administrative Agent and/or the Additional Collateral Agent, plus (z) excess availability, is sufficient to repay such material debt and (B) the ABL Borrower has excess availability of at least $15.0 million after giving effect to such repayment of material debt, including any borrowings under the commitments in connection therewith.
The Company has not drawn any borrowings under the 2023 ABL Facility but has letters of credit of approximately $2.3 million outstanding under the facility and has an available balance of $57.4 million based on the borrowing base as of December 31, 2024.
The Company incurred debt issuance costs attributable to the 2023 ABL Facility of $2.6 million which are amortized to interest expense using the straight-line method over the expected life of the 2023 ABL Facility.
Convertible Senior Notes
The Company's 2.5% convertible senior notes matured and were retired with cash on July 1, 2024. No principal amounts remain outstanding as of December 31, 2024.
Additional Information with Respect to our Unrestricted Subsidiaries
Under the terms of the 2026 Notes that were recently redeemed with proceeds from the February 2025 issuance of the 2032 Notes, the Company designated certain of its subsidiaries as “Unrestricted Subsidiaries” as of December 31, 2024, including Interchange Partners LLC and Intrepid Brands, LLC. The Company is required under the terms of the indentures governing the Notes to present additional information that reflects the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Company’s Unrestricted Subsidiaries as of and for the periods presented. This additional information for 2024 is presented below. With the classification of the Company's CDS products business to discontinued operations in December 2024, there are no meaningful results for Unrestricted Subsidiaries to present for 2023 or 2022.
Income Statement for the year ended December 31, 2024:
| Year Ended December 31, |
||||||||||||
| 2024 |
||||||||||||
| Company and |
||||||||||||
| Restricted |
Unrestricted |
|||||||||||
| Subsidiaries |
Subsidiaries |
Consolidated |
||||||||||
| Net sales |
$ | 355,712 | $ | 4,948 | $ | 360,660 | ||||||
| Cost of sales |
157,501 | 1,594 | 159,095 | |||||||||
| Gross profit |
198,211 | 3,354 | 201,565 | |||||||||
| Selling, general, and administrative expenses |
121,859 | 548 | 122,407 | |||||||||
| Other operating income |
(1,674 | ) | - | (1,674 | ) | |||||||
| Operating income |
78,026 | 2,806 | 80,832 | |||||||||
| Interest expense (income), net |
14,390 | (407 | ) | 13,983 | ||||||||
| Investment loss |
1,893 | - | 1,893 | |||||||||
| Income before income taxes |
61,743 | 3,213 | 64,956 | |||||||||
| Income tax expense |
16,092 | 837 | 16,929 | |||||||||
| Consolidated net income |
45,651 | 2,376 | 48,027 | |||||||||
| Net (loss) income attributable to non-controlling interest |
(390 | ) | 1,091 | 701 | ||||||||
| Net income attributable to Turning Point Brands, Inc. |
$ | 46,041 | $ | 1,285 | $ | 47,326 | ||||||
Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2024:
| Company and |
||||||||||||||||
| Restricted |
Unrestricted |
|||||||||||||||
| Subsidiaries |
Subsidiaries |
Eliminations |
Consolidated |
|||||||||||||
| ASSETS |
||||||||||||||||
| Current assets: |
||||||||||||||||
| Cash |
$ | 37,279 | $ | 8,879 | $ | - | $ | 46,158 | ||||||||
| Accounts receivable, net |
9,624 | - | - | 9,624 | ||||||||||||
| Inventories, net |
95,378 | 875 | - | 96,253 | ||||||||||||
| Current assets held for sale |
11,470 | - | 11,470 | |||||||||||||
| Other current assets |
33,599 | 1,101 | - | 34,700 | ||||||||||||
| Total current assets |
187,350 | 10,855 | - | 198,205 | ||||||||||||
| Property, plant, and equipment, net |
26,337 | - | - | 26,337 | ||||||||||||
| Deferred income taxes |
995 | - | - | 995 | ||||||||||||
| Right of use assets |
11,610 | - | - | 11,610 | ||||||||||||
| Deferred financing costs, net |
1,823 | - | - | 1,823 | ||||||||||||
| Goodwill |
135,932 | - | - | 135,932 | ||||||||||||
| Other intangible assets, net |
65,254 | - | - | 65,254 | ||||||||||||
| Master Settlement Agreement (MSA) escrow deposits |
28,676 | - | - | 28,676 | ||||||||||||
| Noncurrent assets held for sale |
3,859 | - | - | 3,859 | ||||||||||||
| Other assets |
14,365 | 6,297 | - | 20,662 | ||||||||||||
| Investment in unrestricted subsidiaries |
- | 750 | (750 | ) | - | |||||||||||
| Total assets |
$ | 476,201 | $ | 17,902 | $ | (750 | ) | $ | 493,353 | |||||||
| LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY |
||||||||||||||||
| Current liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||
| Accounts payable |
$ | 8,420 | $ | 3,255 | $ | - | $ | 11,675 | ||||||||
| Accrued liabilities |
29,540 | 719 | 837 | 31,096 | ||||||||||||
| Current liabilities held for sale |
2,049 | - | - | 2,049 | ||||||||||||
| Total current liabilities |
40,009 | 3,974 | 837 | 44,820 | ||||||||||||
| Notes payable and long-term debt |
248,604 | - | - | 248,604 | ||||||||||||
| Lease liabilities |
9,549 | - | - | 9,549 | ||||||||||||
| Total liabilities |
$ | 298,162 | $ | 3,974 | $ | 837 | $ | 302,973 | ||||||||
| Commitments and contingencies |
||||||||||||||||
| Stockholders’ equity: |
||||||||||||||||
| Total Turning Point Brands Inc. Stockholders’ Equity/Net parent investment in unrestricted subsidiaries |
177,481 | 12,087 | (1,587 | ) | 187,981 | |||||||||||
| Non-controlling interest |
558 | 1,841 | - | 2,399 | ||||||||||||
| Total stockholders’ equity |
178,039 | 13,928 | (1,587 | ) | 190,380 | |||||||||||
| Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity |
$ | 476,201 | $ | 17,902 | $ | (750 | ) | $ | 493,353 | |||||||
Distribution Agreements
For a description of our material distribution agreements, see Item 1. “Business - Distribution and Supply Agreements.”
Master Settlement Agreement
On November 23, 1998, the major U.S. cigarette manufacturers, Philip Morris USA, Inc., Brown & Williamson Tobacco Corporation, Lorillard Tobacco Company and R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company, entered into the MSA with attorneys general representing states that agreed to settle certain recovery actions (the “Settling States”). In order to be in compliance with the MSA and subsequent states’ statutes, we were required to fund an escrow account with each of the Settling States based on the number of cigarettes or cigarette equivalents (which is measured by pounds of MYO cigarette smoking tobacco) sold in such state. We discontinued our generic category of MYO in 2019 and our Zig-Zag branded MYO cigarette smoking tobacco in 2017. Pending a change in MSA legislation, we have no remaining product lines covered by the MSA and will not be required to make future escrow deposits and, therefore, do not expect to accrue any loss contingencies subject to the MSA in the future.
The following table summarizes our escrow deposit balances (in thousands) by sales year as of:
| Deposits as of December 31, |
||||||||
| Sales Year |
2024 |
2023 |
||||||
| 1999 |
$ | 211 | $ | 211 | ||||
| 2000 |
1,017 | 1,017 | ||||||
| 2001 |
1,673 | 1,673 | ||||||
| 2002 |
2,271 | 2,271 | ||||||
| 2003 |
4,249 | 4,249 | ||||||
| 2004 |
3,714 | 3,714 | ||||||
| 2005 |
4,553 | 4,553 | ||||||
| 2006 |
3,847 | 3,847 | ||||||
| 2007 |
4,167 | 4,167 | ||||||
| 2008 |
3,364 | 3,364 | ||||||
| 2009 |
1,619 | 1,619 | ||||||
| 2010 |
406 | 406 | ||||||
| 2011 |
193 | 193 | ||||||
| 2012 |
199 | 199 | ||||||
| 2013 |
173 | 173 | ||||||
| 2014 |
143 | 143 | ||||||
| 2015 |
101 | 101 | ||||||
| 2016 |
91 | 91 | ||||||
| 2017 |
82 | 82 | ||||||
| Total |
$ | 32,073 | $ | 32,073 | ||||
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
During 2024, we executed various foreign exchange contracts for the purchase of €3.6 million and sale of €3.6 million with maturity dates ranging from October 2024 to June 2025. At December 31, 2024, we had foreign currency contracts outstanding for the purchase of €2.1 million and sale of €2.1 million. The fair value of the foreign currency contracts was based on quoted market prices and resulted in an asset of $0.0 million included in Other current assets and a liability of $0.1 million included in Accrued liabilities at December 31, 2024. We had no interest rate swap contracts at December 31, 2024 and 2023.
During 2023, we executed various foreign exchange contracts for the purchase of €20.1 million and sale of €15.2 million with maturity dates ranging from July 2023 to September 2024. At December 31, 2023, we had foreign currency contracts outstanding for the purchase of €15.2 million and sale of €15.2 million. The fair value of the foreign currency contracts was based on quoted market prices and resulted in an asset of $0.3 million included in Other current assets and a liability of $0.1 million included in Accrued liabilities at December 31, 2023.
Future Cash Requirements
The Company’s primary future cash requirements will be to fund operations, lease payments, debt service and capital expenditures. The Company’s contractual obligations primarily include long-term debt and lease obligations. For information regarding our long-term debt obligations and cash payment obligations thereunder, please see Note 14, “Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt” in Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. For information regarding our lease obligations and cash payment obligations thereunder, please see Note 17, “Lease Commitments” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
In 2024, we repurchased 154,945 shares of our common stock for a total cost of $5.1 million at an average price per share of $32.60, and have $100 million of authorization remaining under our Board approved repurchase program at December 31, 2024. In 2023, we made no repurchases of our common stock.
Regulation and Legislation
While we are subject to several regulatory regimes and requirements, the following may meaningfully impact operations or resources:
Federal Regulation
Certain tobacco and nicotine products, cigarette papers, and cigarette tubes are subject to federal excise taxes. Any future increases in federal excise taxes on the Company’s products could have a material adverse effect on the results of operations or financial condition of the Company. The Company is unable to predict the likelihood of passage of future increases in federal excise taxes. As of December 31, 2024, federal excise taxes are not assessed on certain novel nicotine products, including nicotine pouches, e-cigarettes and related products.
State and Local Regulation
As of December 31, 2024, the states require excise tax payments on most of our products. These required taxes may increase over time or be expanded to cover additional product categories and may in some cases impact the consumer demand of the products. In addition, there are several local taxing jurisdictions requiring taxes and/or licensing. Several states have also implemented or are considering implementing additional regulations on our products, including sales restrictions. These requirements may impact which products we are allowed to offer for sale or may influence retailers’ likelihood of carrying regulated products more generally.
FDA Regulation
On June 22, 2009, the Family Smoking Prevention and Tobacco Control Act (“FSPTCA”) authorized the FDA to immediately regulate the manufacture, sale, and marketing of four categories of tobacco products – cigarettes, cigarette tobacco, roll-your-own tobacco, and smokeless tobacco. On August 8, 2016, the FDA deeming regulation became effective. The deeming regulation gave the FDA the authority to also regulate all products made or derived from tobacco intended for human consumption, but excluding accessories of tobacco products (such as lighters). Accordingly, the FDA has since regulated our cigar and cigar wrap products. Subsequently, on April 14, 2022, the FDA Center for Tobacco Products also obtained jurisdiction over non-tobacco nicotine products (“NTN Products”), including synthetic nicotine. That law subjects NTN Products to the same requirements as tobacco-derived products.
The FDA currently assesses tobacco product user fees on six classes of regulated tobacco products and computes user fees using a methodology similar to the methodology used by the U.S Department of Agriculture to compute the Tobacco Transition Payment Program (“TTPP,” also known as the “Tobacco Buyout”) assessment. First, the total, annual, congressionally established user fee assessment is allocated among the various classes of tobacco products using the federal excise tax weighted market share of tobacco products subject to regulation. Then, the assessment for each class of tobacco products is divided among individual manufacturers and importers.
Tobacco products regulated by FDA are subject to premarket filing requirements, most significantly Premarket Tobacco Product Applications (“PMTAs”) or Substantial Equivalence Reports (“SEs”).
A successful PMTA must demonstrate that the subject product is “appropriate for the protection of public health,” taking into account the effect of the marketing of the product on all sub-populations while a Substantial Equivalence Report must demonstrate that a new product either has the same characteristics as its predicate product or different characteristics but does not raise different questions of public health. We submitted premarket filings for certain of our regulated products in order to continue selling these products while they remain under review. We have continued to supplement these applications with additional information and have responded to information requests from the FDA; however, there can be no guarantee that the FDA will accept such amendments and responses or that the applications will meet the standard of “appropriate for the protection of public health” or “substantially equivalent,” as appropriate. FDA’s interpretation and implementation of these standards likewise may change over time, which may negatively impact our existing or future premarket filings. Currently, the FDA has indicated its enforcement priority is those applicants who have received negative action on their application, such as a Marketing Denial Order or Refuse to File notification and who continue to illegally sell those unauthorized products, as well as products for which manufacturers failed to submit a premarket filing. Despite these stated enforcement priorities, given the FDA’s limited resources we expect that for a period of time there may be a lack of enforcement, which may adversely impact our ability to compete in the marketplace against those who continue to sell unauthorized products. This issue could grow worse should the federal government decrease the size of certain agencies or resources, including the U.S. Department of Justice or U.S. Customs and Border Protection.
On May 4, 2022, the FDA proposed two tobacco product standards related to combusted tobacco products: (1) a ban on menthol as a characterizing flavor in cigarettes; and (2) a ban on all characterizing flavors (including menthol) in cigars. On June 21, 2022, the FDA also issued a proposed product standard related to restricting the level of nicotine in traditional cigarettes. On March 8, 2023, the FDA proposed requirements for tobacco product manufacturing practice (“TPMPs”). Once finalized, TPMPs would establish requirements for tobacco product manufacturers regarding the manufacture, design, packing and storage of finished and bulk tobacco products. These regulations are required to go through the formal rulemaking process where we have had the opportunity to provide comments with regard to the impact such standards would have on our products. As of January 2025, these proposed rules were withdrawn or otherwise delayed. The FDA’s policy on these and other regulated products may change or expand over time in ways not yet known and may significantly impact our products or our premarket filings.
Inflation
Inflation in general and the continued increases in costs of goods and services, such as food and gas prices, have had a substantial negative effect on the purchasing power of consumers. While historically, we have been able to pass on most cost increases to our consumers, no assurance can be given that we will continue to be able to do so. In addition, we have been able to maintain a relatively stable variable cost structure for our products due, in part, to our successful procurement with regard to our tobacco products and, in part, to our existing contractual agreement for the purchase of our premium cigarette papers.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See Item 8 of Part II, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Recent Accounting Pronouncements”.
Critical Accounting Estimates
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. When more than one accounting principle, or the method of its application, is generally accepted, we select the principle or method that is appropriate in the specific circumstances. Application of these accounting principles requires us to make estimates about the future resolution of existing uncertainties. Actual results could differ from these estimates. We evaluate our estimates, including those related to intangibles, investments in debt security and the fair value of the Creative Distribution Solutions segment on an ongoing basis. We base these estimates on our historical experience and other assumptions we believe are appropriate under the circumstances. In preparing these consolidated financial statements, we have made our best estimates and judgments of the amounts and disclosures included in the consolidated financial statements. Our significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of Part II of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
We follow the provisions of ASC 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other in accounting for indefinite-lived intangible assets. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment annually on December 31, or more frequently if certain indicators are present, in accordance with ASC 350-20-35 and ASC 350-30-35, respectively. Examples of such indicators could include but are not limited to a significant loss of market share, significant decline in operating results, change in management strategy or operations, economic decline, and other significant disruptions to the business.
We estimate the fair value of our indefinite-lived assets using the relief from royalty valuation methodology. This methodology is based on what the Company would be willing to pay as a royalty in order to exploit the related benefits of the asset. The value of the asset is determined by discounting the inherent after-tax royalty savings associated with ownership or possession of the asset over the expected useful life. In 2024, based on quantitative assessments, the fair values of our Zig-Zag and Stokers’ indefinite-lived intangible assets exceeded their carrying values by a significant amount. We identified the estimate of the fair value of the Company’s indefinite lived assets as a critical estimate because of the significant assumptions used in these analyses including, but are not limited to, projected revenue, the weighted average cost of capital and royalty rate. We used modest growth rates in projecting the revenue related to these indefinite-lived intangible assets. As we do for each impairment assessment, for our future impairment assessments we will evaluate the reasonableness and relevance of our previous performance assumptions, considering both internal and external factors existing at the impairment test date, to determine if changes to those performance assumptions are warranted.
If actual results are not consistent with the Company’s estimates and/or other assumptions change, the Company may be exposed to future impairment charges that could materially and adversely impact its financial position and results of operations.
Investments in Debt Security
We have classified our debt security investment as available-for-sale and, as a result, this security is recorded at fair value. We estimate the fair value of the debt security investment using a Monte Carlo simulation, which utilizes unobservable inputs that are classified as Level 3 inputs under the fair value hierarchy. We identified the estimate of the fair value of the Company’s debt security investment as a critical estimate because of the complexity of the Monte Carlo simulation valuation methodology and the significant assumptions used in estimating the fair value, including the enterprise valuation of the investee, enterprise value to revenue market multiples applied to the financial results of the investee to estimate an enterprise valuation of the investee, and investment hold period scenarios used in the weighting of Monte Carlo simulation valuation results.
If actual results are not consistent with the Company’s estimates and/or other assumptions change, the Company may be exposed to future allowance for credit losses that could materially and adversely impact its financial position and results of operations.
Fair Value of the Creative Distribution Solution Segment
Our CDS segment met the criteria to be classified as held-for-sale as of December 31, 2024. As a result, we are required to carry the net assets of the CDS segment at fair value less costs to sell. We determined the fair value of the CDS segment using a weighted average of three valuation methodologies that consisted of the discounted cash flow method, the guideline public company method and the similar transaction method. We identified the estimate of the fair value of the CDS segment as a critical accounting estimate because of the significant estimates and assumptions used by management in the discounted cash flow method, including forecasts of expected revenue growth rates, estimated terminal value and the selection of the discount rate.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Foreign Currency Sensitivity
Our inventory purchases from RTI are denominated in euros. Accordingly, we have exposure to potentially adverse movements in the euro exchange rate. In addition, RTI provides a contractual hedge against catastrophic currency fluctuation in our agreement. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative trading purposes, nor do we hedge our foreign currency exposure in a manner that offsets the effects of changes in foreign exchange rates.
We regularly review our foreign currency risk and hedging programs and may as part of that review determine at any time to change our hedging policy. During 2024, we executed various foreign exchange contracts for the purchase of €3.6 million and sale of €3.6 million with maturity dates ranging from October 2024 to June 2025. At December 31, 2024, we had foreign currency contracts outstanding for the purchase of €2.1 million and sale of €2.1 million. A 10% change in the euro to U.S. dollars exchange rate would change our pre-tax income by approximately $1.5 million per year.
Credit Risk
At December 31, 2024 and 2023, we had bank deposits, including MSA escrows, in excess of federally insured limits of approximately $47.4 million and $119.0 million, respectively. The Company has chosen to invest a portion of the MSA escrows, from time to time, in U.S. Government securities including Treasury notes and Treasury bonds. We sell our products to distributors, retail establishments, and individual consumers throughout the U.S. and also have sales of Zig-Zag® premium cigarette papers in Canada. In 2024, we had one customer that accounted for 10.2% of our net sales. In 2023and 2022, we had no customers that accounted for more than 10% of our net sales. We perform periodic credit evaluations of our customers and generally do not require collateral on trade receivables. Historically, we have not experienced significant losses due to customer credit issues.
Interest Rate Sensitivity
In February 2021, we issued the 2026 Notes in an aggregate principal amount of $250 million. In February 2025, we issued the 2032 Notes in an aggregate principal amount of $300 million and utilized a portion of the proceeds to retire the 2026 Notes. We carry the 2032 Notes at face value. Since the 2032 Notes bear interest at a fixed rate, we have no financial statement risk associated with increases in interest rates. However, the fair value of the 2023 Notes changes when the market price of our stock fluctuates, or interest rates change. Our remaining debt instrument is the 2023 ABL Facility, which has no borrowing outstanding. The 2023 ABL Facility is subject to a floating rate. Accordingly, if we make borrowings under the 2023 ABL Facility, we will be exposed to fluctuations in interest rates.
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
TURNING POINT BRANDS, INC.
CONTENTS
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Turning Point Brands, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Turning Point Brands, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2024, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements (collectively, the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2024, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013. Our report dated March 6, 2025 expressed an opinion that the Company had not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.
Controlling Financial Interest Assessment of Equity Investment
As described in Notes 3 and 24 to the financial statements, on January 2, 2025, the Company sold 100% of its equity interest in South Beach Brands LLC (“SBB”), the subsidiary that owns and operates the Company’s Creative Distribution Solutions (“CDS”) segment, to General Wireless Operations, Inc. (“GWO”) in exchange for 1,006.45 shares of GWO common stock and 680 shares of GWO Series B Preferred Stock, which together represent 49% of the issued and outstanding GWO common stock on a fully-diluted basis (“SBB Exchange Transaction”). The Company determined that, upon completion of the SBB Exchange Transaction, it will not have a controlling financial interest in GWO and, as a result, will deconsolidate SBB on January 2, 2025. Having met applicable criteria prior to December 31, 2024, the Company recorded the assets and liabilities of SBB as held for sale as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 and the results of operations and cash flows of SBB as discontinued operations for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2024.
As described in Note 2 to the financial statements, when the Company concludes it has a controlling financial interest in a legal entity, the Company consolidates the legal entity as a subsidiary. The evaluation of whether or not the Company has a controlling financial interest in a legal entity requires the application of complex accounting rules and the evaluation of a number of factors, including determining the consolidation model that applies, the Company’s decision-making ability through voting or other rights, and the Company’s exposure to variability to the legal entity, among other items.
We identified the Company’s accounting conclusion that it will not have a controlling financial interest in GWO as a critical audit matter because of the complexity involved in evaluating the exchange transaction structure and related agreements with management’s interpretation and application of the accounting rules. Auditing management’s accounting conclusion involved a high degree of auditor judgment and an increase in audit effort due to the impact management’s conclusion would have on the Company’s financial statement presentation.
Our audit procedures related to the Company’s assessment of whether or not it will have a controlling financial interest in GWO included the following, among others:
| ● |
We obtained management’s accounting memoranda and evaluated the reasonableness of management’s application of accounting rules used to support the Company’s accounting conclusion for its investment in GWO. |
| ● |
We assessed the accuracy and completeness of management’s application of the applicable accounting rules by reading the relevant SBB exchange transaction agreements and contracts to understand the nature of the Company’s involvement with GWO and GWO’s structure and operations. Our assessment included: |
| o |
Evaluating the capitalization of GWO and the relative power held by the equity holders in GWO to determine the appropriate consolidation model that is required to be applied. This included evaluating if any close business relationships and/or any de facto agent relationships exist that could potentially have impacted management’s assessment. |
| o |
Evaluating the Company’s decision-making power over GWO, including determining whether the Company has control without a majority voting interest. |
| o |
Evaluating the impact certain future rights held by the Company would have on the accounting conclusion. |
Fair Value of Creative Distribution Solutions Segment
As described in Note 3 to the financial statements, the Company has classified the assets and liabilities of the Creative Distribution Solutions (“CDS”) segment as held for sale as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and recognized a valuation allowance of $8.8 million against the net assets of CDS as of December 31, 2024 to adjust the carrying value of the CDS segment to fair value less cost to sell. The Company estimated the fair value of the CDS segment using a weighted average of three valuation methodologies that consisted of a discounted cash flow method, a guideline public company method and a guideline transaction method.
We identified the estimate of the fair value of the Company’s CDS segment as a critical audit matter because of the significant estimates and assumptions used by management when estimating the fair value of the segment, including management’s forecasts of expected revenue growth rates, management’s selection of the discount rate and management’s estimate of the terminal value, which were all used in the discounted cash flow method. Auditing management’s estimates and assumptions involved a high degree of auditor judgment and increased audit effort, including the use of our valuation specialists, due to the impact these assumptions have on the estimated fair value of the CDS segment.
Our audit procedures related to the estimated fair value of the CDS segment included the following, among others:
| ● |
We evaluated the reasonableness of management’s forecasts of revenue growth rates by comparing the projections to historical results. |
| ● |
We tested the accuracy of management’s estimation process by comparing current year results to prior year estimates. |
| ● |
We utilized our valuation specialists to assist in the following, among others: |
| o |
Assessing the appropriateness of management’s valuation methodologies and testing their mathematical accuracy. |
| o |
Assessing the appropriateness of the methodology used by management to estimate the terminal value in the discounted cash flow method. |
| o |
Assessing the reasonableness of the discount rate used in the discounted cash flow method by comparing the underlying source information to publicly available market data and testing the mathematical accuracy of the calculation. |
| ● |
We recomputed the estimated fair value of the CDS segment, using the weighting ascribed by management to each valuation methodology, for mathematical accuracy. |
/s/ RSM US LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2006.
Charlotte, North Carolina
March 6, 2025
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Turning Point Brands, Inc.
Opinion on the Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have audited Turning Point Brands, Inc.’s (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013. In our opinion, because of the effect of the material weakness described below on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, the Company has not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2024, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements of the Company and our report dated March 6, 2025 expressed an unqualified opinion.
A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The following material weakness has been identified and included in management’s assessment:
There were deficiencies in the design and operation of information technology general controls (ITGCs) in the areas of user access and program change-management over certain information technology systems that support the Company’s financial reporting processes. The business process controls (automated and manual) that are dependent on the affected ITGCs were also deemed ineffective because they could have been adversely impacted.
This material weakness was considered in determining the nature, timing and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 2024 financial statements, and this report does not affect our report dated March 6, 2025 on those financial statements.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ RSM US LLP
Charlotte, North Carolina
March 6, 2025
Turning Point Brands, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2024 and 2023
(dollars in thousands except share data)
| December 31, |
December 31, |
|||||||
| 2024 |
2023 |
|||||||
| ASSETS |
||||||||
| Current assets: |
||||||||
| Cash |
$ | 46,158 | $ | 116,725 | ||||
| Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $66 in 2024 and $78 in 2023 |
9,624 | 10,002 | ||||||
| Inventories, net |
96,253 | 91,698 | ||||||
| Current assets held for sale |
11,470 | 12,267 | ||||||
| Other current assets |
34,700 | 36,937 | ||||||
| Total current assets |
198,205 | 267,629 | ||||||
| Property, plant, and equipment, net |
26,337 | 25,142 | ||||||
| Deferred tax assets, net |
995 | 1,468 | ||||||
| Right of use assets |
11,610 | 11,359 | ||||||
| Deferred financing costs, net |
1,823 | 2,450 | ||||||
| Goodwill |
135,932 | 136,250 | ||||||
| Other intangible assets, net |
65,254 | 66,490 | ||||||
| Master Settlement Agreement (MSA) escrow deposits |
28,676 | 28,684 | ||||||
| Noncurrent assets held for sale |
3,859 | 14,731 | ||||||
| Other assets |
20,662 | 15,166 | ||||||
| Total assets |
$ | 493,353 | $ | 569,369 | ||||
| LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY |
||||||||
| Current liabilities: |
||||||||
| Accounts payable |
$ | 11,675 | $ | 7,794 | ||||
| Accrued liabilities |
31,096 | 32,052 | ||||||
| Current portion of long-term debt |
- | 58,294 | ||||||
| Current liabilities held for sale |
2,049 | 2,209 | ||||||
| Total current liabilities |
44,820 | 100,349 | ||||||
| Notes payable and long-term debt |
248,604 | 307,064 | ||||||
| Lease liabilities |
9,549 | 9,898 | ||||||
| Noncurrent liabilities held for sale |
- | 52 | ||||||
| Total liabilities |
302,973 | 417,363 | ||||||
| Commitments and contingencies |
||||||||
| Stockholders’ equity: |
||||||||
| Preferred stock; $0.01 par value; authorized shares 40,000,000; issued and outstanding shares -0- |
- | - | ||||||
| Common stock, voting, $0.01 par value; authorized shares, 190,000,000; 20,200,886 issued shares, 17,729,481 outstanding shares at December 31, 2024, and 19,922,137 issued shares, 17,605,677 outstanding shares at December 31, 2023 |
202 | 199 | ||||||
| Common stock, nonvoting, $0.01 par value; authorized shares, 10,000,000; issued and outstanding shares -0- |
- | - | ||||||
| Additional paid-in capital |
126,662 | 119,075 | ||||||
| Cost of repurchased common stock (2,471,405 and 2,316,460 shares at December 31, 2024 and 2023) |
(83,144 | ) | (78,093 | ) | ||||
| Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
(2,903 | ) | (2,648 | ) | ||||
| Accumulated earnings |
147,164 | 112,443 | ||||||
| Non-controlling interest |
2,399 | 1,030 | ||||||
| Total stockholders’ equity |
190,380 | 152,006 | ||||||
| Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity |
$ | 493,353 | $ | 569,369 | ||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
Turning Point Brands, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Income
for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022
(dollars in thousands except share data)
| For the years ended December 31, |
||||||||||||
| 2024 |
2023 |
2022 |
||||||||||
| Net sales |
$ | 360,660 | $ | 325,064 | $ | 321,229 | ||||||
| Cost of sales |
159,095 | 142,122 | 143,399 | |||||||||
| Gross profit |
201,565 | 182,942 | 177,830 | |||||||||
| Selling, general, and administrative expenses |
122,407 | 104,327 | 103,822 | |||||||||
| Other operating income |
(1,674 | ) | (4,345 | ) | - | |||||||
| Operating income |
80,832 | 82,960 | 74,008 | |||||||||
| Interest expense, net |
13,983 | 14,645 | 19,524 | |||||||||
| Investment loss |
1,893 | 11,914 | 13,303 | |||||||||
| Other income |
- | (4,000 | ) | - | ||||||||
| Gain on extinguishment of debt |
- | (1,664 | ) | (885 | ) | |||||||
| Income from continuing operations before income taxes |
64,956 | 62,065 | 42,066 | |||||||||
| Income tax expense |
16,929 | 23,999 | 10,980 | |||||||||
| Income from continuing operations |
48,027 | 38,066 | 31,086 | |||||||||
| Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax |
(7,517 | ) | (285 | ) | (19,929 | ) | ||||||
| Consolidated net income |
40,510 | 37,781 | 11,157 | |||||||||
| Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest |
701 | (681 | ) | (484 | ) | |||||||
| Net income attributable to Turning Point Brands, Inc. |
$ | 39,809 | $ | 38,462 | $ | 11,641 | ||||||
| Basic income (loss) per common share: |
||||||||||||
| Continuing operations |
$ | 2.67 | $ | 2.20 | $ | 1.76 | ||||||
| Discontinued operations |
(0.43 | ) | (0.01 | ) | (1.11 | ) | ||||||
| Basic earnings per share |
$ | 2.24 | $ | 2.19 | $ | 0.65 | ||||||
| Diluted income (loss) per common share: |
||||||||||||
| Continuing operations |
$ | 2.53 | $ | 2.02 | $ | 1.75 | ||||||
| Discontinued operations |
(0.39 | ) | (0.01 | ) | (1.11 | ) | ||||||
| Diluted earnings per share |
$ | 2.14 | $ | 2.01 | $ | 0.64 | ||||||
| Weighted average common shares outstanding: |
||||||||||||
| Basic |
17,734,239 | 17,578,270 | 17,899,794 | |||||||||
| Diluted |
19,362,806 | 20,467,406 | 18,055,015 | |||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
Turning Point Brands, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022
(dollars in thousands)
| For the years ended December 31, |
||||||||||||
| 2024 |
2023 |
2022 |
||||||||||
| Consolidated net income |
$ | 40,510 | $ | 37,781 | $ | 11,157 | ||||||
| Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax |
||||||||||||
| Unrealized (loss) gain on MSA investments, net of tax of $9 in 2024 and $161 in 2023 and $860 in 2022 |
(17 | ) | 542 | (2,879 | ) | |||||||
| Foreign currency translation, net of tax of $0 in 2024, 2023 and 2022 |
(197 | ) | (74 | ) | (269 | ) | ||||||
| Unrealized (loss) gain on derivative instruments, net of tax of $54 in 2024, $237 in 2023 and $273 in 2022 |
(173 | ) | (747 | ) | 857 | |||||||
| Unrealized gain on investments, net of tax of $0 in 2024 |
50 | - | - | |||||||||
| (337 | ) | (279 | ) | (2,291 | ) | |||||||
| Consolidated comprehensive income |
40,173 | 37,502 | 8,866 | |||||||||
| Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest |
619 | (705 | ) | (577 | ) | |||||||
| Comprehensive income attributable to Turning Point Brands, Inc. |
$ | 39,554 | $ | 38,207 | $ | 9,443 | ||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
Turning Point Brands, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022
(dollars in thousands)
| For the years ended December 31, |
||||||||||||
| 2024 |
2023 |
2022 |
||||||||||
| Cash flows from operating activities: |
||||||||||||
| Consolidated net income |
$ | 40,510 | $ | 37,781 | $ | 11,157 | ||||||
| Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax |
7,517 | 285 | 19,929 | |||||||||
| Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: |
||||||||||||
| Gain on extinguishment of debt |
- | (1,664 | ) | (885 | ) | |||||||
| Loss (gain) on sale of property, plant, and equipment |
75 | 62 | (33 | ) | ||||||||
| Gain on insurance recovery of inventory loss |
- | (15,181 | ) | - | ||||||||
| Loss on investments |
2,722 | 12,177 | 13,570 | |||||||||
| Depreciation and other amortization expense |
4,439 | 2,921 | 2,859 | |||||||||
| Amortization of other intangible assets |
1,223 | 1,197 | 524 | |||||||||
| Amortization of deferred financing costs |
2,430 | 2,445 | 2,576 | |||||||||
| Deferred income tax (benefit) expense |
519 | 7,024 | (6,506 | ) | ||||||||
| Stock compensation expense |
7,243 | 6,561 | 5,273 | |||||||||
| Noncash lease (income) expense |
(622 | ) | (72 | ) | 84 | |||||||
| Gain on MSA investments |
(14 | ) | - | (54 | ) | |||||||
| Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
||||||||||||
| Accounts receivable |
185 | (2,625 | ) | (3,344 | ) | |||||||
| Inventories |
(4,770 | ) | 13,287 | (26,719 | ) | |||||||
| Other current assets |
(1,421 | ) | (3,794 | ) | (379 | ) | ||||||
| Other assets |
(1,767 | ) | (4,865 | ) | 420 | |||||||
| Accounts payable |
3,689 | 100 | 1,506 | |||||||||
| Accrued liabilities and other |
(1,000 | ) | 601 | 1,320 | ||||||||
| Operating cash flows from continuing operations |
60,958 | 56,240 | 21,298 | |||||||||
| Operating cash flows from discontinued operations |
6,104 | 10,641 | 8,975 | |||||||||
| Net cash provided by operating activities |
$ | 67,062 | $ | 66,881 | $ | 30,273 | ||||||
| Cash flows from investing activities: |
||||||||||||
| Capital expenditures |
$ | (4,623 | ) | $ | (5,707 | ) | $ | (7,834 | ) | |||
| Purchases of investments |
(10,857 | ) | (202 | ) | (1,000 | ) | ||||||
| Proceeds from sale of investments |
5,420 | - | - | |||||||||
| Purchases of non-marketable equity investments |
(500 | ) | - | - | ||||||||
| Proceeds on sale of property, plant and equipment |
5 | 3 | 35 | |||||||||
| MSA escrow deposits, net |
46 | - | (10,170 | ) | ||||||||
| Investing cash flows from continuing operations |
(10,509 | ) | (5,906 | ) | (18,969 | ) | ||||||
| Investing cash flows from discontinued operations |
- | - | 176 | |||||||||
| Net cash used in investing activities |
$ | (10,509 | ) | $ | (5,906 | ) | $ | (18,793 | ) | |||
Turning Point Brands, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (cont.)
for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022
(dollars in thousands)
| For the years ended December 31, |
||||||||||||
| 2024 |
2023 |
2022 |
||||||||||
| Cash flows from financing activities: |
||||||||||||
| Convertible Senior Notes repurchased |
$ | - | $ | (41,794 | ) | $ | (9,000 | ) | ||||
| Payment of Convertible Senior Notes |
(118,541 | ) | - | - | ||||||||
| Proceeds from call options |
- | 114 | 51 | |||||||||
| Payment of dividends |
(4,905 | ) | (4,497 | ) | (4,250 | ) | ||||||
| Payments of financing costs |
(133 | ) | (2,437 | ) | - | |||||||
| Exercise of options |
2,807 | 450 | 504 | |||||||||
| Redemption of options |
(335 | ) | (346 | ) | (155 | ) | ||||||
| Redemption of restricted stock units |
(914 | ) | (995 | ) | (1,229 | ) | ||||||
| Redemption of performance based restricted stock units |
(1,212 | ) | - | - | ||||||||
| Common stock repurchased |
(5,051 | ) | - | (29,224 | ) | |||||||
| Financing cash flows from continuing operations |
(128,284 | ) | (49,505 | ) | (43,303 | ) | ||||||
| Financing cash flows from discontinued operations |
- | - | - | |||||||||
| Net cash used in financing activities |
$ | (128,284 | ) | $ | (49,505 | ) | $ | (43,303 | ) | |||
| Net (decrease) increase in cash |
$ | (71,731 | ) | $ | 11,470 | $ | (31,823 | ) | ||||
| Effect of foreign currency translation on cash |
$ | (182 | ) | $ | 13 | $ | (320 | ) | ||||
| Cash, beginning of period: |
||||||||||||
| Unrestricted |
$ | 117,886 | $ | 106,403 | $ | 128,320 | ||||||
| Restricted |
4,929 | 4,929 | 15,155 | |||||||||
| Total cash at beginning of period |
$ | 122,815 | $ | 111,332 | $ | 143,475 | ||||||
| Cash, end of period: |
||||||||||||
| Unrestricted |
$ | 48,941 | $ | 117,886 | $ | 106,403 | ||||||
| Restricted |
1,961 | 4,929 | 4,929 | |||||||||
| Total cash at end of period |
$ | 50,902 | $ | 122,815 | $ | 111,332 | ||||||
| Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information: |
||||||||||||
| Cash paid during the period for interest |
$ | 17,488 | $ | 18,047 | $ | 18,717 | ||||||
| Cash paid during the period for income taxes, net |
$ | 20,997 | $ | 12,447 | $ | 13,369 | ||||||
| Supplemental schedule of noncash investing activities: |
||||||||||||
| Accrued capital expenditures |
$ | 18 | $ | 8 | $ | 11 | ||||||
| Accrued consideration for acquisition of investments |
$ | - | $ | 248 | $ | - | ||||||
| Supplemental schedule of noncash financing activities: |
||||||||||||
| Dividends declared not paid |
$ | 1,588 | $ | 1,489 | $ | 1,354 | ||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
Turning Point Brands, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022
(dollars in thousands)
| Cost of |
Accumulated |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Common |
Additional |
Repurchased |
Other |
Accumulated |
Non- |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Voting |
Stock, |
Paid-In |
Common |
Comprehensive |
Earnings |
Controlling |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Shares |
Voting |
Capital |
Stock |
Income (Loss) |
(Deficit) |
Interest |
Total |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Beginning balance January 1, 2022 |
18,395,476 | $ | 197 | $ | 108,811 | $ | (48,869 | ) | $ | (195 | ) | $ | 71,460 | $ | 2,312 | $ | 133,716 | |||||||||||||||
| Unrealized loss on MSA investments, net of tax of $860 |
- | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | $ | (2,879 | ) | $ | - | $ | - | $ | (2,879 | ) | |||||||||||||||
| Unrealized gain on derivative instruments, net of tax of $273 |
- | - | - | - | 857 | - | - | 857 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Foreign currency translation, net of tax of $0 |
- | - | - | - | (176 | ) | - | (93 | ) | (269 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Stock compensation expense |
- | - | 5,273 | - | - | - | - | 5,273 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Exercise of options |
35,394 | 1 | 503 | - | - | - | - | 504 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Redemption of options |
- | - | (155 | ) | - | - | - | - | (155 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of performance based restricted stock units |
69,756 | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Redemption of performance based restricted stock units |
- | - | (1,141 | ) | - | - | - | - | (1,141 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of restricted stock units |
5,589 | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Redemption of restricted stock units |
- | - | (88 | ) | - | - | - | - | (88 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cost of repurchased common stock |
(1,021,052 | ) | - | - | (29,224 | ) | - | - | - | (29,224 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Settlement of call options, net of tax of $12 |
- | - | 39 | - | - | - | - | 39 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Dividends |
- | - | - | - | - | (4,410 | ) | - | (4,410 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net income |
- | - | - | - | - | 11,641 | (484 | ) | 11,157 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Ending balance December 31, 2022 |
17,485,163 | $ | 198 | $ | 113,242 | $ | (78,093 | ) | $ | (2,393 | ) | $ | 78,691 | $ | 1,735 | $ | 113,380 | |||||||||||||||
| Unrealized gain on MSA investments, net of tax of $161 |
- | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | $ | 542 | $ | - | $ | - | $ | 542 | |||||||||||||||||
| Unrealized loss on derivative instruments, net of tax of $237 |
- | - | - | - | (747 | ) | - | - | (747 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Foreign currency translation, net of tax of $0 |
- | - | - | - | (50 | ) | - | (24 | ) | (74 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Stock compensation expense |
- | - | 6,561 | - | - | - | - | 6,561 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Exercise of options |
33,851 | - | 450 | - | - | - | - | 450 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Redemption of options |
(15,985 | ) | - | (346 | ) | - | - | - | - | (346 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of performance based restricted stock units |
105,032 | 1 | 75 | - | - | - | - | 76 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Redemption of performance based restricted stock units |
(34,704 | ) | - | (800 | ) | - | - | - | - | (800 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of restricted stock units |
40,910 | - | 2 | - | - | - | - | 2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Redemption of restricted stock units |
(8,590 | ) | - | (195 | ) | - | - | - | - | (195 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Settlement of call options, net of tax of $28 |
- | - | 86 | - | - | - | - | 86 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Dividends |
- | - | - | - | - | (4,710 | ) | - | (4,710 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net income |
- | - | - | - | - | 38,462 | (681 | ) | 37,781 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Ending balance December 31, 2023 |
17,605,677 | $ | 199 | $ | 119,075 | $ | (78,093 | ) | $ | (2,648 | ) | $ | 112,443 | $ | 1,030 | $ | 152,006 | |||||||||||||||
| Unrealized loss on MSA investments, net of tax of $9 |
- | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | $ | (17 | ) | $ | - | $ | - | $ | (17 | ) | |||||||||||||||
| Unrealized loss on derivative instruments, net of tax of $54 |
- | - | - | - | (173 | ) | - | - | (173 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Foreign currency translation, net of tax of $0 |
- | - | - | - | (115 | ) | - | (82 | ) | (197 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Unrealized gain on investments, net of tax of $0 |
- | - | - | - | 50 | - | - | 50 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Acquisition of non-controlling interest |
- | - | - | - | - | - | 750 | 750 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Stock compensation expense |
- | - | 7,243 | - | - | - | - | 7,243 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Exercise of options |
132,572 | 1 | 2,806 | - | - | - | - | 2,807 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Redemption of options |
(9,735 | ) | - | (335 | ) | - | - | - | - | (335 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of performance based restricted stock units |
129,316 | 1 | - | - | - | - | - | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Redemption of performance based restricted stock units |
(48,170 | ) | - | (1,212 | ) | - | - | - | - | (1,212 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of restricted stock units |
106,249 | 1 | 78 | - | - | - | - | 79 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Redemption of restricted stock units |
(31,483 | ) | - | (993 | ) | - | - | - | - | (993 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Cost of repurchased common stock |
(154,945 | ) | - | - | (5,051 | ) | - | - | - | (5,051 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Dividends |
- | - | - | - | - | (5,088 | ) | - | (5,088 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net income |
- | - | - | - | - | 39,809 | 701 | 40,510 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Ending balance December 31, 2024 |
17,729,481 | $ | 202 | $ | 126,662 | $ | (83,144 | ) | $ | (2,903 | ) | $ | 147,164 | $ | 2,399 | $ | 190,380 | |||||||||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
Turning Point Brands, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(dollars in thousands, except where designated and per share data)
Note 1. Organizations and Basis of Presentation
Description of Business
Turning Point Brands, Inc., including its subsidiaries (collectively referred to herein as the “Company,” “we,” “our,” or “us”), is a leading manufacturer, marketer and distributor of branded consumer products. The Company sells a wide range of products to adult consumers consisting of staple products with its iconic brands Zig-Zag® and Stoker’s® and its next generation products to fulfill evolving consumer preferences. The Company's segments are led by its core proprietary and iconic brands: Zig-Zag® and Stoker’s® along with FRE®, Beech-Nut® and Trophy®. The Company’s products are available in more than 220,000 retail outlets in North America. The Company operates two segments, Zig-Zag products and Stoker’s products.
Contribution of Creative Distribution Solutions
On January 2, 2025, the Company contributed 100% of its interest in South Beach Brands LLC ("SBB"), the subsidiary that owns and operates the Company’s Creative Distribution Solutions (“CDS”) segment, to General Wireless Operations, Inc. (“GWO”) in exchange for 49% of the issued and outstanding GWO common stock. GWO is a joint venture between the Company and Standard General, LP entered into in December 2018. The Company will provide certain transition services to GWO in connection with the operation of SBB on an arm’s length basis.
For all periods presented in these consolidated financial statements, the assets and liabilities associated with the CDS disposal group have been classified as held for sale in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and its operations have been classified as discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statements of Income and Cash Flows. See Note 3, "Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations" for additional information regarding the CDS divestiture, including the assets and liabilities held for sale and the loss from discontinued operations. Unless otherwise noted, disclosures in the notes to these consolidated financial statements relate solely to the Company's continuing operations.
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“U.S. GAAP”) and Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) regulations. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the dates of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The Company’s estimates include those affecting the valuation of goodwill and other intangible assets, the fair value of assets held for sale, deferred income tax valuation allowances, the valuation of investments and the valuation of inventory, including reserves.
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation. The changes did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows in any of the periods presented.
Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its subsidiaries, all of which are wholly-owned, and variable interest entities (“VIEs”) for which the Company is considered to have a controlling interest based on the voting interest entity model or the variable interest entity model. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated.
U.S. GAAP requires the Company to identify entities for which control is achieved through means other than voting rights and to determine whether the Company is the primary beneficiary of VIEs. A VIE is broadly defined as an entity with one or more of the following characteristics: (a) the total equity investment at risk is insufficient to finance the entity’s activities without additional subordinated financial support; (b) as a group, the holders of the equity investment at risk lack (i) the ability to make decisions about the entity’s activities through voting or similar rights, (ii) the obligation to absorb the expected losses of the entity, or (iii) the right to receive the expected residual returns of the entity; and (c) the equity investors have voting rights that are not proportional to their economic interests, and substantially all of the entity’s activities either involve, or are conducted on behalf of, an investor that has disproportionately few voting rights. The Company consolidates its investment in a VIE when it determines that it is the VIE’s primary beneficiary. The Company may change its original assessment of a VIE upon subsequent events such as the modification of contractual arrangements that affects the characteristics or adequacy of the entity’s equity investments at risk and the disposition of all or a portion of an interest held by the primary beneficiary.
The primary beneficiary of a VIE is the entity that has both: (i) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance; and (ii) the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits of the VIE that could be significant to the entity. The Company performs this analysis on an ongoing basis.
Management of the Company has determined that Turning Point Brands Canada and ALP Supply Co, LLC ("ALP") are VIEs for which the Company is required to consolidate. The Company has a controlling financial interest of 65% equity in Turning Point Brands Canada, provides additional subordinated financing, and has a distribution agreement for the sale of the Company’s products that makes up a significant portion of Turning Point Brands Canada’s business activities. The Company has a 50% equity interest in ALP, provides additional financing, has a supply agreement to be the exclusive provider of product and is the primary beneficiary due to the power the Company has over the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance, and the right to receive benefits and the obligation to absorb losses. See Note 4,"Joint Venture Agreement" for additional information on the current year ALP transaction.
Revenue Recognition
The Company recognizes revenues in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which includes excise taxes and shipping and handling charges billed to customers, net of cash discounts for prompt payment, sales returns and incentives, upon delivery of goods to the customer – at which time the Company’s performance obligation is satisfied - at an amount that the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods in accordance with the five-step analysis outlined in Topic 606: (i) identify the contract with the customer, (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract, (iii) determine the transaction price, (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations, and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) performance obligations are satisfied. The Company includes in its transaction price excise taxes on smokeless tobacco, cigars or other nicotine products billed to customers, and excludes sales taxes and value-added taxes imposed at the time of sale.
The Company records an allowance for sales returns, based principally on historical volume and return rates, which is included in accrued liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company records sales incentives, which consist of consumer incentives and trade promotion activities, as a reduction in revenues (a portion of which is based on amounts estimated to be due to wholesalers, retailers and consumers at the end of the period) based principally on historical volume and utilization rates. Expected payments for sales incentives are included in accrued liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.
A further requirement of ASC 606 is for entities to disaggregate revenue recognized from contracts with customers into categories that depict how the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. The Company’s management views business performance through segments that closely resemble the performance of major product lines. Thus, the primary and most useful disaggregation of the Company’s contract revenue for decision making purposes is the disaggregation by segment which can be found in Note 21, “Segment Information”.
Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations
The Company classifies assets and liabilities to be sold (disposal group) as held for sale in the period when all of the applicable criteria are met, including: (i) management commits to a plan to sell, (ii) the disposal group is available to sell in its present condition, (iii) there is an active program to locate a buyer, (iv) the disposal group is being actively marketed at a reasonable price in relation to its fair value, (v) significant changes to the plan to sell are unlikely, and (vi) the sale of the disposal group is generally probable of being completed within one year.
Assets and liabilities held for sale are presented separately within the Consolidated Balance Sheets with any adjustments necessary to measure the disposal group at the lower of its carrying value or fair value less costs to sell. Depreciation of property, plant and equipment and amortization of intangible and right-of-use assets are not recorded while these assets are classified as held for sale. For each period the disposal group remains classified as held for sale, its recoverability is reassessed, and any necessary adjustments are made to its carrying value.
The Company reports the results of operations of a business as discontinued operations if a disposal represents a strategic shift that will have a major effect on its operations and financial results. The results of discontinued operations are reported as Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the current and prior periods commencing in the period in which the held for sale criteria are met. Loss from discontinued operations includes direct costs attributable to the divested business and excludes any cost allocations associated with any shared or corporate functions. Loss from discontinued operations will include any gain or loss recognized upon disposition or from any adjustment of the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities of the discontinued operations to fair value less costs to sell while classified as held for sale.
Derivative Instruments
The Company enters into foreign currency forward contracts to hedge a portion of its exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates on inventory purchase commitments. The Company accounts for its forward contracts under the provisions of ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging. Under the Company’s policy, the Company may hedge up to 100% of its anticipated purchases of inventory in the denominated invoice currency over a forward period not to exceed twelve months. The Company may also, from time to time, hedge up to 100% of its non-inventory purchases (e.g., production equipment) in the denominated invoice currency. Forward contracts that qualify as hedges are adjusted to their fair value through other comprehensive income as determined by market prices on the measurement date, except any hedge ineffectiveness which is recognized currently in income. Gains and losses on these forward contracts are reclassified from other comprehensive income into inventory as the related inventories are received and are transferred to net income as inventory is sold. Changes in fair value of any contracts that do not qualify for hedge accounting or are not designated as hedges are recognized currently in income.
Shipping Costs
The Company records shipping costs incurred as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses. Shipping costs incurred were approximately $17.9 million, $16.0 million, and $14.0 million in 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.
Research and Development and Quality Assurance Costs
Research and development and quality assurance costs are expensed as incurred. These expenses, classified as selling, general and administrative expenses, were approximately $1.3 million, $0.6 million, and $0.6 million in 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers any highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less from the date of purchase to be cash equivalents.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. Leaf tobacco is presented in current assets in accordance with standard industry practice, notwithstanding the fact that such tobaccos are carried longer than one year for the purpose of curing.
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the life of the leases for leasehold improvements (4 to 7 years for machinery, equipment and furniture, 10 to 15 years for leasehold improvements, and up to 15 years for buildings and building improvements). Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. The costs of major renewals and improvements are capitalized and depreciated over their estimated useful lives. Upon disposition of fixed assets, the costs and related accumulated depreciation amounts are relieved. Any resulting gain or loss is reflected in operations during the period of disposition. Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment when changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
The Company follows the provisions of ASC 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other in accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually on December 31, or more frequently if certain indicators are present.
When testing goodwill for impairment, the Company has the option to first perform qualitative testing to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If the Company chooses not to complete a qualitative assessment for a given reporting unit or if the initial assessment indicates that it is more likely than not that the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, additional quantitative testing is required. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in the amount by which the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, limited to the amount of goodwill at the reporting unit. The Company determines fair values for each of the reporting units using a combination of the income approach and/or market approach. Under the income approach, fair value is determined based on the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at an appropriate risk-adjusted rate. Under the market approach, the Company selects peer sets based on close competitors and reviews the revenue and EBITDA multiples to determine the fair value. See Note 11, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” for further information on goodwill.
Indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment at least annually; however, these tests are performed more frequently when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset may be impaired. Impairment exists when carrying value exceeds fair value. The Company’s fair value methodology is primarily based on the relief from royalty approach.
Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives, generally on a straight-line basis for periods ranging primarily from 3.5 to 15 years. The Company continually evaluates the reasonableness of the useful lives of these assets.
Fair Value
U.S. GAAP establishes a framework for measuring fair value. That framework provides a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3).
The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under U.S. GAAP are described below:
| • |
Level 1 – Inputs to the valuation methodology are unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets at the measurement date. |
| • |
Level 2 – Inputs to the valuation methodology include: quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability; and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means. |
| • |
Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. |
Equity Investments
The Company's investments include equity securities, which are accounted for at cost and under the equity method of accounting.
For equity investments that do not qualify to be accounted for under the equity method of accounting and that do not have a readily determinable fair value, the Company has elected a practical expedient to record the investment at the original cost, as adjusted for impairment and observable price changes. Under the practical expedient, if a qualitative analysis indicates impairment exists, the fair value of the investment is required to be estimated and any excess of the carrying value over the estimated fair value is recognized as an impairment loss.
Equity investments accounted for under the equity method of accounting are assessed for impairment when events or circumstances suggest that any loss in value of the investment may be other than temporary. A loss in value of an investment is other than temporary when evidence of a loss in value indicates the absence of an ability to recover the carrying amount of the investment or inability of the investee to sustain an earnings capacity that would justify the carrying amount of the investment.
In the absence of observable data, the Company estimates the fair values of these investments using a market approach derived from applying market multiples of comparable public companies to the financial results of each investment. The valuation methodology and the significant assumptions used by management in estimating the fair values of each investment involve a high degree of judgment and may involve the use of third-party valuation specialists.
Deferred Financing Costs
Deferred financing costs are amortized over the terms of the related debt obligations using the straight-line method. Unamortized amounts are expensed upon extinguishment of the related borrowings. Deferred financing costs are presented as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability except for deferred financing costs relating to our revolving credit facility, which are presented as an asset.
Income Taxes
The Company records the effects of income taxes under the liability method in which deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on the difference between the financial and tax basis of assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. The Company assesses its ability to realize future benefits of deferred tax assets by determining if they meet the “more likely than not” criteria in ASC 740, Income Taxes. If the Company determines that future benefits do not meet the “more likely than not” criteria, a valuation allowance is recorded.
Advertising and Promotion
Advertising and promotion costs, including point of sale materials, are expensed as incurred and amounted to $12.0 million, $7.6 million, and $6.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company measures stock-based compensation costs related to its stock options on the fair value-based method under the provisions of ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation. The fair value-based method requires compensation cost for stock options to be recognized over the requisite service period based on the fair value of stock options granted. The Company determined the fair value of these awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.
The Company grants performance-based restricted stock units (“PRSU”) subject to both performance-based and service-based vesting conditions. The fair value of each PRSU is the Company’s stock price on the date of grant. For purposes of recognizing compensation expense as services are rendered in accordance with ASC 718, the Company assumes all employees involved in the PRSU grant will provide service through the end of the performance period. Stock compensation expense is recorded based on the probability of achievement of the performance conditions specified in the PRSU grant.
The Company grants restricted stock units (“RSU”) subject to service-based vesting conditions. The fair value of each RSU is the Company’s stock price on the date of grant. The Company recognizes compensation expense as services are rendered in accordance with ASC 718. Stock compensation expense is recorded over the service period in the RSU grant.
Risks and Uncertainties
Manufacturers and sellers of tobacco products are subject to regulation at the federal, state, and local levels. Such regulations include, among others, labeling requirements, limitations on advertising, and prohibition of sales to minors. The tobacco industry is likely to continue to be heavily regulated. There can be no assurance as to the ultimate content, timing, or effect of any regulation of tobacco products by any federal, state, or local legislative or regulatory body, nor can there be any assurance that any such legislation or regulation would not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. In a number of states targeted flavor bans have been proposed or enacted legislatively or by the administrative process. Depending on the number and location of such bans, that legislation or regulation could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) continues to consider various restrictive regulations around our products, including targeted flavor bans; however, the details, timing, and ultimate implementation of such measures remain unclear.
The tobacco industry has experienced, and is experiencing, significant product liability litigation. Most tobacco liability lawsuits have been brought against manufacturers and sellers of cigarettes for injuries allegedly caused by smoking or exposure to smoke. However, several lawsuits have been brought against manufacturers and sellers of smokeless products for injuries to health allegedly caused by use of smokeless products. Typically, such claims assert that use of smokeless products is addictive and causes oral cancer. There can be no assurance the Company will not sustain losses in connection with such lawsuits and that such losses will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
Master Settlement Agreement (MSA)
Forty-six states, certain U.S. territories, and the District of Columbia are parties to the Master Settlement Agreement (“MSA”) and the Smokeless Tobacco Master Settlement Agreement (“STMSA”). To the Company’s knowledge, signatories to the MSA include 49 cigarette manufacturers and/or distributors. The only signatory to the STMSA is US Smokeless Tobacco Company. In the Company’s opinion, the fundamental basis for each agreement is the states’ consents to withdraw all claims for monetary, equitable, and injunctive relief against certain tobacco products manufacturers and others and, in return, the signatories have agreed to certain marketing restrictions and regulations as well as certain payment obligations.
Pursuant to the MSA and subsequent states’ statutes, a “cigarette manufacturer” (which is defined to also include make-your-own ("MYO") cigarette tobacco) has the option of either becoming a signatory to the MSA or opening, funding, and maintaining an escrow account, with sub-accounts on behalf of each settling state. The STMSA has no similar provisions. The MSA escrow accounts are governed by states’ statutes that expressly give the manufacturers the option of opening, funding, and maintaining an escrow account in lieu of becoming a signatory to the MSA. The statutes require companies who are not signatories to the MSA to deposit, on an annual basis, into qualified banks, escrow funds based on the number of cigarettes or cigarette equivalents, i.e., the pounds of MYO tobacco, sold. The purpose of these statutes is expressly stated to be to eliminate the cost disadvantage the settling manufacturers have as a result of entering into the MSA. Such companies are entitled to direct the investment of the escrowed funds and withdraw any appreciation, but cannot withdraw the principal for twenty-five years from the year of each annual deposit, except to withdraw funds deposited pursuant to an individual state’s escrow statute to pay a final judgment to that state’s plaintiffs in the event of such a final judgment against the company. Either option – becoming an MSA signatory or establishing an escrow account – is permissible.
The Company chose to open and fund an MSA escrow account as its means of compliance. It is management’s opinion, due to the possibility of future federal or state regulations, though none have to date been enacted, that entering into one or both of the settlement agreements or establishing and maintaining an escrow account would not necessarily prevent future regulations from having a material adverse effect on the results of operations, financial position, and cash flows of the Company.
Various states have enacted or proposed complementary legislation intended to curb the activity of certain manufacturers and importers of cigarettes that are selling into MSA states without signing the MSA or who have failed to properly establish and fund a qualifying escrow account. To the best of the Company’s knowledge, no such statute has been enacted which could inadvertently and negatively impact the Company, which has been, and is currently, fully compliant with all applicable laws, regulations, and statutes. However, there can be no assurance that the enactment of any such complementary legislation in the future will not have a material adverse effect on the results of operations, financial position, or cash flows of the Company.
Pursuant to the MSA escrow account statutes, in order to be compliant with the MSA escrow requirements, companies selling products covered by the MSA are required to deposit such funds for each calendar year into a qualifying escrow account by April 15 of the following year. At December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company had on deposit approximately $32.1 million, the fair value of which was approximately $28.7 million. During 2024, no monies were deposited into this qualifying escrow account. The investment vehicles available to the Company are specified in the state escrow agreements and are limited to low-risk government securities.
The Company discontinued its generic category of MYO in 2019 and its Zig-Zag branded MYO cigarette smoking tobacco in 2017. Thus, pending a change in MSA legislation, the Company has no remaining product lines covered by the MSA and will not be required to make future escrow deposits.
The Company has chosen to invest a portion of the MSA escrow, from time to time, in U.S. Government securities including Treasury inflation-protected securities, Treasury notes and Treasury bonds. These investments are classified as available-for-sale and carried at fair value. Realized losses are prohibited under the MSA; thus, any investment with an unrealized loss position will be held until the value is recovered, or until maturity.
Fair values for the U.S. Governmental agency obligations are Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy. The following tables show cost and estimated fair value of the assets held in the MSA account, respectively, as well as the maturities of the U.S. Governmental agency obligations held in such account for the periods indicated.
| As of December 31, 2024 |
As of December 31, 2023 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Gross |
Gross |
Estimated |
Gross |
Gross |
Estimated |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Unrealized |
Unrealized |
Fair |
Unrealized |
Unrealized |
Fair |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cost |
Gains |
Losses |
Value |
Cost |
Gains |
Losses |
Value |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 1,961 | $ | - | $ | - | $ | 1,961 | $ | 1,929 | $ | - | $ | - | $ | 1,929 | ||||||||||||||||
| U.S. Governmental agency obligations (unrealized position < 12 months) |
4,168 | 11 | (48 | ) | 4,131 | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| U.S. Governmental agency obligations (unrealized position > 12 months) |
25,944 | 95 | (3,455 | ) | 22,584 | 30,144 | - | (3,389 | ) | 26,755 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total |
$ | 32,073 | $ | 106 | $ | (3,503 | ) | $ | 28,676 | $ | 32,073 | $ | - | $ | (3,389 | ) | $ | 28,684 | ||||||||||||||
| As of |
||||
| December 31, 2024 |
||||
| Less than one year |
$ | 250 | ||
| One to five years |
14,771 | |||
| Five to ten years |
13,136 | |||
| Greater than ten years |
1,955 | |||
| Total |
$ | 30,112 | ||
The following shows the amount of deposits by sales year for the MSA escrow account:
| Deposits as of December 31, |
||||||||
| Sales Year |
2024 |
2023 |
||||||
| 1999 |
$ | 211 | $ | 211 | ||||
| 2000 |
1,017 | 1,017 | ||||||
| 2001 |
1,673 | 1,673 | ||||||
| 2002 |
2,271 | 2,271 | ||||||
| 2003 |
4,249 | 4,249 | ||||||
| 2004 |
3,714 | 3,714 | ||||||
| 2005 |
4,553 | 4,553 | ||||||
| 2006 |
3,847 | 3,847 | ||||||
| 2007 |
4,167 | 4,167 | ||||||
| 2008 |
3,364 | 3,364 | ||||||
| 2009 |
1,619 | 1,619 | ||||||
| 2010 |
406 | 406 | ||||||
| 2011 |
193 | 193 | ||||||
| 2012 |
199 | 199 | ||||||
| 2013 |
173 | 173 | ||||||
| 2014 |
143 | 143 | ||||||
| 2015 |
101 | 101 | ||||||
| 2016 |
91 | 91 | ||||||
| 2017 |
82 | 82 | ||||||
| Total |
$ | 32,073 | $ | 32,073 | ||||
Concentration of Credit Risk: At December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company had bank deposits, including MSA escrow accounts, in excess of federally insured limits of approximately $47.4 million and $119.0 million, respectively. During 2024 and 2023, the Company invested a portion of the MSA escrow accounts in U.S. Government securities including TIPS, Treasury notes, and Treasury bonds.
The Company sells its products to distributors, retail establishments, and consumers throughout the U.S. and also sells Zig-Zag® premium cigarette papers in Canada and some smaller quantities in other countries. For 2024, the Company had one customer that accounted for 10.2% of net sales. There were no customers that accounted for more than 10% of net sales for 2023 or 2022. The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral on trade receivables. Historically, the Company has not experienced significant credit losses.
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable are recognized at their net realizable value. All accounts receivable are trade related, recorded at the invoiced amount, and do not bear interest. The Company maintains allowances for credit losses for estimated uncollectible invoices resulting from a customer’s inability to pay (bankruptcy, out of business, etc., i.e. “bad debt” which results in write-offs). The activity of allowance for credit losses for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 is as follows:
| 2024 |
2023 |
2022 |
||||||||||
| Balance at beginning of period |
$ | 78 | $ | 40 | $ | 29 | ||||||
| Additions to allowance account during period |
23 | 38 | 24 | |||||||||
| Deductions of allowance account during period |
(35 | ) | - | (13 | ) | |||||||
| Balance at end of period |
$ | 66 | $ | 78 | $ | 40 | ||||||
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Recently adopted
In November 2023, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued guidance that enhances reportable segment disclosures by requiring disclosure of significant reportable segment expenses and other items regularly provided to the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) and included within measures of a segment’s profit or loss. Additional requirements include the title and position of the CODM and an explanation of how the CODM uses the reported measure of a segment’s profit or loss to assess performance and allocate resources, and the amount and composition of other segment items necessary to reconcile segment revenue, significant expenses, and the reported measure of profit or loss. The Company adopted this guidance retrospectively beginning with its fiscal 2024 annual financial statements. See Note 21, "Segment Information" for the additional disclosures required by this guidance.
Issued but not yet adopted
In December 2023, the FASB issued guidance which enhances income tax disclosures to require reporting entities to disclose annual income taxes paid, net of refunds, disaggregated by federal, state, and foreign taxes and to provide additional disaggregated information for individual jurisdictions under certain conditions. The guidance also requires disclosure of amounts and percentages in the annual rate reconciliation table, rather than amounts or percentages, and will eliminate certain existing disclosure requirements related to uncertain tax positions and unrecognized deferred tax liabilities. This guidance will be effective for the Company beginning with its fiscal 2025 annual financial statements, with early adoption permitted. The guidance may be applied prospectively, while retrospective application is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this guidance and expects its incremental disclosures will likely be provided on a prospective basis upon adoption.
In November 2024, the FASB issued guidance requiring reporting entities to disclose in the notes to the financial statements, specified information about certain categories of expenses including purchases of inventory, employee compensation, depreciation and amortization for each caption on the income statement where such expenses are included. This guidance will be effective for the Company beginning with its fiscal 2027 annual financial statements and interim periods thereafter. Early adoption is permitted, in addition to either prospective or retrospective application. The Company is currently assessing the impact and extent to which this guidance will affect its disclosures.
Note 3. Assets and Liabilities Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations
On January 2, 2025, the Company entered into an agreement to contribute 100% of its interest in SBB, the subsidiary that owns and operates the Company’s CDS segment, to GWO in exchange for 49% of the issued and outstanding GWO common stock on a fully-diluted basis. GWO is a joint venture between the Company and Standard General, LP entered into in December 2018. Under certain circumstances the Company has the right to redeem the contribution of SSB from GWO at fair market value. In addition, the Company received an option with a 15-year term to purchase the remaining 51% of GWO at an exercise price initially set at $22.0 million, which decreases over time based on certain tax sharing payments to GWO.
The assets and liabilities associated with the CDS business have been classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2024, and its financial results are classified as discontinued operations and reported separately for all periods presented herein. With the strategic shift of the Company's operations, as a result of this transaction, the CDS segment has been classified as discontinued operations. As a result, the Company now has two reportable segments as disclosed in Note 21, "Segment Information".
Upon meeting the criteria for held for sale classification, the Company recorded a non-cash charge of $8.8 million with an equivalent valuation allowance against net assets held for sale to reduce the carrying value of the disposal group to fair value. Fair value of the disposal group utilized inputs within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, and was determined using both a market and an income approach.
The following table summarizes income from discontinued operations, net of tax, included in the Consolidated Statements of Income:
| For the years ended December 31, |
||||||||||||
| 2024 |
2023 |
2022 |
||||||||||
| Net sales |
$ | 59,051 | $ | 80,329 | $ | 93,784 | ||||||
| Cost of sales |
46,041 | 60,030 | 66,076 | |||||||||
| Gross profit |
13,010 | 20,299 | 27,708 | |||||||||
| Selling, general, and administrative expenses |
12,246 | 18,442 | 24,287 | |||||||||
| Loss on assets held for sale fair value adjustment |
8,801 | - | - | |||||||||
| Depreciation |
236 | 341 | 529 | |||||||||
| Amortization of other intangible assets |
1,843 | 1,899 | 1,386 | |||||||||
| Goodwill and intangible impairment loss |
- | - | 27,566 | |||||||||
| Operating loss from discontinued operations |
(10,116 | ) | (383 | ) | (26,060 | ) | ||||||
| Interest income |
(146 | ) | - | - | ||||||||
| Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes |
(9,970 | ) | (383 | ) | (26,060 | ) | ||||||
| Income tax benefit |
(2,453 | ) | (98 | ) | (6,131 | ) | ||||||
| Loss from discontinued operations |
$ | (7,517 | ) | $ | (285 | ) | $ | (19,929 | ) | |||
The following table summarizes the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities classified as held for sale and included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets:
| December 31, |
||||||||
| 2024 |
2023 |
|||||||
| Current assets |
||||||||
| Cash |
$ | 2,783 | $ | 1,161 | ||||
| Inventories, net |
5,813 | 7,262 | ||||||
| Other current assets |
2,874 | 3,844 | ||||||
| Current assets held for sale |
11,470 | 12,267 | ||||||
| Noncurrent assets |
||||||||
| Property, plant, and equipment, net |
- | 158 | ||||||
| Right of use assets |
51 | 121 | ||||||
| Other intangible assets, net |
12,609 | 14,452 | ||||||
| Allowance to adjust held for sale assets to fair value |
(8,801 | ) | - | |||||
| Noncurrent assets held for sale |
3,859 | 14,731 | ||||||
| Total assets held for sale |
$ | 15,329 | $ | 26,998 | ||||
| Current liabilities |
||||||||
| Accounts payable |
$ | 532 | $ | 613 | ||||
| Accrued liabilities |
1,517 | 1,596 | ||||||
| Current liabilities held for sale |
2,049 | 2,209 | ||||||
| Noncurrent liabilities |
||||||||
| Lease liabilities |
- | 52 | ||||||
| Noncurrent liabilities held for sale |
- | 52 | ||||||
| Total liabilities held for sale |
$ | 2,049 | $ | 2,261 | ||||
Note 4. Joint Venture Agreement
In September 2024, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company invested $0.8 million to acquire a 50% ownership interest in ALP Supply Co., LLC ("ALP"). Additionally, the Company has provided ALP with a $10.0 million line of credit. ALP is a joint venture established between the subsidiary and Last Country Ventures, LLC for the purpose of selling and distributing tobacco-free moist nicotine pouches in various strengths. Per the joint venture agreement, the Company's subsidiary will be responsible for selling products to ALP and providing warehousing and shipping services on its behalf. The Company has determined that ALP is a VIE and that it has a controlling financial interest requiring consolidation. As a result, the assets, liabilities and result of operations of ALP have been included in the Company's consolidated financial statements.
The assets and liabilities of ALP included in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2024 primarily include $5.3 million in cash, $0.9 million of inventory, $1.1 million of other assets, and accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $3.6 million inclusive of amounts payable to the Company of $3.2 million.
Note 5. Derivative Instruments
Foreign Currency
The Company’s policy is to manage the risks associated with foreign exchange rate movements. The policy allows hedging up to 100% of its anticipated purchases of inventory over a forward period that will not exceed 12 rolling and consecutive months. The Company may, from time to time, hedge currency for non-inventory purchases, e.g., production equipment, not to exceed 100% of the purchase price. During 2024, the Company executed various foreign exchange contracts which met hedge accounting requirements for the purchase of €3.6 million and sale of €3.6 million. During 2023, the Company executed various foreign exchange contract, which met hedge accounting requirements for the purchase of €20.1 million and sale of €15.2 million.
At December 31, 2024, the Company had foreign currency contracts outstanding for the purchase of €2.1 million and sale of €2.1 million. The fair value of the foreign currency contracts at December 31, 2024, resulted in an asset of $0.0 million included in Other current assets and a liability of $0.1 million included in Accrued liabilities. At December 31, 2023, the Company had foreign currency contracts outstanding for the purchase of €15.2 million and sale of €15.2 million. The fair value of the foreign currency contracts at December 31, 2023, resulted in an asset of $0.3 million included in Other current assets and a liability of $0.1 million included in Accrued liabilities. A $0.2 million gain, $0.9 million gain and $0.1 million loss were reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive loss to Cost of sales for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Note 6. Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The estimated fair value amounts have been determined by the Company using the methods and assumptions described below. However, considerable judgment is required to interpret market data to develop estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents are, by definition, short-term. Thus, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.
Accounts Receivable
The fair value of accounts receivable approximates their carrying value due to their short-term nature.
Long-Term Debt
The Company’s Senior Secured Notes bear interest at a rate of 5.625% per year. As of December 31, 2024, the fair value approximated $251.2 million, with a carrying value of $250 million. As of December 31, 2023, the fair value approximated $234.9 million with a carrying value of $250 million.
The Convertible Senior Notes with a carrying value of $118.5 million were retired with cash on July 15, 2024. As of December 31, 2023, the fair value approximated $114.7 million, with a carrying value of $118.5 million.
See Note 14, “Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt” for further information regarding the Company’s long-term debt.
Foreign Currency
The fair value of the Company’s foreign currency contracts are based upon quoted market prices for similar instruments, thus leading to a Level 2 classification within the fair value hierarchy. See Note 5, "Derivative Instruments", for further information regarding the Company's foreign currency contracts.
Note 7. Inventories
The components of inventories, net are as follows:
| December 31, |
December 31, |
|||||||
| 2024 |
2023 |
|||||||
| Raw materials and work in process |
$ | 7,699 | $ | 5,201 | ||||
| Leaf tobacco |
35,622 | 34,894 | ||||||
| Finished goods - Zig-Zag products |
38,042 | 41,783 | ||||||
| Finished goods - Stoker’s products |
12,966 | 8,109 | ||||||
| Other |
1,924 | 1,711 | ||||||
| Inventories |
$ | 96,253 | $ | 91,698 | ||||
The following represents the activity in the inventory valuation allowance for the years ended December 31:
| 2024 |
2023 |
2022 |
||||||||||
| Balance at beginning of period |
$ | (16,927 | ) | $ | (772 | ) | $ | (4,122 | ) | |||
| Charged to cost and expense |
(648 | ) | (17,370 | ) | (772 | ) | ||||||
| Deductions for inventory disposed |
- | 1,215 | 4,122 | |||||||||
| Balance at end of period |
$ | (17,575 | ) | $ | (16,927 | ) | $ | (772 | ) | |||
In December 2023, a third-party warehouse in Tennessee used to store some of the Company’s leaf tobacco incurred significant tornado damage resulting in damage to the leaf tobacco. As a result, the Company recorded a $15.2 million inventory reserve related to its leaf tobacco inventory, which is included in Other operating income, net in the Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended December 31, 2023. The leaf tobacco inventory is covered by the Company’s stock throughput insurance policy and the Company believes the inventory loss is probable of being fully recovered under the policy. As a result, the Company recorded a $15.2 million insurance recovery receivable which is included in Other current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
In 2022, the Company determined that the incorrect weight had been used in calculating the amount of federal excise tax assessed and paid on its imported MYO cigar wraps during the years 2019 - 2021. As a result, the Company filed a refund claim for $4.3 million with the Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau for the overpayment of federal excise taxes, which was approved and paid. The Company filed an additional claim for $1.7 million in 2023, which was approved and paid in 2024. The refunds are presented in Other operating income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
Note 8. Other Current Assets
Other current assets consists of:
| December 31, |
December 31, |
|||||||
| 2024 |
2023 |
|||||||
| Inventory deposits |
$ | 5,981 | $ | 3,612 | ||||
| Insurance deposit |
- | 3,000 | ||||||
| Prepaid taxes |
3,586 | 153 | ||||||
| Settlement receivable |
- | 4,000 | ||||||
| Insurance recovery receivable |
15,181 | 15,181 | ||||||
| Other |
9,952 | 10,991 | ||||||
| Total |
$ | 34,700 | $ | 36,937 | ||||
Note 9. Property, Plant and Equipment, Net
Property, plant and equipment consists of:
| December 31, |
December 31, |
|||||||
| 2024 |
2023 |
|||||||
| Land |
$ | 22 | $ | 22 | ||||
| Buildings and improvements |
4,216 | 3,956 | ||||||
| Leasehold improvements |
7,983 | 5,440 | ||||||
| Machinery and equipment |
31,207 | 29,645 | ||||||
| Furniture and fixtures |
4,723 | 5,765 | ||||||
| Gross property, plant and equipment |
48,151 | 44,828 | ||||||
| Accumulated depreciation |
(21,814 | ) | (19,686 | ) | ||||
| Property, plant and equipment, net |
$ | 26,337 | $ | 25,142 | ||||
Note 10. Deferred Financing Costs, Net
Deferred financing costs consist of:
| December 31, |
December 31, |
|||||||
| 2024 |
2023 |
|||||||
| Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization of $747 and $104, respectively |
$ | 1,823 | $ | 2,450 | ||||
Note 11. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
The following table summarizes goodwill by segment:
| Zig-Zag |
Stoker’s |
Total |
||||||||||
| Balance as of December 31, 2022 |
$ | 103,663 | $ | 32,590 | $ | 136,253 | ||||||
| Cumulative translation adjustment |
(3 | ) | - | (3 | ) | |||||||
| Balance as of December 31, 2023 |
$ | 103,660 | $ | 32,590 | $ | 136,250 | ||||||
| Cumulative translation adjustment |
(318 | ) | - | (318 | ) | |||||||
| Balance as of December 31, 2024 |
$ | 103,342 | $ | 32,590 | $ | 135,932 | ||||||
The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually as of December 31, or more frequently when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the fair value is below its carrying value. The Company performed a quantitative assessment in evaluating its Zig-Zag and Stoker’s reporting units for impairment as of December 31, 2024.
For the quantitative assessment, the Company used a discounted cash flow model (income approach) utilizing Level 3 unobservable inputs. The Company’s significant assumptions for the discount cash flow model include, but are not limited to, future cash flow projections, the weighted average cost of capital, the terminal growth rate, and the tax rate. The Company believes the current assumptions and estimates utilized in the discounted cash flow model are both reasonable and appropriate. The Company’s estimates of future cash flows are based on current regulatory and economic climates, recent operating results, and planned business strategies. These estimates could be negatively affected by changes in federal, state, or local regulations or economic downturns. Future cash flow estimates are, by their nature, subjective and actual results may differ materially from the Company’s estimates. If the Company’s ongoing estimates of future cash flows are not met or if discount rates change, the Company may have to record impairment charges in future periods. Based on the analysis performed, the Company concluded that no impairment exists for its Zig-Zag or Stoker's reporting units as of December 31, 2024.
In 2023, the Company performed a qualitative assessment in evaluating its Zig-Zag and Stoker’s reporting units. As part of that assessment, the Company considered macro and micro-economic indicators, changes in costs, overall financial performance and other relevant entity-specific events, and noted no indications of impairment. The Company also considered the significant excess of fair values over carrying values as determined in the 2022 quantitative assessment. The underlying assumptions utilized during the 2022 quantitative assessment remained sufficiently similar in 2023 and in line with Company projections. Accordingly, such underlying assumptions on which the previous fair values were based had not sufficiently changed from 2022 to suggest a material difference in the 2023 fair value assessments, and thus indicated that the fair values of the reporting units as of December 31, 2023 remained above their carrying amounts.
The following tables summarize information about the Company’s other intangible assets. Gross carrying amounts of indefinite-lived intangible assets are shown below:
| December 31, 2024 |
December 31, 2023 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
| Zig-Zag |
Stoker’s |
Total |
Zig-Zag |
Stoker’s |
Total |
|||||||||||||||||||
| Indefinite-lived intangible assets: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Trade names |
$ | - | $ | 8,500 | $ | 8,500 | $ | - | $ | 8,500 | $ | 8,500 | ||||||||||||
| Formulas |
42,245 | 53 | 42,298 | 42,245 | 53 | 42,298 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Total |
$ | 42,245 | $ | 8,553 | $ | 50,798 | $ | 42,245 | $ | 8,553 | $ | 50,798 | ||||||||||||
In 2024, the Company performed a quantitative assessment of its indefinite-lived intangible assets and noted no indicators of impairment as of December 31, 2024. The Company’s fair value methodology for the quantitative assessment is primarily based on the relief from royalty approach. Significant assumptions in this approach include, but are not limited to, projected revenue, the weighted average cost of capital and royalty rate.
In 2023, the Company performed a qualitative assessment of its indefinite-lived intangible assets. As part of this assessment, the Company evaluated whether indicators of impairment were present by considering macro and micro-economic factors, along with market and other relevant company-specific events and determined that there were no indications of impairment as of December 31, 2023. In January 2023, the Company transferred certain of its indefinite-lived formulas within the Zig-Zag segment to amortized intangible assets. The Company began to amortize the formula over its useful life of 15 years and, as a result, incurred additional amortization expense of $0.7 million in 2023. The effect of this change in estimate reduced 2023 net income by $0.4 million and reduced 2023 basic and diluted earnings per share by $0.02 per share. The estimated annual straight line amortization expense related to this transfer is $0.7 million per year for each of the next five years.
Amortized intangible assets consists of:
| Zig-Zag |
Stoker’s |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| December 31, |
December 31, |
December 31, |
December 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2024 |
2023 |
2024 |
2023 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Gross |
Accumulated |
Gross |
Accumulated |
Gross |
Accumulated |
Gross |
Accumulated |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Carrying |
Amortization |
Carrying |
Amortization |
Carrying |
Amortization |
Carrying |
Amortization |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Amortized intangible assets: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Trade names (useful life of 15 years) |
$ | 437 | $ | 45 | $ | 449 | $ | 10 | $ | 2,372 | $ | 791 | $ | 2,372 | $ | 633 | ||||||||||||||||
| Formulas (useful life of 15 years) |
9,972 | 1,330 | 9,972 | 665 | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Master distribution agreement (useful life of 15 years) |
5,489 | 1,648 | 5,489 | 1,281 | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total |
$ | 15,898 | $ | 3,023 | $ | 15,910 | $ | 1,956 | $ | 2,372 | $ | 791 | $ | 2,372 | $ | 633 | ||||||||||||||||
Annual amortization expense for the next five years is estimated to be approximately $1.2 million for 2025 and $4.8 million for 2026 through 2029, assuming no additional transactions occur that require the amortization of intangible assets.
Note 12. Other Assets
Other assets consists of:
| December 31, |
December 31, |
|||||||
| 2024 |
2023 |
|||||||
| Non-marketable equity investments |
$ | 1,231 | $ | 2,405 | ||||
| Debt security investment |
6,276 | 6,750 | ||||||
| Capitalized software |
7,409 | 5,923 | ||||||
| Captive investments - available-for-sale marketable securities |
5,487 | - | ||||||
| Other |
259 | 88 | ||||||
| Total |
$ | 20,662 | $ | 15,166 | ||||
Debt Security and Non-Marketable Equity Investments
The Company records its non-marketable equity investments without a readily determinable fair value, that are not accounted for under the equity method, at cost, with adjustments for impairment and observable price changes. Should assumptions underlying the determination of the fair values of the Company’s non-marketable equity and debt security investments change, it could result in material future impairment charges.
In January 2024, the Company invested $0.8 million to acquire an 18.7% stake in Teaza Energy, LLC (“TeaZa”). TeaZa is an innovative brand of flavorful oral pouch products that can be dipped or sipped, designed as a health-conscious alternative to high energy drinks and other conventional oral stimulants. The investment was comprised of $0.5 million in cash and a $0.3 million payable to be offset against the Company’s allocated portion of future profit distributions. The Company also has the option to purchase, at fair value, up to 100% of the equity interest from February 1, 2025 through June 30, 2026. The Company accounts for its investment in TeaZa using the equity method of accounting.
In July 2021, the Company invested $8.0 million in Old Pal Holding Company, LLC (“Old Pal”), with an additional $1.0 million invested in July 2022. The Company invested in the form of a convertible note which includes additional follow-on investment rights. Interest on the convertible note is payable annually in arrears in July of each year. Accrued interest of $0.2 million, $0.3 million and $0.3 million was rolled into the convertible note in July 2022, 2023 and 2024, respectively, resulting in a total investment of $9.8 million. Old Pal is a leading brand in the cannabis lifestyle space that operates a non-plant touching licensing model. The convertible note bears an interest rate of 3.0% per year and matures July 31, 2027. Interest and principal not paid to date are receivable at maturity. Old Pal has the option to extend the maturity date of the convertible note in one-year increments. The interest rate is subject to change based on Old Pal reaching certain sales thresholds. The weighted average interest rate on the convertible note was 3.0% as of December 31, 2024 and 2023. Old Pal has the option to convert the note into shares once sales reach a certain threshold. The conditions required to allow Old Pal to convert the note were not met as of December 31, 2024. Additionally, the Company has the right to convert the note into shares at any time. The Company has classified the debt security with Old Pal as available for sale. The Company reports interest income on available for sale debt securities in interest income in our Consolidated Statements of Income. The Company performs a qualitative assessment on a quarterly basis to determine if the fair value of the investment could be less than the amortized cost basis. In addition, the Company utilizes a third-party to perform a quantitative assessment to determine fair value using a Monte Carlo simulation (Level 3) when indicated, and at least bi-annually. Based upon a quantitative fair value assessment, the Company determined the fair value to be $6.4 million, $6.9 million and $7.9 million as of December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The Company recorded an allowance for credit losses of $0.8 million, $1.3 million and $1.4 million included in investment loss for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The Company has recorded an accrued interest receivable of $0.1 million and $0.1 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, in Other current assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.
In April 2021, the Company invested in Docklight Brands, Inc. (“Docklight”). In 2023, based on Docklight’s financial results, a decline in the revenue multiples for comparable public companies, and a significant change in Docklight’s business model, the Company deemed the investment in Docklight fully impaired resulting in a loss of $8.7 million which was recorded in investment loss for the year ended December 31, 2023. Fair value was determined using a valuation derived from relevant revenue multiples (Level 3). There were no purchases of inventory from, or amounts payable to Docklight Brands, Inc. at December 31, 2024 and 2023.
In October 2020, the Company acquired a 20% stake in Wild Hempettes, LLC (“Wild Hempettes”). In 2023, based on Wild Hempettes' financial results, the Company deemed its investment in Wild Hempettes to be impaired resulting in a $2.2 million impairment charge included in investment loss for the year ended December 31, 2023. Fair value for the Company’s share of investment in Wild Hempettes was determined using a valuation derived from relevant revenue multiples (Level 3). In 2024, the Company reached an agreement to return its 20% equity stake to Wild Hempettes for no consideration resulting in an impairment charge of $0.3 million recorded in investment loss for the year ended December 31, 2024. The Company accounted for its 20% share of Wild Hempettes using the equity method of accounting. There were no purchases of inventory from, or amounts payable to Wild Hempettes at December 31, 2024 and 2023. The Company had a $0.2 million receivable from Wild Hempettes at December 31, 2023 for the return of previously purchased and paid for product.
In October 2020, the Company invested in BOMANI Cold Buzz, LLC (“Bomani”). In 2024, due to market conditions in the cold brew, alcohol-infused caffeinated beverages industry, the Company has determined that the fair value of Bomani is zero, and thus recorded a $1.8 million impairment which is included in investment loss for the year ended December 31, 2024. There were no purchases of inventory from, or amounts payable to Bomani at December 31, 2024 and 2023.
In December 2018, the Company acquired a minority ownership position in General Wireless Operations, Inc. from 5G gaming LLC for $0.4 million. In December 2024, the Company entered into an agreement to contribute 100% of its interest in SBB, the subsidiary that owns and operates the Company’s CDS segment, to General Wireless Operations, Inc. in exchange for 49% of the issued and outstanding GWO common stock. See Note 3, "Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations" for more information regarding the disposal of the Company's CDS business. There were no amounts payable to General Wireless Operations, Inc. at December 31, 2024 and 2023.
In October 2020, the Company invested $15.0 million in dosist™ (“Dosist”), a global cannabinoid company. In 2021, based on the financial results of Dosist and the overall cannabinoid market, the Company deemed its investment was impaired resulting in a loss of $7.1 million recorded in investment loss for the year ended December 31, 2021. In 2022, after a contemplated sale of the assets of Dosist did not occur, Dosist entered into an agreement with a new buyer receiving the assets of Dosist for the assumption of its liabilities. As such, the Company considered its remaining investment in Dosist to be fully impaired and recorded an additional loss of $7.9 million in investment loss for the year ended December 31, 2022.
The Company had a minority ownership position in Canadian American Standard Hemp (“CASH”). CASH is headquartered in Warwick, Rhode Island, and manufactures cannabidiol isolate (“CBD”) developed through highly efficient and proprietary processes. In 2022, as a result of a significant decline in the enterprise value, the Company determined that the fair value of the investment was $0.0 and fully impaired the investment. The impairment resulted in a loss of $4.3 million which is recorded in investment loss for the year ended December 31, 2022.
Captive Investments - Available-for-Sale Marketable Securities
In December 2023, the Company formed a captive insurance company, Interchange, IC, incorporated in the District of Columbia, to write a portion of its insurance coverage, including with respect to general product, and officer and director liability coverages under deductible reinsurance policies. Interchange, IC is a fully licensed captive insurance company holding a certificate of authority from the District of Columbia Department of Insurance, Securities and Banking. Interchange, IC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Turning Point Brands and is consolidated in the Company’s financial statements.
The investments held within the captive insurance company are not available for operating activities and are carried at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2024. They consist of money market, stocks, corporate bonds, government securities and real estate investment trusts. The Company believes any investments held with gross unrealized losses to be temporary and not the result of credit risk.
The Company’s captive investments are summarized in the following table (excludes money market funds):
| As of December 31, 2024 |
||||||||||||
| Amortized Cost |
Gross Unrealized Gains (Losses) |
Estimated Fair Value |
||||||||||
| Stocks |
$ | 1,517 | $ | 9 | 1,526 | |||||||
| Exchange traded funds |
1,189 | (5 | ) | 1,184 | ||||||||
| Corporate Bonds |
2,383 | 50 | 2,433 | |||||||||
| Real estate investment trusts |
343 | 1 | 344 | |||||||||
| Total |
$ | 5,432 | $ | 55 | $ | 5,487 | ||||||
The following table summarizes the fair value of the Company's captive investments by contractual maturity:
| As of |
||||
| December 31, 2024 |
||||
| Due within one year |
$ | 2,242 | ||
| Due in one to five years |
191 | |||
| Stocks, real estate investment trusts and exchange traded funds |
3,054 | |||
| Total investments at fair value |
$ | 5,487 | ||
Note 13. Accrued Liabilities
Accrued liabilities consists of:
| December 31, |
December 31, |
|||||||
| 2024 |
2023 |
|||||||
| Accrued payroll and related items |
$ | 9,564 | $ | 6,599 | ||||
| Customer returns and allowances |
5,160 | 5,064 | ||||||
| Taxes payable |
358 | 3,413 | ||||||
| Lease liabilities |
3,121 | 2,608 | ||||||
| Accrued interest |
5,473 | 6,682 | ||||||
| Other |
7,420 | 7,686 | ||||||
| Total |
$ | 31,096 | $ | 32,052 | ||||
Note 14. Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt
Notes payable and long-term debt consists of the following in order of preference:
| December 31, |
December 31, |
|||||||
| 2024 |
2023 |
|||||||
| 2026 Notes |
$ | 250,000 | $ | 250,000 | ||||
| Convertible Senior Notes |
- | 118,541 | ||||||
| Gross notes payable and long-term debt |
250,000 | 368,541 | ||||||
| Less deferred financing costs |
(1,396 | ) | (3,183 | ) | ||||
| Less current maturities |
- | (58,294 | ) | |||||
| Notes payable and long-term debt |
$ | 248,604 | $ | 307,064 | ||||
The components of interest expense, net consists of the following:
| For the years ended December 31, |
||||||||||||
| 2024 |
2023 |
2022 |
||||||||||
| Interest expense |
$ | 18,526 | $ | 21,028 | $ | 21,920 | ||||||
| Interest income |
(4,543 | ) | (6,383 | ) | (2,396 | ) | ||||||
| Interest expense, net |
$ | 13,983 | $ | 14,645 | $ | 19,524 | ||||||
2026 Notes
On February 11, 2021, we closed a private offering of $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 5.625% senior secured notes due 2026 (the “2026 Notes”). The 2026 Notes incurred interest at a rate of 5.625%. Interest on the 2026 Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing on August 15, 2021.We used the proceeds from the offering (i) to repay all obligations under and terminate the 2018 First Lien Credit Facility, (ii) to pay related fees, costs and expenses and (iii) for general corporate purposes.
Obligations under the 2026 Notes were guaranteed by the Company’s existing and future wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries (the “Guarantors”) that guarantee any credit facility (as defined in the indenture governing the 2026 Notes or the “2026 Notes Indenture”) or capital markets debt securities of the Company or Guarantors in excess of $15.0 million. The 2026 Notes and the related guarantees are secured by first-priority liens on substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Guarantors, subject to certain exceptions. We were in compliance with all covenants under the 2026 Notes as of December 31, 2024.
The 2026 Notes Indenture contains covenants that, among other things, restrict the ability of the Company and its restricted subsidiaries to: (i) grant or incur liens; (ii) incur, assume or guarantee additional indebtedness; (iii) sell or otherwise dispose of assets, including capital stock of subsidiaries; (iv) make certain investments; (v) pay dividends, make distributions or redeem or repurchase capital stock; (vi) engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and (vii) consolidate or merge with or into, or sell substantially all of our assets to another entity. These covenants are subject to a number of limitations and exceptions set forth in the Senior Secured Notes Indenture. For instance, the Company is generally permitted to make restricted payments, including the payment of dividends to shareholders, provided that, at the time of payment, or as a result of payment, the Company is not in default on its debt covenants; however, there are earnings and market capitalization requirements that if not met could limit the aggregate amount of quarterly dividends payable during a fiscal year. The 2026 Notes Indenture provides for customary events of default.
The Company incurred debt issuance costs attributable to the issuance of the 2026 Notes of $6.4 million which are amortized to interest expense using the straight-line method over the expected life of the 2026 Notes.
The 2026 Notes were redeemed on February 20, 2025. See Note 24, "Subsequent Events" for additional information.
2021 Revolving Credit Facility
In connection with the Offering, the Company also entered into a $25.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the “2021 Revolving Credit Facility”) with the lenders party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent. On May 10, 2023, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries, as guarantors, entered into an amendment (the “Amendment”) to the 2021 Revolving Credit Facility (as amended, the “Amended Revolving Credit Facility”). The Amendment includes certain modifications to the 2021 Revolving Credit Facility relating to the replacement of the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate with a Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) as the interest rate benchmark under the 2021 Revolving Credit Facility and adjusts certain other provisions to reflect current documentation standards and other agreed modifications.
On November 7, 2023, in connection with the entry by a subsidiary of the Company in a new asset-backed revolving credit facility, the Company terminated the Amended Revolving Credit Facility. See “2023 ABL Facility” below.
The Company incurred debt issuance costs attributable to the issuance of the Amended Revolving Credit Facility of $0.5 million, with a remaining $0.2 million written off to gain on debt extinguishment upon termination of the facility in 2023.
2023 ABL Facility
On November 7, 2023, TPB Specialty Finance, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (the “ABL Borrower”), entered into a new $75.0 million asset-backed revolving credit facility (the “2023 ABL Facility”), with the several lenders thereunder, and Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent (the “Administrative Agent”) and as collateral agent and First-Citizens Bank & Trust Company as additional collateral agent (the “Additional Collateral Agent”). Under the 2023 ABL Facility, the ABL Borrower may draw up to $75.0 million under revolving credit loans and last-in, last-out (“LILO”) loans. The 2023 ABL Facility includes a $40.0 million accordion feature. In connection with the 2023 ABL Facility, the Company contributed certain existing inventory to the ABL Borrower. The 2023 ABL Facility is secured on a first-priority basis (subject to customary exceptions) by all assets of the ABL Borrower.
The 2023 ABL Facility contains customary borrowing conditions including a borrowing base equal to the sum of (a) the lesser of (1) 85% of the lower of (A) the market value (on a first in first out basis) of the sum of eligible inventory, plus eligible in-transit inventory of the ABL Borrower and (B) 85% of the cost of the sum of eligible inventory, plus eligible in-transit inventory of the ABL Borrower and (2) 85% of the net orderly liquidation value (“NOLV”) percentage of the lower of (1)(A) or (1)(B); plus (b) 85% of the face value of all eligible accounts of the ABL Borrower minus (c) the amount of all eligible reserves. The 2023 ABL Facility also includes a LILO borrowing base equal to the sum of (a) the lesser of: (1) 10% of the lower of (A) the market value (on a first in first out basis) of the sum of eligible inventory, plus eligible in-transit inventory of the ABL Borrower and (B) the cost of the sum of eligible inventory, plus eligible in-transit inventory and (2) 10% of the NOLV percentage of the lower of (1)(A) or (1)(B); plus (b) 10% of the face amount of eligible account; minus (c) the amount of all eligible reserves.
Amounts borrowed under the 2023 ABL Facility are subject to an interest rate margin per annum equal to (a) from and after the closing date until the last day of the first full fiscal quarter ended after the closing date, (i) 1.25% per annum, in the case base rate loans, and (ii) 2.25% per annum, in the case of revolving credit loans that are SOFR Loans, (b)(i) 2.25% per annum, in the case of LILO loans that are base rate loans, and (ii) 3.25% per annum, in the case of LILO loans that are SOFR loans, (c) on the first day of each fiscal quarter, the applicable interest rate margins will be determined from the pricing grid below based upon the historical excess availability for the most recent fiscal quarter ended immediately prior to the relevant date, as calculated by the Administrative Agent.
| Applicable Margin |
Applicable Margin |
||||||||
| Level |
Historical Excess Availability |
for SOFR Loans |
or Base Rate Loans |
||||||
| I |
Greater than or equal to 66.66% |
1.75 | % | 0.75 | % | ||||
| II |
Less than 66.66%, but greater than or equal to 33.33% |
2.00 | % | 1.00 | % | ||||
| III |
Less than 33.33% |
2.25 | % | 1.25 | % | ||||
The 2023 ABL Facility also requires the Company and its restricted subsidiaries to maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio of at least 1.00 to 1.00 as of the end of any four consecutive fiscal quarters if excess availability shall be less than the greater of (a) 12.5% of the line cap and (b) $9.4 million, at any time and continuing until excess availability is equal to or exceeds the greater of (i) 12.5% of the line and (ii) $9.4 million for thirty (30) consecutive calendar days; provided that such $9.4 million level shall automatically increase in proportion to the amount of any increase in the aggregate revolving credit commitments thereunder in connection with any incremental facility.
The 2023 ABL Facility shall mature on the earlier of (x) November 7, 2027 and (y) the date that is 91 days prior to the maturity date of any material debt of the ABL Borrower or the Company or any of its restricted subsidiaries (subject to customary extensions agreed by the lenders thereunder); provided that clause (y) shall not apply to the extent that on any applicable date of determination (on any date prior to the date set forth in clause (y)), (A) the sum of (x) cash that is held in escrow for the repayment of such material debt pursuant to arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (y) cash that is held in accounts with the Administrative Agent and/or the Additional Collateral Agent, plus (z) excess availability, is sufficient to repay such material debt and (B) the ABL Borrower has excess availability of at least $15.0 million after giving effect to such repayment of material debt, including any borrowings under the commitments in connection therewith.
The Company has not drawn any borrowings under the 2023 ABL Facility but has letters of credit of approximately $2.3 million outstanding under the facility and has an available balance of $57.4 million based on the borrowing base as of December 31, 2024.
The Company incurred debt issuance costs attributable to the 2023 ABL Facility of $2.6 million which are amortized to interest expense using the straight-line method over the expected life of the 2023 ABL Facility.
Convertible Senior Notes
In July 2019, the Company closed an offering of $172.5 million in aggregate principal amount of its 2.50% convertible senior notes due July 15, 2024 (the “Convertible Senior Notes”). The Convertible Senior Notes were senior unsecured obligations of the Company and the remaining outstanding balance of $118.5 million was retired with cash on July 15, 2024.
In 2022, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company repurchased $10.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Convertible Senior Notes on the open market resulting in a $0.9 million gain on extinguishment of debt. Subsequent principal repurchases occurred in 2023 for an aggregate principal amount of $44.0 million resulting in a gain on extinguishment of debt of $1.9 million. Including amounts repurchased in 2022, a total of $54.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Convertible Senior Notes had been repurchased as of December 31, 2023. The repurchased notes were retired on July 1, 2024, with no principal amounts remaining outstanding or held by third parties as of December 31, 2024. As of December 31, 2023, $118.5 million aggregate principal was recorded in current liabilities on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet.
Note 15. Income Taxes
Income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31 consists of the following components:
| 2024 |
2023 |
2022 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Current |
Deferred |
Total |
Current |
Deferred |
Total |
Current |
Deferred |
Total |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Federal |
$ | 14,005 | $ | 240 | $ | 14,245 | $ | 13,404 | $ | 4,091 | $ | 17,495 | $ | 13,505 | $ | (4,713 | ) | $ | 8,792 | |||||||||||||||||
| State and Local |
2,405 | 279 | 2,684 | 3,587 | 2,166 | 5,753 | 3,897 | (1,291 | ) | 2,606 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Foreign |
- | - | - | (16 | ) | 767 | 751 | 84 | (502 | ) | (418 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total |
$ | 16,410 | $ | 519 | $ | 16,929 | $ | 16,975 | $ | 7,024 | $ | 23,999 | $ | 17,486 | $ | (6,506 | ) | $ | 10,980 | |||||||||||||||||
Deferred tax assets and liabilities consists of:
| December 31, |
December 31, |
|||||||||||||||
| 2024 |
2023 |
|||||||||||||||
| Assets |
Liabilities |
Assets |
Liabilities |
|||||||||||||
| Inventory |
$ | 4,802 | $ | - | $ | 5,310 | $ | - | ||||||||
| Property, plant, and equipment |
- | 3,433 | - | 3,120 | ||||||||||||
| Goodwill and other intangible assets |
- | 3,549 | - | 3,182 | ||||||||||||
| Foreign NOL carryforward |
1,505 | - | 1,495 | - | ||||||||||||
| State NOL carryforward |
2,339 | - | 2,398 | - | ||||||||||||
| Unrealized loss on investments |
3,846 | - | 7,203 | - | ||||||||||||
| Leases |
3,278 | 3,004 | 3,278 | 2,978 | ||||||||||||
| Original issue discount |
- | - | 426 | - | ||||||||||||
| Stock compensation |
4,306 | - | 4,879 | - | ||||||||||||
| Insurance receivable |
- | 3,728 | - | 3,764 | ||||||||||||
| Capital loss carryforward |
4,108 | - | - | - | ||||||||||||
| Other |
5,117 | 2,006 | 4,536 | 3,567 | ||||||||||||
| Gross deferred income taxes |
29,301 | 15,720 | 29,525 | 16,611 | ||||||||||||
| Valuation allowance |
(12,586 | ) | - | (11,446 | ) | - | ||||||||||
| Net deferred income taxes |
$ | 16,715 | $ | 15,720 | $ | 18,079 | $ | 16,611 | ||||||||
At December 31, 2024, the Company had state net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards for income tax purposes of approximately $23.6 million, which expire between 2034 and 2042, $27.2 million of which has an indefinite carryforward period. The Company has determined that, at December 31, 2024 and 2023 its ability to realize future benefits of its state NOL carryforwards does not meet the “more likely than not” criteria in ASC 740, Income Taxes. Therefore, a valuation allowance for state NOL carryforwards of $3.1 million and $2.9 million has been recorded at December 2024 and 2023, respectively. The Company has determined that at December 31, 2024 and 2023, its ability to realize future benefits of its capital loss carryforward, unrealized loss on investments and foreign NOL carryforwards do not meet the “more likely than not” criteria in ASC 740, Income Taxes. Therefore, a valuation allowance for capital loss carryforward of $4.1 million, unrealized loss on investments of $3.1 million and foreign NOL carryforwards of $1.8 million has been recorded at December 31, 2024
and a valuation allowance for unrealized loss on investments of $6.4 million and foreign NOL carryforwards of $1.7 million has been recorded as of December 31, 2023.
ASC 740-10-25 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company has determined that they did not have any uncertain tax positions requiring recognition as a result of the provisions of ASC 740-10-25. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties accrued on uncertain tax positions as part of interest expense. For the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, no estimated interest or penalties were recognized for the uncertainty of tax positions taken. The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state jurisdictions. In general, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal and state tax examinations for years prior to 2021.
Reconciliation of the federal statutory rate and the effective income tax rate for the years ended December 31 is as follows:
| 2024 |
2023 |
2022 |
||||||||||
| Federal statutory rate |
21.0 | % | 21.0 | % | 21.0 | % | ||||||
| Foreign rate differential |
(0.1 | )% | (0.1 | )% | (0.2 | )% | ||||||
| State taxes |
3.4 | % | 4.3 | % | 5.0 | % | ||||||
| Permanent differences |
(0.6 | )% | (0.1 | )% | - | |||||||
| Other |
0.6 | % | - | 0.2 | % | |||||||
| Valuation allowance |
1.8 | % | 13.6 | % | 0.1 | % | ||||||
| Effective income tax rate |
26.1 | % | 38.7 | % | 26.1 | % | ||||||
The permanent differences for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 are not significant in the aggregate.
Note 16. 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan
The Company sponsors a voluntary 401(k) retirement savings plan. Eligible employees may elect to contribute up to 15% of their annual earnings subject to certain limitations. For the 2024, 2023 and 2022 plan years, the Company contributed 4% to employees who contributed 4% or more of their annual earnings. Employees contributing less than 4% received a 100% match on their contributions. Additionally, for all years presented, the Company made discretionary contributions of 1% to all employees, regardless of an employee’s contribution level. Company contributions to this plan were approximately $1.5 million for 2024, $1.4 million for 2023 and $1.5 million for 2022.
Note 17. Lease Commitments
The Company’s leases consist primarily of leased property for manufacturing, warehouse, corporate offices and retail space as well as vehicle leases. At lease inception, the Company recognizes a lease right of use asset and lease liability calculated as the present value of future minimum lease payments. Some leases may require payment of other components such as taxes, insurance, maintenance and operating expenses. When payments related to these other components are considered fixed, they are included in the determination of the lease liability due to the Company’s election to combine lease and non-lease components and account for them as a single lease component. Otherwise, they are recognized as variable payments, along with variable payments not based on a rate or index, in the period in which the obligation for those payments is incurred.
In general, the Company does not recognize renewal periods within the lease terms as there are no significant barriers to ending the lease at the initial term. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet. Lease expense for these leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
The components of lease expense consist of the following:
| For the year ended December 31, |
||||||||||||
| 2024 |
2023 |
2022 |
||||||||||
| Operating lease cost |
||||||||||||
| Cost of sales |
$ | 502 | $ | 507 | $ | 940 | ||||||
| Selling, general and administrative |
1,760 | 1,756 | 1,388 | |||||||||
| Variable lease cost |
1,091 | 1,161 | 699 | |||||||||
| Short-term lease cost |
- | 24 | 37 | |||||||||
| Total |
$ | 3,353 | $ | 3,448 | $ | 3,064 | ||||||
| For the year ended December 31, |
||||||||||||
| 2024 |
2023 |
2022 |
||||||||||
| Financing lease cost |
||||||||||||
| Selling, general and administrative |
$ | 860 | $ | 1,164 | $ | 1,138 | ||||||
| Interest expense, net |
173 | - | - | |||||||||
| Variable lease cost |
72 | $ | - | $ | - | |||||||
| Total |
$ | 1,105 | $ | 1,164 | $ | 1,138 | ||||||
The Company's lease balances consist of the following:
| December 31, |
December 31, |
|||||||
| 2024 |
2023 |
|||||||
| Assets: |
||||||||
| Right of use assets - Operating |
$ | 8,338 | $ | 8,829 | ||||
| Right of use assets - Financing |
3,272 | 2,530 | ||||||
| Total lease assets |
$ | 11,610 | $ | 11,359 | ||||
| Liabilities: |
||||||||
| Current lease liabilities - Operating (1) |
$ | 2,011 | $ | 1,921 | ||||
| Current lease liabilities - Financing (1) |
1,110 | 687 | ||||||
| Long-term lease liabilities - Operating |
7,400 | 8,322 | ||||||
| Long-term lease liabilities - Financing |
2,149 | 1,576 | ||||||
| Total lease liabilities |
$ | 12,670 | $ | 12,506 | ||||
| (1) |
Reported within accrued liabilities on the balance sheet |
Other information related to the Company's leases consists of the following:
| December 31, |
December 31, |
|||||||
| 2024 |
2023 |
|||||||
| Right of use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations: |
||||||||
| Operating leases |
$ | 1,209 | $ | 143 | ||||
| Finance leases |
$ | 1,842 | $ | 2,169 | ||||
| As of December 31, |
||||||||
| 2024 |
2023 |
|||||||
| Weighted-average remaining lease term - operating leases (years) |
4.8 | 5.7 | ||||||
| Weighted-average discount rate - operating leases |
5.65 | % | 5.17 | % | ||||
| Weighted-average remaining lease term - financing leases (years) |
3.1 | 3.4 | ||||||
| Weighted-average discount rate - financing leases |
6.64 | % | 6.48 | % | ||||
Nearly all the lease contracts for the Company do not provide a readily determinable implicit rate. For these contracts, the Company uses a discount rate that approximates its incremental borrowing rate at the time of the lease commencement.
The following table illustrates the Company's future minimum rental payments for non-cancelable leases as of December 31, 2024:
| Year |
Operating |
Finance |
||||||
| 2025 |
$ | 2,487 | $ | 1,293 | ||||
| 2026 |
2,299 | 1,176 | ||||||
| 2027 |
2,449 | 833 | ||||||
| 2028 |
1,158 | 302 | ||||||
| 2029 |
1,159 | - | ||||||
| Years thereafter |
1,379 | - | ||||||
| Total lease payments |
10,931 | 3,604 | ||||||
| Less: Imputed interest |
1,520 | 345 | ||||||
| Present value of lease liabilities |
$ | 9,411 | $ | 3,259 | ||||
Note 18. Share Incentive Plans
On March 22, 2021, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted the Turning Point Brands, Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2021 Plan”), pursuant to which awards may be granted to employees, non-employee directors, and consultants. In addition, the 2021 Plan provides for the granting of nonqualified stock options to employees of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company. Pursuant to the 2021 Plan, 1,290,000 shares, plus 100,052 shares remaining available for issuance under the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”), of TPB Common Stock are reserved for issuance as awards to employees, non-employee directors, and consultants as compensation for past or future services or the attainment of certain performance goals. The 2021 Plan is scheduled to terminate on March 21, 2031. The 2021 Plan is administered by the compensation committee (the “Committee”) of the Company’s Board of Directors. The Committee determines the vesting criteria for the awards, with such criteria to be specified in the award agreement. As of December 31, 2024, net of forfeitures, there were 381,717 Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”), 125,213 options and 75,059 Performance Based Restricted Stock Units (“PRSUs”) granted under the 2021 Plan. There are 808,063 shares available for future grant under the 2021 Plan.
On April 28, 2016, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted the 2015 Plan, pursuant to which awards could have been granted to employees, non-employee directors, and consultants. In addition, the 2015 Plan provided for the granting of nonqualified stock options to employees of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company. Upon adoption of the 2021 Plan, the 2015 Plan was terminated, and the Company determined no additional grants would be made under the 2015 Plan. However, all awards issued under the 2015 Plan that have not been previously terminated or forfeited remain outstanding and continue unaffected. There are no shares available for grant under the 2015 Plan.
Stock option activity for the 2015 and 2021 Plans is summarized below:
| Weighted |
Weighted |
|||||||||||
| Stock |
Average |
Average |
||||||||||
| Option |
Exercise |
Grant Date |
||||||||||
| Shares |
Price |
Fair Value |
||||||||||
| Outstanding, December 31, 2022 |
683,214 | $ | 29.74 | $ | 9.24 | |||||||
| Granted |
77,519 | 20.71 | 6.45 | |||||||||
| Exercised |
(33,851 | ) | 13.30 | 4.24 | ||||||||
| Forfeited |
(69,931 | ) | 27.51 | 9.11 | ||||||||
| Outstanding, December 31, 2023 |
656,951 | $ | 29.79 | $ | 9.18 | |||||||
| Granted |
54,289 | 27.19 | 9.21 | |||||||||
| Exercised |
(132,572 | ) | 21.36 | 6.97 | ||||||||
| Forfeited |
(42,878 | ) | 38.11 | 11.94 | ||||||||
| Outstanding, December 31, 2024 |
535,790 | $ | 30.69 | $ | 9.51 | |||||||
Under the 2015 and 2021 Plans, the total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, was $2.6 million, $0.3 million, and $0.7 million, respectively.
At December 31, 2024, under the 2015 and 2021 Plans, the risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury rate for the expected life at the time of grant. The expected volatility is based on the average long-term historical volatilities of peer companies. We intend to continue to consistently use the same group of publicly traded peer companies to determine expected volatility until sufficient information regarding volatility of our share price becomes available or until the selected companies are no longer suitable for this purpose. Due to our limited trading history, we are using the simplified method presented by SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 to calculate expected holding periods, which represent the periods of time for which options granted are expected to be outstanding. We will continue to use this method until we have sufficient historical exercise experience to give us confidence in the reliability of our calculations. The fair values of these options were determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.
The following table outlines the assumptions for options granted under the 2015 Plan.
| February 10, |
May 17, |
March 7, |
March 20, |
March 18, |
February 18, |
|||||||||||||||||||
| 2017 |
2017 |
2018 |
2019 |
2020 |
2021 |
|||||||||||||||||||
| Number of options granted |
40,000 | 93,819 | 98,100 | 155,780 | 155,000 | 100,000 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Options outstanding at December 31, 2024 |
20,000 | 30,969 | 49,267 | 100,147 | 62,207 | 68,900 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Number exercisable at December 31, 2024 |
20,000 | 30,969 | 49,267 | 100,147 | 62,207 | 68,900 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Exercise price |
$ | 13.00 | $ | 15.41 | $ | 21.21 | $ | 47.58 | $ | 14.85 | $ | 51.75 | ||||||||||||
| Remaining lives |
2.12 | 2.38 | 3.19 | 4.22 | 5.22 | 6.14 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Risk free interest rate |
1.89 | % | 1.76 | % | 2.65 | % | 2.34 | % | 0.79 | % | 0.56 | % | ||||||||||||
| Expected volatility |
27.44 | % | 26.92 | % | 28.76 | % | 30.95 | % | 35.72 | % | 28.69 | % | ||||||||||||
| Expected life |
6.000 | 6.000 | 6.000 | 6.000 | 6.000 | 6.000 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Dividend yield |
- | - | 0.83 | % | 0.42 | % | 1.49 | % | 0.55 | % | ||||||||||||||
| Fair value at grant date |
$ | 3.98 | $ | 4.60 | $ | 6.37 | $ | 15.63 | $ | 4.41 | $ | 13.77 | ||||||||||||
The following table outlines the assumptions for options granted under the 2021 Plan.
| May 17, |
March 14, |
April 29, |
May 12, |
March 11, |
||||||||||||||||
| 2021 |
2022 |
2022 |
2023 |
2024 |
||||||||||||||||
| Number of options granted |
7,500 | 100,000 | 14,827 | 77,519 | 54,289 | |||||||||||||||
| Options outstanding at December 31, 2024 |
7,500 | 58,719 | 6,273 | 77,519 | 54,289 | |||||||||||||||
| Number exercisable at December 31, 2024 |
7,500 | 38,744 | 4,203 | 77,519 | 54,289 | |||||||||||||||
| Exercise price |
$ | 45.05 | $ | 30.46 | $ | 31.39 | $ | 20.71 | $ | 27.19 | ||||||||||
| Remaining lives |
6.38 | 7.21 | 7.33 | 8.37 | 9.20 | |||||||||||||||
| Risk free interest rate |
0.84 | % | 2.10 | % | 2.92 | % | 3.41 | % | 4.06 | % | ||||||||||
| Expected volatility |
31.50 | % | 35.33 | % | 35.33 | % | 34.51 | % | 35.09 | % | ||||||||||
| Expected life |
6.000 | 6.000 | 6.000 | 5.186 | 5.186 | |||||||||||||||
| Dividend yield |
0.63 | % | 1.01 | % | 0.98 | % | 1.61 | % | 1.26 | % | ||||||||||
| Fair value at grant date |
$ | 13.23 | $ | 10.23 | $ | 11.07 | $ | 6.45 | $ | 9.21 | ||||||||||
The Company has recorded compensation expense related to the options based on the provisions of ASC 718 under which the fixed portion of such expense is determined as the fair value of the options on the date of grant and amortized over the vesting period. The Company recorded compensation expense related to the options of approximately $0.5 million, $0.7 million and $1.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. At December 31, 2024, the options have been fully expensed with zero remaining.
PRSUs are restricted stock units subject to both performance-based and service-based vesting conditions. The number of shares of TPB Common Stock a recipient will receive upon vesting of a PRSU will be calculated by reference to certain performance metrics related to the Company’s performance over a five-year period. PRSUs will vest on the measurement date, which is no more than 65 days after the performance period provided the applicable service and performance conditions are satisfied. At December 31, 2024, there are 372,218 PRSUs outstanding.
The following table outlines the PRSUs granted and outstanding as of December 31, 2024.
| March 18, |
February 18, |
March 14, |
May 4, |
March 1, |
April 1, |
|||||||||||||||||||
| 2020 |
2021 |
2022 |
2023 |
2024 |
2024 |
|||||||||||||||||||
| Number of PRSUs granted |
94,000 | 100,000 | 49,996 | 133,578 | 111,321 | 8,242 | ||||||||||||||||||
| PRSUs outstanding at December 31, 2024 |
70,910 | 69,190 | 33,049 | 93,313 | 97,514 | 8,242 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Fair value as of grant date |
$ | 14.85 | $ | 51.75 | $ | 30.46 | $ | 22.25 | $ | 26.52 | $ | 29.12 | ||||||||||||
| Remaining lives |
- | 1.00 | 2.00 | 1.00 | 2.00 | 2.00 | ||||||||||||||||||
The Company recorded compensation expense related to the PRSUs of approximately $3.4 million, $3.0 million and $2.9 million in the consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively, based on the probability of achieving the performance condition. Total unrecognized compensation expense related to these awards at December 31, 2024, is $2.7 million, which will be expensed over the service period based on the probability of achieving the performance condition.
RSUs are stock units subject to service-based vesting conditions over one to five years. At December 31, 2024, there are 222,007 RSUs outstanding.
The following table outlines the RSUs granted and outstanding as of December 31, 2024.
| March 14, |
March 14, |
April 29, |
May 5, |
March 1, |
April 1, |
May 8, |
||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2022 |
2022 |
2022 |
2023 |
2024 |
2024 |
2024 |
||||||||||||||||||||||
| Number of RSUs granted |
50,004 | 28,726 | 4,522 | 130,873 | 105,257 | 5,495 | 16,905 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| RSUs outstanding at December 31, 2024 |
32,091 | 9,481 | 1,913 | 69,114 | 87,008 | 5,495 | 16,905 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Fair value as of grant date |
$ | 30.46 | $ | 30.46 | $ | 31.39 | $ | 22.25 | $ | 26.52 | $ | 29.12 | $ | 33.13 | ||||||||||||||
| Remaining lives |
2.00 | - | 2.00 | 1.25 | 2.25 | 2.25 | 0.25 | |||||||||||||||||||||
The Company has recorded compensation expense related to the RSUs based on the provisions of ASC 718 under which the fixed portion of such expense is determined as the fair value of the RSUs on the date of grant and amortized over the vesting period. The Company recorded compensation expense related to the RSUs of approximately $3.3 million, $2.9 millionand $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Total unrecognized compensation expense related to RSUs at December 31, 2024, is $2.2 million, which will be expensed over 1.9 years.
Note 19. Contingencies
On October 9, 2020, a purported stockholder of Turning Point Brands, Inc., Paul-Emile Berteau, filed a complaint in the Delaware Court of Chancery relating to the merger of Standard Diversified, Inc. (“SDI”) with a TPB subsidiary (“Merger Sub”) pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization, dated as of April 7, 2020, by and among TPB, SDI and Merger Sub. The parties attended a mediation in late November 2022 where a settlement was reached. On December 12, 2023, the Court approved the settlement and dismissed the action with prejudice. As of December 31, 2023, the Company recorded a $4.0 million receivable in other current assets, and a corresponding gain on settlement in other income on its Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended December 31, 2023. These funds were received in January 2024.
Other major tobacco companies are defendants in product liability claims. In a number of these cases, the amounts of punitive and compensatory damages sought are significant and, if such a claim were brought against the Company, could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
The CDS segment has several subsidiaries engaged in making, distributing, and selling liquid nicotine products. As a result of the overall publicity and controversy surrounding the industry generally, many companies have received informational subpoenas from various regulatory bodies and in some jurisdictions regulatory lawsuits have been filed regarding marketing practices and possible underage sales. We expect that our subsidiaries will be subject to some such cases and investigative requests. To the extent that litigation becomes necessary, we believe that the subsidiaries have strong factual and legal defenses against claims that they unfairly marketed products.
The probable losses, if any, associated with any such lawsuits are not currently reasonably estimable and therefore are not accrued.
Note 20. Earnings Per Share
The Company calculates earnings per share using the treasury stock method for its options and non-vested restricted stock units, and the if-converted method for its Convertible Senior Notes.
The following is a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted EPS computations:
| December 31, 2024 |
December 31, 2023 |
December 31, 2022 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Income (Loss) |
Shares |
Per Share |
Income (Loss) |
Shares |
Per Share |
Income (Loss) |
Shares |
Per Share |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Basic EPS: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Numerator |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Income from continuing operations less non-controlling interest |
$ | 47,326 | $ | 2.67 | $ | 38,747 | $ | 2.20 | $ | 31,570 | $ | 1.76 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax |
(7,517 | ) | (0.43 | ) | (285 | ) | (0.01 | ) | (19,929 | ) | (1.11 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net income attributable to Turning Point Brands, Inc. |
$ | 39,809 | $ | 2.24 | $ | 38,462 | $ | 2.19 | $ | 11,641 | $ | 0.65 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Denominator |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Weighted average |
17,734,239 | 17,578,270 | 17,899,794 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Diluted EPS: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Numerator |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Income from continuing operations less non-controlling interest |
$ | 47,326 | $ | 38,747 | $ | 31,570 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest expense related to Convertible Senior Notes, net of tax |
1,597 | 2,667 | - | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Diluted income from continuing operations |
$ | 48,923 | $ | 2.53 | $ | 41,414 | $ | 2.02 | $ | 31,570 | $ | 1.75 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax |
(7,517 | ) | (0.39 | ) | (285 | ) | (0.01 | ) | (19,929 | ) | (1.11 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Diluted net income |
$ | 41,406 | $ | 2.14 | $ | 41,129 | $ | 2.01 | $ | 11,641 | $ | 0.64 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Denominator |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Basic weighted average |
17,734,239 | 17,578,270 | 17,899,794 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Convertible Senior Notes (1) |
1,192,597 | 2,533,201 | - | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Stock options and restricted stock units (2) |
435,970 | 355,935 | 155,221 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 19,362,806 | 20,467,406 | 18,055,015 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| (1) |
For 2022, the effect of 3,208,172 shares issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Senior Notes were excluded from the diluted net income per share calculation because the effect would have been antidilutive. |
| (2) | There were 0.2 million, 0.2 million and 0.2 million outstanding stock options not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively, because the effect would have been antidilutive. |
|
|
Note 21. Segment Information
In accordance with ASC 280, Segment Reporting, the Company has two reportable segments, Zig-Zag products and Stoker’s products. The Zig-Zag products segment markets and distributes (a) rolling papers, tubes, and related products; (b) finished cigars and MYO cigar wraps; and (c) lighters and other accessories. The Stoker’s products segment (a) manufactures and markets moist snuff, (b) contracts for and markets loose-leaf chewing tobacco products, and (c) FRE, its modern oral product. The Company's products are distributed primarily through wholesale distributors in the U.S. and Canada. Corporate unallocated includes the costs and assets of the Company not assigned to one of the two reportable segments and includes corporate overhead expense, including executive management, finance, legal and information technology salaries, and professional services such as audit, external legal costs and information technology services, as well as costs related to the FDA premarket tobacco product application. The Company had one customer that accounted for 10.2% of net sales in 2024, of which 54% was in the Stoker's product segment and 46% was in the Zig-Zag products segment. The Company had no customer that accounted for more than 10% of net sales in 2023, or 2022.
The Company’s CODM is its President and Chief Executive Officer and uses segment operating income as the measure of earnings to evaluate the performance of each segment and to make decisions about allocating resources, including employees, property, plant and equipment, as well as financial and capital resources. On a quarterly basis, the CODM reviews segment operating income budget-to-actual variances to assess segment performance and make resource allocation decisions. For both reportable segments, cost of sales is the significant segment expense that is regularly provided to the CODM.
The accounting policies of these segments are the same as those of the Company. Corporate costs are not directly charged to the two reportable segments in the ordinary course of operations.
The tables below present financial information about reportable segments:
| For the years ended December 31, |
||||||||||||
| 2024 |
2023 |
2022 |
||||||||||
| Net sales |
||||||||||||
| Zig-Zag products |
$ | 192,394 | $ | 180,455 | $ | 190,403 | ||||||
| Stoker’s products |
168,266 | 144,609 | 130,826 | |||||||||
| Total |
$ | 360,660 | $ | 325,064 | $ | 321,229 | ||||||
| Cost of sales |
||||||||||||
| Zig-Zag products |
$ | 85,809 | $ | 79,400 | $ | 83,827 | ||||||
| Stoker’s products |
73,286 | 62,722 | 59,572 | |||||||||
| Total |
$ | 159,095 | $ | 142,122 | $ | 143,399 | ||||||
| Gross profit |
||||||||||||
| Zig-Zag products |
$ | 106,585 | $ | 101,055 | $ | 106,576 | ||||||
| Stoker’s products |
94,980 | 81,887 | 71,254 | |||||||||
| Total |
$ | 201,565 | $ | 182,942 | $ | 177,830 | ||||||
| Other segment items (1) |
||||||||||||
| Zig-Zag products |
$ | 39,888 | $ | 32,775 | $ | 33,234 | ||||||
| Stoker’s products |
26,708 | 19,679 | 17,923 | |||||||||
| Total |
$ | 66,596 | $ | 52,454 | $ | 51,157 | ||||||
| Operating income (loss) |
||||||||||||
| Zig-Zag products |
$ | 66,697 | $ | 68,280 | $ | 73,342 | ||||||
| Stoker’s products |
68,272 | 62,208 | 53,331 | |||||||||
| Total segment operating income |
134,969 | 130,488 | 126,673 | |||||||||
| Corporate unallocated (2)(3) |
(54,137 | ) | (47,528 | ) | (52,665 | ) | ||||||
| Total |
$ | 80,832 | $ | 82,960 | $ | 74,008 | ||||||
| Interest expense, net |
13,983 | 14,645 | 19,524 | |||||||||
| Investment loss |
1,893 | 11,914 | 13,303 | |||||||||
| Other income |
- | (4,000 | ) | - | ||||||||
| Gain on extinguishment of debt |
- | (1,664 | ) | (885 | ) | |||||||
| Income from continuing operations before income taxes |
$ | 64,956 | $ | 62,065 | $ | 42,066 | ||||||
| Capital expenditures |
||||||||||||
| Zig-Zag products |
$ | 2,342 | $ | 1,112 | $ | 4,641 | ||||||
| Stoker’s products |
2,271 | 4,595 | 3,044 | |||||||||
| Total |
$ | 4,613 | $ | 5,707 | $ | 7,685 | ||||||
| Depreciation and amortization |
||||||||||||
| Zig-Zag products |
$ | 1,469 | $ | 1,077 | $ | 412 | ||||||
| Stoker’s products |
4,193 | 3,041 | 2,972 | |||||||||
| Total |
$ | 5,662 | $ | 4,118 | $ | 3,384 | ||||||
| (1) |
Includes primarily selling and marketing costs |
| (2) |
Includes corporate costs that are not allocated to any of the three reportable segments |
| (3) Includes costs related to PMTA of $3.6 million, $2.1 million and $4.6 million in 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. |
| December 31, |
December 31, |
|||||||
| 2024 |
2023 |
|||||||
| Assets |
||||||||
| Zig-Zag products |
$ | 224,052 | $ | 177,135 | ||||
| Stoker’s products |
197,038 | 175,013 | ||||||
| Assets held for sale |
15,329 | 26,998 | ||||||
| Corporate unallocated (1) |
56,934 | 190,223 | ||||||
| Total |
$ | 493,353 | $ | 569,369 | ||||
| (1) |
Includes assets not assigned to the two reportable segments. All goodwill has been allocated to the reportable segments. |
Net Sales: Domestic and Foreign
The following table shows a breakdown of consolidated net sales between domestic and foreign.
| For the years ended December 31, |
||||||||||||
| 2024 |
2023 |
2022 |
||||||||||
| Domestic |
$ | 330,690 | $ | 294,296 | $ | 288,874 | ||||||
| Foreign |
29,970 | 30,768 | 32,355 | |||||||||
| Total |
$ | 360,660 | $ | 325,064 | $ | 321,229 | ||||||
Note 22. Dividends and Share Repurchase
The Company currently pays a quarterly cash dividend. Dividends are considered restricted payments under the Senior Secured Notes Indenture. The Company is generally permitted to make restricted payments provided that, at the time of payment, or as a result of payment, the Company is not in default on its debt covenants; however, there are earnings and market capitalization requirements that if not met could limit the aggregate amount of restricted, quarterly dividends during a fiscal year. During the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, the Company paid cash dividends of $0.28 per common share for $4.9 million, $0.26 per common share for $4.5 million and $0.24 per common share for $4.3 million, respectively.
On February 25, 2020, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a $50.0 million share repurchase program which is intended for opportunistic execution based upon a variety of factors including market dynamics. The program is subject to the ongoing discretion of the Board of Directors. On October 25, 2021, the Board of Directors increased the approved share repurchase program by $30.7 million, and by an additional $24.6 million on February 24, 2022. On November 6, 2024, the Board of Directors of the Company increased the Company’s share repurchase authorization by $77.9 million to an aggregate amount of $100.0 million. The total number of shares repurchased for the year ended December 31, 2024 was 154,945 shares for a total cost of $5.1 million and an average price per share of $32.60. As of December 31, 2024, $100.0 million remains available for share repurchases under the program. There were no shares repurchased for the year ended December 31, 2023. The Company repurchased 1,021,052 shares for a total cost of $29.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022.
Note 23. Selected Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)
The following table presents the quarterly operating results:
| (Per-share amounts in dollars) |
First Quarter | Second Quarter | Third Quarter | Fourth Quarter | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2024 |
2023 |
2024 |
2023 |
2024 |
2023 |
2024 |
2023 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net sales |
$ | 83,064 | $ | 75,549 | $ | 93,225 | $ | 82,778 | $ | 90,704 | $ | 83,670 | $ | 93,667 | $ | 83,067 | ||||||||||||||||
| Gross profit |
$ | 48,354 | $ | 41,855 | $ | 50,398 | $ | 46,390 | $ | 50,395 | $ | 47,317 | $ | 52,418 | $ | 47,380 | ||||||||||||||||
| Operating income |
$ | 19,270 | $ | 17,581 | $ | 22,872 | $ | 20,085 | $ | 20,805 | $ | 20,697 | $ | 17,885 | $ | 24,597 | ||||||||||||||||
| Income from continuing operations |
$ | 12,181 | $ | 7,147 | $ | 12,961 | $ | 9,363 | $ | 12,525 | $ | 11,211 | $ | 10,360 | $ | 10,345 | ||||||||||||||||
| (Loss) Income from discontinued operations, net of tax |
$ | (2 | ) | $ | 195 | $ | (41 | ) | $ | 345 | $ | (165 | ) | $ | (345 | ) | $ | (7,309 | ) | $ | (480 | ) | ||||||||||
| Net income |
$ | 12,179 | $ | 7,342 | $ | 12,920 | $ | 9,708 | $ | 12,360 | $ | 10,866 | $ | 3,051 | $ | 9,865 | ||||||||||||||||
| Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests |
$ | 169 | $ | (255 | ) | $ | (87 | ) | $ | (217 | ) | $ | (16 | ) | $ | 35 | $ | 635 | $ | (244 | ) | |||||||||||
| Net Income attributable to Turning Point Brands, Inc. |
$ | 12,010 | $ | 7,597 | $ | 13,007 | $ | 9,925 | $ | 12,376 | $ | 10,831 | $ | 2,416 | $ | 10,109 | ||||||||||||||||
| Net Earnings per share |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Basic |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Continuing operations |
$ | 0.68 | $ | 0.42 | $ | 0.74 | $ | 0.54 | $ | 0.71 | $ | 0.64 | $ | 0.55 | $ | 0.60 | ||||||||||||||||
| Discontinued operations |
(0.00 | ) | 0.01 | (0.00 | ) | 0.02 | (0.01 | ) | (0.02 | ) | (0.41 | ) | (0.03 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
| Basic earnings per share |
$ | 0.68 | $ | 0.43 | $ | 0.74 | $ | 0.56 | $ | 0.70 | $ | 0.62 | $ | 0.14 | $ | 0.57 | ||||||||||||||||
| Diluted |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Continuing operations |
$ | 0.63 | $ | 0.40 | $ | 0.68 | $ | 0.51 | $ | 0.69 | $ | 0.59 | $ | 0.53 | $ | 0.56 | ||||||||||||||||
| Discontinued operations |
(0.00 | ) | 0.01 | (0.00 | ) | 0.02 | (0.01 | ) | (0.01 | ) | (0.40 | ) | (0.03 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
| Diluted earnings per share |
$ | 0.63 | $ | 0.41 | $ | 0.68 | $ | 0.53 | $ | 0.68 | $ | 0.58 | $ | 0.13 | $ | 0.53 | ||||||||||||||||
| The amounts presented in the table above are computed independently for each quarter. As a result, their sum may not equal the total year amounts.
|
Note 24. Subsequent Events
Contribution of Creative Distribution Solutions
On January 2, 2025, the Company contributed 100% of its interest in South Beach Brands LLC (“SBB”), the subsidiary that owns and operates the Company’s Creative Distribution Solutions (“CDS”) segment, to General Wireless Operations, Inc. (“GWO”) in exchange for a 49% equity interest in GWO. GWO is a joint venture between the Company and Standard General, LP entered into in December 2018. Under certain circumstances the Company has the right to redeem the contribution of SSB from GWO at fair market value. In addition, the Company received an option with a 15-year term to purchase the remaining 51% of GWO at an exercise price initially set at $22.0 million, which decreases over time based on certain tax sharing payments to GWO. The Company will provide certain transition services to GWO in connection with the operation of SBB on an arm’s length basis. The Company determined that, upon completion of the SBB exchange transaction, it will not have a controlling financial interest in GWO and, as a result, will deconsolidate SBB on January 2, 2025, and account for its interest in GWO under the equity method of accounting.
2032 Notes
On February 19, 2025, the Company entered into an indenture relating to the issuance and sale of $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 7.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2032 (the “2032 Notes”), by and among the Company, the guarantors party thereto and GLAS Trust Company LLC, as trustee and notes collateral agent. Obligations under the 2032 Notes are guaranteed by the Company’s current wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries that guaranteed its 2026 Notes. The 2032 Notes and the related guarantees are secured by first-priority liens on substantially all of the assets of the Company and the guarantors, subject to certain exceptions. Proceeds from the offering were approximately $294.0 million and were used to redeem the 2026 Notes and for general corporate purposes.
2026 Notes
On February 20, 2025 (the “Redemption Date”), the Company used a portion of the proceeds from the issuance and sale of the 2032 Notes to redeem all $250.0 million of its outstanding 2026 Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2026 Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding the Redemption Date. Upon redemption of the 2026 Notes, the indenture governing the 2026 Notes was satisfied and discharged in accordance with its terms.
Item 9. Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Previously Disclosed Material Weakness Related to IT Controls
As previously reported in the 10K filing for year-end December 31, 2023, the Company did not design and maintain effective internal controls related to our information technology general controls (“ITGCs”) in the areas of user access and program change-management over certain information technology (“IT”) systems that support the Company’s financial reporting processes. Our business process controls (automated and manual) that are dependent on the affected ITGCs were also deemed ineffective because they could have been adversely impacted. We believe that these control deficiencies were a result of: IT control processes lacking sufficient documentation such that the successful operation of ITGCs was overly dependent upon knowledge and actions of certain individuals with IT expertise and inherent system limitations. The material weakness did not result in any identified misstatements to the financial statements, and there were no changes to previously released financial results.
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
As of December 31, 2024, the Company’s management, with participation of the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e). Based on that evaluation, the CEO and CFO concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2024, solely due to the previously disclosed material weaknesses related to ITGCs in the areas of user access and program change-management over certain IT systems that support the Company’s financial reporting processes. No financial restatements were made as a result of this material weakness.
Internal Control
Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we have included a report that provides management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024. Management’s report is included below under the caption entitled “Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting,” and is incorporated herein by reference.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report have been prepared by the management that is responsible for their preparation, integrity, and fair presentation and reviewed by the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. The statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, which requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes.
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended). Our internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Further, because of changes in conditions over the normal and routine course of business, the effectiveness of an internal control system may vary over time.
With the oversight of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, and under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our CEO and CFO, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, based on the standardized framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (“COSO ICIF”).
According to this standard, a material weakness is defined as a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the Company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
Based on our evaluation under the framework in COSO ICIF, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 2024, which was previously reported. The material weakness did not require a financial restatement.
Internal Controls Related to Information Technology and User Access
| While we designed and implemented internal controls related to our ITGCs in the areas of user access and program change-management over certain IT systems that support the Company’s financial reporting processes, we did not maintain those controls for a sufficient period of time to effectively demonstrate the operating effectiveness of those ITGCs. Our business process controls (automated and manual) that are dependent on the affected ITGCs were also deemed ineffective because they could have been adversely impacted. We believe that these control deficiencies were a result of ITGCs overly dependent upon knowledge and actions of certain individuals with IT expertise and inherent system limitations creating segregation of duties risks for most of the fiscal year. |
Our independent registered public accounting firm has audited the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report and the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and has issued their reports, included herein.
Notwithstanding the above identified material weakness, management believes the financial statements as included in Part II of this Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly represent in all material respects the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows as of and for the periods presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S.
Remediation Plan
In 2024, we have been engaged in the implementation of a new enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system, which is part of the remediation efforts for our material weakness in internal controls over financial reporting identified. This ERP system will replace our operating and financial systems and is designed to accurately maintain the Company’s financial records, enhance operational functionality and provide timely information to the Company’s management team related to the operation of the business.
While we have taken meaningful steps to improve our internal controls, full remediation of the previously identified material weakness was not realized as of December 31, 2024. We anticipate that the remediation will be complete by the end of fiscal year 2025, as at that time the referenced controls will have been in place for a sufficient period of time to demonstrate operating effectiveness.
The Company implemented the following remediation control activities in 2024:
| ● |
Enhanced policies and procedures to improve our overall control environment, including processes for reporting deficiencies to those parties responsible for taking corrective action, such as senior management and the Board of Directors, as appropriate. |
| ● |
Recruited key positions within our technology, accounting, and other support functions with appropriate qualified experience to 1) enhance our risk assessment processes and internal control activities; 2) allow for additional segregation of duties and improved change management; and 3) provide appropriate oversight and reviews. |
| ● |
Provided training and education programs for personnel responsible for the performance of key IT controls and business processes throughout the Company to facilitate their understanding of the risks being addressed by the controls they are performing, as well as educate them in the documentation requirements of the internal control framework. |
| ● |
Made investments in our technology platforms and associated monitoring tools, in order to provide better reporting capabilities and allow for transparency as to the changes made by users with privileged access. We also implemented monitoring controls utilizing these tools to validate that activities performed by those accounts were authorized and appropriate. |
| ● |
Modified and restricted access to key system privileges to minimize segregation of duties risks within the Company and its IT systems. |
| ● |
Made significant progress in enhancements to the business process control environment to address the noted design deficiencies. |
| ● |
Increased resource allocations to further support the internal controls compliance program. |
While we have put forth significant resources and effort in our remediation activities described above, ongoing and additional activities are required to fully remediate our material weaknesses. Our ongoing efforts include:
| ● |
Anticipated completion of the implementation of the new ERP system in the first half of 2025 providing an enhanced control environment. |
| ● |
Continue to utilize third-party consultants specialized in ITGC’s, internal audit, risk management and compliance functions. Their expertise will help us to continually assess risk and design and implement appropriate controls to address said risks. |
| ● |
Continuing to implement and enhance ITGCs and related policies. |
| ● |
Continuing to configure system access and new tools, such as monitoring software, to allow us to better report upon and evaluate software modifications, data changes, and other relevant IT changes. |
| ● |
Providing additional training for control owners and reviewers with specific focus on understanding the risks being addressed by the controls they are performing, as well as requirements for sufficient documentation and evidence in the execution of the controls. |
| ● |
Continuing to enhance our reporting process related to the remediation measures to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. |
Upon the completion of the steps above, we believe that these actions will remediate the material weakness. However, the material weakness will not be considered fully remediated until the applicable controls have been in place for a sufficient period of time, and management has concluded, through testing, that these controls are operating effectively.
Role of the Audit Committee in Material Weakness Remediation
The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors is actively overseeing the remediation of the material weaknesses. Working closely with management, as well as with the Company’s internal audit, finance teams, and independent auditors, the Audit Committee has and will continue to monitor and evaluate the effectiveness of the remediation throughout the fiscal year ending December 31, 2025. Regular updates on progress have been and will continue to be provided to the Board of Directors, with the Audit Committee ensuring management’s testing of the remediated controls is completed as soon as practicable
Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting
Other than in connection with aspects of our remediation plan, there were no changes in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting during the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2024 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections Item 10.
None.
PART III
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
The information required for this Item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024.
We have adopted a Securities Trading Policy that governs the purchase, sale, and/or other dispositions of our securities by our directors, officers, and employees designed to promote compliance with insider trading laws, rules, and regulations, and any listing standards applicable to us. A copy of our Securities Trading Policy, as currently in effect, is filed as Exhibit19.1 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
The information required for this Item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The information required for this Item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information required for this Item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024.
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services Item 15.
The information required for this Item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024.
PART IV
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
| a) |
Financial Information |
| (1) |
Financial Statements: See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. |
| (2) |
Financial Statement Schedule: Information required by this item is included within the consolidated financial statements or notes in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. |
| (3) |
Exhibits – See (b) below |
| b) |
Exhibits Index to Exhibits |
Index to Exhibits
| Exhibit No. |
Description |
| 1 | At Market Issuance Sales Agreement, dated December 13, 2024, by and among Turning Point Brands, Inc., B. Riley Securities, Inc. and Barclays Capital Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 13, 2024). |
| International Vapor Group Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of September 5, 2018, between Turning Point Brands, Inc. and International Vapor Group, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 7, 2018). |
|
| Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Turning Point Brands, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 16, 2016). |
|
| Second Amended and Restated By-laws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on October 27, 2020). |
|
| Registration Rights Agreement of Turning Point Brands, Inc. dated May 10, 2016, between Turning Point Brands, Inc. and the Stockholders named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 16, 2016). |
|
| Description of Securities. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 12, 2020). |
|
| Indenture dated as of February 19, 2025, between Turning Point Brands, Inc. and GLAS Trust Company LLC (including the form of Note as Exhibit A thereto).* |
|
| Turning Point Brands, Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan, dated as of March 22, 2021 (incorporated by reference to Appendix A of the Company’s definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A, filed with the Commission on March 25, 2021). † |
|
| Turning Point Brands, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-207816) filed on November 5, 2015). † |
|
| Form of Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2015 Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2017). † |
|
| Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Turning Point Brands, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 11, 2017). † |
|
| 2006 Equity Incentive Plan of Turning Point Brands, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-207816) filed on November 5, 2015). † |
| Amendment No. 1 to the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan of North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2017). † |
|
| Amendment No. 2 to the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan of North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2017). † |
|
| Amendment No. 3 to the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan of North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 7, 2017). † |
|
| Amendment No. 4 to the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan of North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.54 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2017). † |
|
| Form of Award Agreement under the 2006 Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-207816) filed on November 5, 2015). † |
|
| Form of Cash-Out Agreement under the 2006 Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 7, 2017). † |
|
| Form of Indemnification Agreement between Turning Point Brands, Inc. and certain directors and officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-207816) filed on November 24, 2015). |
|
| Contract Manufacturing, Packaging and Distribution Agreement dated as of September 4, 2008, between National Tobacco Company, L.P. and Swedish Match North America, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-207816) filed on November 24, 2015). |
|
| Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreement dated as of November 30, 1992, between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Trading Company, Inc., as predecessor to North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. (U.S.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (Reg. No. 333-31931) on Form S-4/A filed with the Commission on September 17, 1997). |
|
| Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreement dated as of November 30, 1992, between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Trading Company, Inc., as predecessor to North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. (Canada) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (Reg. No. 333-31931) on Form S-4/A filed with the Commission on September 17, 1997). |
|
| Amendment to the Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreement dated March 31, 1993 between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Trading Company, Inc. (U.S. & Canada) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-207816) filed on November 5, 2015). |
|
| Amendment to the Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreements dated June 10, 1996, between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Trading Company, Inc. (U.S. & Canada) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-207816) filed on November 5, 2015). |
|
| Amendment to the Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreement dated September 1996, between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Trading Company, Inc. (U.S. & Canada) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-207816) filed on November 5, 2015). |
|
| Restated Amendment to the Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreement between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. dated June 25, 1997 (U.S. & Canada) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (Reg. No. 333-31931) on Form S-4/A filed with the Commission on September 17, 1997). |
|
| Amendment to the Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreement dated October 22, 1997, between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. (U.S. & Canada) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997). |
|
| Amendment to the Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreement dated June 19, 2002, between Bolloré S.A. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. (U.S. & Canada) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-207816) filed on November 5, 2015). |
| Trademark Consent Agreement, dated March 26, 1997, between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Trading Company, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-207816) filed on November 5, 2015). |
|
| Amendment to the Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreement dated February 28, 2005, between Bolloré S.A. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. (U.S. & Canada) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-207816) filed on November 5, 2015). |
|
| Amendment to the Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreement dated April 20, 2006, between Bolloré S.A. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. (U.S. & Canada) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2006). |
|
| Amendment to the Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreement dated March 10, 2010, between Bolloré S.A. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. (U.S. & Canada) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-207816) filed on November 5, 2015). |
|
| Consent Agreement dated as of April 4, 1997, between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Trading Company, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-207816) filed on November 5, 2015). |
|
| Amendment No. 1 to Consent Agreement dated as of April 9, 1997, between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-207816) filed on November 5, 2015). |
|
| Amendment No. 2 to Consent Agreement dated as of June 25, 1997, between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-207816) filed on November 5, 2015). |
|
| Trademark Consent Agreement dated July 31, 2003, among Bolloré Technologies, S.A., North Atlantic Trading Company, Inc. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-207816) filed on November 5, 2015). |
|
| Amendment No. 2 to Trademark Consent Agreement dated December 17, 2012, between Bolloré S.A. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-207816) filed on November 5, 2015). |
|
| License and Distribution Agreement dated March 19, 2013 between Bolloré S.A. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-207816) filed on November 5, 2015). |
|
| Distributors Supply Agreement dated as of April 1, 2013, between National Tobacco Company, L.P. and JJA Distributors, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-207816) filed on November 24, 2015). |
|
| Employment Agreement by and between the Company and Andrew Flynn, dated as of March 6, 2024.†* |
|
| Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of February 19, 2025, by and among the Company, the other grantors party thereto and GLAS Trust Company LLC, as collateral agent.* |
|
| 10.35 | Patent Security Agreement, dated as of February 19, 2025, by and among the grantors party thereto and GLAS Trust Company LLC.* |
| 19.1 | Securities Trading Policy.* |
| Subsidiaries of Turning Point Brands, Inc.* |
|
| Consent of RSM US LLP.* |
|
| Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.* |
|
| Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.* |
|
| Certification of Principal Accounting Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.* |
|
| Certifications of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.* |
|
| 97.1 | Clawback policy of Turning Point Brands, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 97 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 24, 2024). |
| 101 |
XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language). The following materials from Turning Point Brands, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, formatted in Inline XBRL: (i) consolidated balance sheets, (ii) consolidated statements of income, (iii) consolidated statements of comprehensive income, (iv) consolidated statements of changes in stockholder’s equity (deficit), (v) consolidated statements of cash flows, and (vi) notes to the consolidated financial statements.* |
| 104 |
Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101).* |
* Filed herewith
† Compensatory plan or arrangement
Item 16.
Not applicable.
Form 10-K Summary Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized, on March 6, 2025.
|
|
TURNING POINT BRANDS, INC. |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Graham Purdy |
| Name: Graham Purdy | |||
|
|
|
|
Title: Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Andrew Flynn |
| Name: Andrew Flynn | |||
|
|
|
|
Title: Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Brian Wigginton |
| Name: Brian Wigginton | |||
|
|
|
|
Title: Chief Accounting Officer |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
|
|
Signature |
|
Title |
|
Date |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| By: |
/s/ Graham Purdy |
|
Director, Chief Executive Officer |
|
March 6, 2025 |
|
|
Graham Purdy |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| By: |
/s/ Andrew Flynn |
|
Chief Financial Officer |
|
March 6, 2025 |
|
|
Andrew Flynn |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| By: |
/s/ Brian Wigginton |
|
Chief Accounting Officer |
|
March 6, 2025 |
|
|
Brian Wigginton |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| By: |
/s/ David Glazek |
|
Executive Chair of the Board |
|
March 6, 2025 |
|
|
David Glazek |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| By: |
/s/ Gregory H. A. Baxter |
|
Director |
|
March 6, 2025 |
|
|
Gregory H. A. Baxter |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| By: |
/s/ John Catsimatidis |
|
Director |
|
March 6, 2025 |
|
|
John Catsimatidis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| By: |
/s/ H. C. Charles Diao |
|
Director |
|
March 6, 2025 |
|
|
H. C. Charles Diao |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| By: |
/s/ Ashley Davis Frushone |
|
Director |
|
March 6, 2025 |
|
|
Ashley Davis Frushone |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| By: |
/s/ Rohith Reddy |
|
Director |
|
March 6, 2025 |
|
|
Rohith Reddy |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| By: |
/s/ Stephen Usher |
|
Director |
|
March 6, 2025 |
|
|
Stephen Usher |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| By: |
/s/ Lawrence S. Wexler |
|
Director |
|
March 6, 2025 |
|
|
Lawrence S. Wexler |
|
|
|
|
Exhibit 4.3
Execution Version
TURNING POINT BRANDS, INC.
7.625% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2032
INDENTURE
DATED AS OF FEBRUARY 19, 2025
GLAS TRUST COMPANY LLC,
as Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
|
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE |
1 | ||
|
SECTION 1.1 |
Definitions |
1 | |
|
SECTION 1.2 |
Other Definitions |
52 | |
|
SECTION 1.3 |
Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act |
52 | |
|
SECTION 1.4 |
Rules of Construction |
53 | |
|
SECTION 1.5 |
Limited Condition Transactions |
53 | |
|
ARTICLE II THE NOTES |
55 | ||
|
SECTION 2.1 |
Form and Dating |
55 | |
|
SECTION 2.2 |
Execution and Authentication |
57 | |
|
SECTION 2.3 |
Registrar; Paying Agent |
57 | |
|
SECTION 2.4 |
Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust |
58 | |
|
SECTION 2.5 |
Holder Lists |
58 | |
|
SECTION 2.6 |
Book-Entry Provisions for Global Securities |
59 | |
|
SECTION 2.7 |
Replacement Notes |
61 | |
|
SECTION 2.8 |
Outstanding Notes |
61 | |
|
SECTION 2.9 |
Treasury Notes |
62 | |
|
SECTION 2.10 |
Temporary Notes |
62 | |
|
SECTION 2.11 |
Cancellation |
62 | |
|
SECTION 2.12 |
Defaulted Interest |
62 | |
|
SECTION 2.13 |
Record Date |
63 | |
|
SECTION 2.14 |
Computation of Interest |
63 | |
|
SECTION 2.15 |
CUSIP Number |
63 | |
|
SECTION 2.16 |
Special Transfer Provisions |
63 | |
|
SECTION 2.17 |
Issuance of Additional Notes |
65 | |
|
ARTICLE III REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT |
65 | ||
|
SECTION 3.1 |
Notices to Trustee |
65 | |
|
SECTION 3.2 |
Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed |
66 | |
|
SECTION 3.3 |
Notice of Redemption |
67 | |
|
SECTION 3.4 |
Effect of Notice of Redemption |
68 | |
|
SECTION 3.5 |
Deposit of Redemption of Purchase Price |
68 | |
|
SECTION 3.6 |
Notes Redeemed in Part |
69 | |
|
SECTION 3.7 |
Optional Redemption |
69 | |
|
SECTION 3.8 |
Mandatory Redemption |
70 | |
|
SECTION 3.9 |
Offer to Purchase |
70 | |
|
ARTICLE IV COVENANTS |
71 | ||
|
SECTION 4.1 |
Payment of Notes |
71 | |
|
SECTION 4.2 |
Maintenance of Office or Agency. |
72 | |
|
SECTION 4.3 |
Provision of Financial Information |
72 | |
|
SECTION 4.4 |
Compliance Certificate |
75 | |
|
SECTION 4.5 |
Taxes |
75 | |
|
SECTION 4.6 |
Stay, Extension and Usury Laws |
75 | |
|
SECTION 4.7 |
Limitation on Restricted Payments |
76 | |
|
SECTION 4.8 |
Limitation on Dividends and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries |
84 | |
|
SECTION 4.9 |
Limitation on Incurrence of Debt and Issuance of Preferred Stock |
86 | |
|
SECTION 4.10 |
Asset Sales. |
93 | |
|
SECTION 4.11 |
Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates |
97 | |
|
SECTION 4.12 |
Limitation on Liens |
100 | |
|
SECTION 4.13 |
[Reserved] |
101 | |
|
SECTION 4.14 |
Offer to Purchase upon Change of Control |
101 | |
|
SECTION 4.15 |
Corporate Existence |
103 | |
|
SECTION 4.16 |
[Reserved] |
103 | |
|
SECTION 4.17 |
Additional Guarantees |
103 | |
|
SECTION 4.18 |
Further Instruments and Acts |
105 | |
|
SECTION 4.19 |
Effectiveness of Covenants |
105 | |
|
ARTICLE V SUCCESSORS |
107 | ||
|
SECTION 5.1 |
Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance, Transfer or Lease |
107 | |
|
SECTION 5.2 |
Successor Company Substituted |
108 | |
|
ARTICLE VI DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES |
109 | ||
|
SECTION 6.1 |
Events of Default |
109 | |
|
SECTION 6.2 |
Acceleration |
111 | |
|
SECTION 6.3 |
Other Remedies |
112 | |
|
SECTION 6.4 |
Waiver of Past Defaults |
113 | |
|
SECTION 6.5 |
Control by Majority |
113 | |
|
SECTION 6.6 |
Limitation on Suits |
113 | |
|
SECTION 6.7 |
Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment |
113 | |
|
SECTION 6.8 |
Collection Suit by Trustee |
114 | |
|
SECTION 6.9 |
Trustee May File Proofs of Claim |
114 | |
|
SECTION 6.10 |
Priorities |
114 | |
|
SECTION 6.11 |
Undertaking for Costs |
115 | |
|
ARTICLE VII TRUSTEE |
115 | ||
|
SECTION 7.1 |
Duties of Trustee |
115 | |
|
SECTION 7.2 |
Rights of Trustee |
116 | |
|
SECTION 7.3 |
Individual Rights of Trustee |
118 | |
|
SECTION 7.4 |
Trustee’s Disclaimer. |
118 | |
|
SECTION 7.5 |
Notice of Defaults |
119 | |
|
SECTION 7.6 |
Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes |
120 | |
|
SECTION 7.7 |
Compensation and Indemnity |
120 | |
|
SECTION 7.8 |
Replacement of Trustee. |
121 | |
|
SECTION 7.9 |
Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc. |
122 | |
|
SECTION 7.10 |
Eligibility; Disqualification |
122 | |
|
SECTION 7.11 |
Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company |
123 | |
|
SECTION 7.12 |
Security Documents; Intercreditor Agreements |
123 | |
|
SECTION 7.13 |
Limitation on Duty of Trustee in Respect of Collateral; Indemnification |
123 | |
|
ARTICLE VIII DEFEASANCE; DISCHARGE OF THE INDENTURE |
124 | ||
|
SECTION 8.1 |
Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. |
124 | |
|
SECTION 8.2 |
Legal Defeasance. |
124 | |
|
SECTION 8.3 |
Covenant Defeasance |
125 | |
|
SECTION 8.4 |
Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. |
125 | |
|
SECTION 8.5 |
Deposited Money and United States Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions |
126 | |
|
SECTION 8.6 |
Repayment to Company |
127 | |
|
SECTION 8.7 |
Reinstatement |
127 | |
|
SECTION 8.8 |
Discharge |
127 | |
|
ARTICLE IX AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER |
129 | ||
|
SECTION 9.1 |
Without Consent of Holders of the Notes |
129 | |
|
SECTION 9.2 |
With Consent of Holders of Notes |
130 | |
|
SECTION 9.3 |
[Reserved] |
132 | |
|
SECTION 9.4 |
Revocation and Effect of Consents |
132 | |
|
SECTION 9.5 |
Notation on or Exchange of Notes |
132 | |
|
SECTION 9.6 |
Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent to Sign Amendments, Etc. |
132 | |
|
ARTICLE X COLLATERAL |
133 | ||
|
SECTION 10.1 |
Security Documents |
133 | |
|
SECTION 10.2 |
Release of Collateral |
133 | |
|
SECTION 10.3 |
Suits to Protect the Collateral |
134 | |
|
SECTION 10.4 |
Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Security Documents |
135 | |
|
SECTION 10.5 |
Purchaser Protected |
135 | |
|
SECTION 10.6 |
Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee |
135 | |
|
SECTION 10.7 |
Collateral Agent |
135 | |
|
SECTION 10.8 |
Voting |
143 | |
|
SECTION 10.9 |
No Impairment of the Security Interests |
143 | |
|
SECTION 10.10 |
Insurance |
143 | |
|
ARTICLE XI GUARANTEES |
144 | ||
|
SECTION 11.1 |
Guarantees |
144 | |
|
SECTION 11.2 |
Execution and Delivery of Guarantee |
145 | |
|
SECTION 11.3 |
Severability |
146 | |
|
SECTION 11.4 |
Limitation of Guarantors’ Liability. |
146 | |
|
SECTION 11.5 |
Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms. |
146 | |
|
SECTION 11.6 |
Release of Guarantees |
147 | |
|
SECTION 11.7 |
Benefits Acknowledged |
148 | |
|
ARTICLE XII MISCELLANEOUS |
148 | ||
|
SECTION 12.1 |
Trust Indenture Act Controls |
148 | |
|
SECTION 12.2 |
Notices |
148 | |
|
SECTION 12.3 |
Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes |
150 | |
|
SECTION 12.4 |
Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent |
150 | |
|
SECTION 12.5 |
Statements Required in Certificate |
150 | |
|
SECTION 12.6 |
Rules by Trustee and Agents |
151 | |
|
SECTION 12.7 |
No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders |
151 | |
|
SECTION 12.8 |
Governing Law |
151 | |
|
SECTION 12.9 |
No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements |
151 | |
|
SECTION 12.10 |
Successors |
152 | |
|
SECTION 12.11 |
Severability |
152 | |
|
SECTION 12.12 |
Counterpart Originals |
152 | |
|
SECTION 12.13 |
Table of Contents, Headings, Etc. |
152 | |
|
SECTION 12.14 |
Acts of Holders |
152 | |
|
SECTION 12.15 |
Waiver of Jury Trial |
153 | |
|
SECTION 12.16 |
Force Majeure |
153 | |
|
SECTION 12.17 |
Calculations |
154 | |
|
SECTION 12.18 |
USA Patriot Act |
154 | |
EXHIBITS
|
Exhibit A |
FORM OF NOTE |
|
Exhibit B |
FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS |
|
Exhibit C |
FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS PURSUANT TO RULE 144A |
|
Exhibit D |
FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S |
|
Exhibit E |
FORM OF NET SHORT REPRESENTATION |
|
Exhibit F |
FORM OF ABL INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT |
|
Exhibit G |
FORM OF PARI PASSU INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT |
This Indenture, dated as of February 19, 2025 is by and among Turning Point Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Guarantors (as defined below) and GLAS Trust Company LLC, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Hampshire, as trustee (the “Trustee”) and as notes collateral agent (in such capacity the “Notes Collateral Agent”) pursuant to which the Company is issuing $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 7.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2032 on the Issue Date (the “Initial Notes”).
The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of (i) the Initial Notes and (ii) Additional Notes (together with the Initial Notes, the “Notes”):
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
SECTION 1.1 Definitions.
“2026 Notes” means the Company’s 5.625% senior secured notes due 2026, issued pursuant to an indenture dated February 11, 2021, among the Company, the guarantors thereto and GLAS Trust Company LLC, as trustee and as collateral agent.
“ABL Facility” means the ABL Credit Agreement dated as of November 7, 2023 (as it may be amended and restated from time to time including, without limitation, an amendment and restatement that modifies the obligors in respect thereto), between TPB Specialty Finance LLC, as the borrower, the lenders and L/C issuers party thereto, Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and First-Citizens Bank & Trust Company, as additional collateral agent and Barclays Bank PLC and First-Citizens Bank & Trust Company as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners.
“ABL Intercreditor Agreement” means an intercreditor agreement in substantially the form attached as Exhibit F hereto.
“ABL Loan Party” means “Loan Party” as defined in the ABL Facility.
“ABL Priority Collateral” means (i) Accounts, Chattel Paper and credit card receivables, in each case other than to the extent constituting identifiable proceeds of Notes Priority Collateral; (ii) Deposit Accounts (and all cash, checks and other negotiable instruments, funds and other evidences of payment held therein), other than a Deposit Account used exclusively for identifiable proceeds of Notes Priority Collateral; (iii) all Inventory; (iv) to the extent evidencing, governing, securing or otherwise reasonably related to any of the foregoing, all Documents, General Intangibles, Instruments, Commercial Tort Claims, Letters of Credit, Letter of Credit rights and Supporting Obligations; provided, however, that to the extent any of the foregoing also evidence, govern, secure or otherwise reasonably relate to any Notes Priority Collateral only that portion that evidences, governs, secures or primarily relates to ABL Priority Collateral shall constitute ABL Priority Collateral; provided, further, that the foregoing shall not include any intellectual property; (v) all books, records and documents related to the foregoing (including databases, customer lists and other records, whether tangible or electronic, which contain any information relating to any of the foregoing); and (vi) all Proceeds and products of any or all of the foregoing in whatever form received, including proceeds of business interruption and other insurance and claims against third parties.
“Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person:
(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized in connection with, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and
(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.
“Additional Notes” means Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued pursuant to Article II and otherwise in compliance with the provisions of this Indenture.
“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.
“Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar.
“Applicable Calculation Date” means the applicable date of calculation for (i) the Secured First Lien Leverage Ratio, (ii) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, (iii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, (iv) EBITDA or (v) Consolidated Total Assets.
“Applicable Measurement Period” means the most recently completed four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company immediately preceding the Applicable Calculation Date for which internal financial statements are available.
“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any matter at any time relating to a Global Note, the rules, policies and procedures of the depositary applicable to such matter.
“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any applicable redemption date, the excess of:
(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price at March 15, 2028 (such redemption price being set forth in Section 3.7(a)), plus (ii) all required interest payments due through March 15, 2028 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the applicable date of redemption), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over
(b) the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes.
The Applicable Premium will be calculated by the Company or its agent.
“Asset Sale” means (i) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other voluntary disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets of the Company (other than the sale of Equity Interests of the Company) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”) or (ii) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions and other than Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 4.9 or the issuance of directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required by applicable law), in each case, other than:
(1) a disposition of Cash Equivalents or obsolete, damaged, unnecessary, unsuitable, used or worn out property, equipment or other assets in the ordinary course of business or inventory (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business and dispositions of property no longer used or useful or economically practicable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or the disposition of inventory, goods or other assets in the ordinary course of business or no longer useful in the ordinary course of the Company’s business;
(2) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a manner permitted pursuant to Article V or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control;
(3) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, pursuant to Section 4.7 or the granting of a Lien permitted by Section 4.12;
(4) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $25.0 million;
(5) any disposition of property or assets, or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;
(6) the lease, assignment, sublease, license or sublicense of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or that do not materially interfere with the business of the Company as then in effect;
(7) any issuance, sale, pledge or other disposition of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
(8) dispositions arising from foreclosures, condemnations, eminent domain, seizure, nationalization or any similar action with respect to assets, dispositions of property subject to casualty events and (except for purposes of calculating Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale) dispositions necessary or advisable (as determined in good faith by the Company) in order to consummate any acquisition of any Person, business or assets;
(9) disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;
(10) foreclosures, condemnation, expropriation, forced dispositions, eminent domain or any similar action (whether by deed of condemnation or otherwise) with respect to assets or the granting of Liens not prohibited by this Indenture, and transfers of any property that have been subject to a casualty to the respective insurer of such property as part of an insurance settlement or upon receipt of the net proceeds of such casualty event the granting of Liens not prohibited by this Indenture;
(11) the sale, lease, assignment, license or sublease of inventory, equipment, accounts receivable, notes receivable or other current assets held for sale in the ordinary course of business;
(12) any exchange of assets for Permitted Business Assets (including a combination of Permitted Business Assets and a de minimis amount of Cash Equivalents) of comparable or greater market value, as determined in good faith by the Company;
(13) the licensing, sublicensing or cross-licensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles;
(14) the surrender or waiver of obligations of trade creditors or customers or other contract rights that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer or compromise, settlement, release or surrender of a contract, tort or other litigation claim, arbitration or other disputes;
(15) dispositions of Investments (including Equity Interests) in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements or rights of first refusal between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;
(16) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Permitted Business;
(17) the disposition of any assets (including Equity Interests) (i) acquired after the Issue Date in a transaction permitted under this Indenture, which assets are not used or useful in the core or principal business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, or (ii) made in connection with the approval of any applicable antitrust authority or otherwise necessary or advisable in the good faith determination of the Company to consummate any acquisition permitted under this Indenture;
(18) dispositions of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) an amount equal to the Net Proceeds of such disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property;
(19) any sale and lease-back transaction in an amount not to exceed $25.0 million;
(20) any surrender or waiver of contractual rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contractual rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business;
(21) the unwinding or voluntary termination of any Hedging Obligations;
(22) any disposition in connection with the Transactions; and
(23) the sale, transfer or other disposition of any assets in the TMSA Account.
For the avoidance of doubt, none of (v) the unwinding of Hedging Obligations, (w) the issuance or sale of any Permitted Convertible Indebtedness by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (x) the sale of any Permitted Warrant Transaction by the Company, (y) the purchase of any Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction nor (z) the performance by the Company and/or any Subsidiary thereof of the Company’s or such Subsidiary’s obligations under any Permitted Convertible Indebtedness, any Permitted Warrant Transaction or any Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction, shall constitute, or be deemed to constitute, an “Asset Sale”.
In the event that a transaction (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of a permitted Asset Sale and would also be a permitted Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment, the Company, in its sole discretion, will be entitled to divide and classify such transaction (or a portion thereof) as an Asset Sale and/or one or more of the types of permitted Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments.
“Asset Sale Offer” means an Offer to Purchase required to be made by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 to all Holders.
“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.
“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns,” “Beneficially Owned” and “Beneficial Ownership” have a corresponding meaning.
“Board of Directors” means:
(1) with respect to a corporation, the Board of Directors of the corporation;
(2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership; and
(3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.
“Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof, unless the context specifically requires that such resolution be adopted by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors, in which case by a majority of such directors, and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification and delivered to the Trustee.
“Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to remain closed.
“Capital Stock” means:
(1) in the case of a corporation, capital stock;
(2) in the case of an association or other business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock;
(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and
(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person,
but excluding from all of the foregoing clauses (1) through (4) any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.
“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP (except for temporary treatment of construction-related expenditures under EITF 97-10, “The Effect of Lessee Involvement in Asset Construction,” which will ultimately be treated as operating leases upon a sale-leaseback transaction); provided, however, that, for the avoidance of doubt, any obligations relating to a lease that would have been accounted for by the Company as an operating lease under GAAP as in existence on December 31, 2018, shall be accounted for as an operating lease and not a Capitalized Lease Obligation.
“Cash Contribution Amount” means the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of the Company or any Guarantor described in the definition of “Contribution Indebtedness.”
“Cash Equivalents” means:
(1) United States dollars or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;
(2) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States, the United Kingdom or any member state of the European Union whose legal tender is the euro having maturities of not more than 36 months from the date of acquisition;
(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of 36 months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding 36 months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any lender party to the ABL Facility or with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $100.0 million;
(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;
(5) commercial paper maturing within 36 months after the date of acquisition and having a rating of at least A-1 from Moody’s or P-1 from S&P;
(6) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition;
(7) instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses (1) to (6) above denominated in euro or pounds sterling or any other foreign currency comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to above and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Restricted Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction; and
(8) investment in funds which invest substantially all of their assets in Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (7) of this definition.
“Cash Management Obligations” means obligations owed by either the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any other Person in respect of or in connection with Cash Management Services.
“Cash Management Services” means any treasury, depository, pooling, netting, overdraft, stored value card, purchase card (including so called “procurement card” or “P-card”), debit card, credit card, cash management and similar services and any automated clearing house transfer of funds and obligations in respect of any other services related, ancillary or complementary to the foregoing.
“Certificated Notes” means Notes that are in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto other than Global Notes.
“CFC” means a Foreign Subsidiary that is a “controlled foreign corporation” (as defined in Section 957(a) of the Code).
“CFC Holding Company” means any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary of the Company and Guarantors substantially all the assets of which consist (directly or indirectly through disregarded entities or partnerships) of (i)(A) equity interests (including, for this purpose, any debt or other instrument treated as equity for U.S. federal income Tax purposes) in, and/or indebtedness (as determined for U.S. Tax purposes) issued by one or more CFCs and/or (B) cash and cash equivalents and other assets being held on a temporary basis incidental to the holding of such equity interests or indebtedness or (ii) one or more CFC Holding Companies and/or assets described in clause (i) above.
“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:
(1) the sale, lease or transfer (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) other than to the Company or its Subsidiaries; or
(2) the Company becomes aware (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) of the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company, in each case, other than an acquisition where the holders of the Voting Stock of the Company as of immediately prior to such acquisition hold 50% or more of the Voting Stock of the ultimate parent of the Company or successor thereto immediately after such acquisition (provided no holder of the Voting Stock of the Company as of immediately prior to such acquisition owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company immediately after such acquisition).
Notwithstanding the preceding or any provision of Rule 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act (or any successor provision), (i) a Person or group shall not be deemed to beneficially own Voting Stock subject to an equity or asset purchase agreement, merger agreement, option agreement, warrant agreement or similar agreement (or voting or option or similar agreement related thereto) until the consummation of the acquisition of the Voting Stock in connection with the transactions contemplated by such agreement and (ii) a Person or group will not be deemed to beneficially own the Voting Stock of another Person (the “Subject Person”) held by a parent of such Subject Person unless it owns more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such parent.
“Change of Control Offer” means an Offer to Purchase required to be made by the Company pursuant to Section 4.14 to all Holders.
“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking S.A. and any successor thereto.
“Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
“Collateral” means any and all “Collateral” or “Mortgaged Property” as defined in any applicable Security Document and all other property that is or is intended under the terms of the Security Documents to be subject to Liens in favor of the Notes Collateral Agent, which will be substantially all assets of the Guarantors other than Excluded Assets.
“Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization charge or expense, including without limitation the amortization of capitalized software expenses, deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, fees, commissions and other expenses related thereto and other noncash charges (excluding any noncash item that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.
“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: (a) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (including amortization of original issue discount, noncash interest payments (other than imputed interest as a result of purchase accounting), commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing, the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, net payments (if any) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations (any net receipts pursuant to such interest rate Hedging Obligations shall be included as a reduction to Consolidated Interest Expense), amortization of deferred financing fees or expensing of any bridge or other financing fees and any loss on the early extinguishment of Indebtedness and amortization of any original issue discount in connection with the Transactions) plus (b) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, less (c) interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries actually received or receivable in cash for such period.
“Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to and Person, as of any date, means the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt minus unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, computed as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the Applicable Calculation Date to (b) EBITDA for the four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP are available immediately preceding such date. In the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs or redeems any Indebtedness subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is made, then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or redemption of Indebtedness as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four fiscal quarter period. The Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated in a manner consistent with the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio,” including with respect to any pro forma calculations.
“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that:
(1) any net after-tax extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gains, losses, income, costs, charges or expenses (including, without limitation, restructuring, severance, relocation, consolidation, transition, integration or other similar charges and expenses, contract termination costs, excess pension charges, system establishment charges, start-up or closure or transition costs, expenses related to any reconstruction, decommissioning, recommissioning or reconfiguration of fixed assets for alternative uses, fees, expenses or charges relating to curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans in connection with the Transactions or otherwise, expenses associated with strategic initiatives, facilities shutdown and opening costs, new product launches, unrealized losses on the TMSA Account, and any fees, expenses or charges related to the Transactions or otherwise (including any transition-related expenses incurred before, on or after the Issue Date), and litigation settlements or losses) shall be excluded;
(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle(s) during such period;
(3) costs associated with, and any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to asset dispositions or abandonments other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) and any gain (or loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person shall be excluded;
(4) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that, to the extent not already included, Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period (subject in the case of dividends paid or distributions made to a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) to the limitations contained in clause (5) below);
(5) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments that are permitted to be made under Section 4.7, the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) shall be excluded if the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not wholly permitted at the date of determination without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived and other than restrictions pursuant to this Indenture, the Security Documents or the ABL Facility and related documentation; provided that the Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be, after giving effect to any applicable exclusion contained in clause (7) of the definition of “EBITDA,” increased by the amount of dividends or similar distributions that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof (subject to the provisions of this clause (5) in respect of such period), to the extent not already included therein;
(6) non-cash compensation charges, including any such charges arising from stock options, restricted stock grants or other equity-incentive programs and accruals for bonuses payable in a future period (provided that the amount paid in respect of such bonuses shall be included in the period paid) and income (loss) attributable to deferred compensation shall be excluded;
(7) any net after-tax gains or losses and all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations shall be excluded;
(8) the effect of any non-cash items resulting from any amortization, impairment, write-up, write-down or write-off of assets (including investment securities) including intangible assets, goodwill and deferred financing costs in connection with the Transactions or any future acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, Investment or similar transaction or any other non-cash impairment charges incurred subsequent to the Issue Date resulting from the application at SFAS Nos. 141, 142 or 144 (excluding any such non-cash item to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenditures in any future period except to the extent such item is subsequently reversed) shall be excluded;
(9) any unrealized net gain or loss resulting from Hedging Obligations permitted by clause (9) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” (including pursuant to the application of SFAS No. 133) shall be excluded;
(10) any net after-tax income or loss from discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of discontinued operations shall be excluded;
(11) expenses and lost profits with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be disregarded (x) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed or (y) if such Person has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will be reimbursed by the insurer, but only to the extent that such amount (a) has not been denied by the insurer in writing and (b) is in fact reimbursed within 365 days following the date on which such liability was discovered or such casualty event or business interruption occurred (with a deduction for any amounts so added back that are not reimbursed with such 365-day period); provided, that any proceeds of such reimbursement when received will be excluded from the calculation of Consolidated Net Income to the extent the expense or lost profit reimbursed was previously disregarded pursuant to this clause (11);
(12) losses, charges and expenses that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any asset disposition, the Transactions or any Investment or asset acquisition shall be excluded (x) to the extent actually reimbursed or (y) if such Person has made a determination that a reasonable basis exists for indemnification or reimbursement, but only to the extent that such amount is indemnified or reimbursed within 365 days of such determination (with a deduction in the applicable future period for any amount so added back to the extent not so indemnified or reimbursed within such 365 days);
(13) [reserved];
(14) non-cash charges for deferred tax asset valuation allowances shall be excluded;
(15) any fees, expenses (including any transaction or retention bonus or similar payment) or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with the Transactions or any acquisition, non-recurring costs to acquire equipment to the extent not capitalized in accordance with GAAP, Investment, recapitalization, asset disposition, non-competition agreement, issuance, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of or waiver or consent relating to any debt instrument, shall be excluded;
(16) any net pension costs or other post-employment benefit costs representing amortization of unrecognized prior service costs, actuarial losses, including amortization of such amounts arising in prior periods, amortization of the unrecognized net obligation (and loss or cost) and any other non-cash items of a similar nature shall be excluded; and
(17) any non-cash expenses, accruals or reserves related to adjustments to historical tax exposures (provided, in each case, that the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated Net Income for the period in which such cash payment was made) shall be excluded.
In addition, to the extent not already included in Consolidated Net Income, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall include the amount of proceeds received or due from business interruption insurance or reimbursement of expenses and charges that are covered by indemnification and other reimbursement provisions in connection with any acquisition or other Investment or any disposition of any asset permitted under this Indenture.
“Consolidated Total Assets” means the total consolidated assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as shown on the most recent balance sheet determined in accordance with GAAP determined on a pro forma basis in a manner consistent with the pro forma adjustments contained in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.
“Consolidated Total Debt” means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination, the sum, without duplication, of (i) the total amount of Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, plus (ii) the total amount of Indebtedness of any other Person, to the extent that such Indebtedness has been Guaranteed by the referent Person or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries, plus (iii) the aggregate liquidation value of all Disqualified Stock of such Person and all preferred stock of Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
“Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.
“Contribution Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount not greater than the aggregate amount of cash contributions (other than Excluded Contributions and Refunding Capital Stock) made to the capital of the Company or such Guarantor after the Issue Date.
“Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” means the designated office of the Trustee at which at any time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office as of the date hereof is located at 3 Second Street, Suite 206, Jersey City, NJ 07311, Attention: Transaction Management Group, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by written notice to the Holders and the Company).
“Credit Facilities” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other indebtedness, including any notes (including Additional Notes), mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof, in whole or in part, and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund, refinance, extend, renew, restate, amend, supplement or modify any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such exchanged, replacement, refunding, refinancing, extended, renewed, restated, amended, supplemented or modified facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed or issued thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings or issuance is permitted under Section 4.9) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, trustee, lender or group of lenders or other holders or investors.
“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.
“Derivative Instrument” with respect to a Person, means any contract, instrument or other right to receive payment or delivery of cash or other assets to which such Person or any Affiliate of such Person that is acting in concert with such Person in connection with such Person’s investment in the Notes (other than a Regulated Bank or a Screened Affiliate) is a party (whether or not requiring further performance by such Person), the value and/or cash flows of which (or any material portion thereof) are materially affected by the value and/or performance of the Notes and/or the creditworthiness of the Company or any one or more Guarantors.
“Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.3 as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, until a successor shall have been appointed and become such pursuant to Section 2.6, and, thereafter, “Depositary” shall mean or include such successor.
“Designated Noncash Consideration” means the fair market value of noncash consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Noncash Consideration. A particular item of Designated Noncash Consideration will no longer be considered to be outstanding when and to the extent it has been paid, redeemed or otherwise retired or sold or otherwise disposed of in exchange for consideration in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents in compliance with Section 4.10.
“Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or any parent entity (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued after the Issue Date for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Company or the applicable Parent Entity, as the case may be, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph of Section 4.7.
“Disinterested Directors” means with respect to any Affiliate Transaction, a member of the Board of Directors of the Company having no material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such Affiliate Transaction. A member of the Board of Directors of the Company shall be deemed not to have such a financial interest by reason of such member’s holding Equity Interests or similar rights in the Company.
“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than as a result of a Change of Control or Asset Sale if the terms of such Capital Stock (and all such securities into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable) provide that such Person may not redeem or repurchase any such Capital Stock (and all securities into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable) pursuant to such provision prior to compliance by such Person with the provisions of Section 4.10 or 4.14 and such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.7), in each case, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than as a result of a Change of Control or Asset Sale), in whole or in part, or (c) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (excluding Capital Stock which is convertible or exchangeable solely at the option of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary), in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the final maturity date of the Notes and the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that (i) any Capital Stock held by any future, current or former employee, director, officer, manager, independent contractor or consultant of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, any of their direct or indirect parent companies or any other entity in which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary has an Investment and is designated in good faith as an “affiliate” by the Board of Directors of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case pursuant to any stock subscription or shareholders’ agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or its Subsidiaries or in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations, (ii) only the portion of such Capital Stock that so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date, or is so convertible or exchangeable will be deemed to constitute Disqualified Stock, and (iii) any class of such Capital Stock that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Capital Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent entities that is not Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to constitute Disqualified Stock.
“Domestic Subsidiary” means any wholly-owned direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company that was formed under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia.
“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company and any successor.
“EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication:
(1) Taxes paid and the provision for any type of taxes, of such Person for such period deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
(2) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same was deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus
(3) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent such depreciation, amortization and non-cash charges were deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
(4) any extraordinary, unusual, infrequently occurring or nonrecurring loss, charge, payments or expense or any losses, expenses, payments or charges incurred in connection with any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, Restricted Payment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture (in each case whether or not consummated and including expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of the Notes and the entry into the ABL Facility) or the Transactions and, in each case, deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
(5) the amount of any restructuring charges, accruals or reserves (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include retention, severance, systems establishment cost, excess pension charges, contract termination costs, future lease commitments, integration and business optimization costs and costs to close or consolidate facilities and relocate employees) deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus or minus
(6) any other noncash charges, expenses, write-down or losses (including any impairment charges and the impact of purchase accounting, including, but not limited to, the amortization of inventory step-up and loss of profit on the acquired inventory and unrealized losses of the TMSA Account) or deferred cash charges, expenses or losses reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (excluding any such charge that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period, other than straight-line rent expense determined in accordance with GAAP to the extent such accruals exceed the related rent payments for the applicable period; provided, however, that the EBITDA for any period shall be reduced to the extent rent payments exceed rent accruals for such period irrespective of the accounting treatment of such rent payments) less all non-cash items of income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries; plus
(7) [reserved]; plus
(8) the amount of any non-controlling interest expense consisting of income attributable to non-controlling interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary; plus
(9) (a) costs incurred or otherwise associated with the launch of new products, product lines or brands and (b) costs associated with applications related to Food and Drug Administration Pre-market Tobacco Applications and similar costs incurred in connection with the receipt of regulatory approval for products;
(10) corporate restructuring expenses including severance and early retirement; plus
(11) the amount of “run rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements, revenue enhancements and synergies related to the Transactions, any Specified Transaction, any restructuring, cost saving initiative or other initiative projected by the Company in good faith to be realized as a result of actions taken, committed to be taken or planned to be taken, in each case on or prior to the date that is 18 months after the end of the relevant period (including actions initiated prior to the Issue Date) (which cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements, revenue enhancements and synergies shall be added to EBITDA until fully realized and calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements, revenue enhancements and synergies had been realized on the first day of the relevant period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized from such actions; provided that (A) such cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements, revenue enhancements and synergies are reasonably identifiable and quantifiable and (B) no cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements, revenue enhancements or synergies shall be added pursuant to this clause (a) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating to such cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements, revenue enhancements or synergies that are included in any other “pro forma” (it being understood and agreed that “run rate” shall mean the full recurring benefit that is associated with any action taken); provided, further, that the aggregate amount of “run rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements, revenue enhancements and synergies related to any Specified Transaction, any restructuring, cost saving initiative or other initiative added pursuant to this clause (a) shall not exceed 25% of EBITDA (calculated after giving effect to any addback under this clause for any Applicable Measurement Period); plus or minus
(12) noncash items increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period (excluding any items that represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges made in any prior period) or which will result in the receipt of cash in a future period or the amortization of lease incentives; plus or minus
(13) foreign currency exchange gains or losses.
“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock); provided, for the avoidance of doubt, that no Permitted Convertible Indebtedness, other debt securities that are or by their terms may be convertible or exchangeable into or for Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) or into or for any combination of cash and Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) by reference to the price of such Equity Interests) or Permitted Convertible Indebtedness Call Transactions, in each case, shall constitute Equity Interests of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries prior to settlement, conversion, exchange or exercise thereof.
“Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of common or preferred stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or common stock or Preferred Stock of any of its direct or indirect parent entities (excluding Disqualified Stock of such entity), other than (1) public offerings with respect to common stock of the Company or of any of its direct or indirect parent entities registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8, (2) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution or (3) an issuance to any Subsidiary of the Company.
“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system, and any successor thereto.
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
“Excluded Assets” means:
(1) (a) each fee-owned real property with a fair market value of less than $10,000,000 per property, (b) any real property located outside of the United States of America and (c) any ground leasehold or other commercial leasehold real property interests or improvements thereto or any interest therein;
(2) motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title statutes (to the extent a lien thereon cannot be perfected solely by filing of a UCC financing statement);
(3) leasehold interests, letters of credit and letters of credit rights not constituting supporting obligations, in each case other than to the extent such interests, rights or obligations can be perfected by the filing of a UCC-1 financing statement or other comparable foreign filing, and commercial tort claims (other than those where no additional action is required by any Guarantor to grant or perfect a security interest in such commercial tort claim);
(4) those pledges and assets over which the granting or perfecting of security interests in such assets would be prohibited by any governmental authority or contract existing on the Issue Date or on the date any Subsidiary party to such contract is acquired (so long as, in the case of an acquisition of a Subsidiary, any such prohibition was not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition), requirement of law (or if any requirement of law creates a material risk of tax or other liability as reasonably determined by the Company) or regulation;
(5) equity interests in (i) any Person other than Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent not permitted by the terms of such Person’s organizational documents or to the extent the pledge thereof would be prohibited by any governmental authority and (ii) any joint venture;
(6) any lease, license or other agreement or any property subject to a lease, license or agreement or purchase money agreement, capital lease obligation or similar arrangements to the extent that a grant of a security interest therein would violate or invalidate such lease, license or agreement or purchase money agreement or create a right of termination in favor of any other party thereto (other than a Guarantor) after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the UCC or other applicable statute or regulation, other than proceeds and receivables thereof, the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the UCC or other applicable statute or regulation notwithstanding such prohibition;
(7) any “intent-to-use” trademark or service mark applications filed pursuant to Section 1(b) of the Lanham Act, 15 U.S.C. § 1051, prior to the filing of a “Statement of Use” pursuant to Section 1(d) of the Lanham Act or an “Amendment to Allege Use” pursuant to Section 1(c) of the Lanham Act with respect thereto, solely to the extent, if any, that, and solely during the period, if any, in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of any registration that issues from such intent-to-use application under applicable federal law;
(8) those assets that the cost or burden of obtaining or perfecting a security interest therein are excessive in relation to the value of the security to be afforded thereby as reasonably determined by the Company and the Trustee;
(9) voting Equity Interests in any Foreign Subsidiaries or CFC Holding Company, in each case in excess of 66% of the total combined voting power of the Equity Interests of such entities entitled to vote (for the avoidance of doubt, Equity Interests of such entities not entitled to vote shall not be Excluded Assets);
(10) Equity Interests in (a) Unrestricted Subsidiaries, (b) Subsidiaries of Foreign Subsidiaries (c) CFC Holding Companies or (d) ABL Loan Parties; and
(11) Margin Stock; provided that “Excluded Assets” shall not include any proceeds, products, substitutions or replacements of Excluded Assets (unless such proceeds, products, substitutions or replacements would otherwise constitute Excluded Assets).
“Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds or marketable securities, in each case received by the Company from:
(1) contributions to its common equity capital;
(2) dividends, distributions, fees and other payments from any Unrestricted Subsidiaries or joint ventures or Investments in entities that are not Restricted Subsidiaries; and
(3) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Company or any Subsidiary) of Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock);
in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be.
“Excluded Subsidiary” means any (a) Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, (b) Subsidiary that is prohibited by applicable law from providing a Guarantee, (c) Unrestricted Subsidiary, (d) direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary of a direct or indirect Foreign Subsidiary, (e) CFC Holding Company, (f) not-for-profit Subsidiary, (g) Subsidiary to the extent providing a Guarantee of the Notes would result in material adverse tax consequences to the Company or any Subsidiary as reasonably determined by the Company and (h) Immaterial Subsidiary.
“fair market value” means the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Company using any customarily used valuation methodology, whose determination will be conclusive for all purposes under this Indenture and the Notes.
“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any period consisting of such Person’s most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays or otherwise retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee or repayment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period and as if the Company or Restricted Subsidiary had not earned the interest income actually earned during such period in respect of such cash used to repay, repurchase, defease or otherwise discharge such Indebtedness.
If Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers or consolidations have been made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary during the four quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers or consolidations (and the change in any associated Fixed Charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four quarter reference period.
If since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
For purposes of this definition and any component definitions, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Company and may include operating expense reductions, cost savings, and synergies for such period resulting from the transaction which is being given pro forma effect (A) that have been realized, (B) for which the steps necessary for realization have been taken (or are taken concurrently with such transaction) or (C) for which the steps necessary for realization are reasonably expected to be taken within the twelve-month period following such transaction and, in each case, including, but not limited to, (a) reduction in personnel expenses, (b) reduction of costs related to administrative functions, (c) reduction of costs related to leased or owned properties and (d) reductions from the consolidation of operations and streamlining of corporate overhead; provided, that, in each case, such adjustments are based on the reasonable good faith beliefs of the Officers executing such Officer’s Certificate at the time of such execution. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness if the related hedge has a remaining term in excess of twelve months).
Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at the interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the event an item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) is incurred or issued, any Lien is incurred or other transaction is undertaken in reliance on a ratio basket based on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Secured First Lien Leverage Ratio, Total Consolidated Ratio or EBITDA, such ratio(s) shall be calculated (i) without regard to the incurrence of any Indebtedness under any revolving facility or letter of credit facility immediately prior to or in connection therewith; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, the amount of any cash proceeds from such revolving facility or letter of credit facility shall also be disregarded for purposes of such calculation and (ii) with respect to such incurrence, issuance or other transaction without giving effect to amounts being utilized under any other basket on the same date. Each item of Indebtedness that is incurred or issued, each Lien incurred and each other transaction undertaken will be deemed to have been incurred, issued or taken first, to the extent available, pursuant to the relevant Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Secured Net Leverage Ratio, Total Consolidated Ratio or EBITDA test.
“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication, (a) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period, (b) all cash dividends paid during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person and its Subsidiaries and (c) all cash dividends paid during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock of such Person and its Subsidiaries minus interest income, non-cash interest expense attributable to movement in mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivatives under GAAP, and any expense resulting from the discounting of Indebtedness in connection with the application of purchase accounting in connection with any acquisition.
“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States in effect on the Issue Date, except that with respect to any reports or financial information required to be delivered pursuant to Section 4.3, GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect during the applicable period covered by such report or financial information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this Indenture, GAAP shall be determined, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to any change in accounting for leases pursuant to GAAP resulting from the implementation of Financial Accounting Standards Board ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), to the extent such adoption would require treating any lease (or similar arrangement conveying the right to use) as a capitalized asset with a corresponding lease liability where such lease (or similar arrangement) would not have been required to be so treated under GAAP prior to the effective date of ASU No. 2016-02. For purposes of this Indenture, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person means such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries and does not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary.
If there occurs a change in generally accepted accounting principles and such change would cause a change in the method of calculation of any standards, terms or measures used in a covenant under Article IV as determined in good faith by the Company (an “Accounting Change”), then the Company may elect in good faith, as evidenced by a written notice of the Company to the Trustee, to amend any provision hereof, including any financial ratio calculations, thresholds or covenants, to eliminate the effect of any Accounting Change or in the application thereof occurring after the Issue Date on the operation of such provision, regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such Accounting Change or in the application thereof, to reflect the effects of the Accounting Change, including but not limited to amending the financial ratio calculations, thresholds and any financial covenant in this Indenture to recalibrate such financial ratio calculation, threshold and financial covenant for the effects of the Accounting Change, so long as (1) such recalibration is limited to changes in the calculation of such financial ratio calculations, thresholds or covenant levels due to the effects of differences between GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date and any change occurring after the Issue Date, (2) the recalibrated financial ratio calculations, thresholds or covenant levels shall be determined in good faith and (3) any such recalibration shall be done in a manner such that, after giving effect to such recalibration, the recalibrated thresholds and covenant levels shall be consistent with the intention of the respective thresholds and covenant levels calculated under GAAP prior to such notice.
“Global Note Legend” means the legend identified as such in Exhibit A.
“Global Notes” means the Notes that are in the form of Exhibit A issued in global form and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee.
“guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations. When used as a verb, “guarantee” shall have a corresponding meaning.
“Guarantee” means any guarantee of the obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes by a Guarantor in accordance with Article XI. When used as a verb, “Guarantee” shall have a corresponding meaning.
“Guarantor” means any Person that incurs a Guarantee of the Notes; provided that upon the release and discharge of such Person from its Guarantee in accordance with Section 11.6, such Person shall cease to be a Guarantor. On the Issue Date, the Guarantors will include each wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiary of the Company except for the Specified Subsidiary and the initial Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under:
(1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements; and
(2) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage, hedge or protect such Person with respect to fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices. For the avoidance of doubt, any Permitted Convertible Indebtedness Call Transaction will not constitute Hedging Obligations.
“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered in the security register.
“Immaterial Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Company for which the EBITDA attributable to such Subsidiary accounts for less than or equal to 5% of EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and collectively with all Immaterial Subsidiaries, less than or equal to 5% of EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.
“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication,
(1) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person:
(A) in respect of borrowed money;
(B) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);
(C) representing the deferred and unpaid balance of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except any such balance that constitutes an obligation to a trade creditor accrued in the ordinary course of business; or
(D) all net payments that such Person would have to make in the event of an early termination, on the date Indebtedness of such Person is being determined, in respect of outstanding Hedging Obligations;
if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a long-term liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that Indebtedness of any parent entity appearing on the balance sheet of the Company solely by reason of push-down accounting under GAAP shall be excluded;
(2) Disqualified Stock of such Person (excluding accrued dividends that have not increased the liquidation preference of such Disqualified Stock);
(3) all guarantees by such Person of the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business); and
(4) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset (other than a Lien on Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary) owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); provided that the amount of Indebtedness of any Person for purposes of this clause (4) shall be deemed to be equal to the lesser of (i) the aggregate unpaid amount of such Indebtedness and (ii) the fair market value of the property encumbered thereby as determined by such Person in good faith;
provided, however, that Indebtedness will not include:
(A) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in respect of borrowed money, documentary letters of credit issued in connection with inventory purchases in the ordinary course of business and trade payables, accrued expenses and intercompany liabilities in each case arising in the ordinary course of business;
(B) items that would appear as a liability on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP as a result of the applicability of EITF 97-10, “The Effect of Lessee Involvement in Asset Construction”;
(C) prepaid or deferred revenue arising in the ordinary course of business;
(D) purchase price holdbacks arising in the ordinary course of business in respect of a portion of the purchase prices of an asset to satisfy unperformed obligations of the seller of such asset;
(E) earn-out obligations until such obligations become a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP;
(F) intercompany indebtedness; and
(G) the Indebtedness of any partnership in which such Person is a general partner to the extent that the instrument or agreement evidencing such Indebtedness expressly limits the liability of such Person in respect thereof.
“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.
“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant of nationally recognized standing to Persons engaged in a Permitted Business that is, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.
“Initial Notes” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (including by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others, but excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commissions, travel and similar advances to employees, directors, consultants and independent contractors), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property.
For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.7 (i) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company and (iii) any transfer of Capital Stock that results in an entity which became a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be an Investment in an amount equal to the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith as of the date of initial acquisition) of the Capital Stock of such entity owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately after such transfer.
“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.
“Issue Date” means February 19, 2025.
“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.
“Long Derivative Instrument” means a Derivative Instrument (i) the value of which generally increases, and/or the payment or delivery obligations under which generally decrease, with positive changes to the Company or any one or more Guarantors and/or (ii) the value of which generally decreases, and/or the payment or delivery obligations under which generally increase, with negative changes to the Company or any one or more Guarantors.
“Margin Stock” has the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation U issued by the FRB.
“Market Capitalization” means an amount equal to (i) the total number of issued and outstanding shares of voting and non-voting common Equity Interests of the Company or any parent entity on the date of the declaration of a Restricted Payment permitted pursuant to clause (8) of the second paragraph of Section 4.7 multiplied by (ii) the arithmetic mean of the closing prices per share of such common Equity Interests on the principal securities exchange on which such common Equity Interests are traded for the 30 consecutive trading days immediately preceding the date of declaration of such Restricted Payment.
“Material Real Property” means any fee-owned real property that is not an Excluded Asset.
“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating business.
“Mortgaged Property” means any Material Real Property required to be mortgaged pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and the Security Documents.
“Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends or accretion of any Preferred Stock.
“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale, in each case net of (1) fees, out of pocket expenses and other direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and including, without limitation, legal, consulting, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, (2) taxes or Permitted Tax Distributions (as defined herein) paid or payable by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), (3) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness (including any required premiums or prepayment penalties) that is secured by the property or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale on a basis that is prior to the Liens, if any, on such assets securing the Notes Obligations, (4) the pro rata portion of Net Proceeds thereof attributable to minority interests and not available for distribution to or for the account of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries as a result thereof, (5) any costs associated with unwinding any related Hedging Obligations in connection with such transaction, (6) any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Company after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction, (7) any portion of the purchase price from an Asset Sale placed in escrow, whether as a reserve for adjustment of the purchase price, for satisfaction of indemnities in respect of such Asset Sale or otherwise in connection with such Asset Sale; provided, that upon the termination of that escrow (other than in connection with a payment in respect of any such adjustment or satisfaction of indemnities), Net Proceeds will be increased by any portion of funds in the escrow that are released to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (8) the amount of any liabilities (other than Indebtedness in respect of the Notes) directly associated with such asset being sold and retained by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
“Net Short” means, with respect to a Holder or beneficial owner, as of a date of determination, either (i) the value of its Short Derivative Instruments exceeds the sum of (x) the value of its notes plus (y) the value of its Long Derivative Instruments as of such date of determination or (ii) it is reasonably expected that such would have been the case were a Failure to Pay or Bankruptcy Credit Event (each as defined in the 2014 ISDA Credit Derivatives Definitions) to have occurred with respect to the Company or any Guarantor immediately prior to such date of determination.
“Non-Guarantor Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor.
“Note Custodian” means the Trustee when serving as custodian for the Depositary with respect to the Global Notes, or any successor entity thereto.
“Notes” means the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes. The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes, if any, shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture.
“Notes Collateral Agent” means the Trustee in its capacity as “Notes Collateral Agent” under this Indenture and under the Security Documents and any successor thereto in such capacity.
“Notes Obligations” means all Obligations owing pursuant to the Notes, this Indenture, the Guarantees and the Security Documents.
“Notes Priority Collateral” means (i) Equipment and Fixtures; (ii) real estate; (iii) intellectual property; (iv) Equity Interests in all direct and indirect Subsidiaries of the Company; (v) all other assets of any Guarantor, whether real, personal or mixed not constituting ABL Priority Collateral; (vi) to the extent evidencing, governing, securing or otherwise reasonably related to any of the foregoing, all Documents, General Intangibles, Instruments, Commercial Tort Claims, Letters of Credit, Letter of Credit Rights and Supporting Obligations; provided, however, that to the extent any of the foregoing also evidence, govern, secure or otherwise reasonably relate to any ABL Priority Collateral only that portion that evidences, governs, secures or primarily relates to Notes Priority Collateral shall constitute Notes Priority Collateral; (vii) all books, records and documents related to the foregoing (including databases, customer lists and other records, whether tangible or electronic, which contain any information relating to any of the foregoing); and (viii) all Proceeds and products of any or all of the foregoing in whatever form received, including proceeds of business interruption and other insurance and claims against third parties.
“Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness, including any interest, fees and expenses, which but for the commencement of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding would have accrued on such obligations, whether or not a claim is allowed for such interest, fees or expenses in the related bankruptcy proceeding; provided that Obligations with respect to the Notes shall not include fees or indemnifications in favor of other third parties other than the holders of the Notes and the Trustee.
“Offer” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.”
“Offer to Purchase” means a written offer (the “Offer”) sent by the Company by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each Holder at his or her address appearing in the security register on the date of the Offer or for Global Notes an Offer sent via the applicable procedures of the DTC, offering to purchase up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes set forth in such Offer at the purchase price set forth in such Offer (as determined pursuant to this Indenture). Unless otherwise required by applicable law, the Offer shall specify an expiration date (the “Expiration Date”) of the Offer to Purchase which shall be, subject to any contrary requirements of applicable law, not less than thirty (30) days or more than sixty (60) days after the date of mailing of such Offer and a settlement date (the “Purchase Date”) for purchase of Notes within five (5) Business Days after the Expiration Date. The Company shall notify the Trustee at least three (3) days (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to the mailing of the Offer of the Company’s obligation to make an Offer to Purchase, and the Offer shall be mailed by the Company or, at the Company’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company. The Offer shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase. The Offer shall also state:
(1) the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Offer to Purchase is being made;
(2) the Expiration Date and the Purchase Date;
(3) the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes offered to be purchased pursuant to the Offer to Purchase (including, if less than 100%, the manner by which such amount has been determined pursuant to Section 4.10 (the “Purchase Amount”);
(4) the purchase price to be paid by the Company for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes accepted for purchase (as specified pursuant to this Indenture) (the “Purchase Price”);
(5) that the Holder may tender all or any portion of the Notes registered in the name of such Holder and that any portion of a Note tendered must be tendered in an integral multiple of $1,000 principal amount and that no partial repurchase may result in a note having a principal amount of less than $2,000;
(6) the place or places where Notes are to be surrendered for tender pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, if applicable;
(7) that, unless the Company defaults in making such purchase, any Note accepted for purchase pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will cease to accrue interest on and after the Purchase Date, but that any Note not tendered or tendered but not purchased by the Company pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will continue to accrue interest at the same rate;
(8) that, on the Purchase Date, the Purchase Price will become due and payable with respect to each Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer to Purchase;
(9) that each Holder electing to tender a Note pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will be required to surrender such Note or cause such Note to be surrendered at the place or places set forth in the Offer prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date (such Note being, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or his or her attorney duly authorized in writing);
(10) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw all or any portion of Notes tendered if the Company (or its Paying Agent) receives, not later than the close of business on the Expiration Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter or instructions utilizing the applicable procedures of the DTC setting forth the name of the Holder, the aggregate principal amount of the Notes the Holder tendered, the certificate number of the Note the Holder tendered and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing all or a portion of his or her tender;
(11) that (a) if Notes having an aggregate principal amount less than or equal to the Purchase Amount are duly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, the Company shall purchase all such Notes and (b) if Notes having an aggregate principal amount in excess of the Purchase Amount are tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, the Company shall purchase Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the Purchase Amount on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000 principal amount or integral multiples thereof shall be purchased), so long as no partial repurchase results in a Note having a principal amount of less than $2,000; and
(12) if applicable, that, in the case of any Holder whose Note is purchased only in part, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Note without service charge, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in the aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unpurchased portion of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes so tendered.
“Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum, dated as of February 11, 2025, relating to the Initial Notes.
“Officer” means the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company.
“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company, by an Officer of the Company, to be delivered to the Trustee.
“Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion reasonably acceptable to the Trustee (and, if the Company is entitled to receive such opinion pursuant to Section 2.16, reasonably acceptable to the Company) from legal counsel who may be an employee of the Company.
“Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement” means an intercreditor agreement in substantially the form attached as Exhibit G hereto.
“Pari Passu Lien Obligations” means Indebtedness secured by a Lien that is equal in priority to the Liens on the Collateral (without regard to control of remedies) and is subject to the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (or such other intercreditor agreement having substantially similar terms as the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement, taken as a whole) provided that (i) the holders of such Obligations, or the Pari Passu Lien Representative therefor, executes a joinder agreement to the Security Agreement in the form attached thereto agreeing to be bound thereby and (ii) the Company has designated such Obligations as “Pari Passu Lien Obligations” under the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement.
“Pari Passu Lien Representative” means, with respect to any Pari Passu Lien Obligations, the administrative agent, trustee or other authorized representative for the holders of such Pari Passu Lien Obligations pursuant to the credit agreement, indenture or other definitive documentation therefor.
“Participant” means, with respect to DTC, a Person who has an account with DTC.
“Paying Agent” means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Notes on behalf of the Company.
“Permitted Asset Swap” means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Permitted Business Assets or a combination of Permitted Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided, that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 4.10.
“Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction” means one or more call or capped call options (or substantively equivalent derivative transaction) relating to the Company’s Capital Stock (or other securities or property following a merger event or other change of the Capital Stock of the Company) purchased by the Company in connection with the issuance of any Permitted Convertible Notes; provided, however, that the purchase price for such Permitted Bond Hedge Transactions, less the proceeds received by the Company from the sale of any related Permitted Warrant Transactions, does not exceed the net proceeds received by the Company from the issuance of such Permitted Convertible Notes in connection with such Permitted Bond Hedge Transactions.
“Permitted Business” means any business and any services, activities or businesses incidental, or directly related or similar to any line of business engaged in or proposed to be engaged in by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and Investments as of the Issue Date and any business or other activity that is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary, complementary, incidental or related thereto.
“Permitted Business Assets” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Permitted Business; provided that any assets received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary will not be deemed to be Permitted Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless such Person is, or upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.
“Permitted Convertible Indebtedness” means (a) Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary thereof that (i) as of the date of issuance thereof contains customary conversion or exchange rights and customary offer to repurchase rights for transactions of such type (in each case, as determined by the Company in good faith) and (ii) is convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock of the Company (or other securities or property following a merger event, reclassification or other change of the common stock of the Company), cash or a combination thereof (such amount of cash determined by reference to the price of the Company common stock or such other securities or property), and cash in lieu of fractional shares of common stock of the Company and (b) any guarantee by the Company or any Guarantor of Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary thereof described in clause (c); provided that that such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.9.
“Permitted Convertible Indebtedness Call Transaction” means any Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction and any Permitted Warrant Transaction.
“Permitted Investments” means:
(1) any Investment in the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including guarantees of obligations of its Restricted Subsidiaries);
(2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents and Investments that were Cash Equivalents when made;
(3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person if as a result of such Investment (A) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person as long as not acquired in contemplation of such acquisition;
(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash or Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to Section 4.10 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;
(5) any Investment existing or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Issue Date and any modification, increase, replacement, refinancing, refund, reinvestment, renewal or extension thereof, but only to the extent not involving additional advances unless required by the terms of the Investments as in effect on the Issue Date or otherwise permitted by this Indenture, contributions or other Investments of cash or other assets or other increases thereof other than as a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or original issue discount or the issuance of pay-in-kind securities;
(6) loans and advances to officers, directors, employees and consultants and any guarantees not in excess of the greater of $10.0 million and 10.0% of EBITDA in the aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time;
(7) any Investment acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) in exchange for any other Investment, accounts receivable, security deposit or prepayment held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable, (B) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default or (C) in satisfaction of judgements against another Person;
(8) Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (9) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”;
(9) loans and advances to officers, directors, employees and consultants for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(10) any Investment by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (10) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash and/or marketable securities), not to exceed an amount equal to the greater of $50.0 million and 50.0% of EBITDA (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided, however, that if such Investment is in Capital Stock of a Person that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed permitted under clause (1) above and shall not be included as having been made pursuant to this clause (10);
(11) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent entities (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) or Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the first paragraph of Section 4.7;
(12) guarantees (including Guarantees) of (a) Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.9 or (b) operating leases (excluding Capitalized Lease Obligations) and performance guarantees consistent with past practice;
(13) Investments consisting of leasing or licensing of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;
(14) any Investment (a) in a Similar Business or joint ventures having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (14) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 50.0% of EBITDA at the time of such Investment (in each case, determined on the date such Investment is made, with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) and (b) without duplication with clause (a), in an amount equal to the net cash proceeds from any sale or disposition of, or any distribution in respect of, Investments acquired after the Issue Date, to the extent the acquisition of such Investments was financed in reliance on clause (a) provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (14) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (14);
(15) Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement or other acquisition otherwise permitted under Section 4.7;
(16) Investments made as part of the Transactions;
(17) Investments resulting from pledges and deposits that are Permitted Liens;
(18) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of Uniform Commercial Code Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and Uniform Commercial Code Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;
(19) advances in the form of a prepayment of expenses, so long as such expenses are being paid in accordance with customary trade terms of the Company;
(20) purchases or acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or purchases, acquisitions or licenses of contract rights, intellectual property or other assets or services in each case in the ordinary course of business;
(21) any Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment or other similar assets, or the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint development, joint venture or marketing arrangements with other Persons;
(22) intercompany current liabilities owed to Unrestricted Subsidiaries or joint ventures incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the cash management operations of the Company;
(23) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with the provisions of the second paragraph of Section 4.11;
(24) any other Investment, so long as, after giving pro forma effect to such Investment, the Secured First Lien Leverage Ratio shall be no greater than 3.00 to 1.00 or be no higher than immediately before such incurrence;
(25) Investments in any Indebtedness of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries;
(26) Investments in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice consisting of Uniform Commercial Code Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;
(27) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries (a) having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (27) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities, not to exceed the greater of $10.0 million and 10.0% of EBITDA at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) and (b) without duplication with clause (a), in an amount equal to the net cash proceeds from any sale or disposition of, or any distribution in respect of, Investments acquired after the Issue Date, to the extent the acquisition of such Investments was financed in reliance on clause (a) provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (27) is made in any Person that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (27);
(28) deposits in the TMSA Account and the investment of any moneys in such account; and
(29) to the extent constituting Investments, the issuance of, entry into (including any payments of premiums in connection therewith), and performance of obligations under Permitted Convertible Indebtedness, Permitted Bond Hedge Transactions and Permitted Warrant Transactions.
“Permitted Liens” means the following types of Liens:
(1) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens on the Notes);
(2) Liens securing (A) Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (1), (11), (13), (14), (17), (22) and (32), of the definition of “Permitted Debt” and provided that Liens securing Obligations relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (13) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” relate only to Obligations relating to Refinancing Indebtedness that (x) is secured by Liens on the same assets as the assets that secured the Indebtedness being refinanced or (y) extends, replaces, refunds, refinances, renews or defeases Indebtedness solely to the extent such Indebtedness was secured by a Lien prior to such refinancing and (B) Indebtedness consisting of Pari Passu Lien Obligations that, at the time of incurrence, does not exceed the maximum principal amount of Indebtedness that, as of such date and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the application of the proceeds therefrom on such date, would not cause the Secured First Lien Leverage Ratio of the Company to exceed 3.75 to 1.0 or be no higher than immediately before such incurrence;
(3) Liens securing the Notes (other than Additional Notes) and the related Guarantees;
(4) deposits of cash or government bonds made in the ordinary course of business to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party;
(5) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptance issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice;
(6) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized in connection with, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiary (other than assets and property affixed or appurtenant thereto and the proceeds or products thereof and other than after-acquired property subject to a Lien securing Indebtedness and other obligations incurred prior to such time and which Indebtedness and other obligations are permitted under this Indenture that require or include, pursuant to their terms at such time, a pledge of after-acquired property, it being understood that such requirement shall not be permitted to apply to any property to which such requirement would not have applied but for such acquisition);
(7) Liens on property or Capital Stock at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property or Capital Stock, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that (A) such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized for, such acquisition and (B) such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, further, however that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition or any other Investment not prohibited by the provisions of the covenant described under Section 4.7 (or of any Person not previously a Restricted Subsidiary that is merged or consolidated with or into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) if such Indebtedness is outstanding prior to such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and to the extent such Indebtedness is not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition or Investment;
(8) Liens securing Hedging Obligations (and the costs thereof);
(9) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person or other similar instruments in order to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;
(10) Liens on the properties or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or the Trustee;
(11) Liens to secure any modification, refinancing, refunding, restatement, exchange, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, restatement, exchange, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien existing on the Issue Date or referred to in clauses (6), (7), (18), (20), (21), (22) and (31) of this definition; provided, however, that such Liens (x) are no less favorable to the holders of the Notes taken as a whole, and are not more favorable to the lienholders with respect to such Liens than the Liens in respect of the Indebtedness being refinanced; and (y) do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not securing the Indebtedness so refinanced;
(12) Liens on accounts receivables, inventory, cash, Cash Equivalents, deposit accounts (and any assets credited thereto), and in each case, any proceeds of the foregoing (and, to the extent reasonably related to such accounts, inventory or deposit accounts, all general intangibles and other customary related assets) securing the ABL Facility pursuant to clause (31) of the definition of “Permitted Debt,” which, in the case of any Liens on the assets of any Guarantor shall be limited to first priority Liens on the ABL Priority Collateral as provided in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement;
(13) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet delinquent or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which appropriate reserves have been taken in accordance with GAAP or for property taxes on property that the Company or one of its Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;
(14) judgment liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default and notices of lis pendens and associated rights so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;
(15) pledges, deposits or security under workmen’s compensation, unemployment insurance, employers health tax, and other social security laws or regulations or other insurance related obligations, or deposits to secure the performance of tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations, or deposits as security for contested taxes (to the extent such taxes are diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings) or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or deposits or other security securing liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements or earnest money deposits required in connection a purchase agreement or other acquisition, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
(16) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens imposed by applicable law, (i) arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than 60 days or (ii)(A) that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (B) the Company or Restricted Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (C) such contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation;
(17) survey exceptions and such matters as an accurate survey would disclose, special assessments, covenants, encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of business or to the ownership of properties that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business, and any extension, renewal or replacement of any such Liens;
(18) leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business that do not interfere in any material respect with the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the rights reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;
(19) banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution;
(20) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(21) (A) other Liens securing Indebtedness for borrowed money or other obligations with respect to property or assets with an aggregate fair market value (valued at the time of creation thereof) that does not exceed the greater of $30.0 million and 30.0% of EBITDA and (B) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (4) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”; provided, however, that with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for accessions to such assets) other than the assets subject to such Capitalized Lease Obligations; provided that individual financings of property provided by one lender may be cross collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;
(22) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to pooling, commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business; and (iii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
(23) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
(24) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
(25) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or agreement permitted under this Indenture;
(26) Liens to secure Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clauses (19) and (20) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”;
(27) Liens to secure Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (21) of the definition of “Permitted Debt.”
(28) Liens arising by operation of law under Article 2 of the Uniform Commercial Code in favor of a reclaiming seller of goods or buyer of goods and Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, including precautionary financing statements, or any similar filings made in respect of operating leases or consignments entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(29) security given to a public or private utility or any governmental authority as required in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
(30) landlords’, lessors’ and sublessors’ Liens in respect of rent not in default for more than 60 days or the existence of which, individually or in the aggregate, would not, in the good faith judgment of the Company, materially adversely affect the Company’s business or its ability to pay any Obligation under the Notes;
(31) Liens in favor of customs and revenues authorities imposed by applicable law arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the importation of goods and securing obligations (i) that are not overdue by more than 60 days or (ii)(A) that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (B) the Company or Restricted Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (C) such contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation;
(32) Liens on securities which are the subject of repurchase agreements incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(33) Liens on the Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries or joint ventures;
(34) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred in accordance with clauses (5) and (16) and (32) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”;
(35) Liens arising from precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statements;
(36) Liens on Capital Stock of any joint venture pursuant to the relevant joint venture agreement or arrangement;
(37) Liens on vehicles or equipment of Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business;
(38) Liens on property or assets used to defease or to satisfy and discharge Indebtedness; provided that such defeasance or satisfaction and discharge is not prohibited by this Indenture;
(39) [reserved];
(40) [reserved];
(41) Liens ranking junior in priority to the Liens securing the Notes; provided that such Liens are subject to a junior lien intercreditor agreement;
(42) other Liens securing Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $25.0 million and (y) 25.0% of EBITDA; and
(43) Liens relating to future escrow arrangements securing Indebtedness, including (i) Liens on escrowed proceeds from the issuance of Indebtedness for the benefit of the related holders of debt securities or other Indebtedness (or the underwriters, arrangers, trustee or collateral agent thereof) and (ii) Liens on cash or Cash Equivalents set aside at the time of the incurrence of any Indebtedness, in either case to the extent such cash or Cash Equivalents prefund the payment of interest or premium or discount on such Indebtedness (or any costs related to the issuance of such Indebtedness) and are held in an escrow account or similar arrangement to be applied for such purpose.
For purposes of determining compliance with this definition, (A) a Lien need not be incurred solely by reference to one category of Permitted Liens described in this definition but are permitted to be incurred in part under any combination thereof and of any other available exemption, (B) in the event that a Lien (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of Permitted Liens, Company shall, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify such Lien (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this definition, and (C) in the event that a portion of Indebtedness secured by a Lien could be classified as secured in part pursuant to clause (2)(B) above (giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of such portion of such Indebtedness), the Company, in its sole discretion, may classify such portion of such Indebtedness (and any Obligations in respect thereof) as having been secured pursuant to clause (2)(B) above and thereafter the remainder of the Indebtedness as having been secured pursuant to one or more of the other clauses of this definition and (D) at the time of Incurrence, the Company will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Secured Indebtedness in more than one of clauses (1) through (43) of this definition of Permitted Lien without giving pro forma effect to the Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clauses (1) through (43) (other than clause 2(b) of the definition of Permitted Lien) when calculating the amount of Indebtedness that may be Incurred pursuant to clause 2(b) of this definition.
“Permitted Warrant Transaction” means one or more call options, warrants or rights to purchase (or substantively equivalent derivative transaction) relating to the Company’s Capital Stock (or other securities or property following a merger event or other change of the Capital Stock of the Company) sold by the Company substantially concurrently in connection with any purchase by the Company of a related Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction.
“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.
“Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up.
“Purchase Amount” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.”
“Purchase Date” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.”
“Purchase Price” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.”
“Rating Agencies” means any of Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or neither shall make a rating publicly available on the Notes, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company (with prior notice to the Trustee) which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P, as the case may be.
“Redemption Price,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.
“Regulated Bank” means an Approved Commercial Bank that is (i) a U.S. depository institution the deposits of which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation; (ii) a corporation organized under section 25A of the U.S. Federal Reserve Act of 1913; (iii) a branch, agency or commercial lending company of a foreign bank operating pursuant to approval by and under the supervision of the Board of Governors under 12 CFR part 211; (iv) a non-U.S. branch of a foreign bank managed and controlled by a U.S. branch referred to in clause (iii); or (v) any other U.S. or non-U.S. depository institution or any branch, agency or similar office thereof supervised by a bank regulatory authority in any jurisdiction.
“Replacement Assets” means:
(1) substantially all the assets of a Person primarily engaged in a Permitted Business; or
(2) a majority of the Voting Stock of any Person primarily engaged in a Permitted Business that will become, on the date of acquisition thereof, a Restricted Subsidiary.
“Resale Restriction Termination Date” means for any Transfer Restricted Note (or beneficial interest therein), that is (a) not a Regulation S Global Note (or Certificated Note issued in respect thereof pursuant to Section 2.6(b)), one year (or such other period specified in Rule 144(d)) from the Issue Date or, if any Additional Notes that are Transfer Restricted Notes and are not Regulation S Global Notes have been issued before the Resale Restriction Termination Date for any Transfer Restricted Notes, from the latest such original issue date of such Additional Notes, and (b) a Regulation S Global Note (or Certificated Note issued in respect thereof pursuant to Section 2.6(b)), the date on or after the 40th consecutive day beginning on and including the later of (i) the day on which any Notes represented thereby are offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S) pursuant to Regulation S and (ii) the issue date for such Notes.
“Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer assigned to the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant treasurer or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and having direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture, and also, with respect to a particular matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.
“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
“Restricted Notes Legend” means the legend identified as such in Exhibit A.
“Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.”
“S&P” means S&P Global, Inc., and any successor to its rating business.
“Screened Affiliate” means any Affiliate of a noteholder (i) that makes investment decisions independently from such noteholder and any other Affiliate of such noteholder that is not a Screened Affiliate, (ii) that has in place customary information screens between it and such noteholder and any other Affiliate of such noteholder that is not a Screened Affiliate and such screens prohibit the sharing of information with respect to the Company or its Subsidiaries, (iii) whose investment policies are not directed by such noteholder or any other Affiliate of such noteholder that is acting in concert with such noteholder in connection with its investment in the Notes, and (iv) whose investment decisions are not influenced by the investment decisions of such noteholder or any other Affiliate of such noteholder that is acting in concert with such noteholders in connection with its investment in the Notes.
“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary secured by a Lien.
“Secured First Lien Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person, at any date the ratio of (i) Secured Indebtedness secured by a first priority Lien on any Collateral minus the aggregate amount of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries computed as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the Applicable Calculation Date to (ii) EBITDA of such Person for the four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP are available immediately preceding such date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred. In the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs or redeems any Indebtedness subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Secured First Lien Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Secured First Lien Leverage Ratio is made, then the Secured First Lien Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or redemption of Indebtedness as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four fiscal quarter period. The Secured First Lien Leverage Ratio shall be calculated in a manner consistent with the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio,” including any pro forma calculations to EBITDA (including for acquisitions).
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
“Security Agreement” means the security agreement to be dated on the Issue Date among the Notes Collateral Agent, the Company and the Guarantors from time to time party thereto.
“Security Documents” means the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into), the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into), each joinder or amendment thereto, the Security Agreement and each joinder or amendment thereto, and all security agreements, pledge agreements, control agreements, collateral assignments, mortgages, deeds of trust, security deeds, deeds to secure debt, hypothecs, collateral agency agreements, debentures or other instruments, pledges, grants or transfers for security or agreements related thereto executed and delivered by the Company or any Guarantor creating or perfecting (or purporting to create or perfect) a Lien upon Collateral (including, without limitation, financing statements under the UCC) in favor of the Notes Collateral Agent on behalf of the Trustee and the holders of the notes to secure the notes and the Guarantees, and any junior lien intercreditor agreement, in each case, as amended, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced, in whole or in part, from time to time, in accordance with its terms and this Indenture, subject to the terms of the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement and the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.
“Short Derivative Instrument” means a Derivative Instrument (i) the value of which generally decreases, and/or the payment or delivery obligations under which generally increase, with positive changes to the Company or any one or more Guarantors and/or (ii) the value of which generally increases, and/or the payment or delivery obligations under which generally decrease, with negative changes to the Company or any one or more Guarantors.
“Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.
“Similar Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or Investments on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, complementary, incidental or ancillary thereto, or is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof.
“Specified Intellectual Property” means the Company’s intellectual property rights in the brands Zig-Zag® and Stoker’s®, including any trademarks, trade dress and copyrights solely relating thereto.
“Specified Subsidiary” means, TPB Specialty Finance, LLC.
“Specified Transaction” means, with respect to any period, any Investment, sale, transfer or other disposition of assets, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, Restricted Payment, subsidiary designation, or other event that by the terms of this Indenture requires such covenant to be calculated on a pro forma basis after giving pro forma effect thereto.
“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.
“Subordinated Indebtedness” means (a) with respect to the Company, any Indebtedness of the Company that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Guarantee.
“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:
(1) any corporation, association or other business entity, of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and
(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise and (y) such Person or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.
“TMSA Account” means that escrow account of the Company the balance of which consists exclusively of (and is established as an account solely for the purposes of holding), amounts required to comply with the Tobacco Master Settlement Agreement.
“Tobacco Master Settlement Agreement” means the Master Settlement Agreement entered into on November 23, 1998, by and among the respective officials of each Settling State (as defined therein), Brown & Williamson Tobacco Corporation, Lorillard Tobacco Company, Philip Morris Incorporated, R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company, Liggett Group Inc., and Commonwealth Brands, Inc.
“Transactions” means the offering of the Notes and the redemption or refinance of all of the outstanding 2026 Notes with the proceeds of the Notes.
“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as amended.
“Transfer Restricted Notes” means Notes that bear or are required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.
“Treasury Rate” means, as of the applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15) that has become publicly available at least two (2) Business Days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to March 15, 2028; provided, however, that if the period from such redemption date to March 15, 2028 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used. The Treasury Rate will be determined by the Company or its agent.
“Trustee” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Indenture.
“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided, however, that, at any time, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of the Notes Collateral Agent’s security interest in any item or portion of the Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, at such time, in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.
“United States Dollar Equivalent” means with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than United States dollars, at any time for determination thereof, the amount of United States dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such computation into United States dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of United States dollars with the applicable foreign currency as published in The Wall Street Journal in the “Exchange Rates” column under the heading “Currency Trading” on the date two (2) Business Days prior to such determination.
Except as otherwise set forth in Section 4.9, whenever it is necessary to determine whether the Company has complied with any covenant in this Indenture or a Default has occurred and an amount is expressed in a currency other than United States dollars, such amount will be treated as the United States Dollar Equivalent determined as of the date such amount is initially determined in such currency.
“United States Government Securities” means securities that are:
(a) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or
(b) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,
which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such United States Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such United States Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the United States Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the United States Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.
“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (a) any Subsidiary (1) of the Company that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors of the Company, as provided below) and (2) of an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (b) Intrepid Brands, LLC, Modern Distribution, LLC, Interchange Partners LLC, Interchange IC, Interchange Investments LLC and Interchange Insurance LLC.
The Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (other than any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that (a) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be a Person of which shares of the Equity Interests (including partnership interests) entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (b) such designation complies with Section 4.7 and (c) each of (I) the Subsidiary to be so designated and (II) its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender with respect to such Indebtedness has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and either (1) the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of Section 4.9 or (2) (i) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than such ratio immediately prior to such designation or (ii) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or less than such ratio immediately prior to such designation. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be notified by the Company to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.
“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.
“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:
(i) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by
(ii) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.
“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals under applicable law) are owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.
SECTION 1.2 Other Definitions.
|
Term |
Defined in Section |
|
|
“Acceleration Notice” |
6.2 |
|
|
“Act” |
12.14(a) |
|
|
“Affiliate Transaction” |
4.11 |
|
|
“Agent Members” |
2.6(a) |
|
|
“Applicable Law” |
12.17 |
|
|
“Authentication Order” |
2.2 |
|
|
“CERCLA” |
10.7(z) |
|
|
“Change of Control Payment” |
4.14 |
|
|
“Covenant Defeasance” |
8.3 |
|
|
“Covenant Suspension Event” |
4.19 |
|
|
“Event of Default” |
6.1 |
|
|
“Excess Proceeds” |
4.10 |
|
|
“Initial Default” |
6.2 |
|
|
“Legal Defeasance” |
8.2 |
|
|
“Offer Amount” |
3.9 |
|
|
“QIB” |
2.1(b) |
|
|
“QIB Global Note” |
2.1(b) |
|
|
“Noteholder Direction” |
7.5 |
|
|
“Notes Obligations” |
10.1 |
|
|
“Permitted Debt” |
4.9 |
|
|
“Permitted Tax Distributions” |
4.7 |
|
“Position Representation” |
7.5 |
|
|
“Refunding Capital Stock” |
4.7 |
|
|
“Registrar” |
2.3 |
|
|
“Regulation S” |
2.1(b) |
|
|
“Regulation S Global Note” |
2.1(b) |
|
|
“Restricted Payment” |
4.7 |
|
|
“Retired Capital Stock” |
4.7 |
|
|
“Reversion Date” |
4.20 |
|
|
“Rule 144A” |
2.1(b) |
|
|
“Subject Lien” |
4.19 |
|
|
“Successor Company” |
5.1 |
|
|
“Successor Guarantor” |
11.5 |
|
|
“Suspended Covenants” |
4.19 |
|
|
“Suspension Date” |
4.19 |
|
|
“Transaction Election” |
1.5 |
|
|
“Transaction Test Date” |
1.5 |
|
|
“Verification Covenant” |
7.5 |
SECTION 1.3 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.
Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in, and made a part of, this Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, this Indenture will not be qualified under the TIA.
The following TIA terms have the following meanings:
“indenture securities” means the Notes and any Guarantee; and
“obligor” on the Notes means the Company and any successor obligor upon the Notes or any Guarantee.
All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by the Commission rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them therein.
SECTION 1.4 Rules of Construction.
Unless the context otherwise requires:
(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it herein;
(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined herein has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;
(3) “or” is not exclusive;
(4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;
(5) unless otherwise specified, any reference to Section, Article or Exhibit refers to such Section, Article or Exhibit, as the case may be, of this Indenture;
(6) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;
(7) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the Commission from time to time; and
(8) in connection with any division or plan of division under Delaware law (or any comparable event under a different jurisdiction’s laws): (a) if any asset, right, obligation or liability of any Person becomes the asset, right, obligation or liability of a different Person, then it shall be deemed to have been transferred from the original Person to the subsequent Person, and (b) if any new Person comes into existence, such new Person shall be deemed to have been organized on the first date of its existence by the holders of its Equity Interests at such time.
SECTION 1.5 Limited Condition Transactions.
Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, when (i) calculating the availability under any basket, ratio or other financial test under this Indenture, (ii) determining whether any Default or Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would result from any action, or (iii) determining compliance with any other condition precedent to any action or transaction, and any actions or transactions related thereto (including acquisitions, Asset Sales, Investments, the incurrence or issuance of Indebtedness (including executing commitments therefor), Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock and the use of proceeds thereof, the incurrence of Liens and Restricted Payments), the date of determination of such basket, ratio or other financial test, whether any Default or Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would result therefrom, or the satisfaction of any other condition precedent, shall, at the option of the Company (the Company’s election to exercise such option a “Transaction Election”), be deemed to be the date that the definitive agreement (or also, in the case of the incurrence of Indebtedness, the date binding commitment letters therefor) is entered into (or, if applicable, the date of delivery of an irrevocable notice or similar event) (any such date, the “Transaction Test Date”) and such baskets, ratios or other financial tests, absence of defaults, satisfaction of conditions precedent and other provisions shall be calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including acquisitions, Asset Sales, Investments, the incurrence or issuance of Indebtedness (including executing commitments therefor), Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock and the use of proceeds thereof, the incurrence of Liens and Restricted Payments) as if they occurred at the beginning of the applicable period for the Transaction Test Date for purposes of determining the ability to consummate any such transaction (and not for purposes of any subsequent availability of any basket or ratio), and, for the avoidance of doubt, (x) if any of such baskets or ratios, absence of Default or Event of Default, satisfaction of conditions precedent or other provisions are exceeded, breached or otherwise failed as a result of fluctuations in such basket or ratio (including due to fluctuations in EBITDA, Consolidated Total Debt, Consolidated Net Income, Consolidated Total Assets or other similar financial metric of the Company or the target company) subsequent to such date of determination and at or prior to the consummation of the relevant transaction, such baskets or ratios, absence of Default or Event of Default, satisfaction of conditions precedent and other provisions will not be deemed to have been exceeded, breached or otherwise failed as a result of such fluctuations solely for purposes of determining whether the transaction and related transactions (including acquisitions, Asset Sales, Investments, the incurrence or issuance of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock and the use of proceeds thereof, the incurrence of Liens and Restricted Payments) are permitted under this Indenture and (y) such baskets or ratios, absence of Default or Event of Default, satisfaction of conditions and other provisions shall not be tested at the time of consummation of the transaction or related transactions solely for the purpose of determining whether such transaction is permitted under this Indenture; provided, further, that if the Company has made a Transaction Election for any transaction, then, in connection with any subsequent calculation of any ratio or basket availability with respect to any other transaction or otherwise on or following the relevant Transaction Test Date and prior to the consummation of such transaction, unless and until such transaction has been abandoned (or revoked via an Officer’s Certificate) or such definitive agreement has expired or been terminated prior to consummation thereof, any such ratio or basket shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming such transaction and other transactions in connection therewith (including acquisitions, Investments, the incurrence or issuance of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock and the use of proceeds thereof, the incurrence of Liens and Restricted Payments) have been consummated.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Trustee shall have no responsibility, nor shall it have any liability to the Company, any holder or any third party, for calculating any basket, ratio or other financial test under this Indenture, determining whether any Default or Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would result from any action, or determining the Company’s compliance with any other condition precedent to any action or transaction.
ARTICLE II
THE NOTES
SECTION 2.1 Form and Dating.
The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes initially shall be issued only in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture, and the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
(a) The Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Notes substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.
(b) Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein, and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges, redemptions and transfers of interests. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Note Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.6.
(c) Any Global Note may be endorsed with or have incorporated in the text thereof such legends or recitals or changes not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture as may be required by the Note Custodian or the Depositary, or as may be required to comply with any applicable law or any regulation thereunder or with the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Notes may be listed or traded or designated for issuance or to conform with any usage with respect thereto, or to indicate any special limitations or restrictions to which any particular Notes are subject.
(d) Each Global Note shall represent such principal amount of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be increased or reduced to reflect redemptions, repurchases, cancellations, conversions, transfers or exchanges permitted hereby. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Note Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in such manner and upon instructions given by the Holder of such Notes in accordance with this Indenture.
(e) Any of the Notes may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such notations, legends or endorsements as the Officer executing the same may approve (execution thereof to be conclusive evidence of such approval) and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, or as may be required to comply with any law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Notes may be listed or designated for issuance, or to conform to usage or to indicate any special limitations or restrictions to which any particular Notes are subject.
(f) Except as set forth in Section 2.6, the Global Notes may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor of the Depositary or its nominee.
(g) The Initial Notes are being issued by the Company only (i) to “qualified institutional buyers” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”)) (“QIBs”) and (ii) in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act (“Regulation S”). After such initial issuance, Initial Notes that are Transfer Restricted Notes may be transferred as provided in the Restricted Legend. Initial Notes that are offered in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued in the form of one or more permanent Global Notes substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (collectively, the “QIB Global Note”), deposited with the Trustee, as Note Custodian, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. Initial Notes that are offered in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued in the form of one or more permanent Global Notes substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A, (the “Regulation S Global Note”) duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided shall be deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary. The QIB Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note shall each be issued with separate CUSIP numbers. The aggregate principal amount of each Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as Note Custodian. Transfers of Notes among QIBs and to or by purchasers pursuant to Regulation S shall be represented by appropriate increases and decreases to the respective amounts of the appropriate Global Notes, as more fully provided in Section 2.16.
(h) Sections 2.1(b), 2.1(c) and 2.1(d) shall apply only to Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary.
(i) The Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with Section 2.1(b) and this Section 2.1(c), authenticate and deliver the Global Notes that (i) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary and (ii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to the Depositary or pursuant to the Depositary’s instructions or held by the Trustee as Note Custodian for the Depositary.
(j) The Trustee shall receive an Authentication Order prior to the authentication of the securities being issued and shall be fully protected in relying thereupon.
(k) Notes issued in certificated form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto.
SECTION 2.2 Execution and Authentication.
An Officer shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature.
If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.
A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual, facsimile or electronic signature of a Responsible Officer of the Trustee. The signature of a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.
The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Company signed by one Officer directing the Trustee to authenticate the Notes and certifying that all conditions precedent to the issuance of the Notes contained herein have been complied with (“Authentication Order”) and receipt of an Opinion of Counsel, authenticate Notes for original issue up to the aggregate principal amount stated in the Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed such amount except as provided in Section 2.8.
At any time and from time to time, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate and deliver Additional Notes in an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order for such Additional Notes issued hereunder and, in the case of any issuance of Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.17, such Authentication Order shall certify that such issuance is in compliance with Section 2.17.
On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order and an Opinion of Counsel as to, among other things, the enforceability of this Indenture and the Initial Notes, authenticate and deliver the Initial Notes. In addition, at any time and from time to time, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate and deliver Additional Notes in an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order for such Additional Notes issued hereunder and, in the case of any issuance of Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.17, such Authentication Order shall certify that such issuance is in compliance with Section 2.17.
The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.
SECTION 2.3 Registrar; Paying Agent.
The Company shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and (ii) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment to a Paying Agent. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer or any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among beneficial owners of interests in any global notes) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of this Indenture and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the depositary. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar, and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.
The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing, and the Trustee shall notify the Holders, of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture. Such agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, or fails to give the foregoing notice, the Trustee shall act as such, and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation in accordance with Section 7.7. The Trustee has been given the responsibility or right to appoint a Paying Agent or Agent and the Company will be responsible for paying each such party provided that such fees are individually and in the aggregate (if applicable) reasonable.
The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Note Custodian, Registrar and Paying Agent.
The Company initially appoints DTC to act as the Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.
If the Company enters into an agency agreement with any registrar, paying agent, co-registrar or transfer agent that is not a party to this Indenture, it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of each such agent.
SECTION 2.4 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.
The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any Default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such Default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay to the Trustee all money held by it in trust for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it in trust for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for such money. If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 6.1, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.
SECTION 2.5 Holder Lists.
The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven (7) Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders, including the aggregate principal amount of the Notes held by each Holder thereof, and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a).
SECTION 2.6 Book-Entry Provisions for Global Securities.
(a) Each Global Note shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Notes or the nominee of such Depositary, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depositary and (iii) bear legends as required by Section 2.6(e).
Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary, or the Trustee as Note Custodian, or under such Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any Agent or other agent of the Company or the Trustee, from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of an owner of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.
The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any Holder that is a member of (or a Participant in) DTC or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of DTC (or its nominee) or of any member or Participant thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount or delivery of any Notes (or other security or property) under or with respect to the Notes. The Trustee may conclusively rely (and shall be fully protected in relying) upon information furnished by DTC with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners in the Notes.
(b) Transfers of a Global Note shall be limited to transfers of such Global Note in whole, but not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in a Global Note may be transferred in accordance with Section 2.16 and the rules and procedures of the Depositary. In addition, Certificated Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners (or the requesting beneficial owners, in the case of clause (ii)) in exchange for their beneficial interests only if (i) the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Global Notes or the Depositary ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act and a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within ninety (90) days of such notice, (ii) an Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual notice has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a request from any beneficial owner of an interest in any Global Note (subject to the third paragraph of Section 2.6(a)) to issue such Certificated Notes or (iii) the Company, in its sole discretion, notifies the Trustee that it elects to cause the issuance of Certificated Notes.
(c) In connection with the transfer of the entire Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to clause (b) of this Section, such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to each beneficial owner identified by the Depositary in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note an equal aggregate principal amount of Certificated Notes of authorized denominations.
(d) The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold interest through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.
(e) Each Global Note shall bear the Global Note Legend on the face thereof.
(f) At such time as all beneficial interests in Global Notes have been exchanged for Certificated Notes, redeemed, repurchased or cancelled, all Global Notes shall be returned to or retained and cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Certificated Notes, redeemed, repurchased or cancelled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Note Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, to reflect such reduction.
(g) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.
(1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Certificated Notes at the Registrar’s request.
(2) No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp or transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such stamp or transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.1, 2.10, 3.6, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.5 hereto).
(3) All Global Notes and Certificated Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Certificated Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Certificated Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
(4) The Registrar shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange Notes during a period beginning at the opening of fifteen (15) days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.2 and ending at the close of business on the day of such selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date.
(5) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and neither the Trustee, any Agent nor the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
(6) The Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Certificated Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.2. Except as provided in Section 2.6(b), neither the Trustee nor the Registrar shall authenticate or deliver any Certificated Note in exchange for a Global Note.
(7) Each Holder agrees to provide indemnity to the Company and the Trustee against any liability that may result from the transfer, exchange or assignment of such Holder’s Note in violation of any provision of this Indenture and/or applicable United States federal or state securities law.
(8) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Agent Members or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by the terms of this Indenture, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. Further, neither the Trustee or Registrar nor any of its agents shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.
SECTION 2.7 Replacement Notes.
If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, or the Company and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon the written order of the Company signed by an Officer of the Company, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company and the Trustee may charge for their expenses in replacing a Note.
Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.
SECTION 2.8 Outstanding Notes.
The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.8 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.9, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note.
If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.7, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.
If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.1, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.
If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary thereof or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.
SECTION 2.9 Treasury Notes.
In determining whether the Holders of the required aggregate principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or by any Affiliate of the Company shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes shown on the register as being so owned shall be so disregarded. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Notes that are to be acquired by the Company or an Affiliate of the Company pursuant to an exchange offer, tender offer or other agreement shall not be deemed to be owned by such entity until legal title to such Notes passes to such entity.
SECTION 2.10 Temporary Notes.
Until Certificated Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes upon a written order of the Company signed by one Officer of the Company. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by one Officer authenticate Certificated Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.
Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.
SECTION 2.11 Cancellation.
The Company at any time may deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder or which the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. All Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, shall be delivered to the Trustee. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation. Subject to Section 2.7, the Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has redeemed or paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. All cancelled Notes held by the Trustee shall be disposed of in accordance with its customary practice, and certification of their disposal delivered to the Company upon its request therefor.
SECTION 2.12 Defaulted Interest.
If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, which date shall be at the earliest practicable date but in all events at least five (5) Business Days prior to the payment date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.1. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date and shall promptly thereafter notify the Trustee of any such date. At least fifteen (15) days before the special record date, the Company (or the Trustee, in the name and at the expense of the Company) shall mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.
SECTION 2.13 Record Date.
Unless otherwise set forth in this Indenture, the record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted under this Indenture shall be determined as provided for in TIA § 316(c).
SECTION 2.14 Computation of Interest.
Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
SECTION 2.15 CUSIP Number.
The Company in issuing the Notes may use a “CUSIP” number, and if it does so, the Trustee shall use the CUSIP number in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number printed in the notice or on the Notes and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in any CUSIP number.
SECTION 2.16 Special Transfer Provisions.
Each Initial Note and each Additional Note issued pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act will constitute a Transfer Restricted Note and be required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend until the expiration of the Resale Restriction Termination Date therefor, unless and until such Transfer Restricted Note is transferred or exchanged pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. The following provisions shall apply to the transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note, subject to Section 2.16(e):
(a) Transfers to QIBs. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note (other than pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act) to a QIB:
(i) The Registrar shall register the transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note by a Holder to a QIB if such transfer is being made by a proposed transferor who has provided the Registrar with (a) an appropriately completed certificate of transfer in the form attached to the Note and (b) a letter substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit C from the proposed transferor.
(ii) If the proposed transferee is an Agent Member and the Transfer Restricted Note to be transferred consists of an interest in the Regulation S Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the items required by paragraph (i) above and (y) instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures therefor, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the QIB Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to be so transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of such Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Note to be so transferred.
(b) Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S. The following provisions shall apply with respect to registration of any proposed transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note pursuant to Regulation S:
(i) The Registrar shall register any proposed transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note by a Holder pursuant to Regulation S upon receipt of (a) an appropriately completed certificate of transfer in the form attached to the Note and (b) a letter substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit D hereto from the proposed transferor.
(ii) If the proposed transferee is an Agent Member and the Transfer Restricted Note to be transferred consists of an interest in the QIB Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the letter, if any, required by paragraph (i) above and (y) instructions in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures therefor, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the QIB Global Note to be transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the QIB Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in such QIB Global Note to be transferred.
(iii) Prior to the expiration of the Resale Restriction Termination Date, interests in the Regulation S Global Note may only be held through Euroclear or Clearstream.
(c) [Reserved].
(d) Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the Restricted Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing the Restricted Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear the Restricted Notes Legend unless there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act.
(e) General. By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Restricted Notes Legend, each Holder of such a Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Restricted Notes Legend and agrees that it shall transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture. A transfer of a beneficial interest in a Global Note that does not involve an exchange of such interest for a Certificated Note or a beneficial interest in another Global Note shall be subject to compliance with applicable law and the applicable procedures of the Depositary but is not subject any procedure required by this Indenture.
In connection with any proposed transfer pursuant to Regulation S or pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (other than pursuant to Rule 144A), the Company and the Trustee may require the delivery of an Opinion of Counsel, other certifications or other information satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee.
The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to this Section 2.16.
SECTION 2.17 Issuance of Additional Notes.
The Company shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes under this Indenture that shall have identical terms as the Initial Notes, other than with respect to the date of issuance, issue price and amount of interest payable on the first interest payment date applicable thereto (and, if such Additional Notes shall be issued in the form of Transfer Restricted Notes, other than with respect to transfer restrictions, any registration rights agreement and additional interest with respect thereto); provided that such issuance is not prohibited by the terms of this Indenture, including Section 4.9 and Section 4.12. The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture. Any such Additional Notes that are not fungible with the Initial Notes offered hereunder for U.S. federal income tax purposes shall have a separate CUSIP, ISIN or other identifying number from such Initial Notes.
With respect to any Additional Notes, the Company shall set forth in a Board of Directors Resolution and in an Officer’s Certificate, a copy of each of which shall be delivered to the Trustee, the following information:
(1) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture;
(2) the issue price, the issue date, the CUSIP number of such Additional Notes, the first interest payment date and the amount of interest payable on such first interest payment date applicable thereto and the date from which interest shall accrue; and
(3) whether such Additional Notes shall be Transfer Restricted Notes.
ARTICLE III
REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
SECTION 3.1 Notices to Trustee
If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.7, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least three (3) days (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the (i) section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) redemption date, (iii) principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) Redemption Price.
If the Company is required to make an offer to purchase Notes pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least three (3) days (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) before the scheduled purchase date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the (i) section of this Indenture pursuant to which the offer to purchase shall occur, (ii) terms of the offer, (iii) principal amount of Notes to be purchased, (iv) purchase price and (v) purchase date and further setting forth a statement to the effect that (a) the Company or any one of its Subsidiaries has effected an Asset Sale and there are Excess Proceeds aggregating more than $35.0 million or (b) a Change of Control has occurred, as applicable.
The Company will also provide the Trustee with any additional information that the Trustee reasonably requests in connection with any redemption or offer.
SECTION 3.2 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed.
Notices of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail at least ten (10) days but not more than sixty (60) days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address (or, with respect to Global Notes, delivered in accordance with the procedures of DTC), except that (1) redemption notices may be given more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Sections 8.2, 8.3 or 8.8 hereof and (2) redemption notices may be given less than 10 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with or upon the occurrence of a Change of Control. Except for a redemption to be effected pursuant to Section 3.7, notices of redemption may not be conditional.
If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed on a pro rata basis (or as nearly pro rata as practicable), by lot or by such method as the Trustee in its sole discretion may deem fair and appropriate, unless otherwise required by law or applicable procedures of DTC or stock exchange requirements; provided that no Notes of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. So long as the notes are represented by a Global Security registered in the name of DTC, such Notes to be redeemed shall be selected in accordance with the operational procedures of DTC and neither the Trustee or Registrar nor any of its agents shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.
If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note (or appropriate adjustments to the amount and beneficial interests in a Global Note will be made, as appropriate).
On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption so long as the Company has deposited with the Paying Agent funds in satisfaction of the applicable Redemption Price pursuant to this Indenture and shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption. Portions (equal to $2,000 or any integral multiples of $1,000 thereof) of the principal of the Notes may be selected for redemption so long as no partial redemption results in a Note having a principal amount of less than $2,000.
SECTION 3.3 Notice of Redemption.
Subject to the provisions of Sections 3.2 and 3.9, at least ten (10) days but not more than sixty (60) days before a redemption date, the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed.
The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:
(1) the redemption date;
(2) the Redemption Price;
(3) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Notes to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date, upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;
(4) the name, telephone number and address of the Paying Agent;
(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price;
(6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;
(7) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed;
(8) that, no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and
(9) whether the redemption is subject to one or more conditions precedent and if so, a description of such condition precedent as well as the information required pursuant to Section 3.4.
At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense, provided that the Company makes such request at least three (3) Business Days prior to the date by which such notice of redemption must be given to holders (unless a shorter notice period shall be satisfactory to the Trustee); provided further that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least thirteen (13) days prior to the redemption date (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in the notice as provided in the preceding paragraph. The notice mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed to have been duly given whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note shall not affect the validity of the proceeding for the redemption of any other Note.
If any condition precedent provided for in the notice of redemption has not been satisfied following delivery of such notice pursuant to this Section 3.3, the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing prior to the close of business one (1) Business Day prior to the Redemption Date (or such shorter period as may be acceptable to the Trustee). Upon receipt of such notice by the Trustee, (i) the notice of redemption shall be rescinded or delayed, and the redemption of the Notes shall be rescinded or delayed as provided in such notice; and (ii) the Trustee shall deliver such notice to each Holder in the same manner in which the notice of redemption was given.
SECTION 3.4 Effect of Notice of Redemption.
Except as provided in the following sentence, once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.3, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the Redemption Price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) such date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with any redemption of Notes, any such redemption may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, consummation of any related Equity Offering or Change of Control. In addition, if such redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice will state that such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions are not satisfied (or waived by the Company in its sole discretion) by the redemption date.
SECTION 3.5 Deposit of Redemption of Purchase Price.
On or before 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on each redemption date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent (other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company) money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of and accrued and unpaid interest to (but not including) such redemption date, if any , on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the Redemption Price of (including any applicable premium), and accrued interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.
If Notes called for redemption are paid or if the Company has deposited with the Trustee or Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of, and unpaid and accrued interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest, if any, shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption (regardless of whether certificates for such securities are actually surrendered). If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case, at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.1.
SECTION 3.6 Notes Redeemed in Part.
Upon surrender and cancellation of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall issue and, upon the written request of an Officer of the Company, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered and canceled; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
SECTION 3.7 Optional Redemption.
(a) On or after March 15, 2028, the Company may redeem the Notes at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Holders, at the Redemption Prices (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed to (but not including) the applicable redemption date if redeemed during the period indicated below:
|
Period |
Percentage |
|||
|
On or after March 15, 2028 |
103.813 | % | ||
|
On or after March 15, 2029 |
101.906 | % | ||
|
On or after March 15, 2030 and thereafter |
100.000 | % | ||
(b) In addition, at any time prior to March 15, 2028, the Company may redeem the Notes at its option in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon notice in accordance with Section 3.3, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the applicable redemption date.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time and from time to time prior to March 15, 2028, upon notice in accordance with Section 3.3, the Company may redeem in the aggregate up to 40.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to the issuance of any Additional Notes) with an amount equal to the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity thereof, to the extent the net cash proceeds therefrom are contributed to the Company or used to purchase Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount thereof) equal to 107.625% plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the redemption date; provided, however, that at least 50.0% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to the issuance of any Additional Notes of the same series) must remain outstanding after each such redemption (unless all Notes are redeemed substantially concurrently); and provided, further, that such redemption occurs within 180 days after the date on which any such Equity Offering is consummated.
(d) In addition, at any time and from time to time prior to March 15, 2028 but not more than once in any calendar year, the Company may redeem in the aggregate up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount thereof) of 103.0%, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes, if any, to but not including the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).
(e) In addition, the Company or its affiliates may acquire Notes by means other than redemption, whether by tender or exchange offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, upon such terms, at such prices and with such consideration as the Company or any such affiliates may determine.
(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with any tender offer for, or other offer to purchase, the Notes, including a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, if Holders of not less than 90.0% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender, exchange or otherwise participate in such offer and do not withdraw such Notes in such tender or exchange offer (or other offer to purchase) and the Company, or any third party making such a tender or exchange offer (or other offer to purchase) in lieu of Company, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, all of the Holders of the Notes will be deemed to have consented to such tender or other offer and accordingly, the Company will have the right, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such tender offer (or other offer) expiration date, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a redemption price in cash equal to the price paid to each other Holder (excluding any early tender, incentive or similar fee) in such tender offer (or other offer to purchase), plus, to the extent not included in the tender offer payment (or payment pursuant to another offer to purchase), accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.
(g) Any redemption of the Notes may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent. The redemption date of any redemption that is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent may, in the Company’s discretion, be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied (or waived by the Company in its sole discretion), or such redemption may not occur and any notice with respect to such redemption may be modified or rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied (or waived by the Company in its sole discretion) by the redemption date, or by the redemption date so delayed (which may exceed 60 days from the date of the redemption notice in such case). In addition, such notice of redemption may be extended if such conditions precedent have not been satisfied or waived by the Company by providing notice to the noteholders.
SECTION 3.8 Mandatory Redemption.
Except as set forth under Sections 3.9, 4.10 and 4.14, the Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.
SECTION 3.9 Offer to Purchase.
In the event that the Company shall be required to commence an Offer to Purchase pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer, the Company shall follow the procedures specified below.
On the Purchase Date, the Company shall purchase the aggregate principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 (the “Offer Amount”), or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Offer to Purchase. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. If the Purchase Date is on or after the interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest, if any, shall be payable to the Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase. The Company shall notify the Trustee at least 15 days (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to the mailing of the Offer of the Company’s obligation to make an Offer to Purchase, and the Offer shall be mailed by the Company or, at the Company’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company. The Offer shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase.
On or before 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on each Purchase Date, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or Paying Agent (other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company) in immediately available funds the aggregate purchase price equal to the Offer Amount, together with accrued and unpaid interest to (but not including) the Purchase Date, if any, thereon, to be held for payment in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.9. On the Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, (i) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, (ii) deliver or cause the Paying Agent or Depositary, as the case may be, to deliver to the Trustee Notes so accepted and (iii) deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.9. The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than three (3) Business Days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to (but not including) the Purchase Date, if any, thereon, and the Company shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, at the written request of the Company, shall authenticate and mail or deliver at the expense of the Company such new Note to such Holder, equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of such Holder’s Notes surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof.
Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.9, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.9 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.1 through 3.6.
ARTICLE IV
COVENANTS
SECTION 4.1 Payment of Notes.
(a) The Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, shall be considered paid for all purposes hereunder on the date the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds, as of 11:00 a.m. (New York City time), money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all such principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, then due.
(b) The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest, if any (without regard to any applicable grace period), at the same rate to the extent lawful.
SECTION 4.2 Maintenance of Office or Agency.
The Company shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.
The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.
The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.3.
SECTION 4.3 Provision of Financial Information.
(a) Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Company will file with the SEC (and upon written request provide the Trustee and Holders with copies thereof, without cost to each Holder, within 5 days after receipt of such request),
(1) within the time period specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations for non-accelerated filers, annual reports on Form 10-K (or any successor or comparable form) containing the information required to be contained therein (or required in such successor or comparable form), except to the extent permitted to be excluded by the SEC;
(2) within the time period specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations for non-accelerated filers (except for any delay permitted by Rule 13a-13(a) promulgated under the Exchange Act), reports on Form 10-Q (or any successor or comparable form) containing the information required to be contained therein (or required in such successor or comparable form), except to the extent permitted to be excluded by the SEC;
(3) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported (and in any event within the time period specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations), such reports on Form 8-K (or any successor or comparable form), except to the extent permitted to be excluded by the SEC; and
(4) subject to the foregoing, any other information, documents and other reports which the Company would be required to file with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;
provided, however, that if the Company is at any time not obligated to file or furnish such reports with or to the SEC the Company shall be permitted to make available such information to prospective purchasers, the Trustee and the Holders in the manner contemplate by the following paragraph within the time the Company would have been required to file such information with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as provided above and shall not be required to file or furnish such reports with or to the SEC; provided, further, (i) in no event shall such financial statements, information or reports be required to comply with (v) Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC (or such other rule or regulation that amends, supplements or replaces such Rule 3-10, including for the avoidance of doubt, Rules 13-01 or 13-02 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC), (w) Rule 3-09 of Regulation S-X (or such other rule or regulation that amends, supplements or replaces such Rule 3-09), (x) Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X (or such other rule or regulation that amends, supplements or replaces such Rule 3-16), (y) Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X (or such other rule or regulation that amends, supplements or replaces such Rule 3-05) or (z) any requirement to otherwise include any schedules or separate financial statements of any of the Subsidiaries of the Company, Affiliates or equity method investees, (ii) in no event shall such financial statements, information or reports be required to comply with Regulation G under the Exchange Act or Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC with respect to any non-GAAP financial measures contained therein, (iii) no such financial statements, information or reports referenced under clauses (3) or (4) above shall be required to be furnished if the Company determines in its good faith judgment that such event is not material to the Holders or the business, assets, operations or financial position of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (iv) in no event shall such financial statements or reports be required to include any information that is not otherwise similar to information included in the offering memorandum, other than with respect to information or reports provided under clause (3) above, including, for the avoidance of doubt, director and executive officer compensation information required by Item 402 of Regulation S-K or any other compensation information or any information required by Item 407 of Regulation S-K and (v) in no event shall information or reports be required to include as an exhibit copies of any agreements, financial statements or other items that would be required to be filed as exhibits to a Form 10-K, Form 10-Q or Form 8-K except for (x) agreements evidencing material Indebtedness and (y) historical and pro forma financial statements to the extent reasonably available and, in any case with respect to pro forma financial statements, to include only pro forma revenues, EBITDA and capital expenditures in lieu thereof.
(b) In the event the Company is not required to file reports with the SEC, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee, the Company shall make available to the Holders, prospective investors, market makers affiliated with any initial purchaser of the Notes and securities analysts the information required to be provided pursuant to clauses (1), (2), (3) and (4) (subject to the proviso thereto) of this Section 4.3, by posting such information to its website or on IntraLinks or any comparable online data system or website, it being understood that the Trustee shall have no responsibility to determine if such information has been posted on any website. Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).
(c) If the Company has designated any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and if any such Unrestricted Subsidiary or group of Unrestricted Subsidiaries, if taken together as one Subsidiary, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company, then the annual and quarterly information required by clauses (1) and (2) of this Section 4.3 shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto or in the management discussion and analysis of results of operations and financial condition included in such report, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
(d) In the event that:
(1) the rules and regulations of the SEC permit the Company and any direct or indirect parent of the Company to report at such parent entity’s level on a consolidated basis and such parent entity is not engaged in any business in any material respect other than incidental to its ownership, directly or indirectly, of the capital stock of the Company, or
(2) any direct or indirect parent of the Company is or becomes a Guarantor of the Notes, consolidating reporting at the parent entity’s level in a manner consistent with that described in this Section 4.3 for the Company will satisfy this Section 4.3, and this Indenture will permit the Company to satisfy its obligations in this Section 4.3 with respect to financial information relating to the Company by furnishing financial information relating to such direct or indirect parent; provided that such financial information is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such direct or indirect parent and any of its Subsidiaries other than the Company and its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.
(e) The Company will make such information available to prospective investors upon request. In addition, the Company has agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding during any period when it is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or otherwise permitted to furnish the SEC with certain information pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) of the Exchange Act, it will furnish to the holders of the Notes and to prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will be deemed to have furnished such reports referred to above to the Trustee, the holders, prospective investors, market makers and securities analysts if the Company has filed such reports with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system (or any successor thereto) and such reports are publicly available, it being understood that the Trustee shall have no responsibility to determine if such information has been posted on any website.
(g) To the extent any information is not provided within the time periods specified in this Section 4.3 and such information is subsequently provided, the Company will be deemed to have satisfied its obligations with respect thereto at such time and any Default or Event of Default with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been cured.
SECTION 4.4 Compliance Certificate.
The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year beginning with the fiscal year ended January 1, 2022, an Officer’s Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether each has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that, to his or her knowledge, each entity has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that, to his or her knowledge, no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.
The Company shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officer’s Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.
SECTION 4.5 Taxes.
The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency all material taxes, assessments and governmental levies, except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which appropriate reserves have been taken in accordance with GAAP or where the failure to effect such payment would not have a material adverse effect on the Company.
SECTION 4.6 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.
The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture, and the Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.
SECTION 4.7 Limitation on Restricted Payments.
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:
(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (in each case, solely to a holder of Equity Interests in such Person’s capacity as a holder of such Equity Interests), including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation (other than (A) dividends or distributions by the Company payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock), (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary payable to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary or (C) in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, pro rata dividends or distributions to minority stockholders of such Restricted Subsidiary (or owners of an equivalent interest in the case of a Subsidiary that is an entity other than a corporation), provided that the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);
(2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company held by any Person (other than by a Restricted Subsidiary), including in connection with any merger or consolidation;
(3) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (x) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (7) or (8) of the definition of “Permitted Debt,” (y) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, acquisition or retirement or (z) the giving of notice of redemption with respect to transactions described in clause (2) or (3) of the second paragraph of this Section 4.7); or
(4) make any Restricted Investment;
(all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (1) through (4) being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:
(1) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;
(2) at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, the Company would have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of Section 4.9; and
(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made (and not rescinded or returned) by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (7), (9), (10), (12), (13), (14), (15), (16), (18) and (20) of the next succeeding paragraph; provided that the calculation of Restricted Payments shall also exclude the amounts paid or distributed pursuant to clause (1) of the next paragraph to the extent that the declaration of such dividend or other distribution shall have previously been included as a Restricted Payment), is less than the sum, without duplication, of:
(A) an amount, not less than zero in the aggregate, equal to 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from January 1, 2021 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit); plus
(B) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value of property and marketable securities received by the Company after February 11, 2021 from the issue or sale of (x) Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company to the extent the proceeds are contributed to the Company (including Retired Capital Stock (as defined below) and Equity Interests issued upon exercise of options or warrants, but excluding (i) cash proceeds received from the sale of Equity Interests of the Company and, to the extent actually contributed to the Company, Equity Interests of the Company’s direct or indirect parent entities to members of management, directors, consultants or independent contractors of the Company, any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company and the Subsidiaries of the Company after February 11, 2021 to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph, (ii) cash proceeds received from the sale of Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (2) of the next succeeding paragraph, (iii) Designated Preferred Stock or amounts contributed from the issuance of Designated Preferred Stock by any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company, (iv) the Cash Contribution Amount, (v) Disqualified Stock, (vi) Excluded Contributions and (vii) Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the Company sold to a Restricted Subsidiary), or (y) debt securities or other Indebtedness of the Company (in each case, whether issued before or after the Issue Date) that has been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or debt securities that have been converted into or exchanged for Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock); plus
(C) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value of property and marketable securities contributed to the capital of the Company after February 11, 2021 (other than (i) by a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) any Excluded Contributions, (iii) any Disqualified Stock, (iv) any Refunding Capital Stock, (v) any Designated Preferred Stock, (vi) the Cash Contribution Amount and (vii) cash proceeds applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph); plus
(D) to the extent not already included in Consolidated Net Income or EBITDA, as applicable, 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value of property and marketable securities after February 11, 2021 by means of (i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances which constitute Restricted Investments of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries or any dividends received from such Restricted Investments by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a dividend or other distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary; plus
(E) in the case of the (i) redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or (iii) transfer of assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets (other than to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment); plus
(F) the greater of (i) $25.0 million and (ii) 25.0% of EBITDA.
The preceding provisions will not prohibit:
(1) the payment of any dividend or other distribution or consummation of any redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof or the giving of notice of redemption, if at the date of declaration or notice such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;
(2) the (A) redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company (“Retired Capital Stock”) or Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes in exchange for or out of the net cash proceeds of the sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Company) of Equity Interests of the Company or contributions to the equity capital of the Company (other than from a Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) (in each case, other than Disqualified Stock and the Cash Contribution Amount) (“Refunding Capital Stock”) so long as any such redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement is 120 days after the sale or issuance of such Refunding Capital Stock; or (B) declaration and payment of dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Company or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock;
(3) the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the sale of, new Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor which is incurred in compliance with Section 4.9 so long as (i) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes and any Guarantees thereof at least to the same extent as such Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired, (ii) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than 90 days after the earlier of the final scheduled maturity date of the Notes and the Subordinated Indebtedness redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired, (iii) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and (iv) any such defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness occurs within 120 days after the sale or issuance of such new Indebtedness;
(4) Restricted Payments to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (including, for these purposes, phantom or similar types of awards) of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent entities held by any future, present or former employee, director, consultant or independent contractor of the Company, its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent entities (or their permitted transferees, assigns, estates, heirs, family members, spouses or former spouses) pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit or severance plan, agreement or arrangement; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) does not exceed in any calendar year $15.0 million (with any unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to the two immediately succeeding calendar years); and provided, further, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed (A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the Company, Equity Interests of any of its direct or indirect parent entities, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent entities that occurs after February 11, 2021 plus (B) the amount of any cash bonuses otherwise payable to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent entities that are foregone in return for the receipt of Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent entities plus (C) the cash proceeds of “key man” life insurance policies received by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries after February 11, 2021 (provided that the Company may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A) and (B) above in any calendar year) (it being understood that the forgiveness of any debt by such Person shall not be a Restricted Payment hereunder) less (D) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (A) and (B) of this clause (4);
(5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any class of Preferred Stock issued by a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, issued or incurred in accordance with this Indenture to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges” for such entity;
(6) (a) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date, (b) the declaration and payment of dividends to a parent entity, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent entity issued after the Issue Date; provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the Company from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or (c) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this paragraph; provided, however, in the case of each of clause (a) and clause (c) of this clause (6), that for the Applicable Measurement Period at the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the provisions of the first paragraph of Section 4.9.
(7) repurchases of Equity Interests (i) deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants or (ii) deemed to occur in connection with withholding to pay other taxes payable in connection with the vesting or exercise of Equity Interests or any other equity award held or beneficially owned by any future, present or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant;
(8) (a) the payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company, as the case may be, to fund the payment by any such parent company of the Company of dividends on such entity’s common stock) in an aggregate amount per annum not to exceed 6.0% of Market Capitalization or (b) in lieu of all or a portion of the dividends permitted by clause (a), any prepayment, purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance, discharge, retirement or other acquisition of the Company’s Equity Interests (and any equivalent declaration and payment of a distribution of any security exchangeable for such common stock or common equity interests to the extent required by the terms of any such exchangeable securities and any Restricted Payment to any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to fund the payment by such direct or indirect parent company of the Company of dividends on such entity’s Equity Interests) for aggregate consideration that, when taken together with dividends permitted by clause (a), does not exceed the amount contemplated by clause (a);
(9) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;
(10) other Restricted Payments in an amount not to exceed the greater of $25.0 million and 25.0% of EBITDA;
(11) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock pursuant to provisions similar to those set forth in Sections 4.10 and 4.14; provided that a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, has been made and all Notes tendered by holders of the Notes in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;
(12) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to, a direct or indirect parent entity of the Company in amounts required for such Person to pay, without duplication:
(A) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its corporate existence;
(B) so long as the Company is a member of a group filing a consolidated combined or unitary income tax return with such Person as the parent of such group, taxes imposed on or measured by income (however denominated) to the extent such taxes are attributable to the income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from the Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries, provided, however, that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount of income taxes that each of the Company, the relevant Restricted Subsidiaries or its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) would be required to pay for such fiscal year were each of the Company, its Restricted Subsidiaries or its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes as a stand-alone taxpayer (“Permitted Tax Distributions”);
(C) customary salary, bonus, severance, indemnification obligations and other benefits payable to officers, directors, consultants, independent contractors, and employees of such direct or indirect parent entity of the Company to the extent such salaries, bonuses, severance, indemnification obligations and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(D) general corporate overhead and operating expenses for such direct or indirect parent entity of the Company to the extent such expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and
(E) reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with any successful or unsuccessful debt or equity offering or other financing transaction by such direct or indirect parent entity of the Company.
(13) Restricted Payments after the Issue Date in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company; provided, however, that any such cash payment shall not be for the purpose of evading the limitation of this Section 4.7 (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company);
(14) dividends or other distributions of Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries or distributions of Indebtedness owed to the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company by any Unrestricted Subsidiary;
(15) any Restricted Payment used to fund or consummate the Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto;
(16) Restricted Payments to any direct or indirect parent entity to finance, or to any direct or indirect parent entity for the purpose of paying to any other direct or indirect parent entity to finance, any Investment that, if consummated by the Company, would be a Permitted Investment; provided that (a) such Restricted Payment is made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment and (b) promptly following the closing thereof, such parent entity causes (i) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) the merger, consolidation or amalgamation (to the extent permitted by Section 5.1) of the Person formed or acquired into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in order to consummate such acquisition or Investment, in each case, in accordance with the requirements of Section 4.17;
(17) [reserved];
(18) any Restricted Payment; provided that on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, the Secured First Lien Leverage Ratio would be equal to or less than 2.50 to 1.00;
(19) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness consisting of Acquired Debt;
(20) mandatory redemptions of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(21) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that complies with the covenant described under Section 5.1.
(22) (i) the conversion or exchange of any Permitted Convertible Indebtedness in accordance with its terms into or for shares of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and the making of a payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares of the Company’s Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) deliverable upon any such conversion or exchange, (ii) the delivery of cash in connection with any conversion or exchange of any Permitted Convertible Indebtedness in an aggregate amount since the date of this Indenture governing such Permitted Convertible Indebtedness not to exceed the sum of (x) the principal amount of such Permitted Convertible Indebtedness, as applicable, and (y) the amount of any payments required to be made to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries upon the exercise, settlement, termination or unwind of any related Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction substantially concurrently with, or a commercially reasonable period of time before or after, the settlement date for the exchange or conversion of such relevant Permitted Convertible Indebtedness or (iii) payments of interest under any Permitted Convertible Indebtedness;
(23) any payments in connection with the repurchase, exchange or inducement of the conversion or exchange, as the case may be, of Permitted Convertible Indebtedness by delivery of shares of Company’s common stock and/or a different series of Permitted Convertible Indebtedness (which series (x) matures after, and does not require any scheduled amortization or other scheduled payments of principal prior to, the analogous date under the indenture governing the Permitted Convertible Indebtedness that are so repurchased, exchanged or converted and (y) has terms, conditions and covenants (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, interest rate, conversion rate, conversion price and conversion rate adjustment provisions) that are no less favorable to Company than the Permitted Convertible Indebtedness that are so repurchased, exchanged or converted (as determined by the Company in good faith)) (any such series of Permitted Convertible Indebtedness, “Refinancing Convertible Notes”) and/or by payment of cash (in an amount that does not exceed the proceeds received by the Company from the substantially concurrent issuance of shares of Company’s common stock and/or Refinancing Convertible Notes plus the net cash proceeds, if any, received by the Company pursuant to the related exercise or early unwind or termination of the related Permitted Bond Hedge Transactions and Permitted Warrant Transactions, if any, pursuant to the immediately following proviso); provided that, substantially concurrently with, or a commercially reasonable period of time before or after, the related settlement date for the Permitted Convertible Indebtedness that are so repurchased, exchanged or converted, the Company shall (and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be permitted hereunder to) exercise or unwind or terminate early (whether in cash, shares or any combination thereof) the portion of the Permitted Bond Hedge Transactions and Permitted Warrant Transactions, if any, corresponding to such Permitted Convertible Indebtedness that are so repurchased, exchanged or converted; and
(24) any payments in connection with (a) a Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction and (b) the settlement of any related Permitted Warrant Transaction (i) by delivery of shares of the Company’s Capital Stock upon settlement thereof or (ii) by (A) set-off against the related Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction or (B) payment of an early termination amount thereof in Capital Stock upon any early termination thereof.
provided, however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (9) and (18) above, no Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.
For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.7, in the event that a proposed Restricted Payment or Investment (or a portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Restricted Payments described in the preceding clauses (1) through (24) above and/or one or more of the clauses contained in the definition of “Permitted Investments,” or is entitled to be made pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 4.7 the Company will be entitled to divide or classify (or later divide, classify or reclassify in whole or in part in its sole discretion) such Restricted Payment or Investment (or portion thereof) among such clauses (1) through (24) and/or such first paragraph and/or one or more of the clauses contained in the definition of “Permitted Investments,” in a manner that otherwise complies with this Section 4.7.
The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this Section 4.7 will be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.
As of the Issue Date, all of the Company’s Subsidiaries (except for the Unrestricted Subsidiaries) will be Restricted Subsidiaries The Company will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the second to last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding investments by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the second paragraph of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time under this Section 4.7 or the definition of “Permitted Investments” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an “Unrestricted Subsidiary.”
If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary makes a Restricted Payment which at the time of the making of such Restricted Payment would in the good faith determination of the Company be permitted under the provisions of this Indenture, such Restricted Payment shall be deemed to have been made in compliance with this Indenture notwithstanding any subsequent adjustments made in good faith to the Company’s financial statements affecting Consolidated Net Income or EBITDA of the Company for any period.
For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 4.7 shall not restrict the making of any “AHYDO catch up payment” with respect to, and required by the terms of, any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture.
SECTION 4.8 Limitation on Dividends and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:
(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or
(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:
(1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect (x) pursuant to the ABL Facility or related documents or (y) on the Issue Date, including, without limitation, pursuant to Indebtedness in existence on the Issue Date;
(2) this Indenture, the Notes, the Security Documents and Guarantees;
(3) Capitalized Lease Obligations, purchase money obligations or other obligations that, in each case, impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) above in the first paragraph of this Section 4.8 on the property so acquired;
(4) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;
(5) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in existence at the time of such acquisition, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired;
(6) contracts for the sale of assets (including sale-lease back agreements), including without limitation, customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;
(7) Secured Indebtedness and Liens otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 4.9 and 4.12 that limits the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;
(8) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business or other restrictions on cash or deposits constituting Permitted Liens;
(9) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(10) customary provisions contained in leases, subleases, licenses, sublicensor asset sale agreements and other agreements, including with respect to intellectual property and other agreements;
(11) other Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, in each case, that is incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.9; provided, that (A) in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, any such encumbrance or restriction contained in such Indebtedness shall not prohibit (except upon a default or event of default thereunder) the payment of dividends in an amount sufficient, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith, to make scheduled cash payments on the Notes when due or (B) the encumbrances and restrictions in such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock either are not materially more restrictive taken as a whole than those contained in the Notes as in effect on the Issue Date or generally represent market terms at the time of incurrence or issuance and are imposed solely on such Restricted Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries; and
(12) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of the first paragraph above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (11) above; provided that the encumbrances or restrictions imposed by such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, not materially more restrictive than encumbrances and restrictions contained in such predecessor agreements and do not affect the Company’s and the Guarantors’ ability, taken as a whole, to make payments of interest and scheduled payments of principal in respect of the Notes, in each case as and when due.
For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.8, (1) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common stock will not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock and (2) the subordination of loans or advances made to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary will not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances.
SECTION 4.9 Limitation on Incurrence of Debt and Issuance of Preferred Stock.
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness and any Restricted Subsidiary may issue Preferred Stock (including Acquired Debt) if either (x) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company and its Subsidiaries (on a consolidated combined basis) for the Applicable Measurement Period would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom) or (y) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Applicable Measurement Period would have been equal to or less than 4.0 to 1.00, in each case, as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or Preferred Stock had been issued, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided, however, that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition or any other Investment not prohibited by the provisions of Section 4.7 (or of any Person not previously a Restricted Subsidiary that is merged or consolidated with or into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) if such Indebtedness is outstanding prior to such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and to the extent such Indebtedness is not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition or Investment.
The first paragraph of this Section 4.9 will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):
(1) the incurrence by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness under the Credit Facilities together with the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the guarantees thereunder and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) and any refinancing thereof, up to an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (i) $35.0 million and (ii) 35.0% of EBITDA of the Company for the Applicable Measurement Period;
(2) the incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes (including any Guarantee thereof);
(3) any Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1), (2) or (31));
(4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations and purchase money obligations), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to finance the purchase, lease, construction, installation, repair, expansion or improvement of property (real or personal and including, for the avoidance of doubt, intellectual property), plant or equipment or other fixed or capital assets used or useful in a Permitted Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) in an aggregate principal amount that, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (4) does not exceed the greater of (x) $35.0 million and (y) 35.0% of EBITDA;
(5) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit or similar instruments issued in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided, however, that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 60 days following such drawing or incurrence;
(6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-outs, seller financing or similar obligations, in each case incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition or acquisition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided, however, that the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness incurred with respect to any disposition shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including noncash proceeds (the fair market value of such noncash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by the Company and any Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a disposition;
(7) Indebtedness of the Company owed to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owed to and held by the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that (A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the incurrence of such Indebtedness by the issuer thereof and (B) if the Company or a Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to all obligations of the Company or such Guarantor with respect to the Notes;
(8) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock;
(9) Hedging Obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes);
(10) obligations in respect of self-insurance and performance and surety bonds, appeal bonds and other similar types of bonds and performance guarantees statutory, export or import indemnities, customs and completion guarantees (not for borrowed money) and similar obligations provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or obligations in respect of letters of credit or similar instruments related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business;
(11) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary (which, if issued by a Guarantor, shall only be issued to another Guarantor or the Company) not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (11) does not at any one time outstanding exceed the greater of $40.0 million and 40.0% of EBITDA (it being understood that any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (11) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (11) but shall be deemed incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 4.9 from and after the first date on which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred or issued such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this Section 4.9);
(12) any guarantee by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture; provided that if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, any such guarantee of such Guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantee with respect to the Notes substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable;
(13) the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or the issuance of Preferred Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary that serves to refund, replace, renew, extend, defease or refinance (collectively, “refinance” with “refinances,” “refinanced” and “refinancing” having a correlative meaning) any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, incurred or issued as permitted under the first paragraph of this Section 4.9 and clauses (2),(3), (4), and (11) above, this clause (13) and clauses (14),(17), (19), (22), (31), (32) and (36) below (provided that any amounts incurred under this clause (13) as Refinancing Indebtedness (as defined below) of clauses (4) and (11) above and clauses (22) and (32) below, shall reduce the amount available under such clause so long as the Refinancing Indebtedness remains outstanding) or any Indebtedness issued to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness including additional Indebtedness incurred to pay accrued but unpaid interest, dividends, premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs, underwriting discounts, and fees (including costs and expenses) in connection therewith (the “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness or Preferred Stock being refinanced, (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or the Guarantees, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or the Guarantees, at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded, and (C) shall not include (x) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Company or a Guarantor or (y) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (D) shall not be in a principal amount in excess of the principal amount of, premium, if any, accrued interest on, and related fees and expenses of, the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced and (E) shall not have a stated maturity date that is earlier than the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes and the maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced; provided that clauses (A) and (E) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of secured Indebtedness;
(14) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of (x) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred or issued to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or are merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or from whom the Company acquires all or substantially all of such Person’s assets in accordance with the terms of this Indenture (whether or not such Indebtedness or issuance of Preferred Stock is incurred or issued in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or amalgamation); provided that after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence of Indebtedness described in the preceding clauses (x) and (y), either: (A) (i) the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of this Section 4.9 or (ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be greater than such Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger, consolidation or amalgamation or (B) (i) the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of this Section 4.9 or (ii) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio would be equal to or less than such Consolidated Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger, consolidation or amalgamation;
(15) (a) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business and (b) Indebtedness owed on a short-term basis of no longer than 30 days to banks and other financial institutions incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries with such banks or financial institutions that arises in connection with ordinary banking arrangements to manage cash balances of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(16) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit, bank guarantee or other instrument issued pursuant to any Credit Facility in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit, bank guarantee or other instrument;
(17) [reserved];
(18) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Company or any Guarantor to current or former officers, directors and employees, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of Company or any of its direct or indirect parent entities permitted by Section 4.7;
(19) Contribution Indebtedness;
(20) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such Indebtedness are deposited and used immediately to defease the Notes as set forth in Sections 8.2, 8.3 and 8.8;
(21) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of the financing of insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business;
(22) Indebtedness of any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary; provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred and then outstanding under this clause (22) does not exceed the greater of (x) $25.0 million and (y) an amount equal to 25.0% of EBITDA;
(23) Indebtedness due to any landlord in connection with the financing by such landlord of leasehold improvements;
(24) Indebtedness consisting of (a) the financing of insurance premiums or (b) take or pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;
(25) Cash Management Obligations and other Indebtedness in respect of Cash Management Services entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(26) unsecured Indebtedness in respect of short-term obligations to pay the deferred purchase price of goods or services or progress payments in connection with such goods and services so long as such obligations are incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money;
(27) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation or other similar arrangements incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (a) in the ordinary course of business or (b) in connection with the Transactions, any acquisition or any Permitted Investment;
(28) Indebtedness consisting of obligations under deferred compensation or any other similar arrangements incurred in connection with any Investment or any acquisition (by merger, consolidation or amalgamation or otherwise) permitted under this Indenture;
(29) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods purchased in the ordinary course of business;
(30) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with bankers’ acceptances, discounted bills of exchange, warehouse receipts or similar facilities or the discounting or factoring of receivables for credit management purposes, in each case incurred or undertaken in the ordinary course of business;
(31) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred under the ABL Facility; provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred and then outstanding under this clause (31) does not exceed the greater of (x) $115 million and (y) the sum of, without duplication, 85% of the fair market value of accounts receivables of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and 85% of the fair market value of inventory of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(32) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred or issued to finance, or assumed in connection with, an acquisition or Investment in a principal amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $30.0 million and (y) 30.0% of EBITDA of the Company together with all other outstanding Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued under this clause (32) (it being understood that any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (32) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (32) but shall be deemed incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 4.9 from and after the first date on which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred or issued such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this Section 4.9;
(33) Indebtedness in the form of Capitalized Lease Obligations arising out of any sale and lease-back transaction;
(34) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, customer deposits and advance payments (including progress premiums) received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods and services purchased in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
(35) unfunded pension fund and other employee benefits plan obligations and liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; and
(36) all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in clauses (1) through (36) above.
For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.9, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (36) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 4.9, the Company will be permitted to divide and classify and later reclassify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this Section 4.9, and such item of Indebtedness will be treated as having been incurred pursuant to only one of such categories. Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.9 and Section 4.12. Additionally, all or any portion of any item of Indebtedness may later be reclassified and/or re-divided as having been incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 4.9 or under any category of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (36) above so long as such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred pursuant to such provision at the time of reclassification.
For purposes of determining compliance with any United States dollar restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness where the Indebtedness incurred is denominated in a different currency, the amount of such Indebtedness will be the United States Dollar Equivalent determined on the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness; provided, however, that if any such Indebtedness denominated in a different currency is subject to a currency agreement with respect to United States dollars covering all principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, payable on such Indebtedness, the amount of such Indebtedness expressed in United States dollars will be as provided in such currency agreement. The principal amount of any refinancing Indebtedness incurred in the same currency as the Indebtedness being refinanced will be the United States Dollar Equivalent of the Indebtedness being refinanced, except to the extent that (1) such United States Dollar Equivalent was determined based on a currency agreement, in which case the refinancing Indebtedness will be determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, or (2) the principal amount of the refinancing Indebtedness exceeds the principal amount of the Indebtedness being refinanced, in which case the United States Dollar Equivalent of such excess will be determined on the date such refinancing Indebtedness is incurred. At the time of incurrence, the Company will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in the first paragraph of this Section 4.9 and clauses (1) through (36) of the definition of Permitted Debt without giving pro forma effect to the Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to such paragraph or clauses (1) through (36) of the definition of Permitted Debt when calculating the amount of Indebtedness that may be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 4.9. Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies, will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.9. Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness will not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness; provided, that the incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such Guarantee or letter of credit, as the case may be, was in compliance with this Section 4.9.
In the event that the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into or increases commitments under a credit facility, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Consolidated Leverage Ratio and Secured First Lien Leverage Ratio for borrowings and reborrowings thereunder (and including issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder) compliance with this Section 4.9 will be determined on the date of such credit facility or such increase in commitments (assuming that the full amount thereof has been borrowed as of such date), and, if such Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Consolidated Leverage Ratio and Secured First Lien Leverage Ratio, as applicable, test is satisfied with respect thereto at such time, any borrowing or reborrowing thereunder (and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder) will be permitted under this Section 4.9 irrespective of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Consolidated Leverage Ratio and Secured First Lien Leverage Ratio, as applicable, at the time of any borrowing or reborrowing (or issuance or creation of letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances thereunder) (the committed amount permitted to be borrowed or reborrowed (and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances) on a date pursuant to the operation of this paragraph shall be the “Reserved Indebtedness Amount” as of such date for purposes of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Secured First Lien Leverage Ratio or Consolidated Leverage Ratio, as applicable).
This Indenture will not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral or because it is guaranteed by other obligors.
SECTION 4.10 Asset Sales.
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:
(1) the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined at the time of contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and
(2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale, by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents or Replacement Assets.
For purposes of clause (2) above, the amount of (i) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities in excess of $10.0 million that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantees) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets or are terminated, cancelled or otherwise cease to be obligations of the Company in connection with such Asset Sale and, in each case from which the Company and all Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing, (ii) any securities or other obligations or assets received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 270 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, (iii) any asset described in clause (3) below and (iv) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company), when taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iv) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $15.0 million and (y) an amount equal to 15.0% of EBITDA of the Company on the date on which such Designated Noncash Consideration is received (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the Company’s option either at the time of contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale or at the time received without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this Section 4.10.
Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company (or, if applicable, the Restricted Subsidiary) may apply those Net Proceeds at its option in one or more of the following manners:
(1) (I) to the extent such Net Proceeds are from an Asset Sale of Collateral and the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, elects (or is required by the terms of any Indebtedness), to reduce, prepay, repay or purchase the Notes Obligations, Credit Facilities or other Pari Passu Lien Obligations (other than Notes Obligations); provided that if the Company or any Guarantor shall so reduce Pari Passu Lien Obligations (other than Credit Facilities), the Company or such Guarantor shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes by, at their option (i) redeeming Notes as provided under Section 3.7, (ii) purchasing Notes through open-market purchases or (iii) by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth herein for an Asset Sale Offer) to all holders of the Notes to purchase their Notes at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the principal amount of Notes to be repurchased to the date of repurchase; and
(II) to the extent such Net Proceeds are from an Asset Sale of assets or other property that do not constitute Collateral and the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, elects (or is required by the terms of any Indebtedness), (w) to reduce, prepay, repay or purchase any Indebtedness secured by a Lien on such asset, (x) to reduce, prepay, repay or purchase Pari Passu Lien Obligations (other than the Notes Obligations), (y) to make an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth herein for an Asset Sale Offer) to all holders of Notes to purchase their Notes at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased to the date of repurchase, or (z) to reduce, prepay, repay or purchase any Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary (in each case, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided that if the Company or any Guarantor shall so reduce Pari Passu Lien Obligations (other than Credit Facilities), the Company or such Guarantor shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes by, at their option, (i) redeeming Notes as provided under the caption “Optional Redemption,” (ii) purchasing Notes through open-market purchases or (iii) by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth herein for an Asset Sale Offer) to all holders of Notes to purchase their Notes at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased to the date of repurchase;
(2) to repay Indebtedness of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary;
(3) (x) to make capital expenditures or (y) to purchase or make an investment in (A) any one or more businesses; provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and it results in the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that such business constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) properties, or (C) any other assets that, in the case of each of clauses (A), (B) and (C), are (i) used or useful to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or in a Similar Business or (ii) replace the businesses, properties and assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale; provided that if, during such 365-day period, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into a definitive binding agreement committing it to apply such Net Proceeds in accordance with the requirements of clause (3) or (4) of this paragraph after such 365th day, such 365-day period will be extended with respect to the amount of Net Proceeds so committed for a period not to exceed 180 days until such Net Proceeds are required to be applied in accordance with such agreement (or, if earlier, until termination of such agreement); and/or
(4) any combination of the foregoing;
provided, in the case of clause (1) or (2) above, (i) if an offer to purchase any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is made, such amount will be deemed repaid to the extent of the amount of such offer, whether or not accepted by the holders of such Indebtedness, and no Net Proceeds from the applicable Asset Sale in the amount of such offer will be deemed to exist following such offer, and (ii) if the holder of any Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company declines the repayment of such Indebtedness owed to it from such Net Proceeds such amount will be deemed repaid to the extent of the declined Net Proceeds.
Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture. Any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale not applied or invested in accordance with the preceding paragraph within the time periods set forth above shall constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $50.0 million, the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary will make an offer (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to all holders of the Notes and such other Pari Passu Lien Obligations that contain provisions similar to those set forth in this Section 4.10 with respect to offers to purchase with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase, on a pro rata basis, the maximum principal amount of the Notes and such other Pari Passu Lien Obligations that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash.
If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds required to purchase Notes above, the Notes to be purchased will be selected on a pro rata basis and in accordance with DTC procedures, as applicable. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds hereunder will be reset at zero. To the extent Excess Proceeds exceed the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Notes (and, if required by the terms thereof, all Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with the Notes), the Company need only make an Asset Sale Offer up to the outstanding aggregate principal amount of Notes (and any such Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with the Notes), and any additional Excess Proceeds will not be subject to this Section 4.10 and will be permitted to be used for any purpose otherwise permitted hereunder in the Company’s discretion.
The Company may, at its option, satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale by making an Asset Sale Offer with respect to such Net Proceeds prior to the date required by this Indenture with respect to all or a part of the Net Proceeds. An Asset Sale Offer may be made at the same time as consents are solicited with respect to an amendment, supplement or waiver of this Indenture, Notes and/or Guarantees. The provisions under this Indenture relative to the Company’s obligations to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of an Asset Sale may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.
The Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.10, the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.10 by virtue of such conflict.
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 4.10, (i) to the extent that any of or all the Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale by a Foreign Subsidiary or a CFC Holding Company (a “Foreign Disposition”) is (x) prohibited or delayed by applicable local law, (y) restricted by applicable organizational documents or any agreement or (z) subject to other onerous organizational or administrative impediments from being repatriated to the United States, the portion of such Net Proceeds so affected will not be required to be applied in compliance with this Section 4.10, and such amounts may be retained by the applicable Foreign Subsidiary or CFC Holding Company so long, but only so long, as the applicable local law or regulation, applicable organizational documents or agreements or other impediments will not permit repatriation to the United States (the Company hereby agreeing to use reasonable efforts (as determined in the Company’s reasonable business judgment) to otherwise cause the applicable Foreign Subsidiary or CFC Holding Company to within one year following the date on which the respective payment would otherwise have been required, promptly take all actions reasonably required by the applicable local law or regulation, applicable organizational documents or other impediments to permit such repatriation), and if within one year following the date on which the respective payment would otherwise have been required such repatriation of any of such affected Net Proceeds is permitted under the applicable local law, applicable organizational impediment or other impediment, such repatriation will be promptly effected and such repatriated Net Proceeds will be promptly (and in any event not later than five (5) Business Days after such repatriation could be made) applied (net of additional Taxes payable or reserved against as a result thereof) (whether or not such repatriation actually occurs) in compliance with this Section 4.10 and (ii) to the extent that the Company has determined in good faith that repatriation of, or an obligation to repatriate, any of or all the Net Proceeds of any Foreign Disposition could reasonably have an adverse Tax consequence, which is not de minimis (which for the avoidance of doubt, includes, but is not limited to, any prepayment whereby doing so the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary, or any of their respective affiliates and/or direct or indirect equity owners would incur a Tax liability, including receipt of a Tax dividend, deemed dividend pursuant to Code Section 956 or a withholding Tax), the Net Proceeds so affected may be retained by the applicable Foreign Subsidiary or CFC Holding Company and may be used to prepay indebtedness of the Foreign Subsidiaries or invested in the business of the Foreign Subsidiaries. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 4.10 shall require the Company to cause any amounts to be repatriated to the United States (whether or not such amounts are used in, or excluded from, the determination of the amount of any mandatory prepayments hereunder). The non-application of any prepayment amounts as a consequence of the foregoing provisions will not, constitute a Default or Event of Default.
SECTION 4.11 Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates.
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving an aggregate consideration in excess of $30.0 million, unless:
(1) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms, taken as a whole, that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person or, if in the good faith judgment of the Company, no comparable transaction is available with which to compare such Affiliate Transaction, such Affiliate Transaction is otherwise fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view and when such transaction is taken in its entirety; and
(2) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $60.0 million, a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company have determined in good faith that the criteria set forth in the immediately preceding clause (1) are satisfied and have approved the relevant Affiliate Transaction as evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company;
provided that any Affiliate Transaction shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements set forth in clause (2) of this Section 4.11 if such Affiliate Transaction is approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors of the Company, if any.
The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of the prior paragraph:
(1) any transaction between or among (a) the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or joint venture or similar entity or (b) the Company and any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction (including by way of a merger, consolidation or amalgamation);
(2) Restricted Payments and Permitted Investments permitted under this Indenture;
(3) the payment of reasonable compensation and fees and out of pocket expenses to, and indemnities provided on behalf of (and entering into related agreements with) current or former officers, directors, employees, independent contractors or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent entities, or any Restricted Subsidiary, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company or senior management thereof;
(4) transactions in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable, when taken as a whole, to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s length basis;
(5) payments or loans (or cancellations of loans) to employees, consultants or independent contractors of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent entities or any Restricted Subsidiary which are approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and which are otherwise permitted under this Indenture, but in any event not to exceed $10.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time;
(6) payments made or performance under any agreement as in effect on the Issue Date, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous in any material respect in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);
(7) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services (including the Company and its Subsidiaries and joint ventures), in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture that are fair to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries or are on terms at least as favorable as would reasonably have been entered into at such time with an unaffiliated party;
(8) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to any direct or indirect parent entity, any director, officer, employee or consultant of the Company, its direct or indirect parent entities or its Subsidiaries or any other Affiliates of the Company (other than a Subsidiary) and the granting of registration rights in connection therewith;
(9) any (a) employment, severance and similar agreements entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, (b) subscription agreement or similar agreement pertaining to the repurchase of Equity Interests pursuant to put/call rights or similar rights with employees, officers or directors and (c) employee compensation, equity or similar incentive, and other benefit plans or arrangements, any health, disability or similar insurance plan which covers employees, and any reasonable employment contract and transactions pursuant thereto;
(10) (a) without duplication, Permitted Tax Distributions, (b) transactions undertaken in good faith (as certified by the Company in an Officer’s Certificate) for the purposes of improving the consolidated tax efficiency of the Company and its Subsidiaries (and not for the purpose of circumventing any covenant set forth herein and which are not materially adverse to the holders of the Notes) and (c) tax sharing agreements, tax groupings and other similar arrangements for the payment of taxes or the surrender or reallocation of taxes or tax reliefs among direct and indirect parent companies of the Company or among direct and indirect parent companies of the Company, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(11) any transaction effected in connection with the Transactions;
(12) (x) the purchase of or investment in debt, equity or other securities of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in primary issuances on the same terms as are applicable to non-Affiliates so long as not more than 50% of such issuance is to an Affiliate and (y) purchases or other acquisitions (other than from the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) of debt or securities of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries by Affiliates in bona fide secondary transactions and, in the case of each of clauses (x) and (y), payments made to an Affiliate in respect of such securities;
(13) [reserved];
(14) transactions with a Person that is an Affiliate of the Company arising solely because the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary owns any Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person;
(15) any lease or sublease entered into between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as lessee or sublessee and any Affiliate of the Company, as lessor or sub-lessor, which is approved by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith;
(16) pledges of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;
(17) intellectual property licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
(18) any transition services arrangement, supply arrangement or similar arrangements entered into in connection with or in contemplation of the disposition of assets or Equity Interests in any Restricted Subsidiary or Investment permitted by the covenant described under Section 4.10 entered into with any successor, in each case, that the Company determines in good faith is either fair to the Company or otherwise on customary terms for such type of arrangements in connection with similar transactions;
(19) an agreement between a Person and an Affiliate of such Person existing at the time such Person is acquired by, or merged into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and not entered into in contemplation of such acquisition or merger; provided that such acquisition or merger complied with this Section 4.11; and
(20) transactions between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any other Person that would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely because a director of such other Person is also a director of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee shall have no obligation to monitor compliance with, nor be responsible or liable for any determination made or not made by the Company, pursuant to this Section 4.11.
SECTION 4.12 Limitation on Liens.
The Company will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur or assume any Lien (each a “Subject Lien”) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness, unless, the Notes and any related Guarantees are equally and ratably secured, provided that none of the foregoing limitation shall apply to Permitted Liens.
Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Subject Lien.
With respect to any Lien securing Indebtedness that was permitted to secure such Indebtedness at the time of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, such Lien shall also be permitted to secure any Increased Amount of such Indebtedness. The “Increased Amount” of any Indebtedness shall mean any increase in the amount of such Indebtedness in connection with any accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms or in the form of common stock of the Company, the payment of dividends on Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock of the same class, accretion of original issue discount or liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies or increases in the value of property securing Indebtedness described in clause (4) of the definition of Indebtedness.
SECTION 4.13 [Reserved].
SECTION 4.14 Offer to Purchase upon Change of Control.
If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Company has previously or concurrently with the Change of Control elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 3.7 with respect to all outstanding Notes, each holder of Notes will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000) of that holder’s Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer (as defined below) on the terms set forth herein at a purchase price in cash equal to 101.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, except to the extent the Company has exercised its right to redeem the Notes under Section 3.7 with respect to all outstanding Notes, the Company will deliver a notice (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each holder at its registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, describing:
(1) that a Change of Control has occurred or, if the Change of Control Offer is being made in advance of a Change of Control, that a Change of Control is expected to occur, and that such holder has, or upon such occurrence will have, the right to require the Company to purchase such holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to the Change of Control Payment;
(2) the transaction or transactions that constitute, or are expected to constitute, such Change of Control;
(3) the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 10 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered (the “Change of Control Payment Date”);
(4) that any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;
(5) that unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;
(6) that holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the paying agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;
(7) that holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Company to purchase such Notes prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; provided, that the paying agent receives, not later than such time, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;
(8) that if the Company is required to purchase less than all of the Notes, the holders of the remaining Notes will be issued new Notes and such new Notes will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; provided, that the unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof;
(9) if such notice is delivered prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, that the Change of Control Offer is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control; and
(10) the other instructions determined by the Company, consistent with this Section 4.14, that a holder must follow in order to have its Notes purchased.
The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.14, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations this Section 4.14 by virtue of such conflict.
On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:
|
● |
accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; |
|
● |
deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and |
|
● |
deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being repurchased by the Company. |
The paying agent will promptly mail (or, through DTC, deliver) to each holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each new Note will be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.
The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth hereunder made by the Company and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer.
SECTION 4.15 Corporate Existence.
Subject to Section 4.10, Section 4.14 and Article V, as the case may be, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of each of its Subsidiaries in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary and the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders.
SECTION 4.16 [Reserved].
SECTION 4.17 Additional Guarantees.
After the Issue Date, the Company will not permit any of its Domestic Subsidiaries (other than any Excluded Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary) other than a Guarantor to (i) guarantee the payment of Indebtedness under the ABL Facility or any Credit Facility permitted under clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt or (ii) guarantee Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause 22 of the second paragraph or the first paragraph of Section 4.9) in respect of capital markets debt securities of the Company or any other Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $15.0 million unless within fifteen (15) Business Days, of such incurrence or guarantee of such Indebtedness, such Restricted Subsidiary executes and delivers to the Trustee a Guarantee pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any and interest on the Notes and all other obligations under the this Indenture on the same terms and conditions as those set forth in this Indenture and supplements to the applicable Security Documents in order to grant a Lien in the Collateral owned by such Subsidiary to the same extent as that set forth in this Indenture and the Security Documents and take all actions required by the Security Documents to perfect such Lien (except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor, if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes) provided that this Section 4.17 shall not be applicable to any guarantee of such Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary.
SECTION 4.18 Further Instruments and Acts.
Upon request by the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent or as necessary, the Company shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purposes of this Indenture or as may be necessary or proper to create, evidence, perfect, maintain and enforce the security interests and the priority thereof in the Collateral in favor of the Notes Collateral Agent for its benefit and the benefit the Trustee and the Holders in accordance with the Security Documents. The Company and the Guarantors shall comply with their respective obligations under Sections 4.04 and 4.16 of the Security Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof and subject to any grace periods set forth therein.
SECTION 4.19 Effectiveness of Covenants.
If on any date following the Issue Date (i) the Notes have an Investment Grade Rating from any two of the three Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “Covenant Suspension Event”), then beginning on such date and continuing until the Reversion Date (as defined below), the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the following covenants with respect to such Notes (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”):
|
(1) |
Section 4.10; |
|
(2) |
Section 4.7; |
|
(3) |
Section 4.9; |
|
(4) |
Section 5.1(4); |
|
(5) |
Section 4.11; |
|
(6) |
Section 4.17; and |
|
(7) |
Section 4.8. |
Upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event (the date of such occurrence, the “Suspension Date”), the amount of Excess Proceeds from any Asset Sale shall be reset at zero. In the event that the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “Reversion Date”) any two of the three Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes of the applicable series below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants with respect to future events.
The period of time between (and including) the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date (but excluding the Reversion Date) is referred to in this description as the “Suspension Period.” The Guarantees of the Guarantors will be released during the Suspension Period to the extent provided under Section 11.1. If the Reversion Date occurs following a Suspension Date, no action taken or omitted to be taken by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries prior to the Reversion Date will give rise to a Default or Event of Default under this Indenture with respect to the Notes; provided that (1) with respect to Restricted Payments made on or after the Reversion Date, the amount of Restricted Payments made will be calculated as though Section 4.7 had been in effect prior to, but not during, the Suspension Period (including with respect to a Limited Condition Transaction entered into during the Suspension Period), (2) all Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued, during the Suspension Period (or deemed incurred or issued in connection with a Limited Condition Acquisition entered into during the Suspension Period) will be classified to have been incurred or issued pursuant to clause (3) of the definition of “Permitted Debt,” (3) no Subsidiaries shall be designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries during any Suspension Period, (4) any Affiliate Transaction entered into on or after the Reversion Date pursuant to an agreement entered into during any Suspension Period shall be deemed to be permitted Section 4.11, (5) any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to take any action described in clauses (1) through (3) of the first paragraph of the covenant described under Section 4.8 that becomes effective during any Suspension Period shall be deemed to be permitted pursuant to clause (1)(y) of the second paragraph of Section 4.8, (6) no Subsidiary of the Company shall be required to comply with Section 4.17 on or after the Reversion Date with respect to any guarantee or direct obligation entered into by such Subsidiary during the Suspension Period, and (7) all Liens created, incurred or assumed during the Suspension Period in compliance with this Indenture will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date.
During the Suspension Period, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will be entitled to incur Liens to the extent provided for under Section 4.12 (including, without limitation, Permitted Liens). To the extent such covenant and any Permitted Liens refer to one or more Suspended Covenants, such covenant or definition shall be interpreted as though such applicable Suspended Covenant(s) continued to be applicable during the Suspension Period (but solely for purposes of Section 4.12 and the “Permitted Liens” definition and for no other covenant).
Notwithstanding that the Suspended Covenants may be reinstated on and after the Reversion Date, (1) no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind will be deemed to exist under this Indenture, the Notes of the applicable series or the Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants in respect of any actions taken or events occurring during the Suspension Period or any actions taken at any time pursuant to any contractual obligation arising during any Suspension Period, and none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall bear any liability for any actions taken or events occurring during the Suspension Period, or any actions taken at any time pursuant to any contractual obligation arising during any Suspension Period, in each case as a result of a failure to comply with the Suspended Covenants during the Suspension Period (or, upon termination of the Suspension Period or after that time based solely on any action taken or event that occurred during the Suspension Period), and (2) on and after the Reversion Date, the Company and each Restricted Subsidiary will be permitted, without causing a Default or Event of Default, to honor, comply with or otherwise perform any contractual commitments or obligations arising during any Suspension Period and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby.
There can be no assurance that the Notes of any series will ever achieve or maintain Investment Grade Ratings. The Trustee shall have no duty to monitor the ratings of the Notes, determine whether a Suspension Date or Reversion Date has occurred or notify Holders of any of the foregoing.
ARTICLE V
SUCCESSORS
SECTION 5.1 Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance, Transfer or Lease.
The Company may not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person; unless:
(1) (a) the Company is the surviving corporation; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made is a corporation or limited liability company (the Company or such Person, including the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company”) and, if such Person is not (i) a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation organized or existing under such laws and (ii) organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia, a co-obligor of the Notes is organized or existing under such laws;
(2) the Successor Company (if other than the Company) assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture and the Security Documents pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
(3) immediately after such transaction, no Event of Default exists;
(4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, either (a) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of Section 4.9 or (b) either (i) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company (or the Successor Company, as applicable) and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the Applicable Measurement Period immediately prior to such transaction or (ii) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Company is equal to or less than the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Applicable Measurement Period immediately prior to such transaction; and
(5) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that the consolidation, or merger or sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, complies with the provisions of this Indenture.
For purposes of this Section 5.1, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such Restricted Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.
The predecessor company will be released from its obligations under this Indenture and the Security Documents and the Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture and the Security Documents, but, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the predecessor will not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes or its Obligations under the Security Documents.
This Section 5.1 will not apply to a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to a Guarantor, or a Guarantor to the Company, another Guarantor or any Person that becomes a Guarantor in connection with such transaction. In addition, clauses (3), (4) and (5) of this Section 5.1 will not be applicable to (a) any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary consolidating with, merging into or selling, assigning, transferring, conveying, leasing or otherwise disposing of all or part of its properties and assets to the Company, a Guarantor or to another Non-Guarantor Subsidiary and (b) the Company or a Guarantor merging with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company, as the case may be, in another jurisdiction.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 5.1 will not apply with respect to the sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of substantially all property or assets of the Company if such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition also constitutes a Change of Control for which a Change of Control Offer is made to holders pursuant to Section 4.14.
In no event shall the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary voluntarily dispose (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include any transfer to an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of any Specified Intellectual Property to any person who is, in the case of the Company or a Guarantor, not the Company or a Guarantor, or in the case of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, not the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, other than non-exclusive licenses, sublicenses or cross-licenses of intellectual property or other general intangibles.
SECTION 5.2 Successor Company Substituted.
Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.1, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Company), and shall exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein.
ARTICLE VI
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
SECTION 6.1 Events of Default.
“Event of Default” means any of the following:
(1) the Company defaults in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;
(2) the Company defaults in the payment when due of interest on or with respect to the Notes and such default continues for a period of 30 days;
(3) the Company defaults in the performance of, or breaches any covenant, warranty or other agreement contained in, this Indenture (other than a default in the performance or breach of a covenant, warranty or agreement which is specifically dealt with in clauses (1) or (2) above) and such default or breach continues for a period of 60 days after the notice specified below; provided that in the case of a failure to comply with Section 4.3, such period of continuance of such default or breach shall be 120 days after written notice specified below;
(4) a default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Significant Subsidiary), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee exists on the Issue Date or is created after the Issue Date, if (A) such default either (1) results from the failure to pay any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or (2) relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity and (B) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, is in the aggregate $40.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent) or more at any one time outstanding;
(5) the failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of $40.0 million (net of any amounts which are covered by enforceable insurance policies issued by solvent insurance companies) which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after the applicable judgment becomes final and non-appealable and, in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;
(6) the Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or any group of Subsidiaries that are Guarantors and that, taken together as of the date of the most recent audited financial statements of the Company, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms hereof) or any such Guarantor or group of Guarantors denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture or any such Guarantee, other than by reason of the release of the Guarantee in accordance with the terms of Section 11.6, and such Default continues for 10 days;
(7) (i) the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:
(A) commences a voluntary case;
(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;
(C) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property;
(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or
(E) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or
(ii) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
(A) is for relief against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in an involuntary case;
(B) appoints a custodian of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or
(C) orders the liquidation of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days;
(8) unless all the Collateral has been released from the Liens in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Security Documents, the Company shall assert or any Guarantor shall assert, in any pleading in a court of competent jurisdiction, with respect to any Collateral have a value in excess of $35.0 million, that any such security interest is invalid or unenforceable and, the Company or such Significant Subsidiary fails to rescind such assertions within 30 days after the Company has actual knowledge of such assertions; or
(9) the failure of the Company or any Guarantor to comply for 60 days after notice as specified below with its other agreements contained in the Security Documents, except for a failure that would not be material as a whole to the Holders of the Notes and would not materially affect the value of the Collateral taken as a whole.
SECTION 6.2 Acceleration.
If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (7) of Section 6.1 with respect to the Company) shall occur and be continuing, up to two years following the first public notice or notice to the Trustee of such event, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may declare the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the outstanding Notes to be due and payable by a notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration” (an “Acceleration Notice”). Upon such declaration of acceleration and issuance of an Acceleration Notice, the aggregate principal of and any accrued and unpaid interest on the outstanding Notes shall immediately become due and payable; provided that a notice of Default may not be given with respect to any action taken, and reported publicly or to Holders, more than two years prior to such notice of Default. Any time period to cure any actual or alleged Default or Event of Default may be extended or stayed by a court of competent jurisdiction.
If an Event of Default specified in clause (7) of Section 6.1 with respect to the Company occurs and is continuing, then all unpaid principal of, and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all of the outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.
The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, by written notice to the Trustee, may on behalf of all of the Holders rescind and cancel an acceleration and its consequences:
(1) if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree;
(2) if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration;
(3) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid;
(4) if the Company has paid the Trustee its agreed-upon compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and advances; and
(5) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in clause (7) of Section 6.1, the Trustee shall have received an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived.
No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.
In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) of Section 6.1, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding, however, any resulting payment default) will be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose, the Company delivers an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged or (y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default or (z) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.
Prior to any Acceleration Notice being provided, (i) if a Default occurring by reason of a failure to report or to deliver a required certificate in connection with another Default (the “Initial Default”) occurs, then at the time such Initial Default is cured, such Default for a failure to report or to deliver a required certificate in connection with another Default (which Default resulted solely because of that Initial Default) will also be cured without any further action, and (ii) any Default or Event of Default occurring by reason of the failure to comply with the time periods prescribed in Section 4.3 or otherwise to deliver any notice or certificate pursuant to any other provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to be cured upon the delivery of any such (A) report required by such covenant or such notice or (B) certificate, as applicable, even though such delivery is not within the prescribed period specified in this Indenture.
In the case of any Event of Default occurring by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Company with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have had to pay if the Company then had elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 3.7, an equivalent premium shall also become and be immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the issuance of an Acceleration Notice.
SECTION 6.3 Other Remedies.
If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.
The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence to the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.
SECTION 6.4 Waiver of Past Defaults.
Subject to Section 9.2, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under this Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, the Notes (other than as a result of an acceleration, subject to the fourth paragraph of Section 6.2), which shall require the consent of all of the Holders of the Notes then outstanding.
SECTION 6.5 Control by Majority.
Subject to the terms of the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into), the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) and the Security Documents, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available (including the foreclosure of the Collateral) to the Trustee or exercising any trust power conferred on it. However, (i) the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability, and (ii) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.
SECTION 6.6 Limitation on Suits.
A Holder may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if:
(a) the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default or the Trustee receives such notice from the Company;
(b) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
(c) such Holder or Holders offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;
(d) the Trustee does not comply with the request within sixty (60) days after receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of such indemnity or security; and
(e) during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request.
A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder.
SECTION 6.7 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
SECTION 6.8 Collection Suit by Trustee.
If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.
SECTION 6.9 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.
Subject to the terms of the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into), the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) and the Security Documents, the Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other securities or property payable or deliverable upon the conversion or exchange of the Notes or on any such claims, and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7 out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding, whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.
SECTION 6.10 Priorities.
Subject to the provisions of the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into), the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) and the Security Documents, if the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article VI, it shall pay out the money and property in the following order:
First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.7, including payment of all reasonable compensation, expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;
Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, respectively;
Third: without duplication, to the Holders for any other Obligations owing to the Holders under this Indenture and the Notes; and
Fourth: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.
The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.
SECTION 6.11 Undertaking for Costs.
In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.7, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.
ARTICLE VII
TRUSTEE
SECTION 7.1 Duties of Trustee.
(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.
(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
(i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture or the TIA, and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture or the TIA and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
(ii) the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).
However, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions furnished to it to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture; provided, that the Trustee need not act or refrain from acting based on any certificate or opinion that it determines to be not in conformity with the requirements of this Indenture. If presented with a non-conforming certificate or opinion, the Trustee may request the delivering party to re-issue the certificate or opinion in the manner required by this Indenture before taking any action.
(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own grossly negligent action, its own grossly negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:
(i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.1;
(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by an officer of the Trustee, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment that the Trustee was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and
(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.5.
(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.1.
(e) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability.
(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
SECTION 7.2 Rights of Trustee.
(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting on any document (whether in original or facsimile form) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.
(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. Prior to taking, suffering or admitting any action, the Trustee may consult with counsel of the Trustee’s own choosing, and the Trustee shall be fully protected from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in conclusive reliance on the advice or opinion of such counsel.
(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any attorney or agent appointed with due care.
(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. Any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate, and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution.
(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company or a Guarantor shall be sufficient if signed by an officer of the Company or such Guarantor.
(f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities (which includes the reasonable costs of Trustee’s legal counsel) that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.
(g) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or documents, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine during normal business hours the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company, and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.
(h) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder (including, for the avoidance of doubt, as Notes Collateral Agent), and to each agent, custodian and other Persons employed to act hereunder.
(i) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.
(j) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice or be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has received from the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes or from any Holder written notice thereof at its address set forth in Section 12.2 and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture. In the absence of such actual knowledge or such notice, the Trustee may conclusively assume that no such Default or Event of Default exists.
(k) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit and punitive damages) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.
(l) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents, custodians, nominees or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent, custodian nominee or attorney appointed by it with due care hereunder.
(m) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of its powers and duties hereunder.
(n) Neither the Trustee nor any of its directors, officers, employees, agents, or affiliates shall be responsible for nor have any duty to monitor the performance or any action of the Company, or any of their respective directors, members, officers, agents, affiliates, or employees, nor shall it have any liability in connection with the malfeasance or nonfeasance by such party. The Trustee shall not be responsible for any inaccuracy or omission in the information obtained from the Company or for any inaccuracy or omission in the records which may result from such information or any failure by the Trustee to perform its duties or set forth herein as a result of any inaccuracy or incompleteness.
(o) The permissive rights of the Trustee enumerated herein shall not be construed as duties.
SECTION 7.3 Individual Rights of Trustee.
The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest (within the meaning of the TIA), it must eliminate such conflict within ninety (90) days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue as Trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11.
SECTION 7.4 Trustee’s Disclaimer.
The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes, any statement or recital on any Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee under Article IV or Section 8.4, or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication and any notices or reports under Sections 7.5 and 7.6.
SECTION 7.5 Notice of Defaults.
If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice, and be protected in doing so, if and so long as the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders.
Any notice of Default, notice of acceleration or instruction to the Trustee to provide a notice of Default, notice of acceleration or take any other action (a “Noteholder Direction”) provided by any one or more Holders (other than a Regulated Bank) (each a “Directing Holder”) must be accompanied by a written representation from each such Holder of Notes delivered to the Company and the Trustee that such Holder is not (or, in the case such Holder is DTC or its nominee, that such holder is being instructed solely by beneficial owners that are not) Net Short (a “Position Representation”), which representation, in the case of a Noteholder Direction relating to the delivery of a notice of Default shall be deemed a continuing representation until the resulting Event of Default is cured or otherwise ceases to exist or the Notes are accelerated. In addition, each Directing Holder is deemed, at the time of providing a Noteholder Direction, to covenant to provide the Company with such other information as the Company may reasonably request from time to time in order to verify the accuracy of such noteholder’s Position Representation within five (5) Business Days of request therefor (a “Verification Covenant”). In any case in which the noteholder is DTC or its nominee, any Position Representation or Verification Covenant required hereunder shall be provided by the beneficial owner of the Notes in lieu of DTC or its nominee, and DTC shall be entitled to conclusively rely on such Position Representation and Verification Covenant in delivering its direction to the Trustee.
If, following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but prior to acceleration of the Notes, the Company determines in good faith that there is a reasonable basis to believe a Directing Holder was, at any relevant time, in breach of its Position Representation and provides to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the Company has initiated litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking a determination that such Directing Holder was, at such time, in breach of its Position Representation, and seeking to invalidate any Event of Default that resulted from the applicable Noteholder Direction, the cure period with respect to such Default shall be automatically stayed and the cure period with respect to such Event of Default shall be automatically reinstituted and any remedy stayed pending a final and non-appealable determination of a court of competent jurisdiction on such matter. If, following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but prior to acceleration of the Notes, the Company provides to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that a Directing Holder failed to satisfy its Verification Covenant, the cure period with respect to such Default shall be automatically stayed and the cure period with respect to any Event of Default that resulted from the applicable Noteholder Direction shall be automatically reinstituted and any remedy stayed pending satisfaction of such Verification Covenant. Any breach of the Position Representation shall result in such noteholder’s participation in such Noteholder Direction being disregarded; and, if, without the participation of such noteholder, the percentage of Notes held by the remaining noteholders that provided such Noteholder Direction would have been insufficient to validly provide such Noteholder Direction, such Noteholder Direction shall be void ab initio, with the effect that such Event of Default shall be deemed never to have occurred, acceleration voided and the Trustee shall be deemed not to have received such Noteholder Direction or any notice of such Default or Event of Default.
Notwithstanding anything in the preceding two paragraphs to the contrary, any Noteholder Direction delivered to the Trustee during the pendency of an Event of Default as the result of a bankruptcy or similar proceeding shall not require compliance with the foregoing paragraphs. In addition, for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing paragraphs shall not apply to any Holder that is a Regulated Bank.
For the avoidance of doubt, the Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely on any Noteholder Direction delivered to it in accordance with this Indenture, shall have no duty to inquire as to or investigate the accuracy of any Position Representation, enforce compliance with any Verification Covenant, verify any statements in any Officer’s Certificate delivered to it, or otherwise make calculations, investigations or determinations with respect to Derivative Instruments, Net Shorts, Long Derivative Instruments, Short Derivative Instruments or otherwise. The Trustee shall have no liability to the Company, any noteholder or any other Person in acting in good faith on a Noteholder Direction. A Position Representation may be substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto with such other changes and information as reasonably requested by the Company, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent, if applicable.
SECTION 7.6 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.
Within 60 days after each January 15 beginning with January 15, 2022, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c).
A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the Commission and each stock exchange on which the Company has informed the Trustee in writing the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.
SECTION 7.7 Compensation and Indemnity.
The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as agreed upon in writing. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.
The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee in any capacity under this Indenture (which for purposes of this Section 7.7 shall include its officers, directors, employees and agents) against any and all claims, damage, losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company (including this Section 7.7) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company or any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense shall be caused by its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim of which a Responsible Officer has received written notice and for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim, and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel, and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.7 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the resignation or removal of the Trustee.
To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section 7.7, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal or interest, if any, on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee.
When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(9) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.
The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.
SECTION 7.8 Replacement of Trustee.
A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.8.
The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. Upon 30 days’ notice, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee upon 30 days’ written notice thereof if:
(a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;
(b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;
(c) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or
(d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.
If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.
If a successor Trustee does not take office within 45 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the expense of the Company), the Company or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and the duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to the Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided that all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.7. No resigning Trustee shall be responsible or liable for actions or inactions of any properly appointed successor Trustee. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.8, the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under Section 7.7 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.
SECTION 7.9 Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.
If the Trustee or any Agent consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee or any Agent, as applicable, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto.
SECTION 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification.
There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power and that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities. The Trustee together with its affiliates shall at all times have a combined capital surplus of at least the minimum amount required by the TIA, as set forth in its most recent annual report of condition.
This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA §§ 310(a)(l), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b) including the provision in § 310(b)(1); provided that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities, or conflicts of interest or participation in other securities, of the Company or the Guarantors are outstanding if the requirements for exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met.
SECTION 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company.
The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.
SECTION 7.12 Security Documents; Intercreditor Agreements.
By their acceptance of the Notes, the Holders hereby authorize and direct the Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be, to execute and deliver on or after, as the case may be, the Issue Date, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into), the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) and any other Security Documents in which the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable, is named as a party, including any Security Documents executed after the Issue Date. It is hereby expressly acknowledged and agreed that, in doing so, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent are (a) expressly authorized to make the representations attributed to Holders in any such agreements and (b) not responsible for the terms or contents of such agreements, or for the validity or enforceability thereof, or the sufficiency thereof for any purpose. Whether or not so expressly stated therein, in entering into, or taking (or forbearing from) any action under, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into), the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) or any other Security Document, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent each shall have all of the rights, immunities, indemnities and other protections granted to it under this Indenture (in addition to those that may be granted to it under the terms of any other Security Document).
SECTION 7.13 Limitation on Duty of Trustee in Respect of Collateral; Indemnification.
(a) Beyond the exercise of reasonable care in the custody thereof, the Trustee shall have no duty as to any Collateral in its possession or control or in the possession or control of any agent or bailee or any income thereon or as to preservation of rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining thereto and the Trustee shall not be responsible for filing any financing or continuation statements or recording any documents or instruments in any public office at any time or times or otherwise perfecting or maintaining the perfection of any security interest in the Collateral. The Trustee shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody of the Collateral in its possession if the Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which it accords its own property and shall not be liable or responsible for any loss or diminution in the value of any of the Collateral, by reason of the act or omission of any carrier, forwarding agency or other agent or bailee selected by the Trustee in good faith.
(b) The Trustee shall not be responsible for the existence, genuineness or value of any of the Collateral or for the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of the Liens in any of the Collateral, whether impaired by operation of law or by reason of any action or omission to act on its part hereunder, except to the extent such action or omission constitutes gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, for the validity or sufficiency of the Collateral or any agreement or assignment contained therein, for the validity of the title of the Company to the Collateral, for insuring the Collateral or for the payment of taxes, charges, assessments or Liens upon the Collateral or otherwise as to the maintenance of the Collateral. The Trustee shall have no duty to ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms of this Indenture, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into), the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) or the Security Documents by the Company, the Guarantors or the ABL Agent.
This Section 7.13 is in furtherance, and not in limitation, of the rights of the Trustee in such capacity and as Notes Collateral Agent under Section 10.7 hereof.
ARTICLE VIII
DEFEASANCE; DISCHARGE OF THE INDENTURE
SECTION 8.1 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
The Company may, at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors and evidenced by a Board Resolution set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, elect to have either Section 8.2 or 8.3 applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article VIII.
SECTION 8.2 Legal Defeasance.
Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.1 of the option applicable to this Section 8.2, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes, and have all Liens on the collateral securing the Notes released, on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.5 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clause (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all of its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.4(1); (b) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Sections 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.10, 2.12, 2.16, 4.1, 4.2 and 4.15 (as to the legal existence of the Company only); (c) the rights, powers, trusts, benefits, duties and immunities of the Trustee, including without limitation thereunder, under Sections 7.7, 8.5 and 8.7 and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith; (d) the Company’s rights pursuant to Section 3.7; and (e) the provisions of this Article VIII. Subject to compliance with this Article VIII, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.2 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.3.
SECTION 8.3 Covenant Defeasance.
Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.1 of the option applicable to this Section 8.3, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15 (as to the legal existence of the Company’s Subsidiaries only), 4.16, 4.17, 5.1(4) and Article II with respect to the outstanding Notes, and have all Liens securing the collateral securing the Notes released, on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.1, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.1 of the option applicable to this Section 8.3, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4, Sections 6.1(4), 6.1(7), 6.1(8) and, solely with respect to any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, 6.1(9) shall not constitute Events of Default.
Notwithstanding any discharge or release of any obligations pursuant to Section 8.2 or Section 8.3, the Company’s obligations in Sections 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.10, 2.12, 2.16, 4.1, 4.2, 4.15 (as to the legal existence of the Company only), 7.7, 8.5 and 8.7 shall survive until the Notes are no longer outstanding pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 2.8. After the Notes are no longer outstanding, the Company’s obligations in Sections 7.7, 8.5 and 8.7 shall survive.
SECTION 8.4 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.
The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.2 or Section 8.3 to the outstanding Notes:
(1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in United States dollars, non-callable United States Government Securities, or a combination of cash in United States dollars and non-callable United States Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, delivered to the Trustee, to pay the principal of, or interest and premium, if any, on the outstanding Notes issued hereunder on the stated maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;
(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (a) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that, the Holders and Beneficial Owners of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders and Beneficial Owners of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
(4) [reserved];
(5) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Company or any Guarantor or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or any Guarantor or others; and
(6) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which may be subject to certain qualifications), each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the requirements of clause (2) above with respect to a Legal Defeasance need not be complied with if all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (x) have become due and payable or (y) will become due and payable on the maturity date within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company.
SECTION 8.5 Deposited Money and United States Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.
Subject to Section 8.6, all money and non-callable United States Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.5, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.4 in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust, shall not be invested, and shall be applied by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company or any Subsidiary acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable United States Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.4 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.
Anything in this Article VIII to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the written request of the Company and be relieved of all liability with respect to any money or non-callable United States Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.4 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.4(1)), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
SECTION 8.6 Repayment to Company.
Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest, if any, on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its written request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof; and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining shall be repaid to the Company.
SECTION 8.7 Reinstatement.
If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or non-callable United States Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.2, Section 8.3 or Section 8.8, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.2, Section 8.3 or Section 8.8 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.2, Section 8.3 or Section 8.8, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
SECTION 8.8 Discharge.
The Company and the Guarantors may terminate the obligations under this Indenture and the Notes when:
(1) either:
(A) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
(B) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the giving of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will or may become due and payable by reason of the giving of a notice of redemption or otherwise within one year and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in United States dollars, non-callable United States Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;
(2) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit or will occur as a result of the deposit (other than a Default resulting from borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowing) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other material instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound;
(3) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all Obligations payable by it under this Indenture, the Guarantees and (other than with respect to Pari Passu Lien Obligations secured thereby) the Security Documents; and
(4) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes issued thereunder at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.
(5) In addition, the Company must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.
In the case of clause (1)(B) of this Section 8.8, and subject to the next sentence and notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, the Company’s obligations in Sections 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.10, 2.12, 2.16, 4.1, 4.2, 4.15 (as to legal existence of the Company only), 7.7, 8.5 and 8.7 shall survive until the Notes are no longer outstanding pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 2.8. After the Notes are no longer outstanding, the Company’s obligations in Sections 7.7, 8.5 and 8.7 shall survive any discharge pursuant to this Section 8.8.
After such delivery or irrevocable deposit, as set forth in this Section 8.8, the Trustee upon request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture except for those surviving obligations specified above.
ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
SECTION 9.1 Without Consent of Holders of the Notes.
Notwithstanding Section 9.2, without the consent of any Holders, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee and/or Notes Collateral Agent, at any time and from time to time, may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes issued hereunder, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into), the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) and the Security Documents to:
(1) cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;
(2) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of Certificated Notes (provided, however, that such uncertificated Notes are in “registered” form within the meaning of section 163 of the Code and Treasury Regulations thereunder);
(3) provide for the assumption by a Successor Company or a successor company of a Guarantor, as applicable, of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture, the Security Documents, the Notes or any Guarantee or otherwise comply with Article V;
(4) (a) make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder or (b) to surrender any right or privileges conferred upon the Company or the Guarantors;
(5) add additional assets as Collateral, to release Collateral from the Liens pursuant to this Indenture and the Security Documents when permitted or required by this Indenture, the Security Documents, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement and/or the ABL Intercreditor Agreement or to modify the Security Documents, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement and/or the ABL Intercreditor Agreement to secure additional extensions of credit and add additional secured creditors holding Obligations that are permitted to constitute Pari Passu Lien Obligations under the Security Documents pursuant to the terms of this Indenture ;
(6) add a Guarantee of the Notes;
(7) provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance this Indenture;
(8) release a Guarantor upon its sale or designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or other permitted release from its Guarantee; provided that such sale, designation or release is in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;
(9) make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of the Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided, that (a) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in the Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities laws, as determined by the Company, and (b) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of the holders to transfer the Notes, as determined by the Company;
(10) evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee; provided, that the successor trustee is otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the terms of this Indenture;
(11) comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA, if applicable;
(12) comply with the rules of any applicable securities depositary;
(13) conform the text of this Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section in the Offering Memorandum;
(14) secure any future Indebtedness to the extent permitted under this Indenture, the Security Documents and the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into), the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into); or
(15) enter into (a) the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement or the ABL Intercreditor Agreement and (b) any other intercreditor agreement having substantially similar terms with respect to the Holders as those set forth in the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into), the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into), taken as a whole, or any joinder thereto or to add additional parties with Pari Passu Lien Priority to any Security Documents.
SECTION 9.2 With Consent of Holders of Notes.
With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes), the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into), the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) or the Security Documents or, subject to the third paragraph of Section 6.2, Sections 6.4 and 6.7, waive any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes; provided, however, that no such amendment, supplement or waiver shall, without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):
(1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;
(2) reduce the principal of or change the maturity of any Note, reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of the Notes or change the time at which the Notes may be redeemed as described in Section 3.7; provided that any amendment to the minimum notice requirement may be made with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (other than provisions relating to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14);
(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;
(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on the Notes issued hereunder (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes and the waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, issued hereunder by the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued hereunder with respect to any default and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);
(5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;
(6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on the Notes issued hereunder or impair the contractual right set forth in this Indenture and the Notes to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes after the due dates thereof;
(7) make any change in the ranking of any Note (other than the priority of Liens) that would adversely affect the Holders;
(8) amend, change or modify in any material respect the obligation of the Company to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in respect of a Change of Control that has occurred or make and consummate an Asset Sale Offer in respect of an Asset Sale that has been consummated after a requirement to make an Asset Sale Offer has arisen; or
(9) make any change in this Section 9.2.
The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes waive any past Default under this Indenture and its consequences, except a Default:
(1) in any payment in respect of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Notes (including any Note which is required to have been purchased pursuant to an Offer to Purchase which has been made by the Company), or
(2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under this Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected.
Additionally, without the consent of holders of at least 66 2/3% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, (i) no such amendment, waiver or modification will (A) release all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes and Guarantees or (B) change or alter the priority of the Liens securing the Notes in any material portion of the Collateral in any way materially adverse, taken as a whole, to the Holders, other than, in each case, as provided under the terms of this Indenture, the Security Documents, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) or the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into).
SECTION 9.3 [Reserved].
SECTION 9.4 Revocation and Effect of Consents.
Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on the Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. When an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms, it thereafter binds every Holder.
The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for determining which Holders consent to such amendment, supplement or waiver. If the Company fixes a record date, the record date shall be fixed at (i) the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished for the Trustee prior to such solicitation pursuant to Section 2.5 or (ii) such other date as the Company shall designate.
SECTION 9.5 Notation on or Exchange of Notes.
The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.
Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.
SECTION 9.6 Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent to Sign Amendments, Etc.
The Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture or amended or supplemented Security Document or amendment or supplement to the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) or the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent. In signing or refusing to sign any amendment or supplemental indenture or amended or supplemented Security Document or amendment or supplement to the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) or the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into), the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent shall be provided with and (subject to Section 7.1) shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment or supplemental indenture or amended or supplemented Security Document or amendment or supplement to the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) or the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) is authorized or permitted by this Indenture, that all conditions precedent thereto have been met or waived, that such amendment or supplemental indenture is not inconsistent herewith and that it will be valid and binding and enforceable upon the Company and the Guarantors in accordance with its terms.
ARTICLE X
COLLATERAL
SECTION 10.1 Security Documents.
On and after the Issue Date, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium and interest on the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether on an interest payment date, at maturity, by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium and interest on the Notes and payment and performance of all other Obligations of the Company and the Guarantors to the Holders, the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent under this Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into), the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) and the Security Documents, according to the terms hereunder or thereunder (collectively, the “Notes Obligations”), shall be secured as provided in the Security Documents, which define the terms of the Liens that secure the Notes Obligations, subject to the terms of the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) and/or the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into). The Trustee and the Company hereby acknowledge and agree that the Notes Collateral Agent holds the Collateral as agent for the benefit of the Holders and the Trustee and pursuant to the terms of the Security Documents, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) and the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into). Each Holder, by accepting a Note, consents and agrees to the terms of the Security Documents (including the provisions providing for the possession, use, release and foreclosure of Collateral) and the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) and the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms and this Indenture and the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into), the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into), and authorizes and directs the Notes Collateral Agent to enter into the Security Documents and the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) and the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith. The Company shall deliver to the Notes Collateral Agent copies of all documents required to be filed pursuant to the Security Documents.
SECTION 10.2 Release of Collateral.
The Notes Collateral Agent may take any action requested by the Company having the effect of releasing or subordinating any Collateral to the extent necessary to permit consummation of any transaction not prohibited by this Indenture. In addition, the Liens on the Collateral will be automatically released with respect to the Notes and the Guarantees, in each case without delivery of any document or performance of any further act of any Person
(a) in whole, upon payment in full (other than any contingent obligation arising thereunder for which a claim has not been asserted) of the principal of, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and premium, if any, on the Notes;
(b) with respect to any Guarantor, upon the consummation of any transaction effected for a legitimate business purpose and permitted by this Indenture as a result of which such Guarantor ceases to be a Guarantor (including by becoming an Excluded Subsidiary), pursuant to a merger with a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor or a designation or conversion as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case effected for a legitimate business purpose in a transaction permitted by, and pursuant to, this Indenture;
(c) upon (i) any sale or other transfer by the Company or any Guarantor (other than to the Company or any other Guarantor) of any Collateral in a transaction permitted under the Security Documents or this Indenture, (ii) the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the security interest created under any Security Document in any Collateral or to the release of any Guarantor from its Guarantee pursuant to the Security Documents, (iii) upon any Collateral becoming Excluded Assets, (iv) any Collateral that is owned by a Guarantor to the extent such Guarantor has been released from its Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture or (v) otherwise in accordance with, and as expressly provided for under, this Indenture and the Security Documents;
(d) as described in the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) and/or the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into);
(e) in whole, upon satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as described under Section 8.8;
(f) in whole, upon legal defeasance or covenant defeasance as described under Sections 8.2 or 8.3;
(g) to the extent any particular item of Collateral becomes an Excluded Asset;
(h) as described under Section 4.19; provided that the Liens on the Collateral in favor of the Notes will be reinstated upon the occurrence of the Reversion Date;
(i) the release of Excess Proceeds that remain unexpended after the conclusion of an Asset Sale Offer conducted in accordance with this Indenture;
(j) as described under Article IX;
(k) in part, to enable the Company and the Guarantors to consummate a disposition of such property or assets (other than any disposition to the Company or a Guarantor) to the extent not prohibited under this Section 4.10 or Section 5.1.
Upon any sale or disposition of Collateral in compliance with this Indenture and the Security Documents, the Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent on such Collateral and (subject to the provisions described under Section 10.02) all proceeds thereof shall automatically terminate and be released and the Notes Collateral Agent will execute and deliver such documents and instruments as the Company and the Guarantors may request to evidence such termination and release (without recourse or warranty) without the consent of the Holders.
SECTION 10.3 Suits to Protect the Collateral.
Subject to the provisions of Article VII and the Security Documents, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) and the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into), the Trustee, without the consent of the Holders, on behalf of the Holders, may or may direct the Notes Collateral Agent to take all actions it determines in order to:
(a) enforce any of the terms of the Security Documents; and
(b) collect and receive any and all amounts payable in respect of the Notes Obligations.
Subject to the provisions of the Security Documents, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) and the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into), the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent shall have power to institute and to maintain such suits and proceedings as the Trustee may determine to prevent any impairment of the Collateral by any acts which may be unlawful or in violation of any of the Security Documents or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee may determine to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Holders in the Collateral. Nothing in this Section 10.3 shall be considered to impose any such duty or obligation to act on the part of the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent.
SECTION 10.4 Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Security Documents.
Subject to the provisions of the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) and the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into), the Trustee is authorized to receive any funds for the benefit of the Holders distributed under the Security Documents, and to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders according to the provisions of this Indenture.
SECTION 10.5 Purchaser Protected.
In no event shall any purchaser in good faith of any property purported to be released hereunder be bound to ascertain the authority of the Notes Collateral Agent or the Trustee to execute the release or to inquire as to the satisfaction of any conditions required by the provisions hereof for the exercise of such authority or to see to the application of any consideration given by such purchaser or other transferee; nor shall any purchaser or other transferee of any property or rights permitted by this Article X to be sold be under any obligation to ascertain or inquire into the authority of the Company or the applicable Guarantor to make any such sale or other transfer.
SECTION 10.6 Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee.
In case the Collateral shall be in the possession of a receiver or trustee, lawfully appointed, the powers conferred in this Article X upon the Company or a Guarantor with respect to the release, sale or other disposition of such property may be exercised by such receiver or trustee, and an instrument signed by such receiver or trustee shall be deemed the equivalent of any similar instrument of the Company or a Guarantor or of any Officer or Officers thereof required by the provisions of this Article X; and if the Trustee shall be in the possession of the Collateral under any provision of this Indenture, then such powers may be exercised by the Trustee.
SECTION 10.7 Collateral Agent.
(a) Each of the Holders by acceptance of the Notes hereby designates and appoints the Notes Collateral Agent as its agent under this Indenture, the Security Documents, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) and the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) and each of the Holders by acceptance of the Notes hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Notes Collateral Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Indenture, the Security Documents, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) and the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Notes Collateral Agent by the terms of this Indenture, the Security Documents, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) and the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into), and consents and agrees to the terms of the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into), the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) and each Security Document, as the same may be in effect or may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with their respective terms. The Notes Collateral Agent agrees to act as such on the express conditions contained in this Section 10.7. The provisions of this Section 10.7 are solely for the benefit of the Notes Collateral Agent and none of the Trustee, any of the Holders or any of the Company or the Guarantors shall have any rights as a third-party beneficiary of any of the provisions contained herein. Each Holder agrees that any action taken by the Notes Collateral Agent in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into), the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) and the Security Documents, and the exercise by the Notes Collateral Agent of any rights or remedies set forth herein and therein shall be authorized and binding upon all Holders. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Indenture, the Security Documents, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) and the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into), the duties of the Notes Collateral Agent shall be ministerial and administrative in nature, and the Notes Collateral Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein and in the Security Documents, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) or the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) to which the Notes Collateral Agent is a party, nor shall the Notes Collateral Agent have or be deemed to have any trust or other fiduciary relationship with the Trustee, any Holder or the Company or any Guarantor, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Indenture, the Security Documents, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) and the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) or otherwise exist against the Notes Collateral Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent” in this Indenture with reference to the Notes Collateral Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.
(b) The Notes Collateral Agent may perform any of its duties under this Indenture, the Security Documents, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) or the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) by or through receivers, agents, employees, attorneys-in-fact or with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates, and the respective officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors and attorneys-in-fact of such Person and its Affiliates (a “Related Person”) and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties, and shall be entitled to act upon, and shall be fully protected in taking action in reliance upon any advice or opinion given by legal counsel. The Notes Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or willful misconduct of any receiver, agent, employee, attorney-in-fact or Related Person that it selects as long as such selection was made in good faith.
(c) None of the Notes Collateral Agent or any of its respective Related Persons shall (i) be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Indenture or the transactions contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct) or under or in connection with any Security Document, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into), the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) or the transactions contemplated thereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct), or (ii) be responsible in any manner to any of the Trustee or any Holder for any recital, statement, representation, warranty, covenant or agreement made by the Company or any Guarantor or Affiliate of the Company or any Guarantor, or any Officer or Related Person thereof, contained in this Indenture, the Security Documents, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into), the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into), or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Notes Collateral Agent under or in connection with, this Indenture, the Security Documents, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) or the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into), or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Indenture, the Security Documents, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into), the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into), or for any failure of the Company or any Guarantor or any other party to this Indenture, the Security Documents, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into), or the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. None of the Notes Collateral Agent or any of its respective Related Persons shall be under any obligation to the Trustee or any Holder to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Indenture, the Security Documents, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into), the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) or to inspect the properties, books, or records of the Company or any Guarantor or any of their respective Affiliates.
(d) The Notes Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, certification, telephone message, statement, or other communication, document or conversation (including those by telephone or email) believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent, or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including, without limitation, counsel to the Company or any Guarantor), independent accountants and other experts and advisors selected by the Notes Collateral Agent. The Notes Collateral Agent shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document. The Notes Collateral Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Indenture, the Security Documents, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) or the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into), unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Trustee or the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes as it determines and, if it so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Holders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Notes Collateral Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Indenture, the Security Documents, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) or the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) in accordance with a request, direction, instruction or consent of the Trustee or the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all of the Holders.
(e) The Notes Collateral Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, unless a Responsible Officer of the Notes Collateral Agent shall have received written notice from the Trustee or the Company referring to this Indenture, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.” The Notes Collateral Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as may be requested by the Trustee in accordance with Article VI or the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (subject to this Section 10.7).
(f) The Notes Collateral Agent may resign at any time by notice to the Trustee and the Company, such resignation to be effective upon the acceptance of a successor agent to its appointment as Notes Collateral Agent. If the Notes Collateral Agent resigns under this Indenture, the Company shall appoint a successor collateral agent. If no successor collateral agent is appointed prior to the intended effective date of the resignation of the Notes Collateral Agent (as stated in the notice of resignation), the Notes Collateral Agent may appoint, after consulting with the Trustee, subject to the consent of the Company (which shall not be unreasonably withheld and which shall not be required during a continuing Event of Default), a successor collateral agent. If no successor collateral agent is appointed and consented to by the Company pursuant to the preceding sentence within thirty (30) days after the intended effective date of resignation (as stated in the notice of resignation) the Notes Collateral Agent shall be entitled to petition a court of competent jurisdiction, at the expense of the Company, to appoint a successor. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor collateral agent hereunder, such successor collateral agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers and duties of the retiring Notes Collateral Agent, and the term “Notes Collateral Agent” shall mean such successor collateral agent, and the retiring Notes Collateral Agent’s appointment, powers and duties as the Notes Collateral Agent shall be terminated. After the retiring Notes Collateral Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Section 10.7 (and Section 7.7) shall continue to inure to its benefit and the retiring Notes Collateral Agent shall not by reason of such resignation be deemed to be released from liability as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Notes Collateral Agent under this Indenture.
(g) The Trustee shall initially act as Notes Collateral Agent and shall be authorized to appoint co-Notes Collateral Agents as necessary in its sole discretion. Except as otherwise explicitly provided herein or in the Security Documents, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) or the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into), neither the Notes Collateral Agent nor any of its respective officers, directors, employees or agents or other Related Persons shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of any other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part thereof. The Notes Collateral Agent shall be accountable only for amounts that it actually receives as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither the Notes Collateral Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.
(h) The Notes Collateral Agent is authorized and directed to (i) enter into the Security Documents to which it is party, on or after the Issue Date, whether executed on or after the Issue Date, (ii) enter into the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement or the ABL Intercreditor Agreement on or after the Issue Date, (iii) make the representations of the Holders set forth in the Security Documents. the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) or the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into), (iv) bind the Holders on the terms as set forth in the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and (v) perform and observe its obligations under the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement.
(i) If at any time or times the Trustee shall receive (i) by payment, foreclosure, set-off or otherwise, any proceeds of Collateral or any payments with respect to the Notes Obligations arising under, or relating to, this Indenture, except for any such proceeds or payments received by the Trustee from the Notes Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, or (ii) payments from the Notes Collateral Agent in excess of the amount required to be paid to the Trustee pursuant to Article VI, the Trustee shall promptly turn the same over to the Notes Collateral Agent, in kind, and with such endorsements as may be required to negotiate the same to the Notes Collateral Agent such proceeds to be applied by the Notes Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement.
(j) The Notes Collateral Agent is each Holder’s agent for the purpose of perfecting the Holders’ security interest in assets which, in accordance with Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code can be perfected only by possession. Should the Trustee obtain possession of any such Collateral, upon request from the Company, the Trustee shall notify the Notes Collateral Agent thereof and promptly shall deliver such Collateral to the Notes Collateral Agent or otherwise deal with such Collateral in accordance with the Notes Collateral Agent’s instructions.
(k) The Notes Collateral Agent shall have no obligation whatsoever to the Trustee or any of the Holders to assure that the Collateral exists or is owned by the Company or any Guarantor or is cared for, protected, or insured or has been encumbered, or that the Notes Collateral Agent’s Liens have been properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected, maintained or enforced or are entitled to any particular priority, or to determine whether all of the Company’s or any Guarantor’s property constituting collateral intended to be subject to the Lien and security interest of the Security Documents has been properly and completely listed or delivered, as the case may be, or the genuineness, validity, marketability or sufficiency thereof or title thereto, or to exercise at all or in any particular manner or under any duty of care, disclosure, or fidelity, or to continue exercising, any of the rights, authorities, and powers granted or available to the Notes Collateral Agent pursuant to this Indenture, any Security Document or the Intercreditor Agreement other than pursuant to the instructions of the Trustee or the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes or as otherwise provided in the Security Documents, it being understood and agreed that in respect of the Collateral, or any act, omission, or event related thereto, the Notes Collateral Agent shall have no other duty or liability whatsoever to the Trustee or any Holder as to any of the foregoing.
(l) If the Company or any Guarantor (i) incurs any obligations in respect of Obligations at any time when no intercreditor agreement is in effect or at any time when Indebtedness constituting Obligations entitled to the benefit of an existing intercreditor agreement is concurrently retired, and (ii) delivers to the Notes Collateral Agent an Officer’s Certificate so stating and requesting the Notes Collateral Agent to enter into an intercreditor agreement (on substantially the same terms as the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement) in favor of a designated agent or representative for the holders of the Obligations so incurred, the Notes Collateral Agent shall (and is hereby authorized and directed to) enter into such intercreditor agreement (at the sole expense and cost of the Company, including legal fees and expenses of the Notes Collateral Agent), bind the Holders on the terms set forth therein and perform and observe its obligations thereunder.
(m) No provision of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Security Document shall require the Notes Collateral Agent (or the Trustee) to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or thereunder or to take or omit to take any action hereunder or thereunder or take any action at the request or direction of Holders (or the Trustee in the case of the Notes Collateral Agent) if it shall have received indemnity satisfactory to the Notes Collateral Agent against potential costs and liabilities incurred by the Notes Collateral Agent relating thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or the Security Documents, in the event the Notes Collateral Agent is entitled or required to commence an action to foreclose or otherwise exercise its remedies to acquire control or possession of the Collateral, the Notes Collateral Agent shall not be required to commence any such action or exercise any remedy or to inspect or conduct any studies of any property under the mortgages or take any such other action if the Notes Collateral Agent has determined that the Notes Collateral Agent may incur personal liability as a result of the presence at, or release on or from, the Collateral or such property, of any hazardous substances unless the Notes Collateral Agent has received security or indemnity from the Holders in an amount and in a form all satisfactory to the Notes Collateral Agent in its sole discretion, protecting the Notes Collateral Agent from all such liability. The Notes Collateral Agent shall at any time be entitled to cease taking any action described in this clause if it no longer reasonably deems any indemnity, security or undertaking from the Company or the Holders to be sufficient.
(n) The Notes Collateral Agent (i) shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in connection with this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents or instruments referred to herein or therein, except to the extent that any of the foregoing are found by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from its own gross negligence or willful misconduct, (ii) shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Notes Collateral Agent may agree in writing with the Company (and money held in trust by the Notes Collateral Agent need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law) and (iii) may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters of law shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel. The grant of permissive rights or powers to the Notes Collateral Agent shall not be construed to impose duties to act.
(o) Neither the Notes Collateral Agent nor the Trustee shall be liable for delays or failures in performance resulting from acts beyond its control. Such acts shall include but not be limited to acts of God, strikes, lockouts, riots, acts of war, epidemics, governmental regulations superimposed after the fact, fire, communication line failures, computer viruses, power failures, earthquakes or other disasters. Neither the Notes Collateral Agent nor the Trustee shall be liable for any indirect, special, punitive, incidental or consequential damages (included but not limited to lost profits) whatsoever, even if it has been informed of the likelihood thereof and regardless of the form of action.
(p) The Notes Collateral Agent does not assume any responsibility for any failure or delay in performance or any breach by the Company or any Guarantor under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents. Neither the Notes Collateral Agent nor the Trustee shall be responsible for the existence, genuineness, enforceability, collectability, value, sufficiency, location or existence of any Collateral, or the validity, effectiveness, enforceability, sufficiency, extent, perfection or priority of any Lien. The Notes Collateral Agent shall not be responsible to the Holders or any other Person for any recitals, statements, information, representations or warranties contained in any this Indenture, any Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or in any certificate, report, statement, or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Notes Collateral Agent under or in connection with, this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Security Document; the validity, enforceability or collectability of any Notes Obligations; the assets, liabilities, financial condition, results of operations, business, creditworthiness or legal status of any obligor; or for any failure of any obligor to perform its Obligations under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents. The Notes Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to any Holder or any other Person to ascertain or inquire into the existence of any Default or Event of Default, the observance or performance by any obligor of any terms of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents, or the satisfaction of any conditions precedent contained in this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement and any Security Documents. The Notes Collateral Agent shall not be required to initiate or conduct any litigation or collection or other proceeding under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents unless expressly set forth hereunder or thereunder. The Notes Collateral Agent shall have the right at any time to seek instructions from the Holders with respect to the administration of this Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement.
(q) The parties hereto and the Holders hereby agree and acknowledge that the Notes Collateral Agent shall not assume, be responsible for or otherwise be obligated for any liabilities, claims, causes of action, suits, losses, allegations, requests, demands, penalties, fines, settlements, damages (including foreseeable and unforeseeable), judgments, expenses and costs (including but not limited to, any remediation, corrective action, response, removal or remedial action, or investigation, operations and maintenance or monitoring costs, for personal injury or property damages, real or personal) of any kind whatsoever, pursuant to any environmental law as a result of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Security Documents or any actions taken pursuant hereto or thereto. Further, the parties hereto and the Holders hereby agree and acknowledge that in the exercise of its rights under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents, the Notes Collateral Agent may hold or obtain indicia of ownership primarily to protect the security interest of the Notes Collateral Agent in the Collateral and that any such actions taken by the Notes Collateral Agent shall not be construed as or otherwise constitute any participation in the management of such Collateral.
(r) Upon the receipt by the Notes Collateral Agent of a written request of the Company signed by two Officers (a “Security Document Order”), the Notes Collateral Agent is hereby authorized to execute and enter into, and shall execute and enter into, without the further consent of any Holder or the Trustee, any Security Document to be executed after the Issue Date (it being agreed and understood that each of the Notes Collateral Agent and the Trustee is hereby authorized to execute and enter into, and shall execute and enter into, without further consent of any Holder, the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement, in each case, on the Issue Date). Such Security Document Order shall (i) state that it is being delivered to the Notes Collateral Agent pursuant to, and is a Security Document Order referred to in, this Section 10.7(r), and (ii) instruct the Notes Collateral Agent to execute and enter into such Security Document. Any such execution of a Security Document shall be at the direction and expense of the Company, upon delivery to the Notes Collateral Agent of an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent to the execution and delivery of the Security Documents have been satisfied. The Holders, by their acceptance of the Notes, hereby authorize and direct the Notes Collateral Agent to execute such Security Documents.
(s) Subject to the provisions of the applicable Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, each Holder, by acceptance of the Notes, agrees that the Notes Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents to which it is a party and all agreements, documents and instruments incidental thereto, and act in accordance with the terms thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, the Notes Collateral Agent shall have no discretion under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or the Security Documents and shall not be required to make or give any determination, consent, approval, request or direction without the written direction of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes or the Trustee, as applicable.
(t) After the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Trustee may direct the Notes Collateral Agent in connection with any action required or permitted by this Indenture, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement.
(u) The Notes Collateral Agent is authorized to receive any funds for the benefit of itself, the Trustee and the Holders distributed under the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement and to the extent not prohibited under the Intercreditor Agreement, for turnover to the Trustee to make further distributions of such funds to itself, the Trustee and the Holders in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.10 and the other provisions of this Indenture.
(v) In each case that the Notes Collateral Agent may or is required hereunder, under the Security Documents, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) or the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) to take any action (an “Action”), including without limitation to make any determination, to give consents, to exercise rights, powers or remedies, to release or sell Collateral or otherwise to act hereunder, under the Security Documents, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) or the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into), the Notes Collateral Agent may seek direction from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. The Notes Collateral Agent shall not be liable with respect to any Action taken or omitted to be taken by it in accordance with the direction from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. If the Notes Collateral Agent shall request direction from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes with respect to any Action, the Notes Collateral Agent shall be entitled to refrain from such Action unless and until the Notes Collateral Agent shall have received direction from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, and the Notes Collateral Agent shall not incur liability to any Person by reason of so refraining.
(w) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture or any other Notes Document, in no event shall the Notes Collateral Agent or the Trustee be responsible for, or have any duty or obligation with respect to, the recording, filing, registering, perfection, protection or maintenance of the security interests or Liens intended to be created by this Indenture or the other Note Documents (including without limitation the filing or continuation of any UCC financing or continuation statements or similar documents or instruments), nor shall the Notes Collateral Agent or the Trustee be responsible for, and neither the Notes Collateral Agent nor the Trustee makes any representation regarding, the validity, effectiveness or priority of any of the Security Documents or the security interests or Liens intended to be created thereby.
(x) Before the Notes Collateral Agent acts or refrains from acting in each case at the request or direction of the Company or the Guarantors, it may require an Officer’s Certificate, which shall conform to the provisions of Section 12.5. The Notes Collateral Agent shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such certificate or opinion.
(y) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Notes Collateral Agent shall act pursuant to the instructions of the Holders and the Trustee solely with respect to the Security Documents and the Collateral.
(z) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, neither the Notes Collateral Agent nor the Trustee shall have any duties or obligations under hereunder or under the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into), the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) or any Security Document except those expressly set forth herein or therein. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that the Notes Collateral Agent or the Trustee is required to acquire title to an asset for any reason, or take any managerial action of any kind in regard thereto, in order to carry out any fiduciary or trust obligation for the benefit of another, which in the Notes Collateral Agent’s or the Trustee’s sole discretion may cause it to be considered an “owner or operator” under the provisions of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), 42 U.S.C. §9601, et seq., or otherwise cause it to incur liability under CERCLA or any other federal, state or local law, the Notes Collateral Agent and the Trustee each reserves the right, instead of taking such action, to either resign or arrange for the transfer of the title or control of the asset to a court-appointed receiver. Neither the Notes Collateral Agent nor the Trustee shall be liable to any person for any environmental claims or contribution actions under any federal, state or local law, rule or regulation by reason of the Notes Collateral Agent’s actions and conduct as authorized, empowered and directed hereunder or relating to the discharge, release or threatened release of hazardous materials into the environment. If at any time it is necessary or advisable for the Collateral to be possessed, owned, operated or managed by any person other than the Grantor, the holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes shall direct the Notes Collateral Agent or Trustee, as applicable, to appoint an appropriately qualified person who they shall designate to possess, own, operate or manage, as the case may be, the Collateral.
(aa) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee on its own behalf (and not on behalf of the Holders), including, without limitation, its right to be compensated, reimbursed and indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Notes Collateral Agent as if the Notes Collateral Agent were named as the Trustee herein and the Security Documents were named as this Indenture herein.
SECTION 10.8 Voting.
In connection with any matter under the Security Documents requiring a vote of holders of Secured Obligations (as defined in the Security Agreement), the holders of such Secured Obligations shall be treated as a single class and the Holders shall cast their votes in accordance with this Indenture. The amount of the Notes to be voted by the Holders will equal the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes.
SECTION 10.9 No Impairment of the Security Interests.
Following and in accordance with the outcome of the applicable vote under this Indenture, the Trustee shall vote the total amount of the Notes as a block in respect of any vote under the Security Documents Except as otherwise permitted under this Indenture, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into), the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) and the Security Documents, neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors will be permitted to take any action, or knowingly omit to take any action, which action or omission would have the result of materially impairing the security interest with respect to the Collateral for the benefit of the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent and the Holders.
SECTION 10.10 Insurance.
The Company shall maintain insurance, and cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to maintain insurance, with financially sound and reputable insurers (naming the Notes Collateral Agent as an additional insured, loss payee or mortgagee, as applicable), with respect to such of its properties, against such risks, casualties and contingencies and in such types and amounts as are consistent with sound business practice, it being understood that this Section shall not prevent the use of deductible or excess loss insurance and shall not prevent (i) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from acting as a self-insurer or maintaining insurance with another Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Company so long as such action is consistent with sound business practice or (ii) the Company from obtaining and owning insurance policies covering activities of its Subsidiaries.
ARTICLE XI
GUARANTEES
SECTION 11.1 Guarantees.
(a) As of the date any Person executes a counterpart to this Indenture as a “Guarantor,” such Guarantor hereby jointly and severally, fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the Notes and obligations of the Company hereunder and thereunder, and guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, to the Notes Collateral Agent and to the Trustee on behalf of such Holder, that: (i) the principal of and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Notes shall be paid in full when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise (including, without limitation, the amount that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Law), together with interest on the overdue principal, if any, and interest on any overdue interest, if any, to the extent lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or of any such other obligations, the same shall be paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Each of the Guarantees shall be a guarantee of payment and not of collection.
(b) As of the date any Person executes a counterpart to this Indenture as a “Guarantor,” such Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor.
(c) As of the date any Person executes a counterpart to this Indenture as a “Guarantor,” such Guarantor hereby waives the benefits of diligence, presentment, demand for payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company or any other Person, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that the Guarantee of such Guarantor shall not be discharged as to any Note except by complete performance of the obligations contained in such Note and such Guarantee or as provided for in this Indenture. As of the date any Person executes a counterpart to this Indenture as a “Guarantor,” such Guarantor hereby agrees that, in the event of a default in payment of principal or premium, if any, or interest on such Note, whether at its Stated Maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption, purchase or otherwise, legal proceedings may be instituted by the Trustee on behalf of, or by, the Holder of such Note, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Indenture, directly against each of the Guarantors to enforce each such Guarantor’s Guarantee without first proceeding against the Company or any other Guarantor. Each Guarantor agrees that if, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee or any of the Holders are prevented by applicable law from exercising their respective rights to accelerate the maturity of the Notes, to collect interest on the Notes, or to enforce or exercise any other right or remedy with respect to the Notes, such Guarantor shall pay to the Trustee for the account of the Holders, upon demand therefor, the amount that would otherwise have been due and payable had such rights and remedies been permitted to be exercised by the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent or any of the Holders.
(d) If any Holder, the Notes Collateral Agent or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company or any Guarantor, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Company or any Guarantor, any amount paid by any of them to the Trustee or such Holder, the Guarantee of each of the Guarantors, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. This paragraph (d) shall remain effective notwithstanding any contrary action which may be taken by the Trustee or any Holder in reliance upon such amount required to be returned. This paragraph (d) shall survive the termination of this Indenture.
(e) As of the date any Person executes a counterpart to this Indenture as a “Guarantor,” such Guarantor further agrees that, as between each Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article VI for the purposes of the Guarantee of such Guarantor, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article VI, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by each Guarantor for the purpose of the Guarantee of such Guarantor.
SECTION 11.2 Execution and Delivery of Guarantee.
To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 11.1, each Guarantor agrees that this Indenture (or any supplement to it) shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by an officer of such Guarantor (or, if an officer is not available, by a board member or director) on behalf of such Guarantor by manual or facsimile signature. As of the date any Person executes a counterpart to this Indenture (or any supplement to it) as a “Guarantor,” such Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 11.1 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes. In case the officer, board member or director of such Guarantor whose signature is on this Indenture (or any supplement to it) no longer holds office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.
If required by Section 4.17 hereof, the Company shall cause each Restricted Subsidiary described in Section 4.17 hereof to comply with the provisions of Section 4.17 hereof and this Article XI, to the extent applicable.
SECTION 11.3 Severability.
In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
SECTION 11.4 Limitation of Guarantors’ Liability.
Each Guarantor and by its acceptance hereof each Holder confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of the Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law or the provisions of its local law relating to fraudulent transfer or conveyance. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and, as of the date any Person executes a counterpart to this Indenture as a “Guarantor,” such Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee (other than a company that is a direct or indirect parent of the Company) shall be limited to the maximum amount that will not, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Guarantee, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.
SECTION 11.5 Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms.
Except as otherwise provided in this Section 11.5 or Section 11.6, a Guarantor may not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person unless:
(1) such Guarantor is the surviving entity; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made is a corporation or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia (such Guarantor or such Person, including the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Guarantor”);
(2) the Successor Guarantor (if other than such Guarantor) assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under the Guarantee and this Indenture pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
(3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;
(4) the Net Proceeds of any such sale or other disposition of a Guarantor are applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.10; and
(5) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that the consolidation, merger or sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets or properties of such Guarantor complies with the provisions of this Indenture.
For purposes of this Section 11.5, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of a Guarantor, which properties and assets, if held by such Guarantor instead of such Restricted Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of such Guarantor on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of such Guarantor.
In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the Successor Guarantor, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and reasonably satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Guarantee and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the relevant predecessor Guarantor, such Successor Guarantor shall succeed to and be substituted for such predecessor Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. All the Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all such Guarantees had been issued at the Issue Date.
This Section 11.5 will not apply to a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets by a Guarantor to the Company or another Guarantor. In addition, clauses (3), (4) and (5) will not be applicable to any Restricted Subsidiary consolidating with, merging into or selling, assigning, transferring, conveying, leasing or otherwise disposing of all or part of its properties and assets to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary.
SECTION 11.6 Release of Guarantees.
Any Guarantor shall be automatically released and relieved of any obligations under this Guarantee, in the event that:
(a) the sale, disposition or other transfer (including through merger or consolidation) of all of the Capital Stock (or any sale, disposition or other transfer of Capital Stock following which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Wholly Owned Subsidiary) or all or substantially of the assets of the applicable Guarantor if such sale, disposition or other transfer is made in compliance with the provisions of this Indenture;
(b) the Company designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture or any Restricted Subsidiary is or becomes an Excluded Subsidiary;
(c) in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary which after the Issue Date is required to guarantee the Notes pursuant to Section 4.17, the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or the repayment of the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, in each case, which resulted in the obligation to guarantee the Notes, so long as all other Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under this Indenture to be incurred by a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary;
(d) if the Company exercises its Legal Defeasance option or its Covenant Defeasance option pursuant to Section 8.2 or 8.3 or if its obligations under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with Section 8.8;
(e) the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event; provided that such Guarantee shall be reinstated upon the occurrence of the Reversion Date; or
(f) as described under Article IX.
Upon delivery to the Trustee of an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee.
Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under this Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article XI.
SECTION 11.7 Benefits Acknowledged.
Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that its guarantee and waivers pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
ARTICLE XII
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 12.1 Trust Indenture Act Controls.
If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA § 318(c), such imposed duties shall control.
SECTION 12.2 Notices.
Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee or Notes Collateral Agent to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others address:
If to the Company:
Turning Point Brands, Inc.
5201 Interchange Way
Louisville, KY 40229
Attention: President and Chief Executive Officer
Email: gpurdy@tpbi.com
With a copy to:
Milbank LLP
55 Hudson Yards
New York, New York 10001-2163
Facsimile: (212) 530-5219 Attention: Brett D. Nadritch If to the Trustee or Notes Collateral Agent:
GLAS Trust Company LLC
3 Second Street, Suite 206
Jersey City, NJ 07311
Attn: TMGUS/ Turning Point Brands, Inc
tmgus@glas.agency;
clientservices.usadcm@glas.agency
The Company, Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, by notice to the other, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five (5) Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier promising next Business Day delivery.
Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail or by overnight air courier promising next Business Day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.
The Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent agree to accept and act upon instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by unsecured email, pdf, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods, provided, however, that the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent shall have received an incumbency certificate listing persons designated to give such instructions or directions and containing specimen signatures of such designated persons, which such incumbency certificate shall be amended and replaced whenever a person is to be added or deleted from the listing. If the Company or the Guarantors elect to give the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent email or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent’s understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction (except when such reliance and compliance occurs as a result of Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent’s gross negligence). The Company and the Guarantors each agree to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk or interception and misuse by third parties (except when such reliance and compliance occurs as a result of the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent’s gross negligence).
If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except in the case of notices or communications given to the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, which shall be effective only upon actual receipt.
If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.
SECTION 12.3 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.
Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).
SECTION 12.4 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.
Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture (other than the initial issuance of the Notes), the Company shall furnish to the Trustee upon request:
(a) an Officer’s Certificate (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.5) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and
(b) an Opinion of Counsel.
SECTION 12.5 Statements Required in Certificate .
Each certificate with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:
(a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;
(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and
(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.
SECTION 12.6 Rules by Trustee and Agents.
The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.
SECTION 12.7 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.
No director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder, unitholder or member of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent Persons, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under the Notes, this Indenture, the Guarantees, the Security Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws, and it is the view of the Commission that such waiver is against public policy.
SECTION 12.8 Governing Law.
THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES. The parties to this Indenture each hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Notes, the Guarantees or this Indenture, and all such parties hereby irrevocably agree that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or federal court and hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent that they may legally do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Indenture shall affect any right that the Trustee, Agent, or Holder any otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Indenture against the Company or any Guarantor or their properties in the courts of any jurisdiction to enforce any judgment, order or process entered by such courts situate within the State of New York or to enjoin any violations hereof or for relief ancillary hereto or otherwise to collect on loans or enforce the payment of any Notes or to enforce, protect or maintain their rights and claims or for any other lawful purpose.
SECTION 12.9 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.
This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.
SECTION 12.10 Successors.
All agreements of the Company and the Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes and the Guarantees, as applicable, shall bind their respective successors and assigns. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors and assigns.
SECTION 12.11 Severability.
In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
SECTION 12.12 Counterpart Originals.
The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. Delivery of an executed Indenture by one party to any other party may be made by facsimile, electronic mail (including any electronic signature complying with the New York Electronic Signatures and Records Act (N.Y. State Tech. §§ 301-309), as amended from time to time, or other applicable law), including DocuSign, or other transmission method, and the parties hereto agree that any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.
SECTION 12.13 Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.
The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
SECTION 12.14 Acts of Holders.
(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section 12.14.
(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to such officer the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than such signer’s individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of such signer’s authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.
(c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Holder list maintained under Section 2.5 hereunder.
(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.
(e) If the Company shall solicit from the Holders any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, the Company may, at its option, by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act may be given before or after such record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on such record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of outstanding Notes have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and for that purpose the outstanding Notes shall be computed as of such record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on such record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than six months after the record date.
SECTION 12.15 Waiver of Jury Trial.
EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS, THE HOLDERS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
SECTION 12.16 Force Majeure.
In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, pandemics, epidemics or recognized public health emergencies, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services, it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the U.S. banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.
SECTION 12.17 Calculations.
Except as otherwise provided herein, the Company shall be responsible for making all calculations called for under the Notes. These calculations include, but are not limited to, determinations of Redemption Price and accrued interest payable on the Notes.
SECTION 12.18 USA Patriot Act.
The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act.
[Signatures on following page]
Dated as of February 19, 2025
|
|
Turning Point Brands, Inc. |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Brittani N. Cushman |
||
|
|
|
Name: |
Brittani N. Cushman |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary |
|
[Signature Page to Turning Point Brands, Inc. Indenture]
Dated as of February 19, 2025
| GLAS TRUST COMPANY LLC, as Trustee and | ||||
| Notes Collateral Agent | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Robert Peschler |
||
|
|
|
Name: |
Robert Peschler |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
Vice President |
|
[Signature Page to Turning Point Brands, Inc. Indenture]
EXHIBIT A
FORM OF NOTE
(Face of 7.625% Senior Secured Note)
7.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2032
[Global Note Legend]
UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OR TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY OR SUCH OTHER REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE.
[Restricted Notes Legend]
THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY),] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S], ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.] BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY, THE HOLDER THEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (1) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), A PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (COLLECTIVELY, “SIMILAR LAWS”), OR OF AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT OR (2) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAW.
| No. |
CUSIP NO. (1) ISIN |
Turning Point Brands, Inc. promises to pay to Cede & Co. or registered assigns, the principal sum set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges attached hereto on March 15, 2032.
Interest Payment Dates: March 15 and September 15, beginning September 15, 2025.
Record Dates: March 1 and September 1.
Reference is made to further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as set forth at this place.
Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefits under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.
(1) Rule 144A Note CUSIP: 90041L AG0
Rule 144A Note ISIN: US90041LAG05
Regulation S Note CUSIP: U8729N AB5
Regulation S Note ISIN: USU8729NAB56
| TURNING POINT BRANDS, INC. | |||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned
Indenture:
Dated: February 19, 2025
GLAS TRUST COMPANY LLC, as Trustee
| By: | ||
| Authorized Signatory |
(Back of 7.625% Senior Secured Note)
7.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2032
Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.
(1) Interest. The Company promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this 7.625% Senior Secured Note due 2032 (a “7.625% Senior Secured Note” or “Note”) at a fixed rate of 7.625% per annum. The Company will pay interest in United States dollars (except as otherwise provided herein) semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15, commencing on September 15, 2025, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the 7.625% Senior Secured Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid; provided that (i) if there is no existing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest, and if this 7.625% Senior Secured Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date, and (ii) in the case of the original issuance of 7.625% Senior Secured Notes, interest shall accrue from February 19, 2025. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the 7.625% Senior Secured Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest, if any (without regard to any applicable grace period), at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. The interest rate on the Notes will in no event be higher than the maximum rate permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law of general application.
(2) Method of Payment. The Company will pay interest on the 7.625% Senior Secured Notes (except defaulted interest) on the applicable Interest Payment Date to the Persons who are registered Holders of 7.625% Senior Secured Notes at the close of business on the March 1 and September 1 preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such 7.625% Senior Secured Notes are cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The 7.625% Senior Secured Notes shall be payable as to principal, premium and interest, if any, at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds shall be required with respect to principal of, premium, if any, interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other 7.625% Senior Secured Note the Holders of which shall have provided, at least three (3) Business Days prior to the applicable payment date, written wire transfer instructions to the Company and the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.
Any payments of principal of this 7.625% Senior Secured Note prior to Stated Maturity shall be binding upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon. The amount due and payable at the maturity of this Note shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at an office of the Trustee or the Trustee’s agent appointed for such purposes.
(3) Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, GLAS Trust Company LLC, the Trustee under the Indenture, shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.
(4) Indenture. The 7.625% Senior Secured Notes are issued under an Indenture dated as of February 19, 2025 (the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent. The terms of the 7.625% Senior Secured Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made a part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa77bbbb) (the “TIA”). To the extent the provisions of this 7.625% Senior Secured Note are inconsistent with the provisions of the Indenture, the Indenture shall govern. The 7.625% Senior Secured Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms. The 7.625% Senior Secured Notes issued on the Issue Date are senior obligations of the Company limited to $300,000,000 in aggregate principal amount. The Indenture permits the issuance of Additional Notes subject to compliance with certain conditions.
(5) Optional Redemption.
(a) Except as set forth in paragraphs (5)(b), (c) (d) and (f) below and in paragraph (8) below, the Notes will not be redeemable at the option of the issuer prior to March 15, 2028. Starting on that date, the Company may redeem the Notes at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, after giving the required notices pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.3, at the redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed to (but not including) the applicable redemption date if redeemed during the period indicated below:
|
Period |
Percentage |
|||
|
On or after March 15, 2028 |
103.813 | % | ||
|
On or after March 15, 2029 |
101.906 | % | ||
|
On or after March 15, 2030 and thereafter |
100.000 | % | ||
(b) Prior to March 15, 2028 the Company may redeem the Notes at its option in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice delivered or mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address or, in the case of Global Notes, delivered in accordance with the procedures of DTC, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the applicable redemption date.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time and from time to time prior to March 15, 2028, upon notice as described in the Indenture the Company may redeem in the aggregate up to 40.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to the issuance of any Additional Notes) with an amount equal to the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity thereof, to the extent the net cash proceeds therefrom are contributed to the Company or used to purchase Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount thereof) equal to 107.625% plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the redemption date; provided, however, that at least 50.0% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to the issuance of any Additional Notes of the same series) must remain outstanding after each such redemption (unless all Senior Secured Notes are redeemed substantially concurrently); and provided, further, that such redemption occurs within 180 days after the date on which any such Equity Offering is consummated.
(d) In addition, at any time and from time to time prior to March 15, 2028 but not more than once in any calendar year, the Company may redeem in the aggregate up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount thereof) of 103.0%, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes, if any, to but not including the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).
(e) In addition, the Company or its affiliates may acquire Notes by means other than redemption, whether by tender or exchange offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, upon such terms, at such prices and with such consideration as the Company or any such affiliates may determine.
(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with any tender offer for, or other offer to purchase, the Notes, including a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, if Holders of not less than 90.0% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender, exchange or otherwise participate in such offer and do not withdraw such Notes in such tender or exchange offer (or other offer to purchase) and the Company, or any third party making such a tender offer (or other offer to purchase) in lieu of Company, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such holders, the Company will have the right, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such tender offer (or other offer) expiration date, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a redemption price in cash equal to the price paid to each other holder (excluding any early tender, incentive or similar fee) in such tender offer (or other offer to purchase), plus, to the extent not included in the tender offer payment (or payment pursuant to another offer to purchase), accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.
(g) Any redemption of the Notes may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent. The redemption date of any redemption that is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent may, in the Company’s discretion, be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied (or waived by the Company in its sole discretion), or such redemption may not occur and any notice with respect to such redemption may be modified or rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied (or waived by the Company in its sole discretion) by the redemption date, or by the redemption date so delayed (which may exceed 60 days from the date of the redemption notice in such case). In addition, such notice of redemption may be extended if such conditions precedent have not been satisfied or waived by the Company by providing notice to the noteholders.
(6) Mandatory Redemption. Except as provided in the Indenture and in paragraph (8) below, the Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the 7.625% Senior Secured Notes.
(7) Repurchase at Option of Holder.
(a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Company at such time has given notice of redemption pursuant to paragraph (5) hereof with respect to all outstanding Notes, each Holder will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000) of that Holder’s 7.625% Senior Secured Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer at a price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the date of purchase; provided that no partial redemption shall result in a Note having a principal amount of less than $2,000. Within 30 days following any Change of Control unless the Company at such time has given notice of redemption pursuant to paragraph (5) hereof with respect to all outstanding Notes, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer required by the Indenture.
(b) Upon the occurrence of certain Asset Sales, the Company may be required to offer to purchase Notes.
(8) Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption shall be given at least ten (10) days but not more than sixty (60) days before the redemption date to each Holder whose 7.625% Senior Secured Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address or in accordance with the procedures of DTC. 7.625% Senior Secured Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, unless all of the 7.625% Senior Secured Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed so long as no partial redemption results in a Note having a principal amount of less than $2,000. On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the 7.625% Senior Secured Notes or portions hereof called for redemption.
(9) Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The 7.625% Senior Secured Notes are in registered form without coupons in initial denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of the 7.625% Senior Secured Notes may be registered and the 7.625% Senior Secured Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any 7.625% Senior Secured Note or portion of a 7.625% Senior Secured Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any 7.625% Senior Secured Note being redeemed in part. Also, it need not exchange or register the transfer of any 7.625% Senior Secured Notes for a period of fifteen (15) days before a selection of 7.625% Senior Secured Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.
(10) Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a 7.625% Senior Secured Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.
(11) Trustee Dealings with the Company. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company, the Guarantors or their respective Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company, the Guarantors or their respective Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.
(12) No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, stockholder, unitholder, member, general or limited partner or incorporator, past, present or future, of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct and indirect parent companies, as such or in such capacity, shall have any personal liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under the 7.625% Senior Secured Notes, any Guarantee or the Indenture by reason of his, her or its status as such director, officer, employee, stockholder, general or limited partner or incorporator.
(13) Authentication. This 7.625% Senior Secured Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.
(14) Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).
(15) CUSIP Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the 7.625% Senior Secured Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to the Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the 7.625% Senior Secured Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.
(16) Security. The Note will be secured by the Collateral on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into), the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) and the Security Documents. The Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be, hold the Collateral in trust for the benefit of the Holders, in each case, on and after the Issue Date, pursuant to the Security Documents, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) and the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into). Each Holder, by accepting this Note, consents and agrees to the terms of the Security Documents (including the provisions providing for the foreclosure and release of Collateral), the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) and the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms and the Indenture and authorizes and directs the Notes Collateral Agent to enter into the Security Documents, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) and the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (if entered into) on and the Issue Date, and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith.
The Company shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:
Turning Point Brands, Inc.
5201 Interchange Way
Louisville, KY 40229
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
Email: AFlynn@TPBI.com
ASSIGNMENT FORM
To assign this 7.625% Senior Secured Note, fill in the form below: (I) or (we) assign and transfer this 7.625% Senior Secured Note to
| (Insert assignee’s soc. Sec. or tax I.D. no.) |
| (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) |
and irrevocably appoint to transfer this 7.625% Senior Secured Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.
Date:
| Your Signature: | |||
|
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this 7.625% Senior Secured Note) |
|||
Signature guarantee:
OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
If you want to elect to have this 7.625% Senior Secured Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, check the box below: ☐
If you want to elect to have only part of the 7.625% Senior Secured Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:
| $ | |||||
|
|
|||||
| Date: | |||||
| Your Signature: | |||||
|
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the 7.625% Senior Secured Note) |
|||||
| Tax Identification No.: | |||||
| Signature guarantee: | |||||
CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON
EXCHANGE OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES
Turning Point Brands, Inc.
5201 Interchange Way
Louisville, KY 40229
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
Email: AFlynn@TPBI.com
GLAS Trust Company LLC
3 Second Street, Suite 206
Jersey City, NJ 07311
Email: tmgus@glas.agency;
clientservices.usadcm@glas.agency
Re: CUSIP NO.
Reference is hereby made to that certain Indenture, dated February 19, 2025 (the “Indenture”) among Turning Point Brands, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and GLAS Trust Company LLC, as trustee (the “Trustee”) and notes collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Notes Collateral Agent”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.
This certificate relates to $ principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space) ☐ book-entry or ☐ definitive form by the undersigned.
The undersigned (transferor) (check one box below):
☐ hereby requests the Registrar to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Note held by the Depositary a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above), in accordance with Section 2.6 of the Indenture;
☐ hereby requests the Trustee to exchange a Note or Notes to (transferee).
In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the periods referred to in Rule 144(d) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:
CHECK ONE BOX BELOW:
| (1) | ☐ | to the Company or any of its subsidiaries; or |
|
(2) |
☐ |
inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A thereunder; or |
|
(3) |
☐ |
outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in compliance with Rule 904 thereunder. |
Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Registrar will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered Holder thereof.
| Signature |
| Signature Guarantee: |
(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guarantee medallion program)
TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED.
The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that each of it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Rule 144A”), and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.
| [Name of Transferee] | ||
| NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer | ||
| Dated: |
SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF 7.625% SENIOR SECURED NOTES
The initial principal amount of the Note shall be $300,000,000. The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for other 7.625% Senior Secured Notes have been made:
|
Date of Exchange |
Amount of |
Amount of Increase in Principal Amount of this Global Note |
Principal Amount of this Global Note Following Such Decrease (or Increase) |
Signature of Authorized Officer of Trustee or 7.625% Senior Secured Note Custodian |
||||
EXHIBIT B
[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE TO BE DELIVERED BY GUARANTORS]
This Supplemental Indenture and Guarantee, dated as of [ ], 20[ ] (this “Supplemental Indenture” or “Guarantee”), among ________________ (the “Guarantor”), Turning Point Brands, Inc. (the “Company”), each other then-existing Guarantor under the Indenture referred to below, and GLAS Trust Company LLC, as Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent under such Indenture.
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, the Company, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent have heretofore executed and delivered an Indenture, dated February 19, 2025 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 7.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2032 of the Company (the “Notes”);
WHEREAS, Section 4.17 of the Indenture provides that the Company will cause each of its Domestic Subsidiaries (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) other than a Guarantor that (i) guarantees the payment of Indebtedness under any Credit Facility permitted by clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” or (ii) guarantees Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (22) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”) in respect of capital markets debt securities of the Company or any other Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $15.0 million, in each case, within fifteen (15) Business Days of such incurrence of any such Indebtedness or guarantee of such Indebtedness, to execute and deliver to the Trustee a Guarantee pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Notes and all other obligations under the Indenture on the same terms and conditions as those set forth in the Indenture;
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Indenture, the Trustee and the Company are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guarantor, the Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows:
ARTICLE I
Definitions
SECTION 1.1 Defined Terms. As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined, except that the term “Holders” in this Guarantee shall refer to the term “Holders” as defined in the Indenture and the Trustee acting on behalf or for the benefit of such Holders. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.
ARTICLE II
Agreement to be Bound; Guarantee
SECTION 2.1 Agreement to be Bound. The Guarantor hereby becomes a party to the Indenture as a Guarantor and as such shall have all of the rights and be subject to all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture. The Guarantor agrees to be bound by all of the provisions of the Indenture applicable to a Guarantor and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture.
SECTION 2.2 Guarantee. The Guarantor hereby fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as primary obligor and not merely as a surety, jointly and severally with each other Guarantor, to each Holder and the Trustee, the full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the Obligations pursuant to Article XI of the Indenture.
ARTICLE III
Miscellaneous
SECTION 3.1 Notices. All notices and other communications to the Guarantor shall be given as provided in the Indenture to the Guarantor, at its address set forth below, with a copy to the Company as provided in the Indenture for notices to the Company.
[Name of future Guarantor]
[ ]
[ ]
Fax: [ ]
Attention: [ ]
SECTION 3.2 Parties. Nothing expressed or mentioned herein is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, firm or corporation, other than the Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture or any provision herein or therein contained.
SECTION 3.3 Governing Law. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
SECTION 3.4 Severability Clause. In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability.
SECTION 3.5 Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The recitals herein shall be taken as the statements of the Guarantor and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.
SECTION 3.6 Counterparts. The parties hereto may sign one or more copies of this Supplemental Indenture in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
SECTION 3.7 Headings. The headings of the Articles and the sections in this Guarantee are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof.
[Signatures on following page]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
|
|
[GUARANTOR], |
|
|
|
|
as a Guarantor |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
GLAS TRUST COMPANY LLC, as Trustee and |
|
|
|
|
Notes Collateral Agent |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
TURNING POINT BRANDS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
EXHIBIT C
[FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED
IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS PURSUANT TO RULE 144A]
Turning Point Brands, Inc.
5201 Interchange Way
Louisville, KY 40229
Attention: President and Chief Executive Officer
Email: gpurdy@tpbi.com
GLAS Trust Company LLC
3 Second Street, Suite 206
Jersey City, NJ 07311
Email: tmgus@glas.agency;
clientservices.usadcm@glas.agency
Re: Turning Point Brands, Inc., (the “Company”) 7.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2032 (the “Notes”)
Ladies and Gentlemen:
In connection with our proposed sale of $___________________ aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Notes, we hereby certify that such transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A (“Rule 144A”) under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we hereby further certify that the Notes are being transferred to a person that we reasonably believe is purchasing the Notes for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such person exercises sole investment discretion, and such person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and such Notes are being transferred in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
The Company and you are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
|
|
Very truly yours, |
|
|
|
|
[Name of Transferor] |
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized Signature |
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT D
[FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED
IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S]
Turning Point Brands, Inc.
5201 Interchange Way
Louisville, KY 40229
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
Email: AFlynn@TPBI.com
GLAS Trust Company LLC
3 Second Street, Suite 206
Jersey City, NJ 07311
Email: tmgus@glas.agency;
clientservices.usadcm@glas.agency
Re: Turning Point Brands, Inc. 7.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2032 (the “Notes”)
Ladies and Gentlemen:
In connection with our proposed sale of $_____aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S (“Regulation S”) under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we represent that:
(1) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;
(2) either (a) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been prearranged with a buyer in the United States;
(3) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable; and
(4) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
In addition, if the sale is made during a restricted period and the provisions of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S are applicable thereto, we confirm that such sale has been made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b), as the case may be.
The Company and you are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.
|
|
Very truly yours, |
|
|
| [Name of Transferor] | |||
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized Signature |
|
EXHIBIT E
[FORM OF NET SHORT REPRESENTATION]
Turning Point Brands, Inc.
5201 Interchange Way
Louisville, KY 40229
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
Email: AFlynn@TPBI.com
GLAS Trust Company LLC
3 Second Street, Suite 206
Jersey City, NJ 07311
Email: tmgus@glas.agency;
clientservices.usadcm@glas.agency
Turning Point Brands, Inc. and GLAS Trust Company LLC, as trustee (the “Trustee”) and notes collateral agent have heretofore executed an indenture, dated as of February 19, 2025 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of the Company’s 7.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2032 (the “Notes”). All terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning ascribed to such term under the Indenture.
This letter constitutes a Position Representation in connection with a Noteholder Direction delivered pursuant to Section 7.5 of the Indenture, whereby the undersigned, as Directing Holder, represents to each of the Company and the Trustee that [it is] [its beneficial owners are] not Net Short.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
Name: [Holder] |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
EXHIBIT F
[FORM OF ABL INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT]
EXHIBIT G
[FORM OF PARI PASSU INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT]
Exhibit 10.33
Turning Point Brands. Inc.
5201 Interchange Way
Louisville, KY 40229
March 6, 2024
Andrew Flynn
Dear Mr. Flynn:
As discussed, Turning Point Brands, Inc., together with any successor thereto ("Turning Point" and, together with its applicable employing subsidiaries, the "Company"), agrees to retain your services on the terms, provisions and conditions set forth in this employment letter (this "Agreement"). If you find these terms, provisions and conditions acceptable, please sign this Agreement where indicated and return it to me as soon as possible. This Agreement will become effective on the date on which you commence employment with the Company, which is expected to occur no later than April 1, 2024 (the "Effective Date"). For the avoidance of doubt, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties in writing, if the Effective Date does not occur for any reason by April 1, 2024, then this Agreement shall be void ab initio, and the parties shall have no rights or obligations to each other arising hereunder.
Position: Unless and until changed by the Company, your job position and title will be Senior Vice President & CFO of the Company.
Duration of Employment`: You will continue to be employed by the Company for an initial term of one year, commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the one-year anniversary of the Effective Date (the "Initial Term"), and your employment period will be automatically renewed at the expiration of the Initial Term, or upon the applicable anniversary thereof, whichever applicable, unless either you or the Company provides the other with a written notice of non-renewal at least 60 days prior to the applicable expiration date (the Initial Term and any renewal period(s) together. the "Term").
Salary: Your annual base compensation ("Salary") will be $400,000 per calendar year unless adjusted by the Board of Directors of Turning Point (the "Board") in its sole discretion. Salary will be disbursed in periodic installments throughout the year in accordance with the Company's regular payroll cycle and policies.
Annual Bonus: You may be eligible to earn an annual bonus with a target of 50% of your Salary pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Company's annual bonus award program as may be in effect from time to time. Eligibility for any annual bonus will be based on your achievement of designated performance metrics as set forth in the Company's annual bonus award program. Such eligibility and the amount, if any, of the annual bonus shall be determined by the Board in its sole discretion.
Compensation Review: The Board intends to review your compensation on an annual basis, with the first such review to occur in or around March 2025.
Annual Paid Time Off Allowance: Four weeks, subject to the terms and conditions herein and in the Company's vacation policies as in effect from time to time.
Severance Benefits Period: A period of 12 months following a termination of your employment with the Company and its subsidiaries by the Company without Cause or resignation of your employment with the Company and its subsidiaries by you for Good Reason, other than in the event of a Change of Control. If you resign for Good Reason or are terminated by the Company without Cause within one year following a Change of Control the Severance Benefits Period shall be a period of 24 months following such termination of employment.
Restricted Period: The Term plus an additional 12 months following any Separation, unless such Separation triggers a Severance Benefit Period of 24 months, in which case the Restricted Period shall continue for 24 months following the Term.
Stock Incentives: If you are eligible for stock incentives, separate plan documents will be provided to you. Such plan may be authorized, amended, or discontinued by the Board in its sole discretion. Unless specifically provided for in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall have any effect on any existing agreements regarding the Company’s equity incentive programs in which you will be eligible to participate in or may in the future participate in, including without limitation restricted stock, performance restricted stock units, options, common stock, or any other equity instrument (“Equity Incentive Programs”).
Additional Benefits: You will be entitled to participate in the medical, dental and 401(k) savings benefit plans offered to the Company's employees pursuant to the terms and conditions of each such benefit plan in effect from time to time, which may be authorized, amended or discontinued by the Company in its sole discretion. The Company will provide a description of the group benefit programs and enrollment forms.
Additional Terms and Conditions
1. Your Representations: You represent that you are eligible to accept and continue employment, and that you have not previously been, are not currently and will not be subject to any agreement or obligation which would bar or limit your ability to perform your duties and responsibilities with the Company. You also represent that all information you have submitted to the Company as part of any application process and your prior employment with the Company, including without limitation your resume, application for employment and employment records, is true and complete.
2. Duties and Responsibilities: You will be responsible for carrying out all duties and responsibilities associated with your Position as directed by the Company, which shall include travel as necessary. Additional responsibilities may be added, or your Position changed, at the Board's sole discretion, from time to time, without written modification of this Agreement. You will be subject to, and agree to abide by, such rules, policies and procedures as the Company maintains (including, but not limited to, the Turning Point Brands, Inc. Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (as amended from time to time, the "Code of Conduct and Ethics")) or may from time to time establish with respect to executives, employees in general, standard operating procedures, business operations, etc.
3. Use of Paid Time Off: Your Annual Paid Time Off Allowance may be used at any time, subject to the Company's policies regarding vacations. A maximum of up to forty (40) hours of unused paid time off can be carried over from year to year. No compensation will be paid for unused paid time off (except as may be required by law upon separation from employment).
4. Separation from Employment: You will, upon separation from employment with the Company and its subsidiaries for any reason (such as termination by the Company, resignation, death or disability) (each, a "Separation"), receive such salary and other benefits as have accrued as of the date and time of Separation, and as may otherwise be required by law. Notwithstanding the forgoing, in the event that the Company determines in good faith that your Separation is not considered a "separation from service" under Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(h) because (a) you have not separated but have changed status to a part time employee, consultant or independent contractor performing more than 20% of the average level of bona fide services (whether as an employee, consultant or independent contractor) you performed over the immediately preceding 36-month period, or (b) you are continuing employment with another entity that is considered a single entity with the Company ("Employer Group") under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), any Severance Benefits to which you may be entitled under other provisions of this Agreement shall begin immediately when your status changes such that the Company determines that you have "separated from service" under Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-I (h). For this purpose, service performed as an employee or as an independent contractor is counted, except that service as a member of the board of directors of a member of the Employer Group is not counted unless termination benefits under this Agreement are aggregated for purposes of Section 409A of the Code with benefits under any other Employer Group plan or agreement in which you also participate as a director.
Notwithstanding any provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, if you are a "specified employee" (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and determined pursuant to procedures adopted by the Company) at the time of your separation from service and if any portion of the payments or benefits to be received by you upon separation from service would be considered deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, amounts that would otherwise be payable pursuant to this Agreement during the six-month period immediately following your separation from service shall instead be paid or made available, with interest at the Wall Street Journal prime rate as of the date of separation from service, on the earlier of (i) the first business day of the seventh month following the date of your separation from service or (ii) your death.
4.1 Resignation: You may resign at any time for any reason by providing the Company with at least two months’ written notice prior to your Separation. In such event, the Company may, in the Board's sole discretion, choose to relieve you of your duties prior to the expiration of the notice period and pay you two months’ compensation or your notice period, whichever is shorter. If you resign (other than for Good Reason), you shall not be entitled to receive the Severance Benefits. If you resign for Good Reason, you shall be entitled to receive all Severance Benefits, provided that you have executed and delivered a Release and Severance Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (the “Release”), and all applicable revocation periods relating to the Release expire, within 55 days following the date of such termination of employment.
4.2 Good Reason: As used herein, the term "Good Reason" means any of the following without your consent: (i) a material diminution in your title, duties, position, authorities or responsibilities; (ii) the failure by the Company to pay or provide to you, within 30 days after receipt of a written demand therefor, any material amount of compensation or expense reimbursement or any benefit which is due, owing and payable pursuant to the terms hereof or of any applicable plan, program, arrangement or policy; (iii) a reduction in your Salary, other than a reduction generally applicable to similarly situated executives of the Company; (iv) a material reduction in your employee benefits, other than a reduction generally applicable to similarly situated executives of the Company; (v) the breach in any material respect by the Company of any of its other obligations or agreements set forth herein; or (vii) the Company gives notice that it does not wish to renew this Agreement upon expiration of the Term. A termination for Good Reason shall not occur unless: (x) you provide the Company with a written notice detailing the specific circumstances alleged to constitute Good Reason within 90 days after the first occurrence of such circumstances, (y) the Company fails to cure such Good Reason event(s) within 30 days following receipt of such notice to cure such circumstances in all material respects, and (z) following the Company's failure to cure during the 30 day cure period, you terminate employment no later than 90 days after the expiration of such cure period.
4.3 Change of Control: As used herein, the term "Change of Control" shall mean:
(a) any sale, lease, exchange, or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of Turning Point other than a transaction or series of transactions in which the transferee is controlled by the Management Group;
(b) a majority of the Board shall consist of Persons who are not Continuing Directors, as the case may be; or
(c)(i) any Person or group of related Persons (other than the Management Group), for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, becomes the beneficial owner of the power, directly or indirectly, to vote or direct the voting of securities having more than fifty percent (50%) of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of Turning Point or (ii) any Person, together with its Affiliates, becomes the owner, directly or indirectly, of more than sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the economic interests of Turning Point.
"Affiliate" shall mean, with respect to a Person, any entity (i) that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by, controls or is under common control with, the Person or (ii) in which the Person has a significant equity interest.
"Continuing Director" means, as of any date of determination, any Person who (a) was a member of the Board on the Effective Date or (b) was nominated for election or elected to the Board with the affirmative vote of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such nomination or election (other than as a result of any actual or threatened proxy contest).
"Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
"Management Group" shall mean one or more of the members of the senior executive management of Turning Point on the Effective Date.
"Person" shall mean any individual, corporation. partnership, association, limited liability company, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government, political subdivision or other entity.
“Qualifying Termination” shall mean a termination of employment (i) by the Company other than for Cause or (ii) by you for Good Reason. Termination of your employment on account of death, disability or retirement shall not be treated as a Qualifying Termination.
4.4 Death or Disability: The employment relationship will be severed, and this Agreement terminated, upon your death or disability. For purposes of this Agreement, you will be considered "disabled" if you are so considered under any applicable disability insurance policy maintained by the Company, or if no such disability insurance policy is in effect, on the date that a physician mutually agreed to by the parties determines that you are or will be unable by reason of illness, accident or other physical or mental condition to perform your duties for a continuous period of 120 days, or for a period of more than 120 days in any 12-month period, and that there is no objectively reasonable accommodation that would allow you to perform your duties.
In the event of the termination of your employment due to disability, the Company will pay a lump sum payment to you in amount equal to the employer-portion of COBRA coverage based on rates in effect at the time of termination for you (except in the event of death) and your eligible dependents for a period of six months, payable on the 60th day following the date of such termination of employment, subject to your execution and non-revocation of the Release. Moreover, you may be eligible for disability benefits under the Company’s disability benefits plan in accordance with the terms of such plan, if any, in effect at such time.
4.5 Termination Without Cause: The Company may terminate this Agreement and your employment hereunder without your consent, for no stated reason, or for a stated reason but without Cause, with or without notice. If you are terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined below), you shall be entitled to receive the Severance Benefits, provided that you have executed and delivered the Release, and all applicable revocation periods relating to the Release expire, within 55 days following the date of such Separation.
4.6 Termination for Cause: Your employment with the Company may be terminated by the Company, and without your consent, for Cause at any time, with or without notice. You shall not be entitled to receive the Severance Benefits if you are terminated for, or later are determined to have failed to comply with this Agreement for, any one or more of the following reasons (“Cause”):
• Your failure to render required or expected services in accordance with your Job Description or Position after being provided at least 10 days’ prior written notice of your failure to render such services;
• You are in breach of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement. If not cured within 10 days after written notice thereof;
• Insubordination. Consisting of your continued failure to take specific action that is material to the operation of the Company and within your individual control and consistent with your Position, duties and responsibilities, after being provided at least 10 days’ prior written notice of your failure to take for such action, provided that you have not, in good faith, objected to such action as either a breach of your fiduciary duties, or on legal grounds;
• Your material breach of any other agreement between you and the Employer Group if not cured within 10 days after written notice thereof, or any material violation of any rule, policy, procedure or other requirement of the Company;
• Your commission of an act of fraud, embezzlement or similar dishonest act against any member of the Employer Group or any customer, client or business associate of any member of the Employer Group;
• Your conviction for any felony or crime of dishonesty (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, and which is not subject to further appeal);
• Any egregious or unwarranted conduct by you that materially discredits any member of the Employer Group or is materially detrimental to the reputation or standing of any member of the Employer Group; or
• Willful misconduct that is demonstrably deliberate on your part, or gross negligence.
5. Severance Benefits: The Severance Benefits payable in certain Separation circumstances as provided herein shall consist of all of the following:
5. 1 Severance Compensation: Continuation of your then current Salary (or, in the case of a Good Reason termination due to a reduction in Salary, at the Salary in effect immediately prior to such reduction) during the Severance Benefits Period (“Severance Pay”). Any Severance Pay will be paid to you incrementally, in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll cycle, with the first such payment beginning on the 60th day following your Separation, and the first such payment will include all accrued amounts during the 60-day period from your Separation date until the 60th day following your Separation date. You will also receive a severance bonus equal to the average of the annual cash bonuses received by you for the 24 months prior to your Separation (“Severance Bonus”). In the event of the termination of your employment by the Company without Cause (not including death or disability) or resignation by you for Good Reason within one year following a Change of Control, your Severance Bonus shall instead be equal to two times the average of the annual cash bonuses received by you for the 24 months prior to your Separation. Any Severance Bonus will be paid in two equal installments — the first installment on the later of (i) when all other Company annual bonuses, if awarded, are next paid, or, if not awarded, when such bonuses would have next been paid in April of the year following the year of services, and (ii) the 60th day following your Separation, and the second installment at the end of the Restricted Period. Severance Pay and Severance Bonus payment timing shall also be subject to the “specified employee” delay in paragraph 4 above for any portion of such amounts that are subject to Section 409A of the Code. Normal payroll taxes and deductions will be withheld from any Severance Pay and Severance Bonus payments.
5.2 Health Benefits Stipend and Access: Upon a Qualifying Termination, the Company will pay a lump sum payment to you in amount equal to the cost of the employer-portion of maintaining COBRA coverage based on rates in effect at the time of termination for you and your eligible dependents for 12 months, payable on the 60th day following the date of your Separation.
5.3 Other Additional Benefits: All additional benefits and stock incentive rights (if any) will cease and expire upon Separation, unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or by the separate written terms of those benefits.
5.4 280G Cap: Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Agreement, in the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received by you (including any payment or benefit received in connection with a Change of Control or the termination of your employment related to such a Change of Control, whether pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other plan, program. arrangement or agreement) (all such payments and benefits, together, the "Total Payments") would be subject (in whole or part), to any excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code, or any successor provision thereto (the "Excise Tax"), then, after taking into account any reduction in the Total Payments provided by reason of Section 280G of the Code in such other plan, program, arrangement or agreement, the Company will reduce the Total Payments to the extent necessary so that no portion of the Total Payments is subject to the Excise Tax (but in no event to less than zero); provided, however, that the Total Payments will only be reduced if the net amount of such Total Payments, as so reduced (and after subtracting the net amount of federal, state, municipal and local income and employment taxes on such reduced Total Payments and after taking into account the phase out of itemized deductions and personal exemptions attributable to such reduced Total Payments), is greater than or equal to the net amount of such Total Payments without such reduction (but after subtracting the net amount of federal, state, municipal and local income and employment taxes on such Total Payments and the amount of Excise Tax to which you would be subject in respect of such unreduced Total Payments and after taking into account the phase out of itemized deductions and personal exemptions attributable to such unreduced Total Payments).
In the case of a reduction in the Total Payments, the Total Payments will be reduced in the following order: (i) payments that are payable in cash that are valued at full value under Treasury Regulation § 1.280G-1, Q&A 24(a) will be reduced (if necessary, to zero), with amounts that are payable last reduced first; (ii) payments and benefits due in respect of any equity valued at full value under Treasury Regulation § 1.280G-1, Q&A 24(a), with the highest values reduced first (as such values are determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.280G-1, Q&A 24), will next be reduced; (iii) payments that are payable in cash that are valued at less than full value under Treasury Regulation § 1.280G-1, Q&A 24, with amounts that are payable last reduced first, will next be reduced; (iv) payments and benefits due in respect of any equity valued at less than full value under Treasury Regulation § 1.2800-1, Q&A 24, with the highest values reduced first (as such values are determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.280G-1, Q&A 24), will next be reduced; and (v) all other non-cash benefits not otherwise described in clauses (ii) or (iv) will be next reduced pro-rata. Any reductions made pursuant to each of clauses (i)-(v) above will be made in the following manner: first, a pro-rata reduction of cash payment and payments and benefits due in respect of any equity not subject to Section 409A of the Code, and second, a pro-rata reduction of cash payments and payments and benefits due in respect of any equity subject to Section 409A of the Code as deferred compensation.
For purposes of determining whether and the extent to which the Total Payments will be subject to the Excise Tax: (i) no portion of the Total Payments the receipt or enjoyment of which you shall have waived at such time and in such manner as not to constitute a "payment" within the meaning of Section 280G(b) of the Code will be taken into account; (ii) no portion of the Total Payments will be taken into account which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized tax counsel ("Tax Counsel") selected by the Company and reasonably acceptable to you and the accounting firm which was, immediately prior to the change in control, the Company's independent auditor (the "Auditor"), does not constitute a "parachute payment" within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code (including by reason of Section 2800(6)(4) (A) of the Code) and, in calculating the Excise Tax, no portion of such Total Payments will be taken into account which, in the opinion of Tax Counsel, constitutes reasonable compensation for services actually rendered, within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(4)(B) of the Code, in excess of the "base amount" (as set forth in Section 2800(b)(3) of the Code) that is allocable to such reasonable compensation; and (iii) the value of any non-cash benefit or any deferred payment or benefit included in the Total Payments will be determined by the Auditor in accordance with the principles of Sections 280G(d) (3) and (4) of the Code.
At the time that payments are made under this Agreement, the Company will provide you with a written statement setting forth the manner in which such payments were calculated and the basis for such calculations, including but not limited to, any opinions or other advice the Company received from Tax Counsel, the Auditor, or other advisors or consultants (and any such opinions or advice which are in writing will be attached to the statement). If you object to the Company's calculations, the Company will pay to you such portion of the Total Payments (up to 100% thereof) as you determine is necessary to result in the proper application of this subsection. All determinations required by this subsection (or requested by either you or the Company in connection with this subsection) will be at the expense of the Company. The fact that your right to payments or benefits may be reduced by reason of the limitations contained in this subsection will not of itself limit or otherwise affect any other rights you have under this Agreement.
If you receive reduced payments and benefits by reason of this subsection and it is established pursuant to a determination of a court of competent jurisdiction which is not subject to review or as to which the time to appeal has expired, or pursuant to an Internal Revenue Service proceeding, that you could have received a greater amount without resulting in any Excise Tax, then the Company shall thereafter pay you the aggregate additional amount which could have been paid without resulting in any Excise Tax as soon as reasonably practicable.
5.5 Resignations: Following the termination of your employment for any reason, if and to the extent requested by the Board, you hereby agree to resign from all fiduciary positions (including as trustee) and all other offices and positions you hold as of the date of such termination; provided, however, that if you fail to tender your resignation after the Board has made such request. then you will be deemed to have resigned from such offices and positions.
6. Indemnification: The Company shall, to the fullest extent to which it is empowered to do so by applicable law, defend, indemnify and hold you harmless from and against all claims, demands, lawsuits, liabilities, losses, damages, penalties, fines, costs and expense (including, but not limited to, reasonable related attorneys' fees) arising from any actual, threatened, pending or completed action. suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or otherwise, to which you are or are threatened to be made a party by reason of your services as an officer and/or director of the Company.
7. Non-Disclosure; Non-Use: You agree not to disclose, give, sell or otherwise divulge the "Confidential Information" (as defined in the Code of Conduct and Ethics) to any other person or entity at any time without the Company's prior written consent. You further agree not to (i) use any of the Confidential Information for your own account for or for the account of any other person or entity or (ii) use or retain, without the Company's prior written consent, any figures, calculations, letters, papers, drawings, computer printouts, computer discs or tapes, or copies thereof or other Confidential Information of any type or description pertaining to the Company, except in furtherance of the Company's interests.
You further agree that, upon your Separation, that you will (i) return physical copies of the Company's information and Confidential Information in your possession. under your control or removed from the Company's premises by you or under your direction, (ii) destroy all electronic copies of the Company's information and Confidential Information in your possession, under your control or which was copied or removed from the Company's premises or equipment by you or under your direction and (iii) return all Company property in your possession or under your control, including without limitation the following: Company computers, mobile devices, cellular telephones, Company automobiles and keys and access cards to Company property.
In the event that you are legally compelled by regulatory or legal process to disclose the Confidential Information, the foregoing confidentiality obligations shall not apply to you with respect to such information, provided that you have given the Company prompt prior written notice of such compulsion, cooperate with the Company in connection with any of its efforts to prevent or limit the scope of such disclosure and, following completion of such efforts, you only disclose such information as required under such regulatory or legal process then applicable to you.
Nothing in this paragraph 7, or in the remainder of this Agreement, shall prohibit you from filing a charge with any government agency. including the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or any similar state or local fair employment practices agency, or from talking to or cooperating in any government investigation by the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, any similar state or local fair employment practices agency, or the Securities and Exchange Commission, and no notice to the Company is required under these circumstances.
8. Non-Competition: You acknowledge and agree that, during the course of employment with the Company, you may: (i) receive significant training in, and generate and use, the Company's good will and experience; (ii) be exposed to confidential aspects of the Company's business and have access to and became familiar with Confidential Information, and (iii) perform services for the Company that are special, unique, extraordinary and intellectual in character—none of which is commonly known or readily accessible to the public and any of which place or placed you in a position of confidence and trust with the customers, potential customers, vendors, employees of the Company and other persons, the loss of which cannot adequately be compensated by damages in an action at law.
You acknowledge and agree that the Company desires to enter into this Agreement to, in part, protect the Company's vital interest in maintaining its Confidential Information, protect the Company's investment in your training and development, protect the Company's business and good will, and avoid Competition (as defined below) with you or any other person or entity with which you are employed or affiliated for a time certain following your Separation. For purposes of this Agreement, "Competition”- means engaging in, aiding, assisting, owning any interest greater than two percent (2%), or controlling (whether as a principal, partner, employee, trustee, officer, director, agent, advisor, independent contractor, or otherwise) any firm, corporation, business, or other entity which is (or with any other person(s) who are) engaged in competition with the Company in any line of business which, at the time of your Separation (or within three months following your Separation), comprised five percent (5%) or more of the Company's gross sales.
For purposes of this Agreement, the "Restricted Area" shall be the entire United States of America.
You agree that, during the Restricted Period, you will not, directly or indirectly, alone or with others, engage in Competition with the Company, its successors or assigns or any purchaser of all or substantially all of Company's assets within your Restricted Area.
You acknowledge having carefully read and considered the non-competition provisions of this Agreement and, having done so, agree that the covenants and restrictions contained herein are, taken as a whole, fair and reasonable in their duration, geographic scope and scope of restricted activities, do not unduly restrict your ability to obtain or maintain a livelihood and are necessary to protect the Company's good will, trade secrets, Confidential Information and business interests. You expressly agree not to raise any issue disputing the reasonableness of the: (i) geographic scope. (ii) type of employment or line of business or (iii) duration of any such covenants in any proceeding to enforce such covenants and restrictions.
9. No Solicitation, No Interference and No Hire Covenants: You agree that, during the Restricted Period, you will not, directly or indirectly: (i) solicit or encourage any employee or other service provider of the Company or its subsidiaries to leave such employment or service; (ii) interfere with the relationship between the Company and any of its employees or service providers; or (iii) hire any person who, within the six (6) month period preceding such hiring, was employed by, or providing services to the Company or its subsidiaries.
10. Mutual Non-disparagement: You agree that following the termination of your employment for any reason, you shall not publicly make any negative, disparaging, detrimental or derogatory remarks or statements (written, oral, telephonic, electronic, or by any other method) about the Company or its subsidiaries or any of their respective owners, partners, managers, directors, officers, employees or agents, including, without limitation, any remarks or statements that could be reasonably expected to adversely affect in a material manner (i) the conduct of the Company's or its subsidiaries' businesses or (ii) the business reputation or relationships of the Company or its subsidiaries and/or any of their past or present officers, directors, agents, employees, attorneys, successors and assigns, in each case, except to the extent required by law or legal process. Similarly, following termination of your employment for any reason, neither the Company's officers in their official capacity, nor the members of the Board, shall make any such statements about you.
Nothing in this paragraph 10, or in the remainder of this Agreement, shall prohibit you from filing a charge with a government agency, including the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or any similar state or local fair employment practices agency, or from talking to or cooperating in any investigation by with the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, any similar state or local fair employment practices agency, or the Securities and Exchange Commission, and no notice to the Company is required under these circumstances.
11. Intellectual Property: You agree that all patentable inventions, discoveries, and trade secrets, whether or not patented, and whether or not reduced to practice, and all copyright interests that are or have been conceived or developed during your employment with the Company, either alone or jointly with others, if on the Company's time, using the Company's facilities, specifically relating to the Company, or to the Company's business are done as "works made for hire" for the Company, and you hereby assign to the Company all right, title, and interest in all such intellectual property. You agree that the Company shall be the sole owner of all domestic and foreign patents, trademarks, trade names, service marks, domain names and other rights pertaining thereto related to such intellectual property, and further agree to execute all documents consistent therewith that the Company reasonably determines to be necessary or convenient for use in applying for, prosecuting. perfecting, or enforcing patents or other intellectual property rights, including the execution of any assignments, patent applications, or other documents that the Company may reasonably request. Upon your failure to do so within 10 business days following the Company's written request, you hereby irrevocably appoint the Company as your true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full power of delegation and substitution to execute, deliver, file and record, and on your behalf and in the Company's name, such documents consistent with this Agreement. This provision is intended to apply only to the extent permitted by applicable law.
12. Arbitration: Any dispute, claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement. including without limitation any dispute, claim or controversy concerning validity, enforceability, breach or termination hereof), shall be finally settled through arbitration under the rules of the American Arbitration Association for arbitration of employment disputes, such arbitration to be conducted in Jefferson County, Kentucky. Each party will be entitled to present evidence and argument to the arbitrator(s). The arbitrator(s) will have the right only to interpret and apply the provisions of this Agreement and may not change any of its provisions, except as expressly provided herein. The arbitrator(s) will permit reasonable pre-hearing discovery of facts, to the extent necessary to establish a claim or a defense to a claim, subject to supervision by the arbitrator(s). In addition, the Company shall propose a reasonable set of rules to guide any such arbitration proceedings. Such rules shall be designed to lead to a prompt and just result without undue delay or expense but will not be unduly prejudicial to either party. The determination of the arbitrator(s) will be conclusive and binding upon the parties and judgment upon the same may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator(s) will give written notice to the parties stating the arbitrator's determination, and will furnish to each party a signed copy of such determination. The expenses of arbitration will be borne by the Company, unless the arbitrator(s) determine that you have materially failed to succeed in any claim, in which case the arbitrator(s) may equitably determine, consistent with the application of state or federal law, to apportion some of the fees and expenses to you, not to exceed the maximum permitted by law. Each party shall bear its own costs and expenses of counsel, unless the arbitrator(s) determine that the Company has material liability to you hereunder, in which event the arbitrator(s) may equitably determine that your reasonable counsel fees shall be paid by the Company. Any arbitration hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the Commonwealth of Kentucky and, where applicable, federal law, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles of such State.
13. Section 409A of the Code: To the extent that Section 409A of the Code is applicable to any provisions of this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties that such provisions comply with Section 409A of the Code and related regulations, and this Agreement shall be so construed.
Any reimbursements by the Company to you of any eligible expenses under this Agreement that are not excludable from your income for Federal income tax purposes (the "Taxable Reimbursements") shall be made by no later than the earlier of the date on which they would be paid under the Company's normal policies and the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense was incurred. The amount of any Taxable Reimbursements, and the value of any in-kind benefits to be provided to you, during any calendar year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year (except for any life-term or other aggregate limitation applicable to medical expenses). The right to Taxable Reimbursement, or in-kind benefits, shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
14. Choice of Law: This Agreement shall in all respects be interpreted, enforced and governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Kentucky, without giving effect to conflict of laws principles of such State. The language of all parts of this Agreement shall in all cases be interpreted as a whole, according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against any of the parties.
15. Choice of Forum: Subject to paragraph 12 above, you consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of courts located in the Commonwealth of Kentucky.
16. Equitable Remedies: Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company will not be required to seek or participate in arbitration regarding any actual or threatened breach by you of the Non-Disclosure, Non-Competition, No Solicitation, No Interference and No Hire covenants contained in this Agreement or any other covenant under this Agreement for which equitable relief may be sought. You agree that the Company will suffer irreparable harm for any such breach or threatened breach and that the Company may not be adequately compensated by damages, and that, in addition to all other remedies, the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief and specific performance and to pursue such remedies in a court of competent jurisdiction in the Commonwealth of Kentucky and no arbitrator may make any ruling inconsistent with the findings or rulings of such court. You agree to waive any argument of lack of personal jurisdiction or forum non-convenience with respect to the pursuit of such injunctive relief and specific performance arising out of or relating to this Agreement.
17. Remedies Cumulative: You agree that nothing herein stated shall be construed as prohibiting the Company from pursuing any and all other remedies that may be available to the Company at law, in equity, by contract or otherwise in connection with such violation or threatened violation, including without limitation the recovery of monetary damages from you, all of which shall be cumulative to the fullest extent permissible under applicable laws.
18. Insurance and Corporate Document Protections: Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to preclude you from receiving any of the benefits or protections, including without limitation representation, available to you following any Separation under (a) any officers and directors insurance policy maintained by the Company which provides coverage during your employment by the Company as an officer or director of the Company or (b) the Company's bylaws, Certificate of Incorporation or under applicable law. Any such benefits and protections shall or shall not be provided solely in accordance with the terms and conditions of any such policies, documents and applicable law. The Company covenants to maintain, even after your Separation, its officers and directors insurance policy as in effect as of your Separation from the Company or another officers and directors policy that provides equivalent or greater benefits and protections to you.
19. Entire Agreement: Other than agreements concerning equity incentive programs and the Code of Conduct and Ethics, this Agreement constitutes and sets forth the entire agreement between you and the Company with respect to the subject matter contained herein and supersedes any and all prior and contemporaneous oral or written agreements or understandings between the parties, including, without limitation, the Prior Agreement. You acknowledge and agree that no representation, promise, inducement or statement of intention has been made by the Company that is not expressly set forth in this Agreement. No party hereto shall be bound by, or liable for, any alleged representation, promise, inducement or statement of intention not expressly set forth in this Agreement. This Agreement cannot be amended, modified or supplemented in any respect, except by a subsequent written agreement signed by all parties hereto.
20. Binding Effect: This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of you and your heirs and the Company and its legal representatives. parent, successors and assigns.
21. No Waiver: No action or inaction by either party shall be taken as a waiver of its right to insist that the other party abide by the obligations under this Agreement. unless such waiver is in writing, expressly waives such rights and is signed by legal counsel for the party making such waiver.
22. Severability: The parties hereby agree that (a) the provisions of this Agreement will be severable in the event that for any reason whatsoever any of the provisions hereof are invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable. (b) any such invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable provisions will be replaced by other provisions which are as similar as possible in terms to such invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable provisions but are valid and enforceable, and (c) the remaining provisions will remain valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.
23. Survival: Any provision contained in this Agreement. which by its nature or terms survives the Term or the Restricted Period (including but not limited to of the Non-Disclosure, Non-Competition, No Solicitation, No Interference and No Hire covenants), shall survive the Term and the Restricted Period and continue to be binding.
I trust that this adequately outlines the Company's offer and our discussions. if, however, you have any questions or concerns, please do not hesitate to call me.
We are pleased to offer you this position and look forward to a long and mutually rewarding employment relationship.
Sincerely,
/s/ Graham Purdy
Graham Purdy
I agree to the terms and conditions of the employment offer set forth above.
/s/ Andrew Flynn
Your Signature 3/6/2024
RELEASE AND SEVERANCE AGREMENT
This Release and Severance Agreement (this “Release”) is entered into by and between [_____] (“Employee”) and Turning Point Brands, Inc. (“Turning Point” and, collectively with its parent(s), subsdiary(ies), and all other related companies, the “Company”). Employee and Turning Point are referred to herein as the "Parties."
RECITALS
A. Employee and Turning Point are parties to an Employment Letter, dated as of [_____] (the "Employment Agreement"), which provides for severance after termination in certain circumstances, conditioned upon Employee first signing a general release of claims following termination of Employee’s employment, which release becomes irrevocable in accordance with its terms.
B. This Release is the contemplated release of claims under the Employment Agreement and Employee received this Release on [_____] (the "Presentation Date").
C. Effective as of [______] (such date, the “Separation Date”), Employee no longer serves as Chief Financial Officer, President, member of the board of directors, or holds any other offices or fiduciary positions with the Company and the Employee’s employment with the Company and the “Term” (as defined under the Employment Agreement) shall have ended as of such date.
D. The Parties desire to settle any and all other claims, if any, that Employee may have against the Company and the other Releasees (as defined below) that are releasable by law
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration for the covenants and mutual promises contained in the Employment Agreement, the Parties agree as follows:
PART I
For and in consideration of the promises made herein by Employee in Part II and Part III of this Release, including Employee’s continued compliance with Sections 9-13 of the Employment Agreement, and his performance thereof, the sufficiency of which, either separately or combined, is hereby acknowledged, Turning Point agrees as follows:
1.1 Severance Benefits to Employee. In exchange for Employee signing this Release, complying with its terms, Employee’s continued compliance with Sections 9-13 of the Employment Agreement, and not revoking this Release, the Company will pay and provide to Employee the severance payments and benefits described on Annex A (the "Severance Benefits") as and when therein required, if, and only if, (1) Employee signs this Release and returns it to the Company; and (2) the seven (7) day revocation period in Part II, Section 2.4 has expired on or before the 55th day after the Presentation Date, provided that Employee has not exercised his right to revoke this Release at any time in accordance with Part II, Section 2.4 below.
1.2 Separate and Adequate Age Claim Consideration. The Parties expressly agree and acknowledge that a portion of the Severance Benefits in Section 1.1 above represents separate and adequate consideration, to which Employee is not otherwise entitled, in exchange for Employee's Age Claim Waiver, set out below in Part II. Turning Point's present promise to provide this consideration is exchanged for Employee's present release of any Age Claims at the time this Release is executed on each of the first and second spaces below.
1.3 COBRA. Employee will be given separate information regarding Employee’s right to continue group health coverage under the Company’s health plan, as required by the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“COBRA”). The Company acknowledges that Employee will be entitled to COBRA continuation coverage in accordance with applicable law following the Separation Date, at his own cost, subject to his timely election to receive such coverage and his payment of the applicable premiums.
PART II
For and in consideration of the promises made herein by Turning Point in Part I of this Release, and its performance thereof, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Employee agrees as follows:
2.1 General Release and Waiver of All Claims and Potential Claims. Employee hereby releases all claims and potential claims, known and unknown, against the Company and the other Releasees (as defined below) that are releasable by law. More specifically, for and on behalf of himself and his family, dependents, heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, Employee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally releases the Company and its respective predecessors, successors, and all their past, present or future assigns, parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, insurers, attorneys, divisions, subdivisions and affiliated entities, together with their respective current and former officers, directors, shareholders, fiduciaries, administrators, trustees, agents, employees, attorneys, insurers and/or representatives, and their respective predecessors, successors and assigns, heirs, executors, administrators, and any and all other affiliated persons, firms, plans or corporations which may have an interest by or through them (collectively "Releasees"), both jointly and individually, from any and all claims, actions, arbitrations, and lawsuits, of any nature whatsoever, known or unknown to Employee, accrued or unaccrued, which he ever had, now has or may have had against Releasees since the beginning of time through the date of execution of this Release. This general release and waiver of claims includes, but is not limited to, any and all claims, demands, causes of action, suits, debts, complaints, liabilities, obligations, promises, agreements, controversies, damages and expenses that are releasable by law (including, without limitation, attorneys fees and costs actually incurred or to be incurred) of any nature or description whatsoever, in law or equity, whether known or unknown, in connection with or arising out of his employment with the Company and/or termination of said employment. Claims being released include, without limitation, any and all employment-related claims that are releasable by law arising under federal, state or local statutes, ordinances, resolutions, regulations or constitutional provisions prohibiting discrimination in employment on the basis of sex, race, religion, national origin, age, disability and/or veterans' status, including, but not limited to, claims arising under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. §§ 1981, 1981a, 1983 and 1985, the Civil Rights Act of the State in which Employee resides and works, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, 18 U.S.C. § 1514A, et seq., the Americans With Disabilities Act, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Pregnancy Discrimination Act, the Federal Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Executive Order 11246, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, 29 U.S.C. § 1001 et seq., the Fair Labor Standards Act, 29 U.S.C. §§ 201, et seq., the Family and Medical Leave Act, 29 U.S.C. §§ 2601, et seq., the Genetic Information Non-Discrimination Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 2000ff et seq, the minimum wage act, wage payment law and wage discrimination statutes and workers compensation statutes and similar state laws of the state in which Employee has provided services, in all instances as amended. This general release and waiver of claims also includes, but is not limited to, any and all claims for unpaid benefits or entitlements asserted under any plan, policy, benefits offering or program (except as otherwise required by law), any and all contract or tort claims, including, without limitation, claims of wrongful discharge, assault, battery, intentional infliction of emotional distress, negligence, and/or defamation against Releasees.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 2.1 or Section 2.2 shall be interpreted to waive, release, or relinquish Employee’ rights to, or be construed to prevent Employee from making a claim for, (a) indemnity under law or governance documents providing for indemnity or insurance against claims for acts or omissions in his capacity acting as an officer or director of the Company, (b) vested benefits, if any, to which Employee may be entitled under the Company’s benefit plans, (c) continuation coverage in accordance with applicable law under COBRA following the Separation Date and (d) payment or provision of the Severance Benefits.
Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, nothing in this Release shall (i) prohibit Employee from making reports of possible violations of federal law or regulation to any governmental agency or entity in accordance with the provisions of and rules promulgated under Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or Section 806 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or of any other whistleblower protection provisions of federal law or regulation, or (ii) require notification or prior approval by the Company of any such report; provided that, Employee is not authorized to disclose communications with counsel that were made for the purpose of receiving legal advice or that contain legal advice or that are protected by the attorney work product or similar privilege. Furthermore, Employee shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that is made (i) in confidence to a federal, state or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, in each case, solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law or (ii) in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or proceeding, if such filings are made under seal. Furthermore, nothing in this Section 2.1, Section 2.2, or any other provision in the remainder of this Release shall be construed to prohibit Employee from talking to, cooperating in any investigation by, and/or filing a charge with, the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (the “EEOC”) or any other similar state or local fair employment practices administrative agency. However, by signing this Release, Employee hereby waives the right to recover from Releasees any relief from any charge or claim pursued or otherwise prosecuted by him, or by persons or entities like the EEOC acting by or through him, including, without limitation, the right to attorneys' fees, costs, and any other relief, whether legal or equitable, sought in such charge, claim, or other proceeding.
2.2 Age Claim Waiver. Employee further agrees that his full general release includes a waiver of his rights, if any, to assert or allege discrimination based upon age pursuant to the Age Discrimination in Employment Act or any and all other federal, state or local laws or regulations prohibiting discrimination on the basis of age (collectively, "Age Claim Waiver").
2.3 Adequate Consideration Period/Consult an Attorney. Employee acknowledges that he is hereby instructed that he may and should consult an attorney of his own choosing regarding the terms of this Release, and specifically including the Age Claim Waiver, and that he has been given at least forty-five (45) days to consider the terms of this Release and whether to sign this Release, although Employee may choose to sign this Release prior to the expiration of this forty-five (45) day period. The Parties agree that if Employee fails to execute this Release prior to the expiration of the forty-five (45) day period or prior to the deadline set forth in Section 1.1 hereof, this Release will be null and void.
2.4 Seven (7) Day Revocation Period. Employee further agrees that he is hereby instructed by the Company that, following his signing of this Release, Employee shall have up to seven (7) days following such date to withdraw, rescind or revoke this Release by providing written notice to the Company , but that, in the event Employee exercises his right to withdraw or rescind this Release, all terms of this Release, including, without limitation, Turning Point's duty to provide the Severance Benefits, shall be void and of no effect.
2.5 Permanent Waiver of Re-employment. In order to effect the degree of separation contemplated by the Parties, Employee acknowledges his present intent to permanently remove himself from the labor pool of the Company as of the Separation Date and forever thereafter. In order to accomplish this present permanent removal from the Company’s' labor pool, Employee agrees that he will not seek and will not accept hiring, rehiring, placement, or reinstatement with the Company, either as an employee, an independent contractor, a temporary worker, or in any other capacity.
PART III
Other Agreements
3.1 Additional Covenants by Employee. Employee represents, warrants and covenants that, as of the date he signs this Release, (1) except as set forth on Annex A to this Agreement, he is unaware of any wages (as that term is defined by applicable state law) that are owed to him by the Company and that have not been paid; (2) he is unaware of any request for leave under the Family and Medical Leave Act that was denied; (3) he has no known work-related injury, disability, or illness, and has not requested any accommodation under the Americans With Disabilities Act or similar state law that has not been satisfied; and (4) he is unaware of any document, circumstance, occurrence, or any conduct on behalf of the Company or any of its agents, employees, officers or directors, or any Releasee, which can or should be reported to any state or federal authority as a violation of any law, standard, or regulation, upon which representations the Company expressly relies in entering into this Release.
3.2 Knowing and Voluntary Agreement. Employee agrees and acknowledges that he has been advised to consult an attorney regarding the terms of this Release and that he has carefully reviewed, studied and thought over the terms of this Release. Employee further acknowledges and agrees that he knowingly and voluntarily entered into and signed this Release after deliberate consideration and review of all of its terms and provisions, that he was not coerced, pressured or forced in any way by the Company, any Releasee or anyone else to accept the terms of this Release, and that the decision to accept the terms of this Release was entirely his own.
3.3 No Wrongdoing By the Parties. The Parties further agree that, subject to the terms set forth above, they have entered this Release to resolve any and all claims, if any, Employee may have against the Company or any other Releasee, and that this Release does not constitute an admission of, or is to be used as evidence of, any liability, violation or wrongdoing of any kind.
3.4 Interpretation; Captions. The Parties understand and agree that the language of this Release shall in all cases be interpreted as a whole, according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against either of the Parties, regardless of which is the drafter of this Release. Captions and headings used herein are for convenience of reference only.
3.5 Choice of Law; Arbitration. The provisions of Sections 14 and 16 of the Employment Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference.
3.6 Entire Agreement. The Parties agree that this Release sets forth the entire agreement between the Parties on the subject matter herein and fully supersedes any and all other prior agreements or understandings between them, except for the terms in the Employment Agreement referred to herein and any agreements between Employee and the Company regarding non-disclosure of confidential information, intellectual property, non-solicitation of customers, employees or contractors, non-competition, and/or other restrictive covenant obligations, which agreements shall remain in full force and effect according to their terms. This includes, without limitation, Employee’s continuing obligations under Sections 9-13 of the Employment Agreement and the continuing obligations of the Company under Section 12 of the Employment Agreement. This Release may be amended or superseded only by a subsequent writing, executed by the Party against whom enforcement is sought.
3.7 Agreement to Indemnify. The Parties agree that should Employee seek to overturn, set aside, or legally challenge the release of claims made by him under this Release, by judicial action or otherwise, the Company and/or Releasees shall be entitled to recover from Employee its costs of defending and enforcing the terms of this Release and/or any other claim brought by or against the Company or Releasees, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees. The Parties acknowledge and agree that each Releasee is an intended third-party beneficiary of this Release and may enforce the terms of this Release accordingly.
[signature page follows]
I, [________], UNDERSTAND AND AGREE THAT THIS RELEASE CONSTITUTES A FULL AND FINAL RELEASE OF ALL CLAIMS THAT ARE RELEASEABLE BY LAW AS SET FORTH IN PART II OF THIS RELEASE.
Print Name: ______________________________
Date: ___________________________________
-- and –
TURNING POINT BRANDS, INC.
By:_______________________________________
Brittani N. Cushman
Title: General Counsel and Secretary
Date:_____________________________________
Exhibit 10.34
Executive Version
NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING HEREIN TO THE CONTRARY, THE LIEN AND SECURITY INTEREST GRANTED TO THE COLLATERAL AGENT PURSUANT TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT AND THE EXERCISE OF ANY RIGHT OR REMEDY BY THE COLLATERAL AGENT HEREUNDER ARE SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE “INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT” (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO BELOW). IN THE EVENT OF ANY CONFLICT BETWEEN THE TERMS OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT AND THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT, THE TERMS OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT SHALL GOVERN AND CONTROL; PROVIDED HOWEVER, THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED BELOW) AND THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT SHALL GOVERN AND CONTROL THE RIGHTS, POWERS, PROTECTIONS, IMMUNITIES, AND INDEMNITIES OF THE COLLATERAL AGENT.
PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
THIS PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (as it may be amended or modified from time to time, the “Security Agreement”) is entered into as of February 19, 2025 by and among Turning Point Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the other parties named on the signature pages hereto (together with the Company, the “Grantors”, and each a “Grantor”), and GLAS Trust Company LLC, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Hampshire, in its capacity as collateral agent (the “Collateral Agent”) under the Indenture (as defined below).
PRELIMINARY STATEMENT
The Grantors and GLAS Trust Company LLC, in its capacity as the trustee (the “Trustee”) and as the Collateral Agent are entering into an Indenture dated as of February 19, 2025 (as it may be amended or modified from time to time, the “Indenture”). Each Grantor is entering into this Security Agreement in order to induce the Noteholders to purchase the notes and to secure the Secured Obligations that it has agreed to guarantee pursuant to Article XI of the Indenture.
ACCORDINGLY, the Grantors and the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Noteholders, hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
1.1. Terms Defined in Indenture. All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Indenture.
1.2. Terms Defined in UCC. Terms defined in the UCC which are not otherwise defined in this Security Agreement are used herein as defined in the UCC (and if defined in more than one article of the UCC shall have the meaning specified in Article 9 thereof).
1.3. Definitions of Certain Terms Used Herein. As used in this Security Agreement, in addition to the terms defined in the first paragraph hereof and in the Preliminary Statement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
“Article” means a numbered article of this Security Agreement, unless another document is specifically referenced.
“Assigned Contracts” means, collectively, all of the Grantors’ rights and remedies under, and all moneys and claims for money due or to become due to any Grantor under all contracts and other agreements between any Grantor and any party other than the Collateral Agent or any noteholder and all amendments, supplements, extensions, and renewals thereof including all rights and claims of such Grantor now or hereafter existing: (a) under any insurance, indemnities, warranties, and guarantees provided for or arising out of or in connection with any of the foregoing agreements; (b) for any damages arising out of or for breach or default under or in connection with any of the foregoing agreements; (c) to all other amounts from time to time paid or payable under or in connection with any of the foregoing agreements; or (d) to exercise or enforce any and all covenants, remedies, powers and privileges thereunder.
“Collateral” shall have the meaning set forth in Article II.
“Commercial Tort Claims” means “commercial tort claims” as defined in Article 9 of the UCC and shall include, without limitation, the existing commercial tort claims of each Grantor now or hereafter set forth in Exhibit C attached hereto, as amended or supplemented to reflect such additional Commercial Tort Claims.
“Control” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 8 or, if applicable, in Section 9-104, 9-105, 9-106 or 9-107 of Article 9 of the UCC.
“Copyrights” means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to the following: (a) all U.S. copyrights, rights and interests in copyrights, works protectable by copyright, copyright registrations, and copyright applications; (b) all renewals of any of the foregoing; (c) all income, royalties, damages, and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable under any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, damages or payments for past or future infringements for any of the foregoing; (d) the right to sue for past, present, and future infringements of any of the foregoing; and (e) all rights in any of the foregoing throughout the world.
“Exhibit” refers to a specific exhibit to this Security Agreement, unless another document is specifically referenced. References to any Exhibit shall mean such Exhibit as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
“Licenses” means, with respect to any Person, (a) any and all licensing agreements or arrangements granting rights in and to its Patents, Copyrights, or Trademarks, (b) all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to all income, royalties, damages, claims, and payments now or hereafter due or payable under and with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past and future breaches thereof, and (c) all rights to sue for past, present, and future breaches thereof.
“Patents” means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to: (a) any and all U.S. patents and patent applications; (b) all inventions and improvements described and claimed therein; (c) all reissues, divisionals, continuations, renewals, extensions, and continuations-in-part thereof; (d) all income, royalties, damages, claims, and payments now or hereafter due or payable under and with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past and future infringements thereof; (e) all rights to sue for past, present, and future infringements thereof; and (f) all rights in any of the foregoing throughout the world.
“Pledged Collateral” means all Instruments, Securities and other Investment Property of the Grantors, whether or not physically delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Security Agreement, but excluding any Excluded Assets.
“Noteholders” means the Holders of the Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture and their successors and assigns.
“Receivables” means the Accounts, Chattel Paper, Documents, Investment Property, Instruments and any other rights or claims to receive money which are General Intangibles or which are otherwise included as Collateral.
“Section” means a numbered section of this Security Agreement, unless another document is specifically referenced.
“Secured Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities, payable to the Trustee, the Collateral Agent or the Noteholders pursuant to the Indenture.
“Secured Parties” means the Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the Noteholders under the Indenture.
“Stock Rights” means all dividends, instruments or other distributions and any other right or property which the Grantors shall receive or shall become entitled to receive for any reason whatsoever with respect to, in substitution for or in exchange for any Equity Interest constituting Collateral, any right to receive an Equity Interest and any right to receive earnings, in which the Grantors now have or hereafter acquire any right, issued by an issuer of such Equity Interest.
“Trademarks” means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to the following: (a) all U.S. trademarks (including service marks), trade names, trade dress, and trade styles and the registrations and applications for registration thereof and the goodwill of the business symbolized by the foregoing; (b) all renewals of the foregoing; (d) all income, royalties, damages, and payments now or hereafter due or payable with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages, claims, and payments for past and future infringements thereof; (e) all rights to sue for past, present, and future infringements of the foregoing, including the right to settle suits involving claims and demands for royalties owing; and (f) all rights in any of the foregoing throughout the world.
“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect from time to time, of the State of New York or of any other state the laws of which are required as a result thereof to be applied in connection with the attachment, perfection or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Collateral Agent’s or any noteholder’s Lien on any Collateral.
The foregoing definitions shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.
ARTICLE II
GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST
Each Grantor hereby pledges, assigns and grants to the Collateral Agent, on behalf of and for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all personal property and other assets, whether now owned by, existing or owing to, or hereafter acquired by or arising in favor of such Grantor (including under any trade name or derivations thereof), and regardless of where located (all of which will be collectively referred to as the “Collateral”), including:
|
(i) |
all Accounts; |
|
|
|
||
|
(ii) |
all Chattel Paper; |
|
|
|
||
|
(iii) |
all Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks and Licenses; |
|
|
|
||
|
(iv) |
all Documents; |
|
|
|
||
|
(v) |
all Equipment; |
|
|
|
||
|
(vi) |
all Fixtures; |
|
|
|
||
|
(vii) |
all General Intangibles; |
|
|
|
||
|
(viii) |
all Goods; |
|
|
|
||
|
(ix) |
all Instruments; |
|
|
|
||
|
(x) |
all Inventory; |
|
|
|
||
|
(xi) |
all Investment Property; |
|
|
|
||
|
(xii) |
all cash or cash equivalents; |
|
|
|
||
|
(xiii) |
all letters of credit, Letter-of-Credit Rights and Supporting Obligations; |
|
|
|
||
|
(xiv) |
all Deposit Accounts with any bank or other financial institution; |
|
|
|
||
|
(xv) |
all Commercial Tort Claims; |
|
|
|
||
|
(xvi) |
all securities accounts with any financial institution or securities intermediary; |
|
|
|
||
|
(xvii) |
all Assigned Contracts; and |
|
|
|
||
|
(xviii) |
all accessions to, substitutions for and replacements, proceeds (including Stock Rights), insurance proceeds and products of the foregoing, together with all books and records, customer lists, credit files, computer files, programs, printouts and other computer materials and records related thereto and any General Intangibles at any time evidencing or relating to any of the foregoing; |
to secure the prompt and complete payment and performance of the Secured Obligations.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall the Collateral include, and no Grantor shall be deemed to have granted a security interest in, any Excluded Assets.
ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Each Grantor represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent and the Noteholders that:
3.1. Title, Perfection and Priority. Such Grantor has good and valid rights in or the power to transfer the Collateral and title to the Collateral with respect to which it has purported to grant a security interest hereunder, free and clear of all Liens except for Permitted Liens, and has full power and authority to grant to the Collateral Agent the security interest in the Collateral pursuant hereto. When financing statements have been filed in the appropriate offices against such Grantor in the locations listed on Exhibit F, the Collateral Agent will have a fully perfected first priority security interest in that Collateral of the Grantor in which a security interest may be perfected by filing, subject only to Permitted Liens.
3.2. Type and Jurisdiction of Organization, Organizational and Identification Numbers. The type of entity of such Grantor, its state or other jurisdiction of organization, the organizational number issued to it by its state or other jurisdiction of organization and its federal employer identification number are set forth on Exhibit A.
3.3. Principal Location. Such Grantor’s mailing address and the location of its place of business (if it has only one) or its chief executive office (if it has more than one place of business), are disclosed in Exhibit A.
3.4. Exact Names. Such Grantor’s name in which it has executed this Security Agreement is the exact name as it appears in such Grantor’s organizational documents, as amended, as filed with such Grantor’s jurisdiction of organization.
3.5. [Reserved].
3.6. Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts. All of such Grantor’s Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts are listed on Exhibit B.
3.7. Intellectual Property. Such Grantor does not have any interest in, or title to, any Patent, Trademark or Copyright, except as set forth in Exhibit D.
3.8. Filing Requirements. As of the date hereof, none of the Collateral owned by it with a value exceeding $5,000,000 for any individual item of Collateral is of a type for which security interests or liens may be perfected by filing under any federal statute except for Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights held by such Grantor and described in Exhibit D.
3.9. No Financing Statements, Security Agreements. No financing statement or security agreement describing all or any portion of the Collateral which has not lapsed or been terminated naming such Grantor as debtor has been filed or is of record in any jurisdiction except for financing statements or security agreements (a) naming the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties and (b) as otherwise permitted under the Indenture and the Security Documents.
3.10. Pledged Collateral.
(a) Exhibit E sets forth a complete and accurate list of all Pledged Collateral owned by such Grantor as of the date hereof. Such Grantor is the direct, sole beneficial owner and sole holder of record of the Pledged Collateral listed on Exhibit E as being owned by it, free and clear of any Liens, except for the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties hereunder and Permitted Liens. Such Grantor further represents and warrants that all Pledged Collateral owned by it constituting an Equity Interest has been (to the extent such concepts are relevant with respect to such Pledged Collateral) duly authorized, validly issued, are fully paid and non‑assessable.
(b) In addition, (i) none of the Pledged Collateral owned by it has been issued or transferred in violation of the securities registration, securities disclosure or similar laws of any jurisdiction to which such issuance or transfer may be subject, (ii) no options, warrants, calls or commitments of any character whatsoever (A) exist relating to such Pledged Collateral or (B) obligate the issuer of any Equity Interest included in the Pledged Collateral to issue additional Equity Interests, and (iii) no consent, approval, authorization, or other action by, and no giving of notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or any other Person is required for the pledge by such Grantor of such Pledged Collateral pursuant to this Security Agreement, or for the exercise by the Collateral Agent of the voting or other rights provided for in this Security Agreement or for the remedies in respect of the Pledged Collateral pursuant to this Security Agreement, except as may be required in connection with such disposition by laws affecting the offering and sale of securities generally.
(c) Except as set forth in Exhibit E, such Grantor owns 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests which constitute Pledged Collateral owned by it.
ARTICLE IV
COVENANTS
From the date of this Security Agreement, and thereafter until this Security Agreement is terminated, each Grantor agrees that:
4.1. General.
(a) Collateral Records. Such Grantor shall maintain complete and accurate (in all material respects) books and records with respect to the Collateral owned by it, and furnish to the Collateral Agent, such reports relating to such Collateral as the Collateral Agent shall from time to time request (at the written direction of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding).
(b) Authorization to File Financing Statements; Ratification. Such Grantor hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent to file all financing statements and other documents as may from time to time be reasonably required by the Collateral Agent (at the written direction of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding) in order to maintain a perfected security interest in the Collateral owned by such Grantor with the priority required by the Indenture. Any financing statement so authorized may be filed in any filing office in any UCC jurisdiction and may (i) indicate such Grantor’s Collateral (1) as all assets of the Grantor or words of similar effect, or (2) by any other description which reasonably approximates the description contained in this Security Agreement, and (ii) contain any other information required by part 5 of Article 9 of the UCC for the sufficiency or filing office acceptance of any financing statement or amendment, including whether such Grantor is an organization, the type of organization and any organization identification number issued to such Grantor. Such Grantor also agrees to furnish any such information described in the foregoing sentence to the Collateral Agent promptly upon request (at the written direction of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding). Such Grantor also ratifies its authorization for the Collateral Agent to have filed in any UCC jurisdiction any initial financing statements or amendments thereto if filed prior to the date hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing authorizations, each Grantor agrees to prepare, record and file, at its own expense, financing statements (and amendments or continuation statements when applicable) with respect to Collateral now existing or hereafter created meeting the requirements of the applicable state law in such manner and in such jurisdictions are necessary to prefect and maintain a perfected Lien in the Collateral, and to timely deliver a file-stamped copy of each filed financing statement or other evidence of filing to the Collateral Agent. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Collateral Agent shall have no responsibility for preparing, recording, filing, re-recording, or re-filing any financing statement, perfection statement, continuation statement or other instrument in any public office or for otherwise ensuring the perfection or maintenance of any security interest granted pursuant to this Security Agreement, the Indenture or any Security Document.
(c) Other Financing Statements. Such Grantor shall not authorize the filing of any financing statement naming it as debtor covering all or any portion of the Collateral owned by it, except for financing statements (i) naming the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties as the secured party, and (ii) in respect to Permitted Liens. Each Grantor acknowledges that it is not authorized to file any financing statement or amendment or termination statement with respect to any financing statement filed by the Collateral Agent without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent, acting at the written direction of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, subject to such Grantor’s rights under Section 9-509(d)(2) of the UCC.
4.2. Delivery of Instruments, Securities, Chattel Paper and Documents. Subject to Section 10.1 of the Indenture, such Grantor shall (a) deliver to the Collateral Agent immediately upon execution of this Security Agreement and from time-to-time as required herein the originals of all Securities and Instruments constituting Collateral owned by it (if any then exist) with a value in excess of $5,000,000 individually, together with transfer powers endorsed in blank, (b) hold in trust for the Collateral Agent upon receipt and upon request deliver to the Collateral Agent (at the written direction of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding) any other Securities and Instruments constituting Collateral, deliver to the Collateral Agent (and thereafter hold in trust for the Collateral Agent upon receipt and immediately deliver to the Collateral Agent) any Document evidencing or constituting Collateral. Such Grantor hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent to attach each amendment to this Security Agreement and agrees that all additional Collateral owned by it set forth in such amendments shall be considered to be part of the Collateral.
4.3. Pledged Collateral.
(a) Exercise of Rights in Pledged Collateral.
(i) Without in any way limiting the foregoing and subject to clause (ii) below, such Grantor shall have the right to exercise all voting rights or other rights relating to the Pledged Collateral owned by it for all purposes not inconsistent with this Security Agreement, the Indenture or any other Security Document.
(ii) Such Grantor shall permit the Collateral Agent or its nominee, and the Collateral Agent or its nominee shall have the right (acting at the written direction of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding) at any time during the continuation of an Event of Default, after prior written notice to any Grantor, to exercise all voting rights or other rights relating to the Pledged Collateral owned by it, including, without limitation, exchange, subscription or any other rights, privileges, or options pertaining to any Equity Interest or Investment Property constituting such Pledged Collateral as if it were the absolute owner thereof.
(iii) Unless an Event of Default under the Indenture has occurred and is ongoing, such Grantor shall be entitled to collect and receive for its own use all cash dividends and interest paid in respect of the Pledged Collateral owned by it to the extent not in violation of the Indenture.
4.4. Uncertificated Pledged Collateral. Such Grantor shall permit the Collateral Agent from time to time to direct the appropriate issuers of uncertificated securities or other types of Pledged Collateral owned by it not represented by certificates to mark their books and records with the numbers and face amounts of all such uncertificated securities or other types of Pledged Collateral not represented by certificates and all rollovers and replacements therefor to reflect the Lien of the Collateral Agent granted pursuant to this Security Agreement.
4.5. Intellectual Property.
(a) Such Grantor shall take all actions necessary and appropriate to maintain and pursue each material application, to obtain the relevant registration and to maintain the registration of each of its material Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights (now or hereafter existing), including the filing of applications for renewal, affidavits of use, affidavits of non-contestability and opposition and interference and cancellation proceedings, except to the extent the failure to so is not prohibited by the Indenture.
(b) Such Grantor shall, unless it reasonably determines that such Patent, Trademark or Copyright is not material to the conduct of its business or operations, promptly enforce its rights in any such material Patent, Trademark or Copyright, including suing for infringement, misappropriation or dilution and to recover any and all damages for such infringement, misappropriation or dilution, and shall take such other actions where the Grantor, in the exercise of its reasonable business judgment, determines that such action is appropriate, or if during the existence of an Event of Default, as the Collateral Agent shall deem appropriate (at the written direction of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding) under the circumstances to protect such material Patent, Trademark or Copyright.
4.6. Commercial Tort Claims. Such Grantor shall promptly, and in any event within 30 days after a Commercial Tort Claim exceeding $5,000,000 is filed in a court of competent jurisdiction, notify the Collateral Agent and, unless the Collateral Agent (acting at the written direction of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding) otherwise consents, such Grantor shall enter into an amendment to this Security Agreement, in the form of Exhibit G hereto, granting to Collateral Agent a first priority security interest in such Commercial Tort Claim and in the proceeds thereof, and amending and supplementing Exhibit C.
4.7. Federal, State or Municipal Claims. Such Grantor shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent of any Collateral which constitutes a claim in excess of $5,000,000 against the United States government or any state or local government or any instrumentality or agency thereof, the assignment of which claim is restricted by federal, state or municipal law.
4.8. No Interference. Such Grantor agrees that it shall not interfere with any right, power and remedy of the Collateral Agent provided for in this Security Agreement or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise, or the exercise or beginning of the exercise by the Collateral Agent of any one or more of such rights, powers or remedies.
4.9. Change of Name or Location. Such Grantor shall notify the Collateral Agent in writing within 30 days of each of the following (a) a change of its name as it appears in official filings in the state or jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) a change of its chief executive office, (c) a change of the type of entity that it is or (d) a change of its state or jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, in each case, and shall take any action necessary and appropriate in connection therewith (including any action to continue the perfection of any Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent, on behalf of Secured Parties, in any Collateral).
ARTICLE V
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
5.1. Remedies.
(a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, the Collateral Agent may, and at the written request of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding shall, exercise any or all of the following rights and remedies:
(i) those rights and remedies provided in this Security Agreement, the Indenture, or any other Security Document; provided that, this Section 5.1 shall not be understood to limit any rights or remedies available to the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties prior to an Event of Default;
(ii) those rights and remedies available to a secured party under the UCC (whether or not the UCC applies to the affected Collateral) or under any other applicable law (including, without limitation, any law governing the exercise of a bank’s right of setoff or bankers’ lien) when a debtor is in default under a security agreement;
(iii) without notice (except as specifically provided in Section 8.1 or elsewhere herein), demand or advertisement of any kind to any Grantor or any other Person, enter the premises of any Grantor where any Collateral is located (through self-help and without judicial process) to collect, receive, assemble, process, appropriate, sell, lease, assign, grant an option or options to purchase or otherwise dispose of, deliver, or realize upon, the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales (which sales may be adjourned or continued from time to time with or without notice and may take place at any Grantor’s premises or elsewhere), for cash, on credit or for future delivery without assumption of any credit risk, and upon such other terms as the Collateral Agent may deem commercially reasonable; and
(iv) concurrently upon written notice to the applicable Grantor, transfer and register in its name or in the name of its nominee the whole or any part of the Pledged Collateral, to exchange certificates or instruments representing or evidencing Pledged Collateral for certificates or instruments of smaller or larger denominations, exercise the voting and all other rights as a holder with respect thereto, to collect and receive all cash dividends, interest, principal and other distributions made thereon and to otherwise act with respect to the Pledged Collateral as though the Collateral Agent was the outright owner thereof.
(b) The Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, may comply with any applicable state or federal law requirements in connection with a disposition of the Collateral and compliance shall not be considered to adversely affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral.
(c) The Collateral Agent shall have the right upon any such public sale or sales and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any such private sale or sales, to purchase for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties, the whole or any part of the Collateral so sold, free of any right of equity redemption, which equity redemption the Grantor hereby expressly releases.
(d) Until the Collateral Agent is able to effect a sale, lease, or other disposition of Collateral, the Collateral Agent shall have the right to hold or use Collateral, or any part thereof, to the extent that it deems appropriate for the purpose of preserving Collateral or its value or for any other purpose deemed appropriate by the Collateral Agent. The Collateral Agent may, if it so elects, seek the appointment of a receiver or keeper to take possession of Collateral and to enforce any of the Collateral Agent’s remedies (for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and Secured Parties), with respect to such appointment without prior notice or hearing as to such appointment.
(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Collateral Agent nor the Noteholders shall be required to (i) make any demand upon, or pursue or exhaust any of their rights or remedies against, any Grantor, any other obligor, guarantor, pledgor or any other Person with respect to the payment of the Secured Obligations or to pursue or exhaust any of their rights or remedies with respect to any Collateral therefor or any direct or indirect guarantee thereof, (ii) marshal the Collateral or any guarantee of the Secured Obligations or to resort to the Collateral or any such guarantee in any particular order, or (iii) effect a public sale of any Collateral.
(f) Each Grantor recognizes that the Collateral Agent may be unable to effect a public sale of any or all the Pledged Collateral and may be compelled to resort to one or more private sales thereof in accordance with clause (a) above. Each Grantor also acknowledges that any private sale may result in prices and other terms less favorable to the seller than if such sale were a public sale and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any such private sale shall not be deemed to have been made in a commercially unreasonable manner solely by virtue of such sale being private. The Collateral Agent shall be under no obligation to delay a sale of any of the Pledged Collateral for the period of time necessary to permit any Grantor or the issuer of the Pledged Collateral to register such securities for public sale under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or under applicable state securities laws, even if the applicable Grantor and the issuer would agree to do so. The Collateral Agent shall incur no liability as a result of the sale (whether public or private) of the Collateral or any part thereof at any sale pursuant to this Agreement conducted in a commercially reasonable manner. Each of the Grantors and Secured Parties hereby waive any claims against the Collateral Agent arising by reason of the fact that the price at which the Collateral may have been sold at such sale (whether public or private) was less than the price that might have been obtained otherwise, even if the Collateral Agent accepts the first offer received and does not offer the Collateral to more than one offeree, so long as such sale is conducted in a commercially reasonable manner. Each of the Grantors and Secured Parties hereby agree that in respect of any sale of any of the Collateral pursuant to the terms hereof, Collateral Agent is hereby authorized to comply with any limitation or restriction in connection with such sale as it may be advised by counsel is necessary in order to avoid any violation of applicable laws, or in order to obtain any required approval of the sale or of the purchaser by any governmental authority or official, and the Grantors and Secured Parties further agree that such compliance shall not, in and of itself, result in such sale being considered or deemed not to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner, nor shall the Collateral Agent be liable or accountable to the Grantors or Secured Parties for any discount allowed by reason of the fact that the Collateral or any part thereof is sold in compliance with any such limitation or restriction.
5.2. Grantor’s Obligations Upon Event of Default. Upon the request of the Collateral Agent (at the written direction of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding) after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, each Grantor shall:
(a) assemble and make available to the Collateral Agent the Collateral and all books and records relating thereto at any place or places specified by the Collateral Agent, whether at a Grantor’s premises or elsewhere;
(b) permit the Collateral Agent, by the Collateral Agent’s representatives and agents, to enter, occupy and use any premises where all or any part of the Collateral, or the books and records relating thereto, or both, are located, to take possession of all or any part of the Collateral or the books and records relating thereto, or both, to remove all or any part of the Collateral or the books and records relating thereto, or both, and to conduct sales of the Collateral, without any obligation to pay the Grantor for such use and occupancy;
(c) prepare and file, or cause an issuer of Pledged Collateral to prepare and file, with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other applicable government agency, registration statements, a prospectus and such other documentation in connection with the Pledged Collateral as the Collateral Agent may request (at the written direction of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding), all in form and substance satisfactory to the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding and the Collateral Agent, and furnish to the Collateral Agent, or cause an issuer of Pledged Collateral to furnish to the Collateral Agent, any information regarding the Pledged Collateral in such detail as the Collateral Agent may specify; and
(d) take, or cause an issuer of Pledged Collateral to take, any and all actions necessary to register or qualify the Pledged Collateral to enable the Collateral Agent to consummate a public sale or other disposition of the Pledged Collateral.
5.3. Grant of Intellectual Property License. For the purpose of enabling the Collateral Agent to exercise the rights and remedies under this Article V solely during such time as the Collateral Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies, each Grantor hereby (a) grants to the Collateral Agent, to the extent that it has the right to do so and subject to any pre-existing rights of third parties, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, an irrevocable, assignable nonexclusive license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to any Grantor) to use, license or sublicense any intellectual property rights now owned or hereafter owned or licensed by such Grantor, and wherever the same may be located, and including in such license access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer software and programs used for the compilation or printout thereof, for the avoidance of doubt solely to the extent necessary or advisable (as determined by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding) for the Collateral Agent to exercise the rights and remedies under this Article V and (b) irrevocably agrees that the Collateral Agent may sell any of such Grantor’s Inventory directly to any person, including without limitation persons who have previously purchased the Grantor’s Inventory from such Grantor and in connection with any such sale or other enforcement of the Collateral Agent’s rights under this Security Agreement, may sell Inventory which bears any Trademark owned by or licensed to such Grantor and any Inventory that is covered by any Copyright owned by or licensed to such Grantor and the Collateral Agent may finish any work in process and affix any Trademark owned by or licensed to such Grantor and sell such Inventory as provided herein, provided in each of the foregoing grants that, with respect to Trademarks, such Grantor shall have such rights of quality control solely as are necessary under applicable law to maintain the validity and enforceability of such Trademarks.
ARTICLE VI
ATTORNEY IN FACT; PROXY
6.1. Authorization for Collateral Agent to Take Certain Action.
(a) Each Grantor irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent at any time and from time to time as necessary and appropriate and appoints the Collateral Agent as its attorney in fact (i) to file financing statements necessary or desirable to perfect and to maintain the perfection and priority of the Collateral Agent’s security interest in the Collateral, (ii) to endorse and collect any cash proceeds of the Collateral, (iii) to file any financing statement with respect to the Collateral and to file any other financing statement or amendment of a financing statement (which does not add new collateral or add a debtor) in such offices as necessary and appropriate to perfect and to maintain the perfection and priority of the Collateral Agent’s security interest in the Collateral, (iv) to apply the proceeds of any Collateral received by the Collateral Agent to the Secured Obligations as provided in Section 6.4, (v) to discharge past due taxes, assessments, charges, fees or Liens on the Collateral (except for such Liens that are permitted by the Indenture), (vi) to contact Account Debtors for any reason, (vii) to demand payment or enforce payment of the Receivables in the name of the Collateral Agent or such Grantor and to endorse any and all checks, drafts, and other instruments for the payment of money relating to the Receivables, (viii) to sign such Grantor’s name on any invoice or bill of lading relating to the Receivables, drafts against any Account Debtor of the Grantor, assignments and verifications of Receivables, (ix) to exercise all of such Grantor’s rights and remedies with respect to the collection of the Receivables and any other Collateral, (x) to settle, adjust, compromise, extend or renew the Receivables, (xi) to settle, adjust or compromise any legal proceedings brought to collect Receivables, (xii) to prepare, file and sign such Grantor’s name on a proof of claim in bankruptcy or similar document against any Account Debtor of such Grantor, (xiii) to prepare, file and sign such Grantor’s name on any notice of Lien, assignment or satisfaction of Lien or similar document in connection with the Receivables, (xiv) to change the address for delivery of mail addressed to such Grantor to such address as the Collateral Agent may designate and to receive, open and dispose of all mail addressed to such Grantor, and (xv) to do all other acts and things reasonably necessary to carry out this Security Agreement; provided that, this authorization shall not relieve such Grantor of any of its Secured Obligations under this Security Agreement or under the Indenture.
(b) The powers conferred on the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Noteholders, under this Section 6.1 are solely to protect the Collateral Agent’s interests in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon the Collateral Agent or any Noteholders to exercise any such powers. The Collateral Agent agrees that, except for the powers granted in Section 6.1(a)(i) and (iii), it shall not exercise any power or authority granted to it unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
6.2. Proxy. EACH GRANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSTITUTES AND APPOINTS THE COLLATERAL AGENT AS ITS PROXY AND ATTORNEY‑IN‑FACT (AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 6.1 ABOVE) WITH RESPECT TO ITS PLEDGED COLLATERAL, INCLUDING THE RIGHT TO VOTE ANY OF THE PLEDGED COLLATERAL, WITH FULL POWER OF SUBSTITUTION TO DO SO. IN ADDITION TO THE RIGHT TO VOTE ANY OF THE PLEDGED COLLATERAL, THE APPOINTMENT OF THE COLLATERAL AGENT AS PROXY AND ATTORNEY-IN-FACT SHALL INCLUDE THE RIGHT TO EXERCISE ALL OTHER RIGHTS, POWERS, PRIVILEGES AND REMEDIES TO WHICH A HOLDER OF ANY OF THE PLEDGED COLLATERAL WOULD BE ENTITLED (INCLUDING GIVING OR WITHHOLDING WRITTEN CONSENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS, CALLING SPECIAL MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS AND VOTING AT SUCH MEETINGS). SUCH PROXY SHALL BE EFFECTIVE, AUTOMATICALLY AND WITHOUT THE NECESSITY OF ANY ACTION (INCLUDING ANY TRANSFER OF ANY OF THE PLEDGED COLLATERAL ON THE RECORD BOOKS OF THE ISSUER THEREOF) BY ANY PERSON (INCLUDING THE ISSUER OF THE PLEDGED COLLATERAL OR ANY OFFICER OR AGENT THEREOF), DURING THE CONTINUATION OF AN EVENT OF DEFAULT.
6.3. Nature of Appointment; Limitation of Duty. THE APPOINTMENT OF THE COLLATERAL AGENT AS PROXY AND ATTORNEY-IN-FACT IN THIS ARTICLE VI IS COUPLED WITH AN INTEREST AND SHALL BE IRREVOCABLE UNTIL THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT IS TERMINATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8.13. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING CONTAINED HEREIN, NEITHER THE COLLATERAL AGENT, NOR ANY SECURED PARTY, NOR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES, NOR ANY OF THEIR OR THEIR AFFILIATES’ RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES SHALL HAVE ANY DUTY TO EXERCISE ANY RIGHT OR POWER GRANTED HEREUNDER OR OTHERWISE OR TO PRESERVE THE SAME AND SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY FAILURE TO DO SO OR FOR ANY DELAY IN DOING SO.
6.4. Application of Proceeds. Subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, at such intervals as may be mutually agreed in writing upon by the Company and the Trustee, or, if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, at any time at the Collateral Agent’s election, the Collateral Agent may, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.1 of the Indenture, apply all or any part of the Net Proceeds (after deducting fees and expenses as provided in Section 7.7 of the Indenture) constituting Collateral realized through the exercise by the Collateral Agent of its remedies hereunder and any proceeds of the guarantee set forth in Section 11.1 of the Indenture, in payment of the Secured Obligations in the following order:
first, to the Trustee (acting in any capacity) and to the Collateral Agent, and their respective agents and attorneys, in each case for amounts and other Secured Obligations due to any of them under the Indenture or the Security Documents, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, and costs and expenses of collection;
second, to Noteholders for amounts and other Secured Obligations due and unpaid on the notes issued pursuant to the Indenture including for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the notes issued pursuant to the Indenture for principal and interest, respectively; and
third, any surplus remaining after satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture and the notes issued thereunder shall be paid to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.
ARTICLE VII
[RESERVED]
ARTICLE VIII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
8.1. Waivers. Each Grantor hereby waives notice of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale or other disposition of all or any part of the Collateral may be made. To the extent such notice may not be waived under applicable law, any notice made shall be deemed reasonable if sent to the Grantors, addressed as set forth in Section 12.2 of the Indenture, at least ten days prior to (i) the date of any such public sale or (ii) the time after which any such private sale or other disposition may be made. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, each Grantor waives all claims, damages, and demands against the Collateral Agent or any Secured Parties arising out of the repossession, retention or sale of the Collateral. To the extent it may lawfully do so, each Grantor absolutely and irrevocably waives and relinquishes the benefit and advantage of, and covenants not to assert against the Collateral Agent or any Secured Parties, any valuation, stay, appraisal, extension, moratorium, redemption or similar laws and any and all rights or defenses it may have as a surety now or hereafter existing which, but for this provision, might be applicable to the sale of any Collateral made under the judgment, order or decree of any court, or privately under the power of sale conferred by this Security Agreement, or otherwise. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, each Grantor hereby waives presentment, demand, protest or any notice (to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law) of any kind in connection with this Security Agreement or any Collateral.
8.2. Limitation on Collateral Agent’s and Secured Parties’ Duty with Respect to the Collateral. The Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to clean-up or otherwise prepare the Collateral for sale. The Collateral Agent and each Secured Party shall comply with the standard of care set forth herein with respect to the Collateral in its possession or under its control. To the extent that applicable law imposes duties on the Collateral Agent to exercise remedies in a commercially reasonable manner, each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that it is commercially reasonable for the Collateral Agent (i) to fail to incur expenses deemed significant by the Collateral Agent to prepare Collateral for disposition or otherwise to transform raw material or work in process into finished goods or other finished products for disposition, (ii) to fail to obtain third party consents for access to Collateral to be disposed of, or to obtain or, if not required by other law, to fail to obtain governmental or third party consents for the collection or disposition of Collateral to be collected or disposed of, (iii) to fail to exercise collection remedies against Account Debtors or other Persons obligated on Collateral or to remove Liens on or any adverse claims against Collateral, (iv) to exercise collection remedies against Account Debtors and other Persons obligated on Collateral directly or through the use of collection agencies and other collection specialists, (v) to advertise dispositions of Collateral through publications or media of general circulation, whether or not the Collateral is of a specialized nature, (vi) to contact other Persons, whether or not in the same business as such Grantor, for expressions of interest in acquiring all or any portion of the Collateral, (vii) to hire one or more professional auctioneers to assist in the disposition of Collateral, whether or not the Collateral is of a specialized nature, (viii) to dispose of Collateral by utilizing internet sites that provide for the auction of assets of the types included in the Collateral or that have the reasonable capacity of doing so, or that match buyers and sellers of assets, (ix) to dispose of assets in wholesale rather than retail markets, (x) to disclaim disposition warranties, such as title, possession or quiet enjoyment, (xi) to purchase insurance or credit enhancements to insure the Collateral Agent against risks of loss, collection or disposition of Collateral or to provide to the Collateral Agent a guaranteed return from the collection or disposition of Collateral, or (xii) to the extent deemed appropriate by the Collateral Agent, to obtain the services of other brokers, investment bankers, consultants and other professionals to assist the Collateral Agent in the collection or disposition of any of the Collateral. Each Grantor acknowledges that the purpose of this Section 8.2 is to provide non-exhaustive indications of what actions or omissions by the Collateral Agent would be commercially reasonable in the Collateral Agent’s exercise of remedies against the Collateral and that other actions or omissions by the Collateral Agent shall not be deemed commercially unreasonable solely on account of not being indicated in this Section 8.2. Without limitation upon the foregoing, nothing contained in this Section 8.2 shall be construed to grant any rights to any Grantor or to impose any duties on the Collateral Agent that would not have been granted or imposed by this Security Agreement or by applicable law in the absence of this Section 8.2.
8.3. Compromises and Collection of Collateral. The Grantors and the Collateral Agent recognize that setoffs, counterclaims, defenses and other claims may be asserted by obligors with respect to certain of the Receivables, that certain of the Receivables may be or become uncollectible in whole or in part and that the expense and probability of success in litigating a disputed Receivable may exceed the amount that reasonably may be expected to be recovered with respect to a Receivable. In view of the foregoing, each Grantor agrees that the Collateral Agent may at any time and from time to time, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, compromise with the obligor on any Receivable, accept in full payment of any Receivable such amount as the Collateral Agent may, acting at the written direction of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, determine or abandon any Receivable, and any such action by the Collateral Agent shall be commercially reasonable so long as the Collateral Agent acts in good faith based on information known to it at the time it takes any such action.
8.4. Performance of Debtor Obligations. Without having any obligation to do so, the Collateral Agent may perform or pay any obligation which any Grantor has agreed to perform or pay in this Security Agreement and the Grantors shall reimburse the Collateral Agent for any amounts paid by the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section 8.4. The Grantors’ obligation to reimburse the Collateral Agent pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be a Secured Obligation payable on demand.
8.5. Specific Performance of Certain Covenants. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that a breach of any of the covenants contained in Sections 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 5.3 or 8.7 will cause irreparable injury to the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties, that the Collateral Agent and Secured Parties have no adequate remedy at law in respect of such breaches and therefore agrees, without limiting the right of the Collateral Agent or the Secured Parties to seek and obtain specific performance of other obligations of the Grantors contained in this Security Agreement, that the covenants of the Grantors contained in the Sections referred to in this Section 8.5 shall be specifically enforceable against the Grantors.
8.6. Dispositions Not Authorized. No Grantor is authorized to sell or otherwise dispose of the Collateral to the extent prohibited herein, the Indenture or in any other Security Document.
8.7. No Waiver; Amendments; Cumulative Remedies. No delay or omission of the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party to exercise any right or remedy granted under this Security Agreement shall impair such right or remedy or be construed to be a waiver of any Default or an acquiescence therein, and any single or partial exercise of any such right or remedy shall not preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy. No waiver, amendment or other variation of the terms, conditions or provisions of this Security Agreement whatsoever shall be valid unless in writing signed by the Collateral Agent with the concurrence or at the written direction of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding required under Article IX of the Indenture and then only to the extent in such writing specifically set forth. All rights and remedies contained in this Security Agreement or by law afforded shall be cumulative and all shall be available to the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties until the Secured Obligations have been paid in full.
8.8. Limitation by Law; Severability of Provisions. All rights, remedies and powers provided in this Security Agreement may be exercised only to the extent that the exercise thereof does not violate any applicable provision of applicable law, and all the provisions of this Security Agreement are intended to be subject to all applicable mandatory provisions of law that may be controlling and to be limited to the extent necessary so that they shall not render this Security Agreement invalid, unenforceable or not entitled to be recorded or registered, in whole or in part. Any provision in this Security Agreement that is held to be inoperative, unenforceable, or invalid in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be inoperative, unenforceable, or invalid without affecting the remaining provisions in that jurisdiction or the operation, enforceability, or validity of that provision in any other jurisdiction, and to this end the provisions of this Security Agreement are declared to be severable.
8.9. Reinstatement. This Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against any Grantor for liquidation or reorganization, should any Grantor become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of any creditor or creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of any Grantor’s assets, and shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, or any part thereof, is, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee of the Secured Obligations, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent conveyance,” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Secured Obligations shall be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.
8.10. Benefit of Agreement. The terms and provisions of this Security Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Grantors, the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns (including all persons who become bound as a debtor to this Security Agreement), except that no Grantor shall have the right to assign its rights or delegate its obligations under this Security Agreement or any interest herein, without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent (acting at the written direction of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding). No sales of participations, assignments, transfers, or other dispositions of any agreement governing the Secured Obligations or any portion thereof or interest therein shall in any manner impair the Lien granted to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties, hereunder.
8.11. Survival of Representations. All representations and warranties of the Grantors contained in this Security Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Security Agreement.
8.12. Headings. The title of and section headings in this Security Agreement are for convenience of reference only, and shall not govern the interpretation of any of the terms and provisions of this Security Agreement.
8.13. Termination. This Security Agreement shall continue in effect (notwithstanding the fact that from time to time there may be no obligations outstanding) until (i) the Indenture has terminated pursuant to its express terms and (ii) all of the Secured Obligations (other than contingent indemnity obligations for which no claim has been made) have been indefeasibly paid and performed in full and no commitments of the Trustee, the Collateral Agent or the Secured Parties which would give rise to any Secured Obligations are outstanding.
8.14. Entire Agreement. This Security Agreement and the other Security Documents embody the entire agreement and understanding between the Grantors and the Collateral Agent relating to the Collateral and supersede all prior agreements and understandings between the Grantors and the Collateral Agent relating to the Collateral.
8.15. CHOICE OF LAW. THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
8.16. CONSENT TO JURISDICTION. EACH PARTY TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE NON‑EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY U.S. FEDERAL OR NEW YORK STATE COURT SITTING IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER SECURITY DOCUMENT AND EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN ANY SUCH COURT AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE AS TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN SUCH A COURT OR THAT SUCH COURT IS AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.
8.17. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER SECURITY DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
8.18. Counterparts. This Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, including in electronic .pdf format, all of which taken together shall constitute one agreement, and any of the parties hereto may execute this Security Agreement by signing any such counterpart. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Security Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Security Agreement. All notices, approvals, consents, requests and any communications hereunder must be in writing, provided that any communications sent to the Collateral Agent hereunder must be in the form of a document that is signed manually or by way of a digital signature provided by DocuSign (or such other digital signature provider as specified in writing to Collateral Agent by the authorized representative), in English. Each Grantor and Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (by acceptance of the Notes) agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of using digital signatures and electronic methods to submit communications to Collateral Agent, including without limitation the risk of Collateral Agent acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties.
ARTICLE IX
THE COLLATERAL AGENT
9.1. GLAS Trust Company LLC is executing this Security Agreement, not in its individual capacity but solely in its capacity as Collateral Agent under that certain Indenture dated as of February 19, 2025. GLAS Trust Company LLC has been appointed Collateral Agent for the Secured Parties hereunder pursuant to Section 10.7 of the Indenture. It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties to this Security Agreement that any authority conferred upon the Collateral Agent hereunder is subject to the terms of the delegation of authority made by the Secured Parties to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Indenture, and that the Collateral Agent has agreed to act (and any successor Collateral Agent shall act) as such hereunder only on the express conditions contained in Article VII of the Indenture. In acting hereunder, the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to all the rights, powers, protections, immunities, and indemnities under the Indenture as if the same were set forth herein, mutatis mutandis and shall survive any termination of this Security Agreement. The permissive rights, benefits and powers granted to the Collateral Agent hereunder shall not be construed as duties. All discretionary acts hereunder (including the exercise of any remedies) shall be taken by the Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms of the Indenture and at the written direction of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. The Collateral Agent shall be entitled to exercise its rights, powers and duties hereunder through agents, experts or designees and shall not be responsible for the acts of any such parties appointed with due care.
9.2. The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for and makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Security Agreement or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the applicable Grantor.
9.3. The powers conferred on the Collateral Agent hereunder are solely to protect its security interest in the Collateral. Notwithstanding any provision contained in this Security Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall have no duty to exercise any of the rights, privileges or powers afforded to it hereunder and shall not be responsible to any Grantor or any other Person for any failure to do so or delay in doing so. Except for the exercise of reasonable care in the custody of any Collateral in its possession and the accounting for moneys actually received by it hereunder, the Collateral Agent shall have no duty or liability as to any Collateral or as to the taking of any necessary steps to exercise or preserve any rights against prior parties or any other rights, privileges or powers pertaining to any Collateral. The Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of Collateral in its possession if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which the Collateral Agent accords its own property. Neither the Collateral Agent nor any of its directors, officers, employees or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon all or any part of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of any Grantor or otherwise. If any Grantor fails to perform any agreement contained herein, the Collateral Agent may itself perform, or cause performance of, such agreement, and the expenses of the Collateral Agent incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by each Grantor under Section 7.7 of the Indenture.
9.4. The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for or make any representation as to the existence, genuineness, value or protection of any Collateral, for the legality, effectiveness or sufficiency of any Security Document, or for the creation, perfection, priority, sufficiency or protection of any Liens. The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for filing any financing or continuation statements or recording any documents or instruments in any public office at any time or times or otherwise perfecting, monitoring or maintaining the perfection of any Lien or security interest in the Collateral, for insuring the Collateral or for the payment of taxes, charges, assessments or Liens upon the Collateral or otherwise maintaining the Collateral. It is expressly agreed, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, that the Collateral Agent shall have no responsibility for taking any action to protect against any diminution in value of the Collateral, but, in each case (A) subject to the requirement that the Collateral Agent may not act or omit to take any action if such act or omission would constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct and (B) the Collateral Agent may do so and all expenses reasonably incurred in connection therewith shall be part of the Secured Obligations.
9.5. Nothing in this Security Agreement constitutes the Collateral Agent as an agent, trustee or fiduciary of the Company or any Grantor or as trustee or fiduciary for the Noteholders under the Indenture. The duties of the Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement and the other Security Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature. The relationship between the Collateral Agent and the Noteholders is that of principal and agent only. The Collateral Agent is not responsible or liable for the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Company, any Grantor or any other Person in or in connection with the Indenture, this Security Agreement or any Security Document or the transactions contemplated herein or therein or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with the Indenture, this Security Agreement or any other Security Document.
9.6. In the event that the Collateral Agent holds a mortgage on real property, and is directed by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding to foreclose on that mortgage and the Collateral Agent reasonably believes the real property to have associated environmental liabilities, the Collateral Agent reserves the right to not take such foreclosure action until it has received indemnity acceptable to it.
9.7. No provision of this Security Agreement, the Indenture or any of the other Security Documents shall require the Collateral Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties under this Security Agreement, the Indenture or any of the other Security Documents or the exercise of any of its rights or powers. If it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability including an advance of moneys necessary to perform work or to take the action requested is not reasonably assured to it, the Collateral Agent may decline to act unless it receives indemnity satisfactory to it in its sole discretion, including an advance of moneys necessary to take the action requested.
9.8. The Collateral Agent shall be under no obligation or duty to take any action under this Security Agreement, the Indenture or any of the other Security Documents or otherwise if taking such action (i) would subject the Collateral Agent to a tax in any jurisdiction where it is not then subject to a tax or (ii) would require the Collateral Agent to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified.
[Signature Pages Follow]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantors and the Collateral Agent have executed this Security Agreement as of the date first above written.
| GRANTORS: | |||
| Turning Point Brands, Inc. | |||
| North Atlantic Trading Company, Inc. | |||
| North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. | |||
| National Tobacco Finance, LLC | |||
| Turning Point Brands, LLC | |||
| North Atlantic Wrap Company LLC | |||
| TPB Services LLC | |||
| Standard Merger Sub LLC | |||
| Nu-X Distribution LLC | |||
| National Tobacco Company, L.P. | |||
| RBJ Sales, Inc. | |||
| By: | /s/ Brittani N. Cushman | ||
| Name: | Brittani N. Cushman | ||
| Title: | Senior Vice President, General | ||
| Counsel and Secretary | |||
|
|
Collateral Agent: |
|
|
| GLAS TRUST COMPANY LLC, as Collateral Agent | |||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Robert Peschler |
|
|
|
Name: |
Robert Peschler |
|
|
|
Title: |
Vice President |
|
EXHIBIT A
Type and Jurisdiction of Organization, and Principal Location
EXHIBIT B
Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts
EXHIBIT C
Commercial Tort Claims
EXHIBIT D
Intellectual Property, Filing Requirements
EXHIBIT E
Pledged Collateral
EXHIBIT F
Title, Perfection, Priority
EXHIBIT G
Amendment
This Amendment, dated ________________, ___ is delivered pursuant to Section [4.2] [4.6] of the Security Agreement referred to below. All defined terms herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto or incorporated by reference in the Security Agreement.
RECITALS
Section 1. [Additional Collateral]. The undersigned hereby certifies that the representations and warranties in Article III of the Security Agreement are and continue to be true and correct. The undersigned further agrees that this Amendment may be attached to that certain Pledge and Security Agreement, dated February 19, 2025, between the undersigned, as the Grantors, and GLAS Trust Company LLC, as the Collateral Agent (as amended or modified from time to time prior to the date hereof, the “Security Agreement”) and that the Collateral listed on Schedule I to this Amendment shall be and become a part of the Collateral referred to in said Security Agreement and shall secure all Secured Obligations referred to in the Security Agreement.
Section 2. CHOICE OF LAW. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
Section 3. CONSENT TO JURISDICTION. EACH PARTY TO THIS AMENDMENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE NON EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY U.S. FEDERAL OR NEW YORK STATE COURT SITTING IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AMENDMENT OR THE SECURITY AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER [SECURITY DOCUMENT] AND EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN ANY SUCH COURT AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE AS TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN SUCH A COURT OR THAT SUCH COURT IS AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.
Section 4. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AMENDMENT, THE SECURITY AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER [SECURITY DOCUMENT] OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AMENDMENT AND THE SECURITY AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
Section 5. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, including in electronic .pdf format, all of which taken together with the Security Agreement, shall constitute one agreement, and any of the parties hereto may execute this Amendment by signing any such counterpart. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment. All notices, approvals, consents, requests and any communications hereunder must be in writing, provided that any communications sent to the Collateral Agent hereunder must be in the form of a document that is signed manually or by way of a digital signature provided by DocuSign (or such other digital signature provider as specified in writing to Collateral Agent by the authorized representative), in English. Each Grantor hereto agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of using digital signatures and electronic methods to submit communications to Collateral Agent, including without limitation the risk of Collateral Agent acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties.
| By: | ||
| Name: | ||
| Title: |
SCHEDULE I TO AMENDMENT
COMMERCIAL TORT CLAIMS
|
Name of Grantor |
Description of Claim |
Parties |
Case Number; Name of Court where Case was Filed |
Exhibit 10.35
Executive Version
PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT
THIS PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of February 19, 2025, is made by the grantors signatories hereto (the “Grantors”) in favor of GLAS Trust Company LLC, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Hampshire, in its capacity as collateral agent (the “Collateral Agent”) for the noteholders party to the Indenture (as defined below). Unless otherwise defined herein or context otherwise requires, terms used in this Agreement, including its preamble and recitals, have the meanings provided or provided by reference to them in the Security Agreement (as defined below).
WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Indenture, dated as of February 19, 2025, (as it may be amended or modified from time to time, the “Indenture”), among Turning Point Brands, Inc. (the “Company”), the Grantors, the other grantors party thereto, the Collateral Agent and the noteholders, the Grantors, the Collateral Agent and certain other parties entered into that certain Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of February 19, 2025, (as it may be amended or modified from time to time, the “Security Agreement”);
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Security Agreement, Grantors pledged, assigned and granted a security interest in all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral, including the Patent Collateral (as defined below);
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Security Agreement, the Grantors agreed to execute and deliver this Agreement, for purposes of recording the security interest in the Patent Collateral with the United States Patent and Trademark Office.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, subject to the terms and conditions of the Security Agreement, to evidence further the security interests granted by the Grantors to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement, each Grantor hereby pledges, assigns and grants to the Collateral Agent, on behalf of and for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following (collectively, the “Patent Collateral”):
|
(a) |
any and all patents and patent applications, including those listed in Schedule A annexed hereto; |
|
(b) |
all inventions and improvements described and claimed therein; |
|
(c) |
all reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions, and continuations-in-part thereof; |
|
(d) |
all income, royalties, damages, claims, and payments now or hereafter due or payable under and with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past and future infringements thereof; |
|
(e) |
all rights to sue for past, present, and future infringements thereof; and |
|
(f) |
all rights in any of the foregoing throughout the world. |
The Grantors and the Collateral Agent acknowledge and agree that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent with respect to the security interests in the Patent Collateral granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement. All of the terms of the Security Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference. In the event that any provision of this Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall control.
THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
Each Grantor hereby authorizes and requests that the Commissioner for Patents and any other applicable United States government officer record this Agreement.
This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission or electronic PDF delivery shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.
It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties hereto that this Agreement is executed and delivered by GLAS Trust Company LLC, not individually but solely as Collateral Agent under the Indenture, and solely in the exercise of the powers and authority conferred and vested in it under the Indenture and the Security Agreement. The Collateral Agent assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the recitals contained herein and shall not be responsible or accountable in any way whatsoever for or with respect to the validity, execution or sufficiency of this Agreement and makes no representation with respect thereto. In connection with the Collateral Agent entering into and in the performance of its duties under this Agreement, to the extent not already provided for herein, the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision of the Indenture limiting the liability of or affording rights, powers, protections, immunities and indemnities or benefits to the Collateral Agent as if they were expressly set forth herein, mutatis mutandis.
[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.
|
|
North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. |
|
|
| North Atlantic Wrap Company LLC | |||
| National Tobacco Company, LP., | |||
| as Grantor | |||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Brittani N. Cushman |
|
|
|
Name: |
Brittani N. Cushman |
|
|
|
Title: |
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary |
|
[Signature Page to Patent Security Agreement]
|
Accepted and Agreed: |
|
|
| GLAS Trust Company LLC, | ||
| as the Collateral Agent | ||
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Robert Peschler |
|
|
Name: |
Robert Peschler |
|
|
Title: |
Vice President |
|
Exhibit 19.1
TURNING POINT BRANDS, INC.
SECURITIES TRADING POLICY
(Adopted as of June 14, 2024)
This Securities Trading Policy (this “Policy”) provides guidelines to directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and consultants of Turning Point Brands, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) with respect to transactions in the Company’s securities (such as common shares, options to buy or sell common shares, warrants and convertible securities) and derivative securities relating to the Company’s common shares, whether or not issued by the Company (such as exchange-traded options) for the purpose of promoting compliance with applicable securities laws.
This Policy applies to directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and consultants or any Related Persons (as defined below) who receive or are aware of Material, Non-Public Information (as defined below) regarding (1) the Company and (2) any other company with publicly-traded securities, including the Company’s customers, joint-venture or strategic partners, vendors and suppliers (“business partners”), obtained in the course of employment by or in association with the Company. This Policy also applies to any person who receives Material, Non-Public Information from an insider. The people to whom this Policy applies are referred to in this Policy as “insiders.” All insiders must comply strictly with this Policy.
Additional restrictions on trading Company securities apply to the Company’s directors, officers and certain other members of management who we refer to as being in the “Window Group.” See Section III.
The Company reserves the right to amend or rescind this Policy or any portion of it at any time and to adopt different policies and procedures at any time consistent with the Company’s By-laws. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between this Policy and any other materials distributed by the Company, this Policy shall govern. If a law conflicts with this Policy, you must comply with the law.
You should read this Policy carefully and ask questions of the Company’s General Counsel. Additionally, those insiders identified by the Company as being in the “Window Group” and who have been notified that they have been so identified must promptly sign and return the certification attached as Annex A acknowledging receipt and review of this Policy to hr@tpbi.com.
I. Definitions and Explanations
A. Material, Non-Public Information
1. What Information is “Material”?
It is not possible to define all categories of material information. Materiality, however, involves a relatively low threshold. Information is generally regarded as "material" if it has market significance, that is, if its public dissemination is likely to affect the market price of securities, or if it otherwise is information that a reasonable investor would want to know before making an investment decision. It is also important to remember that either positive or negative information may be material.
While it may be difficult under this standard to determine whether particular information is material, there are various categories of information that are particularly sensitive and, as a general rule, should always be considered material information. Common examples of material information include:
|
● |
Unpublished financial results (annual, quarterly or otherwise); |
|
|
● |
Unpublished projections of future earnings or losses; |
|
|
● |
News of a pending or proposed merger; |
|
|
● |
News of a significant acquisition or a sale of significant assets; |
|
|
● |
Significant write-downs in assets or increases in reserves; |
|
|
● |
Impending announcements of bankruptcy or financial liquidity problems; |
|
|
● |
Gain or loss of a substantial customer or supplier; |
|
|
● |
Changes in the Company’s distribution or dividend policy; |
|
|
● |
Share splits; |
|
|
● |
Changes in the Company’s credit rating; |
|
|
● |
New equity or debt offerings; |
|
|
● |
Cybersecurity risks and incidents, including vulnerabilities and breaches; |
|
|
● |
Significant developments in litigation or regulatory proceedings; and |
|
|
● |
Changes in senior management or the board of directors. |
The above list is for illustration purposes only. If securities transactions become the subject of scrutiny, they will be viewed after-the-fact and with the benefit of hindsight. If you are unsure whether information is material, you should consult the General Counsel before making any decision to disclose such information (other than to persons who need to know it) or to trade in or recommend securities to which that information relates or assume that the information is material.
2. What Information is “Non-Public”?
Information is “non-public” if it has not been previously disclosed to the general public and is otherwise not generally available to the investing public. In order for information to be considered “public,” it must be widely disseminated in a manner making it generally available to the investing public and the investing public must have had time to absorb the information fully. You should not assume information that can be found on the Company’s website or social media channels will be considered “public.” If you are unsure whether any material information you possess is public, you should consult the General Counsel.
Generally, one should allow one full Trading Day following publication as a reasonable waiting period before information is deemed to be public.
B. Related Person
“Related Person” means, with respect to the Company’s insiders:
|
● |
Any spouse, minor child, minor stepchild and anyone else living in the insider’s household; |
|
● |
Partnerships in which the insider is a general partner; |
|
● |
Trusts of which the insider is a trustee; and |
|
● |
Estates of which the insider is an executor. |
Although a person’s parent or sibling may not be considered a Related Person (unless living in the same household), a parent or sibling may be considered a “tippee” for securities law purposes.
C. Trading Day
“Trading Day” means a day on which national stock exchanges or the Over-The-Counter Bulletin Board Quotation System are open for trading, and a “Trading Day” begins at the time trading begins.
II. General Policy
This Policy prohibits insiders from trading or “tipping” others who may trade in the Company’s securities while aware of Material, Non-Public Information about the Company. Insiders are also prohibited from trading or tipping others who may trade in the securities of another company if they learn Material, Non-Public Information about the other company in connection with their employment by or relationship with the Company. These illegal activities are commonly referred to as “insider trading.”
All insiders should treat Material, Non-Public Information about the Company’s business partners with the same care required with respect to Material, Non-Public Information related directly to the Company.
A. Trading on Material, Non-Public Information
No insider or Related Person shall engage in any transaction involving a purchase or sale of the Company’s securities, including any offer to purchase or offer to sell, during any period commencing with the date that he or she is aware of Material, Non-Public Information concerning the Company, and ending at the beginning of the second Trading Day following the date of public disclosure of the Material, Non-Public Information, or at the time that the information is no longer material.
B. Tipping Others of Material, Non-Public Information
No insider shall disclose or tip Material, Non-Public Information to any other person (including Related Persons) where the Material, Non-Public Information may be used by that person to his or her profit by trading in the securities of the company to which the Material, Non-Public Information relates, nor shall the insider or the Related Person make recommendations or express opinions on the basis of Material, Non-Public Information as to trading in the Company’s securities. Insiders are not authorized to recommend the purchase or sale of the Company’s securities to any other person regardless of whether the insider is aware of Material, Non-Public Information.
C. Confidentiality of Material, Non-Public Information
Material, Non-Public Information relating to the Company is the Company’s property and the unauthorized disclosure of Material, Non-Public Information is prohibited. If an insider receives any inquiry from outside the Company (such as a securities analyst) for information (particularly financial results and/or projections) that may be Material, Non-Public Information, the inquiry should be referred to the Company’s Chief Financial Officer and the Company’s General Counsel, who are responsible for coordinating and overseeing the release of that information to the investing public, securities analysts and others in compliance with applicable laws and regulations. Only authorized spokesperson are permitted to speak on behalf of the Company.
D. Prohibited Transactions
Because the Company believes it is improper and inappropriate for its insiders to engage in short-term or speculative transactions involving certain securities, it is the Company’s policy that its insiders may not engage in any of transactions specified below.
|
1. |
Purchases of Company Shares on Margin. Any of the Company’s common shares purchased in the open market should be paid for in full at the time of purchase. Purchasing the Company’s common shares on margin (e.g., borrowing money from a brokerage firm or other third party to fund the share purchase) is strictly prohibited by this Policy. |
|
2. |
Short Sales of Company Shares. Any of the Company’s common shares purchased in the open market can be sold by the purchaser at any time, provided that the guidelines outlined in this Policy are adhered to. Selling the Company’s common shares short, however, is strictly prohibited by this Policy. Selling short is the practice of selling more shares than you own, which is a technique used to speculate on a decline in the share price. |
|
3. |
Buying or Selling Puts or Calls on Company Shares. The purchase or sale of options of any kind, whether puts or calls, or other derivative securities relating to the Company’s common shares is strictly prohibited by this Policy. A put is a right to sell at a specified price a specific number of shares by a certain date and is utilized in anticipation of a decline in the share price. A call is a right to buy at a specified price a specified number of shares by a certain date and is utilized in anticipation of a rise in the share price. |
|
4. |
Pledges of Company Shares. Company shares pledged as collateral for a loan may be sold without your consent by the lender in foreclosure if you default on your loan. A foreclosure sale that occurs when you are aware of Material, Non-Public Information may, under some circumstances, result in unlawful insider trading. Because of this danger, pledging Company securities as collateral for a loan is strictly prohibited by this Policy. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any member of the Window Group may pledge Company securities provided that any proposed pledge is approved by the chairman of the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). |
E. Standing Orders
Standing orders (except standing orders under approved Rule 10b5-1 Plans, see Section V below) should be used only for a very brief period of time. The problem with purchases or sales resulting from standing instructions to a broker is that there is no control over the timing of the transaction. The broker could execute a transaction when you are in possession of Material, Non-Public Information.
F. Post-Termination Transactions
The guidelines set forth in this Section II continue to apply to transactions in the Company’s securities even after the insider has terminated employment or other service relationship with the Company as follows: if the insider is aware of Material, Non-Public Information when his or her employment or service relationship terminates, the insider may not trade in the Company’s securities until that information has become public or is no longer material.
G. No Hardship Waivers
The guidelines set forth in this Section II may not be waived.
H. Certain Exceptions
The exercise of share options or vesting of restricted shares under the Company’s plans, the exercise of a tax withholding right pursuant to which a person has elected to have the Company withhold shares subject to an option or award of restricted shares to satisfy tax withholding obligations, the sale to the Company of shares to satisfy tax withholding obligations and the purchase of shares through a Company employee share purchase plan, if any, are exempt from this Section II. This Section II does apply, however, to any sale of shares acquired by exercising any such option, the vesting of restricted shares or pursuant to a share purchase plan, including any such sale as part of a broker-assisted cashless exercise of an option or any other market sale for the purpose of generating the cash needed to pay the exercise price of an option.
III. Additional Trading Guidelines and Requirements for Certain Insiders
A. Blackout Period and Trading Window
1. Quarterly Blackout Periods. The period beginning at the close of market on the 10th calendar day prior to the end of each fiscal quarter or year and ending after one full Trading Day following the date of public disclosure of the financial results for that fiscal quarter (“Blackout Period”) is a particularly sensitive period of time for transactions in the Company’s securities from the perspective of compliance with applicable securities laws. This sensitivity is due to the fact that those certain insiders identified by the Company as being in the “Window Group” will, during the Blackout Period, often be aware of Material, Non-Public Information about the expected financial results for the quarter. Those insiders in the Window Group are prohibited from trading during the Blackout Period. Insiders who have not been identified as being in the Window Group should adhere to the general prohibitions set forth in this Policy.
To ensure compliance with this Policy and applicable federal and state securities laws, the Company requires that the Window Group refrain from executing transactions involving the purchase or sale of the Company’s securities other than during the period commencing at the open of market after the expiration of one full Trading Day following the date of public disclosure of the financial results for a particular fiscal quarter or year and continuing until the close of market on the 10th calendar day prior to the end of each fiscal quarter or year (“Trading Window”). The safest period for trading in the Company’s securities, assuming the absence of Material, Non-Public Information, is generally the first 10 days of the Trading Window.
The prohibition against trading during the Blackout Period encompasses the fulfillment of “limit orders” by any broker, and the brokers with whom the limit order is placed must be so instructed at the time it is placed.
2. Other Blackout Periods. From time to time, the Company may also prohibit the Window Group from trading the Company’s securities because of developments known to the Company and not yet disclosed to the public. In this event, the Window Group may not engage in any transaction involving the purchase or sale of the Company’s securities until one full Trading Day after the General Counsel informs the Window Group that the information has been publicly disclosed. The existence of a “special” Blackout Period should not be disclosed to anyone outside the Window Group.
It should be noted that even during the Trading Window, any person aware of Material, Non-Public Information concerning the Company should not engage in any transactions in the Company’s securities until the information has been known publicly for at least one full Trading Days, whether or not the Company has recommended a suspension of trading to that person. Trading in the Company’s securities during the Trading Window should not be considered a “safe harbor,” and all insiders should use good judgment at all times.
B. Pre-Clearance of Trades
The Company has determined that the Window Group must not trade in the Company’s securities, even during a Trading Window, without first complying with the Company’s “pre-clearance” process. Any director, Section 16 officer or other member of the Window Group (or any Related Person) must contact the Company’s General Counsel prior to commencing any trade in the Company’s securities. The General Counsel will consult, as necessary, with executive management before clearing any proposed trade. The Compliance Officer shall record the date each request is received and the date and time each request is approved or disapproved. Unless revoked, a grant of permission will normally remain valid until the close of trading two (2) business days following the day on which it was granted. If the transaction does not occur during the two-day period, pre-clearance of the transaction must be re-requested. Any proposed trade cleared by the Company’s General Counsel shall be reported immediately to the Company’s Chief Financial Officer.
Please note that clearance of a proposed trade by the Company’s General Counsel does not constitute legal advice regarding or otherwise acknowledge that a member of the Window Group does not possess Material, Non-Public Information. Employees must ultimately make their own judgments regarding, and are personally responsible for determining, whether they are in possession of Material, Non-Public Information.
C. Hardship Waivers
The guidelines specified in this Section III may be waived, at the sole discretion of the chairman of the Audit Committee of the Board, if compliance would create severe hardship or prevent an insider within the Window Group from complying with a court order, as in the case of a divorce settlement. Any exception approved by the Audit Committee chairman shall be reported immediately to the Company’s General Counsel.
D. Trading Between Window Group Members
Notwithstanding anything in this Policy to the contrary, any member of the Window Group may trade in the Company’s securities with any other member of the Window Group during a Blackout Period; provided, however, that any such proposed trade is approved by the chairman of the Audit Committee of the Board after consultation with the General Counsel.
IV. Additional Information for Directors and Section 16 Officers
The Company’s directors and Section 16 officers are required to file Section 16 reports with the SEC when they engage in transactions in the Company’s securities. Although the Company may generally assist its directors and Section 16 officers in preparing and filing the required reports, directors and Section 16 officers retain responsibility for the reports.
Further, directors and Section 16 officers may be subject to trading blackouts pursuant to Regulation Blackout Trading Restriction, or Regulation BTR, under the federal securities laws. In general and with certain limited exemptions, Regulation BTR prohibits any director or Section 16 officer from engaging in certain transactions involving Company securities during periods when participants are prevented from purchasing, selling or otherwise acquiring or transferring an interest in certain securities held in individual account plans. The rules encompass a variety of pension plans, including Section 401(k) plans, profit-sharing and savings plans, share bonus plans and money purchase pension plans. Any profits realized from a transaction that violates Regulation BTR are recoverable by the Company, regardless of the intentions of the director or officer effecting the transaction. In addition, individuals who engage in such transactions are subject to sanction by the SEC as well as potential criminal liability. The Company will notify directors and Section 16 officers if they are subject to a blackout trading restriction under Regulation BTR. Failure to comply with an applicable trading blackout in accordance with Regulation BTR is a violation of law and this Policy.
“Section 16 officer” means the Company’s president, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer (or if none, the controller), any vice-president of the Company in charge of a principal business unit, division or function (such as sales, administration or finance), and any other officer who performs a policy-making function, as determined from time to time by the Board, or any other person who performs similar policy-making functions of the Company, as determined from time to time by the Board. Section 16 officers will be informed of their status as such and named in the Company’s annual report. Officers of the Company’s subsidiaries shall also be deemed officers of the Company if they perform policy-making functions for the Company, as determined from time to time by the Board.
V. Planned Trading Programs
Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) provides an affirmative defense to an allegation that a trade has been made on the basis of Material, Non-Public Information. Under the affirmative defense, insiders may purchase and sell securities even when aware of Material, Non-Public Information. To meet the requirements of Rule 10b5-1, each of the following elements must be satisfied.
|
● |
The purchase or sale of securities was effected pursuant to a pre-existing plan; and |
|
|
|
|
● |
The insider adopted the plan while unaware of any Material, Non-Public Information. |
The general requirements of Rule 10b5-1 are as follows:
|
● |
Before becoming aware of Material, Non-Public Information, the insider shall have (1) entered into a binding contract to purchase or sell the Company’s securities, (2) provided instructions to another person to execute the trade for his or her account, or (3) adopted a written plan for trading the Company’s securities (each of which is referred to as a “Rule 10b5-1 Plan”). |
|
● |
With respect to the purchase or sale of the Company’s securities, the Rule 10b5-1 Plan either: (1) expressly specified the amount of the securities (whether a specified number of securities or a specified dollar value of securities) to be purchased or sold on a specific date and at a specific price; (2) included a written formula or algorithm, or computer program, for determining the amount of the securities (whether a specified number of securities or a specified dollar value of securities), price and date; or (3) provided a third party who is not aware of Material, Non-Public Information with discretion to purchase or sell the securities without any subsequent influence from the insider over how, when or whether to trade. |
|
● |
The purchase or sale that occurred was made pursuant to a written Rule 10b5-1 Plan. The insider cannot deviate from the plan by altering the amount, the price, or the timing of the purchase or sale of the Company’s securities. Any deviation from, or alteration to, the specifications will render the defense unavailable. Although deviations from a Rule 10b5-1 Plan are not permissible, it is possible for an insider acting in good faith to modify the plan at a time when the insider is unaware of any Material, Non-Public Information. In such a situation, a purchase or sale that complies with the modified plan will be treated as a transaction pursuant to a new plan. |
|
● |
An insider cannot enter into a corresponding or hedging transaction, or alter an existing corresponding or hedging position with respect to the securities to be bought or sold under the Rule 10b5-1 Plan. |
Since adopting a Rule 10b5-1 Plan is tantamount to an investment decision, the Rule 10b5-1 Plan may be adopted only during an open Trading Window when both (1) insider purchases and sales are otherwise permitted under this Policy and (2) the insider does not possess any Material, Non-Public Information. All adoptions of a Rule 10b5-1 Plan and any proposed alterations, modifications or early terminations of a Rule 10b5-1 Plan must be pre-cleared in writing in advance of adoption by the General Counsel and prompt disclosure regarding the plan’s adoption, alteration, modification or early termination may be made through a press release or Current Report on Form 8-K. Insiders are not permitted to have multiple Rule 10b5-1 Plans in operation. Please note that the Company retains the right to reject and not permit the adoption of a Rule 10b5-1 Plan for any reason. Further, please note that if trading in the Company’s shares is suspended for any reason, such suspension shall take effect notwithstanding the existence of a Rule 10b5-1 Plan. Further guidance on Rule 10b5-1 Plans is provided as Annex B.
VI. Potential Criminal and Civil Liability and/or Disciplinary Action
A. SEC Enforcement Action
The adverse consequences of insider trading violations can be significant and currently include, without limitation, the following:
|
1. |
For individuals who trade on Material, Non-Public Information (or tip information to others): |
|
● |
A civil penalty of several times the profit gained or loss avoided resulting from the violation; |
|
● |
A criminal fine of up to the greater of $2 million or three times the profits gained or losses avoided (no matter how small the profit); and/or |
|
● |
A substantial jail time. |
|
2. |
For a Company (as well as possibly any supervisory person), the SEC can seek additional penalties for those that fail to take appropriate steps to prevent illegal trading: |
|
● |
A civil penalty of up to the greater of several times the profit gained or loss avoided as a result of the insider’s violation; |
|
● |
A criminal penalty of up to $25.0 million; and/or |
|
● |
The civil penalties may extend personal liability to the Company’s directors, officers and other supervisory personnel if they fail to take appropriate steps to prevent insider trading. |
B. Disciplinary Action by the Company
Persons who violate this Policy shall be subject to disciplinary action by the Company, which may include termination for cause or other appropriate action.
* * * *
This document states a policy of Turning Point Brands, Inc. and is not intended to be regarded as the rendering of legal advice.
ANNEX A
SECURITIES TRADING POLICY
CERTIFICATION
I have read and understand the Securities Trading Policy (the “Policy”) of Turning Point Brands, Inc. (the “Company”). I agree that I will comply with the policies and procedures set forth in the Policy. I understand and agree that, if I am an employee of the Company or one of its subsidiaries or other affiliates, my failure to comply in all respects with the Company’s policies, including the Policy, is a basis for termination for cause of my employment with the Company and any subsidiary or other affiliate to which my employment now relates or may in the future relate.
I am aware that this signed Certification will be filed with my personal records in the Company’s Human Resources Department.
______________________________________
Signature
______________________________________
Type or Print Name
______________________________________
Date
ANNEX B
Rule 10b5-1 Plans
This Policy’s trading restrictions do not apply to transactions under a pre-existing written plan, contract, instruction, or arrangement under Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (an “Approved 10b5-1 Plan”) that meet the following requirements:
a) It has been reviewed and approved by the General Counsel in general at least three (3) days in advance of being entered into (or, if revised or amended, such proposed revisions or amendments have been reviewed and approved by the General Counsel in advance of being entered into);
b) It provides that no trades may occur thereunder until expiration of the applicable cooling-off period specified in Rule 10b5-1(c)(ii)(B), and no trades occur until after that time. The appropriate cooling-off period will vary based on the status of the Covered Person. For directors and officers, the cooling-off period ends on the later of (x) ninety days after adoption or certain modifications of the 10b5-1 plan; or (y) two business days following disclosure of the Company’s financial results in a [Form 10-Q or Form 10-K/Form 20-F or Form 6-K] for the quarter in which the 10b5-1 plan was adopted. For all other Covered Persons, the cooling-off period ends 30 days after adoption or modification of the 10b5-1 plan. This required cooling-off period will apply to the entry into a new 10b5-1 plan and any revision or modification of a 10b5-1 plan;
c) it is entered into in good faith by the Covered Person, and not as part of a plan or scheme to evade the prohibitions of Rule 10b5-1, at a time when the Covered Person is not in possession of material nonpublic information about the Company; and, if the Covered Person is a director or officer, the 10b5-1 plan must include representations by the Covered Person certifying to that effect;
d) it gives a third party the discretionary authority to execute such purchases and sales, outside the control of the Covered Person, so long as such third party does not possess any material nonpublic information about the Company; or explicitly specifies the security or securities to be purchased or sold, the number of shares, the prices and/or dates of transactions, or other formula(s) describing such transactions; and
d) it is the only outstanding Approved 10b5-1 Plan entered into by the Covered Person (subject to the exceptions set out in Rule 10b5-1(c)(ii)(D)).
If you are considering entering into, modifying or terminating an Approved 10b5-1 Plan or have any questions regarding Approved Rule 10b5-1 Plans, please contact the General Counsel. You should consult your own legal and tax advisors before entering into, or modifying or terminating, an Approved 10b5-1 Plan. A trading plan, contract, instruction or arrangement will not qualify as an Approved 10b5-1 Plan without the prior review and approval of the General Counsel as described above.
Quarterly Disclosure Obligations
To address the lack of transparency under current rules around the use of Rule 10b5-1 plans, the SEC adopted new Item 408(a) of Regulation S-K and corresponding amendments to Forms 10-Q and 10-K to require quarterly disclosure of:
|
1) |
Whether a director or officer adopted or terminated: |
|
● |
any contract, instruction or written plan for the purchase or sale of securities of the registrant intended to satisfy the Rule 10b5-1(c) affirmative defense; and/or |
|
● |
any written trading arrangement for the purchase or sale of securities of the registrant that constitutes a non-Rule 10b5-1(c) trading arrangement under Item 408(c). |
|
2) |
A description of the material terms of the trading arrangement, other than terms with respect to price, such as: |
|
● |
the name and title of the director or officer; |
|
● |
the date of adoption or termination of trading arrangement; |
|
● |
the duration of the trading arrangement; and |
|
● |
the aggregate number of securities to be sold or purchased under the trading arrangement. |
New Item 408(c) defines what constitutes a “non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement” for directors and officers. It is your responsibility to inform the General Counsel when you entered into an Approved 10b5-1 Plan. The General Counsel will be able to assist the Company with collecting the information needed for this new disclosure.
Exhibit 21
Subsidiaries of Turning Point Brands, Inc.
The following list outlines the subsidiaries of Turning Point Brands, Inc., as of February 1, 2025.
|
Jurisdiction of Organization |
|
|
Turning Point Brands, Inc. |
Delaware |
|
North Atlantic Trading Company, Inc. |
Delaware |
|
National Tobacco Finance, LLC |
Delaware |
|
National Tobacco Company, L.P. |
Delaware |
|
North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. |
Delaware |
|
RBJ Sales, Inc. |
Tennessee |
|
North Atlantic Wrap Company LLC |
Delaware |
|
TPB Services LLC |
Delaware |
|
Turning Point Brands, LLC |
Delaware |
| Nu-X Distribution LLC | Delaware |
|
Intrepid Brands, LLC |
Delaware |
| Modern Distribution, LLC |
Delaware |
|
Turning Point Brands (Canada) Inc. |
Ontario, Canada |
| 10233625 Canada Corp. | Quebec, Canada |
| Westhem Ventures LTD | British Columbia, Canada |
|
TPB Specialty Finance, LLC |
Delaware |
|
Interchange Partners LLC |
Delaware |
| Interchange Investments LLC | Delaware |
| Interchange Insurance LLC | Delaware |
|
Interchange, IC |
District of Columbia |
| Standard Merger Sub LLC | Delaware |
Exhibit 23
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the incorporation by reference in (i) Registration Statements No. 333-211321 and No. 333-255758 on Form S-8 of Turning Point Brands, Inc. and (ii) Registration Statement No. 333-274825 on Form S-3 of Turning Point Brands, Inc. of our reports dated March 6, 2025, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Turning Point Brands, Inc. (the Company), and the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (on which our report expresses an adverse opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting because of a material weakness), appearing in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2024.
/s/ RSM US LLP
Charlotte, North Carolina
March 6, 2025
Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF SARBANES-OXLEY ACT
I, Graham Purdy, certify that:
|
1. |
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Turning Point Brands, Inc.; |
|
2. |
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; |
|
3. |
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; |
|
4. |
The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
|
(a) |
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; |
|
(b) |
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; |
|
(c) |
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and |
|
(d) |
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and |
|
5. |
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): |
|
(a) |
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and |
|
(b) |
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. |
|
Date: March 6, 2025 |
By: |
/s/ GRAHAM PURDY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Graham Purdy |
|
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) |
Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF SARBANES-OXLEY ACT
I, Andrew Flynn, certify that:
|
1. |
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Turning Point Brands, Inc.; |
|
2. |
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; |
|
3. |
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; |
|
4. |
The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
|
(a) |
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; |
|
(b) |
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; |
|
(c) |
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and |
|
(d) |
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and |
|
5. |
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): |
|
(a) |
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and |
|
(b) |
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. |
|
Date: March 6, 2025 |
By: |
/s/ ANDREW FLYNN |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Andrew Flynn |
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) |
Exhibit 31.3
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF SARBANES-OXLEY ACT
I, Brian Wigginton, certify that:
|
1. |
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Turning Point Brands, Inc.; |
|
2. |
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; |
|
3. |
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; |
|
4. |
The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
|
(a) |
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; |
|
(b) |
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; |
|
(c) |
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and |
|
(d) |
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and |
|
5. |
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): |
|
(a) |
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and |
|
(b) |
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. |
|
Date: March 6, 2025 |
By: |
/s/ BRIAN WIGGINTON |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brian Wigginton |
|
|
|
Chief Accounting Officer |
Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Turning Point Brands, Inc. (the "Company") for the year ended December 31, 2024, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), we, Graham Purdy, President and Chief Executive Officer, Andrew Flynn, Chief Financial Officer, and Brian Wigginton, Chief Accounting Officer, of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
|
(1) |
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and |
|
(2) |
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company for the periods presented therein. |
|
Date: March 6, 2025 |
By: |
/s/ GRAHAM PURDY |
|
|
Graham Purdy |
|
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
(Principal Executive Officer) |
|
Date: March 6, 2025 |
By: |
/s/ ANDREW FLYNN |
|
Andrew Flynn |
||
|
Chief Financial Officer |
||
|
(Principal Financial Officer) |
|
Date: March 6, 2025 |
By: |
/s/ BRIAN WIGGINTON |
|
Brian Wigginton |
||
|
Chief Accounting Officer |